Màthe Modern Greek

xx

xl. h(

= photography cpwocp6poc;, fosf6ross = phosphorus cpwToypacp(a, fotoyraf(a

f

(chi-square in

h as in h ave

statistics)

xapaKTf)pac;, xaractfrass = character

ps as in lap's e

ljJ(. psi

"'""

wn

w1Jeya, omeya

(=

w big)

xaoc;, xaoss = chaos

0

'IJaAIJ6c;, psalm6ss = psalm

= ocean,

(exactly like the

w~<eav6c;, okean6ss

61JtKpov)

epc.>TtK6c;, erotik6ss = erotic, Tl'lM
c) The reader should also become familiar with the capital letters because almost all inscriptions, titles, signs etc., are written in capitals. Of the 24 capital letters the following 10:

r ll 0 A _

yama OEATO oelta 9f}Ta 9ita AOIJOa lamoa ~~ ksf y61Ja

n nr

pi

OLYI-10 siyma fi 4J 4J( psi n w~eya omeya

1:

cJ)

cpt

are different and should be memorized.

21

More important is that the letters B, H, P, Y and X, which are the same as those of the Eng lish alphabet, have a different sound in Greek. Remember always that: B is pronounced V, (BIBAOr vfvloss = bible) H

is not the English H but the ~Ta , one of the five "is" pronounced always as an i (as in fi~ (~HMOKPATIA lSimocratia = democracy, H81KH 181ki = ethics)

P (r6) is not the English P but the R (PY0MOr ri8m6ss = rhythm , nPOTO pr6to = first) X

is not the English X (for which stands the Greek :: ) but the have (XAO:r xaoss = chaos, XPirTor xrist6ss = Christ)

xi pronounced as in

Y (ipsilon) is one of the five "is" and is pronounced like an i (fit) except when it forms a diphthong with 0 =OY and then both are pronounced oo (as in moon) or w ith A = AY orE= EY and then is pronounced as V or F (see below). Combination of vowels in diphthongs There are six combinations of vowels, 01 01, &1 El, 01 AI, ou OY, au AY and &u EY forming diphthongs. Of these the diphthongs 01, &1, 01, and ou have a single sound: 01 = &I = 01 = ou =

OIKOVOIJLO ikonomia = economy, OIKoA.oy(a icoloyia = ecology en&m6lSto eplss6oio = episode e ava~cr811cr(a anesthissia = anaesthesia, avOIIJ(a anemia = anaemia oo (as in moon) outon(a ootopia = utopia

The diphthongs au and &u are pronounced av and ev respectively before a vowel or one of the vo'iced consonants ~. y, ~. ~. A, IJ, v, p : &uayyeA.Lo evangelio = evangel, &UOOLIJov(a evoemon ia = eudemonism, &uvouxoc; evnooxoss = eunuch , EupwnJ1 evr6pi = Europe. When the letter that follows is one of the following consonants 9, and lJI these diphthongs have the sound of af and ef respectively:

K, ~.

n,

o, T,


x

au8&VTIK6c; af8entik6ss = authentic, aUT6ypacpo aft6yrafo = autograph , aUTOIJOTO aft6mato = automatic, auatJ1p6c; afstir6ss = austere, auto(3toypacpfa aftovioyrafia = autobiography.

22

y~

There are seven combinations of consonants J.Jn Mn, vr NT, yK TO TI, Tl; TZ which represent the following sounds:

r::,

rK,

yy

rr, vx rx,

J,Jn Mn, vr NT and yK rK at the beginning of a word are pronounced like the English letters B. o and G respectively in the words Bed, o o , Go. In the middle of a word these letters are pronounced mb, nd and ng. ouJ,Jn68eLa simba8ia = sympathy avr(no5e~ andipo5es = antipodes 6yKupa angira = anchor, eyKe
vx rx:

are encountered in the middle of a word only and

yy rr = ng (6yye.\o~ angeloss = angel, 'Ayy.\o~ angloss = Englishman), YX fX = nx (IJEAayx.o.\fa melanxolia = melancholy}, The letters

y~

r::

are pronounced nx :

ocpuy~, sfinx = sphinx.

The letters TO TI, are pronounced ts and the letters Tl; TZ, have the sound of tz. Two similar consonants (except

rr, yy) are always pronounced as one as in English:

M M = I, JJJ.I MM = m, oo I I = s, w NN = n, etc: nap6Ml1AO~ paraliloss = parallel, YPOJ.IJ.IOTLKrl yramatiki = grammar, aooo~ assess = ace.

23

Synoptic table of Pronunciation of Greek letters Combination of vowels

Letters

a

13 V

= [ij] = CD = A

=

01

01 El AI

=

e (get)

ou au EU

OY AY EY

= = =

oo (moon)

a (father)

01

V

El

w as in woman, or

i (fit) i (fit)

y as in yes, yield ~

£

~

'1

e

@ = E

e (get)

z =

[B] =

@ = K

®

1.1 V

M

~

®

0

n p a, ~

N

0

T

u q>

~

X liJ (a)

00

ev or ef

i (fit)

Combination of consonants

th (theatre)

~n

Mn

b (bed} or mb (ambition}

k

VT

NT

d (do) or nd (e nd)

I

VK

g (go) or ng (England)

= = =

m

vv

rK rr

ks (telex)

......

Two identical consonants (M M , 1-11-1 MM

o (not)

etc), except yy

p

nounced as one (as in Eng lish)

=

@ = [EJ = (j)

T

z (zero)

av or af

i (fit)

I

K A

th (then)

= = =

@ @ =

ng (hunger)

n

rr, are always pro-

r s (place) or z t i (fit)

Different capital letters:

n

f h (have)

r , 11, e , A, : , n, I ,

ps (psalm)

Capital letters with different sound:

o (not)

B

= v,

H = i, P

= r,

Y

CS>,

'IJ,

= i,

X= h

Note that all small letters are d ifferent from the corresponding English letters. Of the capital letters those in circles are different from and those in squares are identical to letters of the English alphabet but they have a different sound.

24

In order to become more familiar with the Greek letters and their pronunciation here is a list of Greek words with their definite article, written in capitals and in small letters with their pronunciation. All these words are used almost unchanged In the English language so that the student can make the comparison and realize and memozise the difference in writing and pronunciation. H H TO TO H H TO 0 0

TO H H H H TO 0 H TO H TO H TO 0

H H TO TO H H TO H

ANAAYLH YnOeErH ANE~OTO

ANTI.L\OTO 0EOPIA AIONIA AEPOnMNO A0/\HTHr A0/\HTIKOr AINirMA API0MHTIKH ATMOrAIPA IEOIPACI>IA D.IAITA 0EATPO KYKAOr 0EPAn EIA 0EPMOMETPO KATHIOPJA KENTPO KOMOD.IA MOYrEIO nOIHTHr OIKONOMIA LYMnA0EIA THJ\Ect>ONO CI>AINOMENO CI>OTOIPACI>IA lVYXOJ\OriA MYrTHPIO Yri EINH

OVOAUCJTl un68e011 OVEKOOTO OVTLOOTO 8ewp(a aywv(a aeponA.6vo 0 a8AI1Tr'Jc; 0 a8A.11TlK6c; TO a(vty~a 11 apt8~11TLKr) 11 aT~6cr
T'J

ou~n68eta

TO TT'JAE
i i to to i i to o o to

i to o i to i to i to o i i to to i i to i

analissi ip6thessi anekooto andiooto eeoria ayonia aeroplane a81itiss a81itik6ss eniyma ari8mitiki atm6sfera yeograffa oieta eeatro kikloss 8erapia 8erm6metro katiyoria kentro komooia moossio piitiss ikonomia simba8ia tilefono fen6meno fotoyrafia psixoloyia mistirio iyiini

= the analysis = the hypothesis = the anecdote =

= = = = = =

= =

= = = = = =

= = = = = = =

= = =

= =

the antidote the theory the agony the airplane the athlete athletic the enigma the arithmetics the atmosphere the geography the diet the theatre the cycle the therapy the thermometer the category the centre the comedy the museum the poet the economy the sympathy the telephone the phenomenon the photograph the psychology the mystery the hygiene

Note that in the word puaT1jp1o we meet three and in the word Yyrervfj four different "is" (u, 1, £1, q) which are all pronounced I as in sit. Read these Greek words out loud again and again, and write them down many times in capitals and small letters.

25

1 .BaaiK~ (vassiki= basic) ypOIJIJOTIK~ (yramatiki = grammar) 1. a.

The words in Greek have a definite article corresponding to the English the. The definite article in Greek, unlike the English the, has different forms which agree with the gender, the number, and the case of the noun. The nouns in Greek are divided into three genders: TO apo&VIK6 arsenik6 (hence arsenic which was thought by alchemists to be a masculine metal) = the masculine, TO 811AuK6 (9ilik6) = the feminine, To oul5tT&po (oo6etero) = the neuter. The definite arti cle (the word for the English the) is o for masculine nouns, 11 for femine nouns and TO for neuter nouns. b. The endings of Greek nouns differ according to the gender to which the noun belongs. The great majority of the masculine nouns have an ending -oc; (oss) the majority of femine an -a or -11 and the majority of neuter nouns an -o or -1. The ending of the adjectives accompanying a noun should agree with that of the noun (11 ypa~~OTIKrl yramatikf = grammar is a feminine noun, therefore the adjective paoiKrl vassiki = basic has the feminine ending -11). The definite articles o, 11. TO, and the endings -oc;, -a or -11 and -o(v) have been

the same since the origin of the written Greek language (Homeric poems). In many feminine nouns the ending -11 has replaced in modern Greek the ancient ending -•c; Oss), which is used in Ka9apeuouoa katharevoussa and is still in use on several occasions and in many signs. Many Greek feminine nouns ending in -•c; have passed into the English vocabulary: av6Auo•c; analississ (modern Greek avaAuol") analissi) = analysis, Kplo•c; krfssiss (modern Kpla11 krfssi) = crisis, un69&olc; ip66essiss (modern un69&al1 1p68essi) = hypothesis etc. c. The indefinite article, the English a or an, also has different forms in Greek according to the gender of the noun. lt is: tvac; enass, (≤ iss in Ancient and katharevoussa) for a masculine noun, ~·6 m1a (or stressed on ~· in Ancient: m fa) for a feminine noun, tva ena (&v en, in Ancient and katharevoussa) for a neuter noun. The Greek verb I am and the personal pronouns are: cyw ey6 (1), &i~a1 fme (am) , eau essf (you), &ioa1 fsse (are), auT6c; aft6ss (he) , aUTrl afti (she), auT6 aft6 (it) &iv01 fne (is).

d.

The third person of the personal pronoun auT6c;, auTr1, auT6 is also used as a demonstrative pronoun with the meaning this: AuT6c; 0 6v9pwnoc; Tl &lVOl; (aft6ss 0 an9roposs tf lne; this man what is he?) AuTr1 11 ypa~~aTtK~ &(vat J3aotK~ (afH I yramatikl ine vassiki = this grammar is basic) AuT6 TO ~6811~0 &lVOl TO npWTO (aft6 to ma9ima lne to pr6to =this lesson is the first).

26

npWT01 (pr6to) 1J09rUJ02 (ma9ima) 1. Eyw3 eliJOl npw-roc; OE 6ha4. Eyw EliJOl evac; veoc;S 6v8pwnoc;6. ey6 fme pr6toss se 61a. ey6 ime enas neoss an8roposs Ecru ELOOl nOhU7 veoc;. Au-r6c; ElVOl tvac; veoc; 6v8pwnoc;. essi isse poli neoss. aft6ss ine enass neoss an8roposs. Tl e(vm au-r6c;; T£ e(vm au-r6; ti fne aft6ss? ti ine aft6? 2. Ecru efom IJla IJEY6A'1B yuva(Ka9. AuTfl 11 yuvafKa e{vat nohU Kahf110 Kat essf isse mia meyali yineka. afti i yineka lne poli kalf ke EUYEVlKfl 11 , aM6 5ev12 ELVOl VEQ. E(oot nohU vea. T( e(oat eau; evyeniki, ala ?>en ine nea. lsse polf nea. tf isse essi? 3 . Au-r6 ElVOl EVQ KQK613 nm5(14. l:l.EV elVQl EUYEVlK6 nat5l. f:l.ev EliJOl 1JlKp615 Aft6 lne ena kak6 pe5i. 6en lne evyenik6 pe5f. ?>en ime mikr6 nm6L Ef1-1m IJEy6Ao nat6L E(IJCl 1Jey6Aoc;. E(vat nohU KaK6 nm6L pe6i. ime meyalo pe61. ime meyaloss. ine polf kak6 pe6i. 4. Au-r6c; elVQl evac; Kah6<:; 6v8pwnoc; Kat cpfhoc;16. E(vot Kah6<:; cpfhoc;. aft6ss ine enass kal6ss an8r6poss ke filoss. ine kal6ss filoss. Au-r6c; elVQl evac; C!Ahoc;17 6v8pwnoc;. aft6ss fne enass aloss an8roposs.

5. Eyw KQl evac; C!Ahoc;. Ecru KCliJLC clMrl. Au-r6 efvm eva C!Aho nat6C ey6 ke enass aloss. essi ke mla ali. afto ine ena alo pe6i. 6. AuTfl 11 YPCIJIJCTtKr'J 18 efvat j3amKr') 19. afti I yramatiki ine vassiki. (In the first lessons a double s (ss) will remind the reader of the sibilant sound that the letter o{yJla u, I , t; has at the end of the words and before vowels and certain consonants). Vocabulary (abbreviated V). 1. 0 npwToc:;, '1 npwTr), TO npwTo o pr6toss, i pr6ti, to pr6to (prototype, protagonist) = the first. The number 1 is expressed by the neuter form of the indefinite article: tva, ena. One as an adjectif is tvac; enass, J,Jia m fa, tva ena. 2. TO IJ091'1JJO to ma8ima (mathematics) = lesson. 3. tyw ey6 (who does not know the Freudian Ego. Note J,J6vo (only) that the accent is on -w). From syw comes tyw•an1c; eyoistfss = egoist. 4. 6Aoc:;, 6AI"J, 6Ao 61oss, 61i, 61o (holograph, holocaust) = all, 6Aa is the plural of the neuter 6Ao. 5. o vtoc:;, 11 vta , To vto o neoss, i nea, to neo (neolithic, neoclassical, neoteric) = new, recent, modern, young when it refers to people as in this case. · 6. 0 6v9pwnoc; 0 aneroposs (anthropology, philanthropy) = man, human being. 7. noAu polf (polytechnic, polyclinic, polyglot) = very, much. a. o J,Jty6Aoc;, 11 J,Jty6AI"J, To 1Jty6Ao o meyaloss, i meyali, to meyalo (megalomania, megaphone) = big, great, large, with people refers to age. 9. 11 yuvaiKa i yineka (gynaecology) = woman.

27

First lesson (L 1) (The adjective npwTo~ is in the neuter form npwTo because the word JJ08ruJa is neuter: To npwTo JJaerwaJ.

1. I am first (a man is speaking, if it were a woman it should be Eyw EiJ,Jal npWTI'J pr6t1), in (= OE) all (everything). I am a new (young) man. You are very new (young). This (here auT6~ is a demonstrative pronoun) is a new (young) man. What (= Tl) is he? (Note that the question mark in Greek is the English semicolon). What is this? 2. You are a big woman (here J.IEVOAI'J refers to age and means grown-up or even old). This woman is very good (kind) and (= KOI ke) polite but (= alla ala) she is not new (young) (Note that the adjectives KaAr\, EuyEVIKr\, vta have the feminine ending -11 or a because they accompany the feminine word yuvaiKa). You are very new (young) (noAu vta because it is addressed to a woman. If it were addressed to a man it should be: d oa1 noAu vto~ 1sse poll neoss). What are you? 3. This is a bad boy. He is not a polite boy. I am not small child. I am a big boy. I am big (meaning big man, this is why JJEyaAo~ has the masculine ending in -o~). He is a very bad boy. 4. This is a good man and friend. He is a good friend. This is another man. 5. I and another (male). You and another (female). This is another child. 6. This grammar is basic.

Note: In the translation the order of the words in the Greek text and their specific meaning for each occasion will be maintained to help the reader become familiar with the Greek syntax and idioms. A more appropriate English expression will be given in brackets. 10. o KaA6c;, 11 KaAr1, TO KaA6 o kal6ss, i kall, to kal6 (calligraphy) = good, nice, kind. 11. o t uytviK6c;, 11 t uyt viKfl, TO tuytviK6 o evyenik6ss 1evyen1kl to (.•vyenik6 (eugenic) = polite.

12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19 .

The prefix t u- pronounced ef or ev combines with many Greek words and gives to them the meaning of good, pleasant, well, abundant, happiness as in tucpopfa , eforla (euphoria), tU~OIJ.IOVfa ev<Semonla (eudemonism). ~tv <Sen (like the English then) = not. lt comes from the ancient ou~tv ooMn (ouM+ev) = not one. The final v of ~tv is draped before certain consonants. o KaK6c;, 11 KOKfl or KOKia, TO KaK6, o kak6ss, i kakl o kakia, to ka <6 (cacophony) = bad. TO n01~l to pe<51 (pediatrics)= child, boy. o IJIKp6c;, 11 IJIKpfl, TO 1JIKp6 o m1kr6ss 1m1kr to m•kr6 (microphone, microscope)= small. o cpfAoc; o flloss = a male friend, 11 cpfArt i fih = a female friend (philosophy, philanthropy, bibliophile). 0 aAAoc;, ., aAArt, TO aAAo 0 aloss, i ah, to ala (allochromatic, allegory, allergy)= another. 11 ypOIJIJOnKr1 1gramat1kl (grammatic) = the grammar. o paaiK6c;, 11 paaiKfl, TO paaiKO o vass1k6ss, i vassikl, to vass1k6 = basic.

28

l1euTepo 1 (l>eftero) 1Ja9ru.aa (ma9ima) 1. 'OA.oc; 0 K6crj.loc;2 elVOL

eow.

OAOSS 0 kosmoss ine eo6.

Efvat noA.uc; KOcrj.loc;. Tt j.11Kp6c; e(vOL 0 K6crj.1oc;! ine poliss kosmoss. ti mikross ine 0 kosmoss!

2. AliTll e(vOL j.llQ KaAflLOea3. h.ev e(VOL KOKfl LOea. afti ine mia kali ioea. oen !ne kakf ioea.

EIVOL vea toea . TL KaAflLOea! ine nea ioea. tf kali ioea!

3. Eyw etj.lat navra !l6voc;4. Ecru noTe oev efvm !l6VT]. To nmof e(vm j.16vo; eyo ime panda m6noss. essi pote oen !sse m6ni. to peoi ine m6no? Nat TO nati5( e(VQLIJOVO. E(crOliJOVTJ ; 'OXt oev e(IJOI IJOVT]. ne to peoi ine m6no. fsse m6ni? 6xi oen ime m6ni.

4. M6vo aUT6c; elVQl KaA6c;
M6vo ecru efcrat
5. AUTO TO
Movo QUTO TO
s. To npwTo IJ09!11JO dvat KaA.o;

Na t efvat. to proto ma9ima !ne kalo? ne me. To oeiJTepo j.lclSrwa e(vOL j.leyciAo; 'Oxt oev elVQl. E(vOL j.llKpO. to oettero ma9ima !ne meyalo? oxi oen ine. !ne mikro. 0 npwToc; Elj.lQI eyw. H OEUTEPll dcrat ecru, 0 protoss !me eyo. i oefteri isse essi. aUTo To natol TL elvOL; npwTo r1 oeuTepo; 'H eyw r1 aUToc; aft6 to peoi tl fne? pr6to i oeftero? i eyo i aft6ss

Vocabulary. 1. 0 ~tUT&poc;, 11

2. 3.

4. 5.

6.

~£UT£P11. TO ~tuT£po o ~efteross, i ~efteri, to ~eftero (deuterium heavy hydrogen) = the second. The number 2 is ~uo ~ro in Greek. From ~uo came the Latin duo. lluo as an adjective is the same for all genders. 0 K6aJJoc; o k6smoss (cosmopolitan, cosmonaut) = world, people. H 1~£a i~ea = idea. The pronunciation of the English word idea corresponds to the Greek word O'l~(a (ai~fa) which means disgust! 0 JJ6voc;, 11 JJ6VI1 ro JJ6vo o m6noss, i m6ni, to m6no = (monogram, monologue, monopoly) = alone. M6vo as an adverb means only. 'Ox• 6xi = no, not. lt comes from the ancient ou (oo as in moon) which becomes ouK or oux before a vowel. A stronger expression of ou is ouxf from which the modern 6x• has evolved. To q>wc; to f6ss (phosphorus) = the light. The plural of TO q>wc; is Ta tpWTa ta f6ta (photography) = the lights.

29

Second lesson (L2) 1. All the people (everybody) are here (= Eliw, e56). lt is (there are) much (many) people. What (= rf ) (how) small is the world. 2. This is a good idea. lt is not a bad idea. lt is a new idea. What a good idea. 3. I am always (= n6VTa, panda) alone (the person that speaks is a male. If it were a female the adjective should be ~6v11 m6ni). You never(= non~, pote) are not (are) alone (now a female is addressed) (Note that in Greek two negative words noT£ = never and l)&v = not are used without cancelling each other as they would in English). The child is alone? (In Greek there is no change in the order of the words when asking a question but only a change in the intonation). Yes (= va1, ne) the child is alone. Are you alone? No I am not alone. 4. Only he is (a) good friend. Only you are (a) friend. Only me, no other. Only the small child , not the woman. This is another woman (~ia is used for emphasis and can be omitted: aur~ Elva1 aM11 yuvaiKa). Yes(= vai ne) (she) is another. No (she) is not. 5. This light is not good. Only this light is good. Not this light but ( = aM6, ala) another new light. 6. The first lesson is good? Yes (= val ne) it is. The second lesson is big? No (it) is not. lt is small. The first I am (it is me). The second are you (is you). This child what is it? First or ( = ~ . i like the feminine definite article. In order to be distringuished from it it takes an accent) second. Either me or him. 'TI 1 't:otC 2 q>CAoc;;

I. n

estl

3 "

fllos?

Thales of Miletus (636 BC), one of the seven Sages of Antiquity, was asked, and he replied:

"alloc; ~ 'eye..>

I

. alas

5"

ey6

=

1. TL what. See L1 , 4. " aMo<; = L1 , V17,

=

2. ear( estf the ancient e(vm, 5. 'eyw = L1. V3 .

"'Ey<.S 1 e~pi 2 16
im(

to

foss

=

3

'too

K6opov

too kosmoo

4

....

3. <j>IAo<;

= L1 , V16,

11

Jesus Christ to his disciples (St. John)

=

1. eyw L1 , V3, 2. e11Ji imf the ancient e(J.Im (see Gr.1 d), 3. TO
= No 6,

' 1' 2 -3 OvK ev 'tCJ> nollw 16 ev74 11

ook

en

=

to

polo

to ef

=

=

1. ouK not. See No 5, 2. ev in, 3. TW noMw the much (Tw noMw is the dative case of the neuter adjective TO noM to pal( = the much. See the adverb noM L1, No 7), 4. TO £U to et = the ef. See L1 , V11 . An ancient saying which is still in use meaning that happiness is not found in abundance.

30

H A8f)va a8ina (Athens) from Lycabettu s Hill.

31

BaOIKI\ (vassikQypaiJIJGnKI\ (yramatiki)

Gr. 2

a. The Greek nouns, their defintite article and the adjectives that accompany them have two different endings according to the number of things or persons they refer to. One is used when the word refers to a single thing, item or person (singular number) and the other is used for more than one (plural number, abbreviated pi.) . We have seen in L1 (abbreviation for lesson 1) that the singular form of the definite article is o for masculine (m), 11 for feminine (f) and TO for neuter (n) nouns and the endings of most nouns and adjectives is -oc;, -a or 11 and -o or -1 respectively. The plural form of the definite article and the corresponding plural endings for the majority of nouns are: masculine article: 01 (pronounced i as in fit)), ending -01 (i) feminine article: 01 also ending -tc; ess neuter article: ending -a Ta In ancient Greek (abbreviated Anc.) and in Ka9ape:uoouoa ka9arevoossa (abbreviated K ) the feminine article is a1 and the endings of the feminine nouns -a1, -tc; or -tl<;. b. The endings of the adjectives should agree with the ending of the noun that they are describing: 01 KaA-ol cpiA-o1, i kali f ili = the good friends 01 vt-tc; yuvaiK·t<;, i nees yinekess = the young women Ta KaK-6 na1~1-o, ta kaka peoya = the bad children The plural of the verb tiJJal ime, I am, and the plural EJJ£1<; emiss = we tiJJaOTt totic; essiss = you tiar& auTo! aftf (m) , auTt<; aftess (f), auTO afta (n) = they

of the personal pronouns are: imaste == are iste = are tiva1 ine = are.

Note that the third person plural &lva1 is the same as the third person singular. Also the masculine third person plural auToi (afti) of the personal pronoun is phonetically the same as the feminine third person singular auT~ (afti).

c. The third person auToi, auTt<;, auTO of the personal pronoun can be used as a demonstrative pronoun meaning these: AuTol afti 01 i Kup1o1 kirii = these gentlemen AuTt<; aftess 01 i Kupitc; kiriess = these ladies AuTo afta TO ta na1~10 peoya = these children. Note that in Greek the definite article accompanies the noun more often than in English especially with names of people (o flwpyoc;, o y6ryoss = George), cities (11 A9~va, i a9fna = Athens) , countries (11 EMo~a, i elaoa = Greece) etc.

32

TpiTo1 (trfto) ~aeru.1a (ma9 ima) 1. E(IJaOTe: 6AOL KC1Ao(
2.

Ecre:(~ Tf e:(OTe:; E(IJaOTe: 6Ae:~ q>IAe:~. E!Je:(~ e:(IJaOTe: 'EM11ve:~. aUTo( e:fvat ~evOL4. essis ti iste; lmaste oless files. Emiss imaste eliness, afti ine kseni. Atrrr1 '1 yuva(Ka oe:v e:(vat ~eVT'l . E(vat 6AOl ~evot KQl ~eve:~. afti i ylneka oen ine ksem. lne oli kseni ke kseness.

3. E(vm 6Aot IJa~L Ot ~evm Kat q.te:f~ e:l~-taOTe: cru1JWVOlJV6 J..lC~( J..lC~. oen simfonoon mazi mass. 4. EtVQl OAQ TQ natot6. Ka8ap6.;7 'OXL oe:v e:(vat. AUTO TO natO( oe:v e:(vat Ka8ap6.

ine ola ta peoya ka8ara ; 6xi oen ine. Afto to peoi oen ine ka8aro. Efvm f3PWIJIK08. Ta xepta9 elVQl nOAU Ka8ap6. aM6. TQ n6ota10 elVQl f3PWIJIKQ. ine vromiko. Ta xeria ine poli ka8ara ala ta pooya ine vromika. oupav6~ 11 e:(vm Ka8ap6~ . H q>wvt') 12 e:(vat Ka8apfl. To q>W~ e:(vat Ka8ap6. ine ka8ari. To foss ine ka8aro. o ooran6ss ine ka8aross. I foni Ot ~evOL e:fvat 6Aot Ka8apoL Ot ~eve:~ e:lvm 6Ae:~ Ka8ape~. i kseni ine oli ka8ari I kseness ine oless ka8aress. Ta nmot6. e:fvat 6Aa Ka8ap6.. ta peoya ine ola ka8ara.

5. 0

6. Etj.lCOTe: OAOl e:ow. Ecrd~ oe:v dOTe: KaAOL Eow Ol 6.v8pwnm13 e:(vat nOAU imaste oli eoo. Essis oen iste kali Eo6 i an8ropi ine poli . e:uye:vtKoL Eow o K6cr1Jo~ e:Lvm KC1A6~. Nm e:ow, 6Aot e:fvm KC1AoL evyeniki. Eoo o kosmoss lne kaloss. Ne eo6, oli ine kall. 7. AUTO~ 0 opOJ..l0~14 e:(vat f3PWJ..llKO~ KQl QVWIJaA0~15. Efvat KQKO~ opOIJO~. aftoss 0 or6moss ine vromikoss ke anomaloss. lne kakoss oromoss. 0 6.Mo~ opOIJO~ e:(vat OJ..laA6~14 Kat Ka8ap6~. EKe( Ol opOJ..lOl dvat Ka8apof. o aloss oromoss ine omaloss ke ka8ar6ss. Eki i or6mi ine ka8ari.

a. lluo op6~-tot, o

eva~ KC1A6~. o 6.Mo~ f3PWJ..ltKoc;. oio or6mi, 0 enass kal6ss, 0 aloss vromikoss. npwTo~ op61Joc;, oe:LITe:po~ op61-1o~. pr6toss oromoss, oefteross or6moss. 'Eva, OUO, Tp(a natot6.. M(a, OUO, Tpel~ yuva(Ke:~. 'OXt Tpet~ 6.v8pwnot, IJOVO eva~ ena, oio, tria peoya. Mla, oio, triss y1nekess. Oxi trlss an8ropi, mono enass.

33

Third lesson (L3) 1. We are all good friends. This gentleman and this lady are together(= IJC~I, mazi). The gentlemen please here (= c~w e<S6) the ladies there (= &K&i, eki). Here only children. Ladies and gentlemen ... 2. You what are you? We are all friends (the question is answered by women. If men answered this question they would say = &IJ.Jaarc 6Ao1 «PIAo1). We are Greeks (= 'EAAilv&c;, ellnes) they are foreigners (or strangers). This woman is not (a) stranger (Note that a) the third person, singular and plural of the verb to be are the same: &iv01, ine b) the third person plural of the masculine nouns and adjectives ending in - 01 is phonetically the same as the first person singular of female nouns and adjectives ending in -11 : "AuTol, afti &iva1 ~tvo• kseni", "AuT~, afti ~cv &iva1 ~tv11 kseni"). They are all foreigners (males) and foreigners (females) . 3. They are all together. The (male) foreigners and we, we are agreed (we agree). The (female) foreigners are all polite women but they are not agreed (they do not agree) . They do not agree with us. 4. Are all the children clean? No they are not. This child is not clean. lt is dirty. The hands are very clean but the feet are dirty. 5. The sky is clear. The voice is clear. The light is clear. The (male) foreigners are all clean . The (female) foreigners are all clean. The children are all clean (Note that the ending of the adjectives Ka8ap6c; and 6Aoc; agree with the gender and the number of the noun). 6. We are all here. You, you are not good. Here the men (the people) are very polite. Here the people are good. Yes here all are good. 7. This street is dirty and anomalous (uneven) . lt is a bad street. The other street is regular (even) and clean. There the streets are clean. 8. Two streets the one (is) good the other dirty. The first street, the second street. One, two, three children. One, two, three women. Not three men (people), only one.

Vocabulary. 1.

= The third. The number 3 is Tpfa (trfa) Remember that the i of Tp fa is pronounced as in fit. The numbers 1,3 and 4 are adjectives. The masculine and feminine form of Tpfa is Tptl<; and the neuter Tpfa. o KUp1oc;, o kfrioss = master, gentleman, o Kup1oc; = the Lord r'J Kupfa, 1k1rfa = lady napaKaAw, paraka16 = beg, please (napa para+ KaAw kal6 = call) o ~tvoc;, r'J ~tv11, TO ~tvo, o ksenoss, i ksen1, to kseno (xeno phobia) = foreigner, stranger. Remember always that the Greek letter for the English X is the ~ . :: (~l . ksf) and that in Greek the letter X (XQ is pronounced as in have, heat) 0 au~.upwvoc;, 11 au~q>WVr'J, TO OUJJ(f)WVO, 0 sfmfonoss, i sfmfoni, to sfmfono {symphony) = agreed. (lit. of the same voice: ouv (sin, together) + q>wvr; (No 12). au,.u pwvw, simfon6 = I agree, ou~q>wvouv, simfono6n = they agree o Ka8ap6c;, r'J Kaeapr;, To Ka8ap6, o ka9ar6ss, i kaeari, to ka9ar6 (cathartic, catharsis) = clean, clear. o 13PWJ.IIKO<;, 1113PW~1Kr'J, TO J3pwp1KO o vr6mikos, i vr6miki, to vr6miko (bromine, remember its odour! bromium) = dirty, filthy. 0 TpfToc;, r'J TpfTr'J, TO Tp fTo o trltoss, i triti, to trfto ~ria ngle).

2. 3. 4.

x.

5. 6. 7. 8.

34

9. TO Xipl, TO x£p10 (pi), to xeri, ta xerya (chiropractor, Chiropodist) = hand(s) 10. TO n6~1, Ta n6~1a (pi), to pMi, ta p66ya (chiropodist, antipode) = foot, feet. 11. o oupav6~, o ooran6ss (uranium, uranography) = sky 12. 11 13. o

cpwv~, i fonl (phonetically, telephone) = voice. avOpwno~, o an9roposs (anthropology, philanthropy)

= man, human being. Plural 01

avepwnol, i an9ropi = men, the people.

14. o ~p6JJO~, o 6r6moss (hippodrome, airdrome) = street 15. o avwJJaAo~, 11 aVWJJOAI1, TO avwJJaAo, o an6maloss, i an6mali, to an6malo (anomalous) = anomalous, irregular. In Greek the prefix a- (which becomes av- before a vowel), gives a negative meaning to the word like the English prefixes un- or ;n- or the suffix-less. Thus OJJaA6~, omal6ss = regular, becomes avwJJaAo~ an6malos, yvwOT6~ ynost6s = known, becomes ayVWOTO~ aynostos = unknown (agnostic). Many Greek words that have aquired a negative meaning by the prefix a- or av- have entered into the English vocabulary like amorphous, anaemia, anaesthesia, anarchism, anomaly, anonymous, etc.

" ''Ev 1 p6vov 2 'aya86v 5 t:Tvm ujv 1:1110"(1\PI}V 4 en m6non ayaeon lne t 1n epistrrr·un

l«li ev p6vov aca.WV 5 ujv ap60euxv 6 " ke en m6non kak6n tin am aeian

IwKpCm,c; (470-399 B.C.) Socrates

There Is only one virtuous (thing) the knowledge and only one bad (thing) the ignorance.

1. Ev = the ancient tva (L1. V 1), 2. ~6vov = ~6vo (L2, V4) with the ancient and K ending v, 3. aya96c;, -f), 6(v) aya96s, i, 6 (n) = virtuous. Here the neuter form TO aya96v of the adjective has the place of a noun and is accompanied by the neuter form of the indefinite article ev (see Gr. 1c), 4. n emo-rfJ~n. epistlmi = knowledge (in modern Greek emo-rfJ~'l means = science), 5. KaK6v = KOK6 (L1· V 13), 6. H Oll69eta ama9ia = ignorance, lack of education. From the stem of ~6en-~a (L1. V2) and the privative prefix a- (see No 15).

The quotations of ancient Greek should be easily intelligible to the reader showing that even for a beginner studying modern Greek ancient Greek Is not Incomprehensible.

35

BaOIK~ (vassiki) ypOJ.IJ.IOTIK~ (yramatiki)

Gr. 3

a.

The verbs in Greek have a stem and an ending. The endings change according to the person or thing the verb refers to. For the first person EVW (ey6) most Greek verbs have the ending:

-w For the second person Eau (ess~ = you (singular) the ending: -El<; iss For the third person auTo<; (aft6ss)= he, auTr) (aftf) = she, auTo (aft6) = it, the -El i. ending : For example: The verb txuH~XO (X as in have) = I have, becomes:

tx-w tX-EI<; tX-EI

exo = I have exis = you have exi = he, She, it has

lt is evident that for the first and second person the pronouns EVW (I) or tau (you) need not accompany the verb because the person is indicated by the ending -w and -tl<; respectively. They are used only when one wishes to put emphasis: Tf tXEI<; E6w; ti exiss eo6= What do you have here? Eau Tl txt1<; t6w; essl tf exiss eo6 = You, what do you have here ? b. The nouns (the names of persons, animals, things, actions) have also different endings that are called cases. The nouns in modern Greek have three cases the nominative, the accusative and the genitive. In a few instances they have also a fourth case the vocative. In ancient Greek there was a fifth case the dative. The nominative case is used mainly to show the subject (person or thing) of the sentence. The accusative case is used to show the object of the sentence. The questions: What do you have? Whom did you see? should be answered by the appropriate noun with its ending of the accusative case. The verb txw is followed by the noun in the accusative case. The ending of the accusative case of masculine nouns and adjectives in -oc; is: -o(v) for the singular 0 KaA6c; cpiAoc;, 0 kal6ss filoss but txw tva(v) KaA6(v) cpiAo(v), exo ena(n) kal6(n) filo(n). The final v is usually dropped in modern Greek -ouc; ooss for the plural: 01 KaAof cpiAOI, i kali fili but txw KaAouc; cp(Aouc; exo kalo6ss filooss For the feminine and neuter nouns the ending does not change: 01 KaAt<; cpiAt<; i kaless fil ess, txw KaAt<; cpiAE<;, exo kaless filess, TO KOA6 na1616 ta kala peoya, txw KaA6 n01616, exo kala peoya c. The indefinite pronoun no one, nobody is composed of the word Kav kan and the indefinite article tvac;, f.Ua, tva: Kavtvac; (m) , KOf.l l6 (f), Kavtva (n).

36

Gr.

lsamKrl (v ssr" ) ypOIJIJOnKrl (yramat' ) d. The word every genders: K09£ OV9pwnoc; K09& yuvaiKa K09& na1~f

al

in Greek is K69& kaSe and remains unchangeable for the three kaSe anSropos kaSe yineka kaSe pe~i

= = =

every man every woman every child

K69& becomes everyone or each one with the addition of the indefinite article tvac;, ~ la , tva:

o Ka9tvac;, o kaSenas = everyone or each one (m) (K68e + eva~) : K09£ avepwnoc; t x&l cpiAouc;, ka8e anSroposs exl filooss = every man has friends 0 Ka9tvac; tx&l cpiAouc;, 0 kaSenass exi filooss = everyone has friends o Ka9tvac; txe1 tva r1 ~uo
~uvomtK6~

(synoptik6ss = synoptic) n(vaKa<; (pinakass = table)

Article Definite

Singular (m) o (f) '1 " (n) TO " Plural )) ))

(m) 01 (f) 01 (a1) (n) TO

Indefinite &vac; (€1<;) ~.110 (I-IlO)

t va

(ev)

Endings of nouns [ and ad ectlves

- oc; (m) - a or - 11 (f) - o(v) (n) - 01 (m) - &<; {-&1<; or - 01) (f) - a (n)

The ancient and K forms are given in brackets.

r-=

=

Every

Everyone Each one ___,

K09&

Ka9tvac; (m) K09&J.IIcl (f) Ka9t va (n)

)) ))

37

The Ept x8elo erex8io temple on the Acropolis

38

TtTapTo 1 (tetarto) ~u:iernJa (maeima) 1. (Eyw) txw noAu KaAJl yvw1-1T'J2 yto outa To n0l5t6. (Eau) txeu:; n0l5t6; 'Exw Tpfo eyo exo poli kali ynomi ya afta ta pe5ya. nOL<Sta. ·oxt 5ev txw oK61lo nat<Sta. pe5ya. oxi <Sen exo akoma pe<Sya

essi exis pe5ya? exo tria

2 . 'Exet hlyo3 q>wc;. To q>wc; <Sev txet 5uvOI-1T'J4. 6ev efvOl <5uvm65. Efvot o<SuvoTo. exi liyo foss. to f6ss 5en exi <Sinami. <Sen ine 5inato. fne a<Sfnato. 'Exet noAu K6a1-1o Kot Myo q>wc;. exi poll k6smo ke lfyo foss 3. E(aot vtoc; KOl <Sev e(VQl 5uvoT6 vo exetc; llEYOAO nat<St6.. Efaot lllKp6c; efvat isse neoss ke <Sen ine <Sinato na exiss meyala pe<Sya. isse mikr6s lne o5UVOTO vo txetc; 5UVOI-1T'J· Tt veo nou eLaQl! Tt veo; To veo <Sev elVQl KaAO. a5fnato na exiss 5fnami. ti nea poo isse ! ti nea? ta nea <Sen ine kala

4 . Allll'l txet noAu KaA{j Kat <Suvolf) q>wvf). Ko1-1t6 5ev txet KC1Af) q>wvf). wv6.~et. kanenass 5en fonazi 5. 'Exw evo llEYOAO q>6~o 7 . 0 q>6~oc; e(vQl 1-LEYOAO<:;. Aut6c; eLVOl veoc; Kat 5uvoT6<:; exo ena meyalo f6vo. 0 fovos ine meyaloss. aftoss ine neoss ke 5inat6ss KOl <Sev txet Kovevo q>6~o. ke 5en exi kanena f6vo. 6. 'Exw tvo n6voB. 0 n6voc; e(vot ~-tey6.Aoc;. Ot n6vot e(vat noAu lley6.Aot. 6ev txw exo ena p6no. 0 p6nos ine meyaloss. i p6ni ine poll meyali. <Sen exo ~-tey6.Aouc; n6vouc; aMa ~-t6vo 1-LLKpouc;. Tt n6voc; e(vat aut6c;. meyalooss ponooss ala mono mikroos. ti p6noss ine aft6ss. 7. 6ev OKouw9 TtnOTO. Eau q>wv6.~etc; aM6. oulfj <Sev OKOU€1. nmf q>wva~etc;; 5en akooo tipota. essi fonaziss ala afti 5en ako6i. yati fonaziss? rtoT( KOVEVOC: <Sev OKOU€l. yati kanenass 5en ako6i 8 . K6.8e 6.v8pwnoc; txet I-IlO 8eOT')1 o a' aut6v Tov K6a1-1o. ·onwe; Kat K6.8e yuvo(Ko Kat

Ka8e an8ropos exi mia Sesi s'aft6n ton kosmo. opos ke ka8e yineka ke not<SL Kat eau; H t5ea 5ev e(vat OUT€ 11 veo OUT€ 11 npWTOTUnT') 12. pe<Si. kai esi. i i<Sea <Sen ine oote nea o6te prot6tipi.

9. 0 Ko8£voc; exett5eec;

6Mec; KaAE<:; KOl 6Mec; OXl KaMc;. H K08€1-!l0 yuvo(Ko 6 ka8enass exi i<Seess aless kaless ke aless 6Xi kaless. i ka8emia yineka EXELI-llO q>tAT'). To Ko8evo nat5( exet tvo q>LAO. O(rre eyw OUT€ eau. exi mfa fili. to ka8ena pe<Si exi ena file oote eyo o6te essi

39

Fourth lesson

(

~

)

1. I have (a) very good opinion for (about) these children. You, do you have children? (Eau is put for emphasis and can be omitted). I have three children . No, I have not yet {= aK6JJa ak6ma) children. 2. lt has little (dim) light. The light does not have power. lt is not strong. lt is weak. lt has (there are) many people and little light. 3. You are new (young) and it is not possible to have big children. You are small it is impossible to have strength. What (how) new (young) you are. What news? The news are (is) not good. (Note again that the the first person plural of the neuter adjectives is the same with the first person, singular of the female adjective endings in -a: ''T1 vt a rrou efaa1" ... ''Ta vt a 6ev efva1 KaAa'?. 4. She has (a) very good (nice) and strong voice. No one has (a) good voice (KOJIIO because it refers to women. lt would be Kaviva~ if it referred to men). You shout (or speak loudly) much (a lot). No one (now it refers to men) is not (is) shouting. (In Greek two negative words Kaviva~ and 6ev do not cancel each other out as they would in English). 5. I have a big (great) fear. The fear is big (great). He is new (young) and strong and does not have none (has no) fear. 6. I have a pain. The pain is big (great). The pains are very big (strong). I do not have big pains but only small. What pain is this. 7. I don't hear nothing (anything). You shout but she does not hear. Why[= y1aTf, yatf . 1t comes from yta (= for) and Tf (= what). lt has also the meaning of because] do you shout? Because (= y1aT~ nobody hears. 8. Every man has a place in this world as(= omu~, 6pos =as, like) and(= Kai, ke. Kat is often used in the place of too or also as in this case) every woman and child. You too? The idea is neither new nor original. 9. Each one has ideas others good and others not good. Each woman has a (female) friend. Each child has a friend. Neither me nor you. Vocabulary. 1. TtrapToc; -11 -o, tetartoss -i -o = fourth. The number 4 is Ttaat pa tessera. A condensed form of

2. 3. 4. 5.

6. 7. 8. 9.

Tt aatpa used in combined words is Tt Tpa (tetra) (tetrahedron). The masculine and feminine forms of Tt aat pa is Ttaat ptu; or Ttaat plc; (tesseris) and the neuter is Ttaatpa (tessera). 11 yYWJ.II'J , i yn6mi (physiognomy, gnomology) opinion Myoc;, -I'J, -o, Hyoss -i, -o (oligarchy, oligochrome) little, few 11 ~UVOIJI'J , i ~lnami (dynamic, dynamite) = force, power, strength ~uvaT6c;, -~ , -6, ~inat6ss, -1, -6, = strong, also possible (tiva1 ~uvaT6; lne ~inat6; = is (it) possible? /:,.t v d va1 ~uvaT6 6en lne 6inat6 (it) is not possible or d v01 a~uvaTo lne a61nato = (it) is impossible (again the negative prefix a-) . cpwva~w fonazo speak loudly, shout, call somebody. From 11 cpwv~ i fonl the voice (L2, V11l o cp6poc;, o f6voss (phobia) = fear o n6voc;, o p6noss (pain) pain. The verb is novw pon6 = I feel pain, I hurt aKouw, ako6o (acouometry, acoustics) 1. hear, listen, 2. follow the instructions of somebody.

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

40

10. 'l eta'l, i eessi (thesis) = 1. place, 2. position, 3. opinion. 11 . ouT& o6te = neither, oUTe ..... oUTe = neither ... nor 12. npwr6runoc;, -11, -o prot6tiposs, -i, -o (prototype) original. A combined word from npwro pr6to first and Tunoc; tlposs type.

=

=

=

The citizens of Afye1o eyio, a city in the north Peloponnese, boasting after winning a victory over their neighbours that they were the bravest of the Greeks in bravery, applied to the Delphic oracle to have its opinion. The celebrated oracle, famous for its ambiguous replies, answered that they were:

"oun (No 11) 'tpl'tot {L3Vt ) oou 'tth ap'tot (No1)" leaving them with the vain hope of being first or second and the remaining Greeks with the belief that they were fifth or less

Isn't it rewarding for the student of this method to be able to understand the original words of a Delphic oracle by the 4th lesson?

"Ka9ap 6c; 1 oupav6c; 2 ao-.:p a m} 3 6 £v <pojia -.:a t 4 " kaear6s

ooran 6s

astrap 1 i5 en

a clear sky is not afraid oflightning.

fov ate

1. Ka8ap6c; = I..J. V7 , 2. o oupav6c; = LJ, V11 , 3. 11 aarpan~ astrapl q>oJ36Tal ~en fovate is not afraid. See the noun o cp6poc; No 7.

=

=

lightning, 4. ~&v

A popular proverb which is said of men with a clear past and concience who are menaced with accusations.

0 Ka8ap6c; oupav6c; in a Greek island

41

Gr. 4.

BaOIKrl (vassiki) VPOIJIJOTIKrl (yramatikf) a.

The plural of txw (= I have) and of most Greek verbs has the following endings: 1st person -OUJJ& )I 2nd ·&T£ » 3rd -ouv

b.

= EllEl~ = eae(~ = QUTOL

emiSS essiss afti QUTE~ aftes QUTQ atta

EX·OUIJ&, ex-&r&, ex-ouv, ex-ouv, ex-ouv,

exoome exete exoon exoon exoon

= = = = =

we have you have they(m) have they (f) have they (n) have

The pronouns &yw (1), &au (you) etc., have two forms in the accusative case: JJ& o& TOV TI"JV To

or (&)IJtva or (&)otva or auT6v or aur~v or auT6

(e)mena = (e)ssena = aft6n (m) = aftin (f) = aft6 (n) =

me you him her it

IJO<; or &JJ6c; emass = us oac; or &o6c; essass = you Touc; tooss or auTouc; afto6ss = them (m) Tl<; or aurtc; aftess = them (f) TO or aura afta = them (n)

The first form is used as the object of the verb and comes always before the verb [(To txw = I have it, TI"JV aKouw = I hear her, rov yvwpf~w ynorfzo = I know him, J,Jac; cpwv6~&1 = he calls us, oac;, Touc; (m), Tl<; (f) , Ta (n) napaKaAw = I beg you (them). Thee of JJ& and o& is often omitted before a verb beginning with a vowel. In writing its place is indicated by an apostrophe: o'aKouw (I hear you) , JJ'fX&I (he, she, or it has me). The second form is used for: a) emphasis: eotva ~&v o& ~tpw essena ~en se ksero = you, I don't know you auT~v TI"JV yvwpl~w KaA6 aftin tin ynorizo kala = her, I know her well b) contradistinction:

&otva J,J6vo yvwpi~w. 'Ox• Touc; 6Mouc;, essena m6no ynorizo. 6xi to6ss alooss = I know only you. Not the others. aurtc; r•c; Kupl&c; ~tpw J,J6vo. 1::..& yvwpl~w 6AA&c;, aftess tiss kiriess ksero m6no ~e ynorizo aless = I know only these ladies. I don't know others. c) after prepositions. In this case the initial & of &lltva, &crtva, £1-16.<; and &crac; may be omitted: v•a otva ya sena = for you, v•a oac; Kupla ya sass kiria for you lady, VI' OUT6V y'aft6n = for him. Here the final a of VIO can be dropped because the following word aUT6v begins with an a .

=

42

ntiJnTO 1 (pempto) 1J09111JO 1. 'Exou1-1e tva yp61lll02, yLa oa~. K68e 1-1Epa3 EXELillO ecprwep(~a 4 y1a 1-10~. exoo1-1e ena yramma ya sas. Ka8e mera exi mia efimeri~a ya mas. rt11-1epa5 ~ev txet e7. Ma~ euxap1mef yta TT'JV KC1Af) 8eOT) nou exouv. 8esi, sas efxarist6. mas efxaristf ya tin kali 8esi poo exoon. 3. Aun~~ Tl~ yuva(KE~ ~EV Tl~ yvwp(~w8. AUTOU~ TOU~ KUp(ou~ ~EV TOU~ yvwp(~OU!-1€. aftes tis yinekes ~en tis ynorizo. afto6s toos kirioos ~en toos ynorizoome. Ma~ e(vat 6yvwmOL9. Tt~ Kup(e~ Tl~ ~epOUilE 11, efvat yvwm£~10. mas ine aynosti. tis kiries tis kseroome, ine ynostes. 4. /lev npooexe1~12 non~ TO n01~16. Ta npooexw n6VToTe. npooom,13 e{vm nmo16. ~en prosexis pote ta pe~ya. ta prosexo pandote. prosoxi, fne pe~ya. n poooxfJ o ~POI-10~ ElVOl OVWilaAO~. n poooxfJ napaKaAW. prosoxi o ~r6mos ine an6malos. prosoxi parakal6. 5 . AUT6 elVQl an6 llEVQ llOVO YlO oeva. na KQVEVQ 6M.o. nou ElVQl TO YPcllll-10 nou aft6 ine ap6 mena m6no yia sena. y ia kanena alo. poo ine to yrama poo exeTe VlO llEVO; Kaveva~ ~ev TO EXEl. 'Eva~ clVTpa~14 oav EllEVO. Tl6VTpa~ exete ya mena? kanenas ~en to exi. enas andras san emena. ti andras E(OOl ecru; ise esl? 6. Ta nat~t6 cpwv6~ouv Kat ~e o'aKouw KC1A6. ra~ q>wv6~et aMa ~ev aKoUTe. ta peoya fonazoon ke ~e s'ako6o kala. sas fonazi ala ~en ako6te. Tou~ (Tl~) cpwv6~ou1-1e aM6 ~ev aKouv. toos (tis) fonazoome ala ~en ako6n.

7. E(me KaA.6; Euxaptmci> e(llal n oAu KaA.6. :=tpw KaA6 6Tt e(vm e~ci>. Tou~ (Tl~) ~epouv iste kala ? efxarist6 ime poll kala. ksero kala 6ti fne e~6 . toos (tis) kseroon 6AOL n oAu KaA.6. Tov yvwp(~w noAu KaA.6. ra~ euxaptmci> noAu. 61i poli kala. ton ynorizo poli kala. sas etxarist6 poli. Vocabulary. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

-o, pemptos = fifth. The number 5 is nt VT&pen de. (pentecost, pentagon) . as an adjective is not declined. TO ypa~~a . to yrama (telegram , grammatical) = letter 11 ~tpa or 11 I"J~tpa i mera, i imera (ephemeral) = day 11 &cpi"J~&p{~a i efimerl~a (ephemeral) = newspaper (lit. on daily basis) <7Jl~&pa s fmera to-day. Comes from etc; + '11Jtpa to the day nt~moc; ·11

=

=

ntvre

43 Fifth lesson ( Ls)

1. We have a letter for (= y16 ya) you . Every day it has (there is) a newspaper for us. Today it has not (there is no) newspaper. 2. Do you have your place ? We don't have it. Thanks to (= a&, se) you (lit. due to the grace of you) our children have a good place, I thank you. He (or she) thanks us for the good place they have. 3. These women I dont't know. These gentlemen we don't know. To us they are unknown. The ladies we know them, they are known. 4. You never (= noTt pote) look after the children. I look after them always (= n6VTOT& pandote). Attention, they are children . Attention, the street is anomalous. Attention please. 5. This is from(= an6 ap6) me, only for you. For nobody other (else). Where (= nou po6) is the letter that you have for me ? Nobody does not have (has) it. A man like me. What (kind of) a man are you ? 6. The children shout and I don't hear you well. He calls you but you don't hear. We call them but they don't hear. 7. Are you well? Thanks I am very well. I know well that he (or she) is here. They all know them very well. I know him very well. I thank you very much.

6. 7.

8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

14.

11 x6PI1 xari (charismatic) = 1. gift, 2. grace, 3. favour. X6pn cre cra<;, xari se sas = thanks to you (because of your grace) cuxap1arw ef)(arist6 (eucharist =the bread and wine given in the sacrament of the Lord's Supper) = thank, thanks. !a<; euxaptcrrw, sas efxarist6 = I thank you (Again the prefix EU· (L1, V11 ) denoting pleasant feeling combined with the word xapi"J (or xap•c; xaris in Ancient andK , Gr.1) yvwpf~w ynorlzo = know, be aware. See the following words 6yvwcrroc; and yvwcrro<; ayvwmoc;, •.,, -o aynostos, ·i, ·0 (agnostic) = unknown yvwm6c;, ·I"J, -o ynost6s, -1, -6 known. The adjective yvwcrr6<; with the negative prefix abecomes 6yvwcrroc; = unknown (see~. V,5 ) ~tpw ksero = know npoatxw prosexo = 1. pay attention (to), 2. take care for, look after 3. be careful, look out (npo<; pr6s (= towards) + exw) 11 npoaox~ prosox! = attention (Attention to the word npoaox~ ! lt is a very common word and 5 small and 3 capital of its ?letters do not exist in the English alphabet: npoaoxll , n POIOXH . Remember also that the capital letter X is not tlhe English X but the x• (see page 21) and the capital letter His not the English H but one of the "is" (see page 18). o aVTpac; andras (andrology, androgen) = man

=

44

Ta Metewpa (the Meteors) in Thessaly

45

BaaiK~

( ss ) ypOJ.IJ.IOTIK~ ( amat

Gr. 5

)

a.

The verbs At(y)w l(iyO (say, tell) and aKouw '"ko6o (hear, listen) ending in irregular. They have contracted forms in the present tense: tyw tou aut6<; , OUTI"J OUT6

At(y)-w le(y)o less At-<; lei AE-£1 )) At-&1 )\ At-&1

OKOU•W OKOU-<; OKOU•£1 OKOU-&1 OKOU-&1

ako6o ako6s ako6i ako6i ako6i

E:J.Id<; tode; OUTOI auTtc; OUTO

AE· J.It A£-T£ At-v(t) At-v(&) At-v(&)

le me ete en(e) en(e) en(e)

-w

are

OKOU- JJ£ ako6me OKOU-T£ ako6te aKou-v(t) ako6n(e) aKou-v(t) ako6n(e) aKou-v(t) ako6n(e)

b. The adverbs in Greek are usually formed from the adjectives and they have the same form as the nominative plural of the neuter gender (Ta KaA6 na1lh6 ta kala pe6ya = the good boys. E(IJOI KaA6 1 ne 1\ala = I am well). The ancient and kc th evoussa ending of the adverbs formed also from the adjectives is -we; (-oss). Many adverbs are still used with this ending: &uxapfarwc; etxanstoss = with pleasure, atJt awc; am(issoss = at once, or are used with both endings like P&Palwc; and ptpa~a v ·veos~ and vnvea = of course. A few adverbs have the same form as the accusative singular of the neuter gender like tJ6vo mono = only, Alyo l'yo a little, a few: To na1~f &fv01 1J6vo = the child is alone, tJ6vo TO na1~r = only the child . c. The genitive case of the pronouns &yciJ, &ou, auT6c; etc., that is the form of the word that answers to the question whose (whose book is this? it is my book), is: IJOU (mo6 = my), tJOc; (ma~ = our), aou (.,oo = your), aac; (sas = your), TOU (lOO = his). TI"Jc; ( IS = her), TOU (too= its), Touc; (toes = their) for all three genders. The genitive form of the pronoun in Greek comes after the noun: To na1lSf IJOU to peo1 1100 = my child, 11 yuvafKa oou 1y1nel\a soo = your wife, o cpiAoc; lT)c; o filos t1s = her friend . When the genitive form IJOU, aou, Tou, Tile; etc., comes after a word which is stressed on the third syllable from the end like o 6v8pwnoc; the word is given an extra stress on its last syllable: o 6v8pum6c; tJOc;, o a ne ·op6s mas = our man, 01 6v8pwnof Touc;, 1ana op toos = their men. The genitive case is also used to mean to me, to you, to him etc., w ith verbs like write, speak, g ive, send and others. lt then comes before the verb: Tf IJOU yp6cpt1c;; what to me you write (what do you write to me ?), Tf aou lSfve•; what does he (she) g ive to you ? T1 Tou (Tile;) Ate;; What do you say to him (her) ? Mac; KOV&T& (kanete = you do) auTr1 TI"J XOPI'l you do this favor to us ? In this lesson we shall also meet three very common verbs Kavw kano = I do or I make, et Aw Selo = I want, IJnopciJ bor6 = I can.

=

46

' EKTO 1 ( eKTO)

1J09r)I.IO

1. Tf KQV£l~2; E(!JOL KaAQ, euxopLO'TW. nw~ e(am; 11ev e(IJOL noAu KaAQ. tf kanis; lme kala, efxarist6. p6s ise; 5Em ime poll kala. 0 nmtpo~3 aou TL Kavet; H IJI1Tepo4 Tll~ nw~ e(vm; To nm5t6 Tou~ TL K6vouv; o pateras soo ti kani; i mitera tis p6s ine; ta pe5ya toos ti kanoon;

2. nopoKaAoo llnopws vo K6vw tvo T11Aeq>WVI1ll06; 11uOTuxw~7 5ev txou!Je T11Mq>wvo8. parakal6 bor6 na kano ena tilef6nima; 5istix6s M11 q>wv6~el~ YLOT( T11Aeq>Wvw9. An6 nou TI1Aeq>wve(~ ; mi fonazis yiati tilefon6. ap6 po6 tilefonis;

5en exoome tilefono.

3. Tt 8eA£t~1o eau e5w; An6 atvo 6e SeAw TlnoTe. AUTJ1v 5e 6eAw vo T11V oKouw. ti Selis esi e56; ap6 sena 5e Selo tipote. aftin 5e Selo na tin ako6o. To 8eA£t6AO. 9eAeL TO n6VTo11. &(v) Oe (TOV, TllV, TO, TOU~, Tl~, TO) 9eAW. ta Seli 61a. Seli ta panta. 5e(n) se (ton, tin, to, toos, tis, ta) Selo.

4. /1e(v) o 'oKouw. fle(v) 1-1nopw vo a 'oKouw. /1e(v) !Jnopef vo K6vet TlnoTe yto oevo. 5e(n) s'ako6o. 5e(n) bor6 na s'ako6o. 5e(n) bori na kani tipote yia sena. =tpw 6Tt1JnopefTe aM6 5e 8eA£Te. Eav 9eA£Te !JnopefTe. ksero 6ti borlte ala 5e Selete . ean Selete borite. 5. T( np6y1JOTo12 e(VOl OUT6 nou K6VeTe; /1e(v) !JnOpe(~ VO K6Vel~ OUTQ TO np6y1JOTO. ti praymata lne afta poo kanete; 5e(n) boris na kanis afta ta praymata. T( npayllOTO exel~ IJO~( oou; BL(3.Mo13 KOL 6Mo np6y1JOTO. A(yo np6y1JOTO. ti praymata exis mazi soo; vivlla ke ala praymata. liya praymata.

6.

T( K6Vel~ TWpo; /1tof36~w14 evo eux6ptO'To15f3t(3A(o. Mou TO 5(vet~1 6; Euxop(O'Tw~17

ti kanis t6ra; 5iavazo ena etxaristo vivlio. Moo to 5inis; oo~ To 5(vw. 'OXL 5ev TO 5fvw ae Kovevo. sas to 5ino. 6Xi 5en to 5 ino se kanena.

etxaristos

7. rou TO Mw18 q>LALKa19. Tou A£~18 n6VToTe T11 yvWIJI1 oou; Tou Tll(V) Mw aM6 5ev soo to Ieo filika . too les pandote ti yn6mi soo; too ti Ieo ala 5en T11V oKoueL. T( Met ouT6~; M11 IJOU MTe oUTa TO np6y1JOTO. tin ako6i. ti lei aft6s; mi moo lete afta ta praymata.

8. Mto M~112o 1-16vo SeAw on6 atvo. 'Exw To A6yo21 aou; 0 A6yo~22 Tou e(vot mia leksi m6no Selo ap6 sena. exo to 16yo soo; o 16yos too ine n
47

Sixth lesson (4;) 1. What you do (how are you?)? I am well I thank (thanks). How (= nw~ pos) are you ? I am not very well. Your father what he does (how is he?)? Her mother how is she? Their children what they do (how are they?)? 2. Please can I make a telephone call? Unfortunately we don't have a telephone. Don't shout because I telephone. From(= an6 ap6) where(= nou po6) are you telephoning? 3. What do you want here (A contracted form of etA&•~ is 6&~: TL ee~ ecru ei5w; &cru is put for emphasis) . From you I don't want nothing. Her I don't want to hear her. He (or she) wants them all. He (or she) wants everything . I don't want you (him, her, it, them). 4. I don't hear you. I can not (bear to) hear you. He (or she) can not do nothing for you. I know that you can but you don't want. If you want you can. 5. What are these things that you are doing? Y.ou can not do these (such} things. What things you have with you? Books and other things. A few things. 6. What are you doing now{= Twpa t6ra}? I am reading a pleasant book. Do you give it to me? With pleasure I give it to you. No I don't give it to no one (any one). 7. I say it to you friendly (amicably} . Do you tell him always your opinion? I tell it to him but he does not hear (listen} to it. What does he say? Don't tell me these things. 8. One word only I want from you . Do I have your word? His speech is always good. The reason that I want these things is this. 9. Not many words. The words do not have value but the deeds. With words you do what (whatever) you want. He, he does a remarkable work. Vocabulary /\&~1A6y1o 28 lexil6yio 1. 2. 3. 4. s. 6. 7.

8. 9. 10. 11.

tKTo<;, •.,, -o l!ctos, -i, -o = sixth. The number 6 is t~1 exi (hexagon). 'E~1 as an adjective is not declined. Kavw kano = make, do. Here it has the meaning of how are you o naTtpac; o pateras (paternal) = father 11 ~llTtpa i mitera (maternal) = mother ~nopw bor6 = can To TI'}Atcpwv.,~a to tilef6nima (telephone) = telephone call ~uOTuxwc; oistix6s = unfortunally. Comes from 11 rux11 I tiXi = luck and the prefix 6uawhich is the opposite of £U· (L1 , V11 ) denoting something bad, deprived, difficult, painful, working badly as in the words ouoeVTepfa oisenterla = dysentery, ouone~fa oispepsla = dyspepsia. TO TllAtcpwvo to till!fono = telephone. TllAtcpwvw tilefon6 = telephone. Note that phonetically the only difference between the noun TO Tl1M q>wvo (the telephone) and the verb Tl1Mq>wvw (I telephone) is the place of the accent. etAw 8elo = want. The second person singular etA£1<; is often used in the contracted form ate; (TL Sec;; what do you want?). TO naVTa ta panda is the plural of TO nav pan = all, the whole, everything. The word nav is used in combined words to denote that something is universal or pertains the whole = panchromatic, Pan-American, Pan-Germar)ism, Pan-Hellenic.

48 npayJ,~oTo (pi) to prayma, ta praymata (pragmatic) = thing(s). deed (s}, npoyJJon K6c; -1\, -6 p raymatik6s, -1, -6, in Greek means real in substance or cause or effect. 0 npay1JCTlK6c; IJOU eaUT6c; (eaft6s) = my real self. TO PtPAio to vivllo (bibliography, bibliophile) = book, 11 BfPAoc; i vivlos (f) = Bible. ~taPa~w ~iavazo = read. tuxaptaroc;, -11, -o = efxaristos, -1, -o = pleasant (see the verb e:uxapiOTc.i> L4 , V7). ~fvw ~lno = give. From ~(vw comes 11 ~6a11 i Msi = dose. £uxopfarwc; efxarlstos = with pleasure. The adverb of £uxaptaroc; (No 15}. Note that phonetically the difference between the adverb and the masculine adjective lies on the stressed syllable = e:uxap(OTwc;, e:ux6piOToc;. At w or Atyw Ieo or leyo (lecture, dialect) = say, tell (see also No 21 and 24). The 2nd person singular of the verb Mw is Ate; (a contracted form of Mye:1c;). T( Me;; what do you say ?). The 3 rd person plural of M(y)w: Atv(£) is used to mean they call or is called: IJ€ Mv(e:) rtc.i>pyo me len(e) y6ryo = they call me George. nwc; (= how) TO Mv(e:) OUT6; p6s to len(e) aft6 = how (what), do they (you) call this ? cptAtKa filika =friendly, amicably. The adverb of the adjective cptAtK6 c;, -1\, -6 fihk6s, -1, 6 = friendly (from · 11 A£~11 i lexi (lexicon) = word. o A6yoc; o 16yos (logorrhoea, logomachy, dialogue) = 1. word, 2. speech, 3. reason. Here it means your word. here o A6yoc; means speech here o A6yoc; has the meaning of the reason . TO A6yto ta 16ya (exists only in plural) = the words, verbal sayings. The words Atyw, At~11 . A6yoc;, A6yto, AoytKrl loyikl = logic, come all from the same root. 11 a~fa i axla (axiom) = value. TO t pyo, TO t pyo (pi.) to eryo, ta erya (erg the unit of work, ergometry) = work(s), deed(s). a~t6Aoyoc;, -11, -o axi61oyos = remarkable, considerable, worthy of note (6~1oc;, -a, -o axios = worthy, deserving, meritorious , capable, see No 25) + Myoc; = speech No 21). TO At~1A6y1o to lexil6yio = vocabulary, glossary. lt comes from the words M~11 (No 20) + Myw (No 18).

12. TO npayJJo, TO

13. 14. 15. 16.

17.

18.

19. 20. 21 .

22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28.

"''Em:(a) l esto

o!6y04; up~v

2

va( va(,

o I 6yos im 6n ne ne

,

,5

ouou 0000

Jesus Christ to his disciples (Matthew) Let your word be yes yes, no no

1. tOTw esto = let be. ' EOTw is the imperative of the ancient verb E:IIJ( im i= e:(IJOI (I am). In modern Greek tOTw is u sed with the meaning of so be it and with KOI it means even: torw Kal t~1 = even six, 2. UIJWV im6n = the ancient of yours, 3. ou or ouK oo oak = not (see L2, V5) .

49

BaatK~ (vassikf) ypappOTIK~

( amatiki)

Gr. 6

a. The genitive case of the nouns is mainly used to show who "owns" or "possesses" something. The masculine nouns and adjectives in -oc; and the neuter nouns and adjectives in -o and -1 have in the genitive case the ending -ou (pronounced as in moon). Examples: 0 ve-oc; ~p61J·Oc; 0 neos or6mos = the new road Tou ve-ou ~p61J·OU too neoo ~r6moo = of the new road 0 Tp(T-oc; K60IJ·oc; o tritos k6smos = the thrid world Tou Tp(T-ou K60IJ·Ou too tritoo k6smoo = of the third world To Ka8ap-6 IJUaA-6 to ka8ar6 mial6 = the clear mind Tou Ka8ap-ou IJUaA-ou too ka8aro6 mialo6 = of the clear mind To j3pW1JlK-o XEP-1to vr6miko xeri = the dirty hand Tou j3pWIJlK-OU xepl-OU too vr6mikoo xeryou = of the dirty hand Note that the neuter nouns ending in -1 move the stress to the last syllable in the genitive case: xtp1 - X£PIOU, n6~t - no~tou po~you If the masculine noun is stressed on the third syllable from the end the stress in the genitive case usually moves to the second syllable: 0 av8pwnoc;, 0 an8ropos = the man Tou avepwnou, too an8r6poo =of the man. The few feminine nouns ending in -oc; like t~o~oc; exooos = exit have also the ending -ou in the genitive case and move the stress to the second syllable if they are trisyllables: Tllc; £~6~ou tis ex6ooo = of the exit. Example: TO cpwTa Tllc; £~6~ou ta f6ta tis ex6~oo = the lights of the exit.

b. The feminine nouns and adjectives in -a and -11 form their genitive case by adding an -c; (cr(y1Ja, siyma). Examples: H wpa(-a KOl euyevLK-~ Kupf-a I orea ke evyeniki kiria = the beautiful and polite lady. T11c; wpa(-ac; KOl euyevLK-~c; Kupf-ac; t1s areas ke evyenikis ktrias = of the beaut iful and polite lady. H KaA-~ uy£f-a I kali 1yia = good health Tll<; K
50

'EJ3~oJ.Io 1

(evliomo) 1JC9rJJ.Ia

1. Ta cpwTa (f6ta) TOU (too) ~PO~-!OU (<Sr6moo) e(vat f...(ya (liya). H ~LIVOilJ"l (~fnam i) Tou av9pwnou (an9r6poo) elvOl TO ~-tuaf...63 (mial6) Tou. H 6Kp114 (akri) Tou K6o~Aou (k6smoo). H 6KP11 Tou ~P61-!ou (~r6moo). H q>WVJl (foni) TOU KUplOU (kirioo) TOU.

2. 0 flxo~s (ixos) T11~ (tis) cpwVJ1~ (fonis) 111~ (tis) ~ev e(vm wpa(o~6 (oreos) . H a~(a (aksia) Kat 11 OT)IJOO(a7 (simasfa) 111<:; (tis) yvw1-111<:; (yn6mis) Tou dvat !JtKpf) (mikri). H uye(a8 (iyia) T11~ veac;, wpafac; (oreas) Kat euyevtKf)<:; (evyenikis) Kup(a~ (kirias) ~ev e(vm Kaf...f).

3. H E~O~oc;9 (ekso~os) TOU OXO'f...e(ou10 (sxolioo) ElVOl EKEL (eki). H 8€011 (8esi) TOU 13tl3f...lou (vivlioo) oou (soo) e(vat K6Tw11 (kato). b.ev dvat aUT6~ o aptS~-!6~1 2 (ari8m6s) TOU T11Aeq>WVOU (tilef6noo) 111~-

4. nou (poo) e(crat (ise). Et~-!Ol (fme) e~w 13 (exo). E(!JOOTE (fmaste) 6f...ot navw 14 (pano). napaKaf...w (parakal6) nou e(vm 11 e(oo~o~ 1 5 (fso~os) ; b.ev txet Kaf...6 cpw~ (fos) Kat ~e 13Mnw16 (vlepo) T11V e~o~o (ekso~o). EKd (ekij ~ev dvat 11 E~O~O~ e:(vat 11 doo~o~ (iso~os). b.e:v T11 J3Mne:t~ (vlepis); 5 . nou dvat aUTf) 11 o~6~17 (o~6s) . b.ev ~tpw (ksero). b.ev 111v ~epw. :=epet~ (kseris) auT6v Tov ~P6~Ao; 'Oxt ~ev Tov ~epw . AuT6~ efvm 1Jov6~po~Jo~1a (mon6oromos). Eow dvm ~A6vo K68o~o~1 9 (ka8o~os) , 11 6vooo~2o (ano~os) €lvm OTov 6Mo ~P61-!o. 6. 'Exet J3Mnw (vlepo) 1-!EY6f...11 np6o<So21 (pr6o~o) . AuT6 TO nat~( oe:v EXEl KO!Jlcl (kamia) np6ooo. H np6oo6c; Touc; (toes) e[vat!JtKpf) ytaT( (yati) ~ev npooexouv (prosexoon).

7. Twpa (t6ra) dvat~Ata avw!Ja'A11 (an6mali) nep(o~oc;22 (perio~os) . AuTf) TllV nep(o~o ~e:v exoulle (exoome) cpw~. Kaee nep(o~o~ T11~ ~wf)~23 (zois) Tou avepwnou (an8r6poo} EXEl TO npoJ3f...f)!JOT024 (provlimata) Tll<:;. 8. To 6volla2s (6noma) Tll~ o~ou (o<So6) e:lvm .... Ta cpwTa Tll~ e:to6oou ( iso~oo) . rf)!Jepa (simera) o pu81J6~26 (ri9m6s) 111~ npo6~ou (pro6~oo) e:lvat Tep6ono~27 (terastios). To xaoaK11lptOTtK62B (xaraktiristik6) Tll~ nept6oou (peri6ooo) aUTf)~ dvat 11 Tep60Tta (terastia) np6o~o~ (pr6ooos).

Note: hereafter only the pronunciation of new or difficult words will be given. At~1A6y10

1.

2. 3. 4. 5.

lexil6yio

tp~o~oc;,

-11, -o evi5omos, -i, -o = seventh, From t~i50IJO~ comes 11 cp~oJ.16~a evi5omai5a (hebdomadal = weekly) = the week. The number 7 is em6 epta (heptagon). Em6 as an adjective is not declined o ~p6J.1oc; o i5r6mos (hippodrome, aerodrome) = 1. street , road 2. way TO J.IUaA6 to mial6 (poliomyelitis) = the brain, mind 11 6KPI1 i acri (acropolis, acrobat) = 1. outermost part, 2. end, 3. edge o ~xoc; o fxos (echo, echogram) = sound. H T'IXW i iX6 echo

=

51

Seventh lesson (l7)

1. The lights of the street are few (dim) . The power of man is his brain (mind). The end of the world. The end of the street. The voice of his master. 2. The sound of her voice is not nice. The value and the significance of his opinion is small. The health of the new (young), beautiful and polite lady is not good. 3. The exit of the school is there (= not the number of her telephone.

£K&i

eki). The place of the book is downstairs. This is

4. Where are you? I am outside. We are all upstairs. Please where is the entrance? lt does not have (there is no) good light and I don't see the exit. There it is not the exit it is the entrance. Don't you see it? 5. Where is this street? I don't know. I don't know it. Do you know this street? No I don't know it. This is one-way street. Here is only the descent. The ascent is in the other street. 6. He has, I see, great progress. This child does not have no (any) progress. Their progress is small because they pay no attention. 7. Now (= Twpa t6ra) it is an abnormal period. This period (of time) we don't have light. Every period of the life of man has its problems. 8. The name of the street is.... The lights of the entrance. Today the rhythm (rate) of progress is tremendous. The characteristic of this period is the tremendous progress. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11 . 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.

wpafoc;, -a, -o oreos, a, o = nice, beautiful, lovely. H wpaia EAtv11 (I area Eleni) Beautifu l Helen (of Tray) 11 OI"JJ.IOafa i simasfa (semasiology, semantics) = significance, meaning 11 uyda i iyfa (hygiene) = health 11 t~ol5oc; i ekso~os (exodus) = exit To axoAdo to sxolfo = school KaTw kato (cathode, cation) = down, downwards, lower o api8JJ6<; o ari8m6s (arithmetic) = number t~w ekso (exodus, exotic) = out, outside navw or avw pano, ana (anode) = up, upstairs, upper 11 daol5oc; i fso~os (episode) = entrance (elc; + oMc;) pAtnw vlepo = I see 11 ol56c; i oMs (exodus) = the street. H o~6c; is the ancient word for street which is used for the names of the streets in the towns. The name of the street following the word ol56c;, O.dOI, is always in the genitive case: Ol56c; Mty6Aou AAt~6vl5pou = street of Alexander the Great. The more common word for street is another ancient word o l5p6JJO<; (N° 2). The word ol56c; combines with prepositions and adverbs to form compound words many of which have entered into the English vocabulary (see No 19, 20, 22). H ol56c; and its combined words belong to the rare feminine nouns ending in -oc; like the masculine nouns and are declined like them (11 ol56c;, TTJ<; ol5ou, TI"JV ol56, etc) . The names of many Greek Islands are feminine and end in -oc;: Tl Kunpoc; (i Kfpros = Cyprus), Tl P6l5oc;, 11 MuKovoc;, Tl naTJ.IO<;, 11 napoc; etc.

52 18. 19. 20. 21 . 22.

23. 24. 25. 26.

27. 28.

o ~ovolSpo~oc; o mon6i5romos = one way (~-tovo+~p6 ~-toc:: = alone+ street) 11 Ka9o~oc; i kaeo~os (cathode)= descent (K6Tw (N° 11)+o~6c:;] 11 avo~oc; i ano~os (anode) = ascent (avw (No 1 4)+o~6c:;] 11 npoo~oc; 1 pr6o~os progress [npo (= before, in front of) +o~oc:;] 11 n&plo~oc; i perlo~os = period (nep ( (= around) +o~oc:;] rt ~w~ i zof (azoic, azote) = life TO npoPArt~a, pi. Ta npoPA!l~aTa to pr6vlima, ta provllmata = problem(s) TO ovo~a to 6noma (eponym, anonymous) = name o pu9~6c; o ri8m6s = 1. rhythm, 2. rate T&paunoc;, -a, -o terastios, -a, -o = tremendous, huge. From TO Ttpac; gen. Tou Tt paToc; to teras, too teratos (teratology) = monster xapaKTilplunKoc;, -rJ, -o xaraktlristik6s, -i, -o = characteristic

=

Dvoorative figure on a bronze krater (330 BC) Archeological Museum , Thessaloniki

53

~amK~ypa~~a_n_K_~______________________G__r._7~] a. The verbs in modern Greek have two voices as in English, the active and the passive. Verbs of the active voice, indicating that the subject they refer to acts, have in the first person singular the ending -w (tx-w, cpwv6~-w, aKou-C~>). The verbs of the passive voice represent the subject as receiving the action or as acting upon itsert or on its own interest. The verbs of the passive voice have in the first person singular the ending -1.101 preced ed by the vowels o (· OIJOI), I& (-I&IJOI), ou (-OUIJOI) or a (-OIJOI). The verbs in -OIJOI have the following endings: -OIJOI (ome) = eyw cpavr6~-0IJOI, fantazome = I imagine -&001 (ese) = eau cpavr6~-&001 1 fantazese = you imagine -&Tal (ete) = aUT6~ , au-nl , aUT6 cpavr6~-&Taa, fantazete = he, she, it imagines -61JOOT& (omaste) = e~-te(~ cpavra~-61JaOT&, fantaz6maste = we imagine -&OT& (este) = eae(~ cpavr6~-&0T&, fantazeste = you imagine -oVTal (onte) = aUTo(, aUTe~. aUTo, cpavr6~-oVTa1, fantazonte = they imagine The verbs in -I&IJOI have the same endings proceeded by the ac;,Ta (i) = atoa1, 1fTa1 etc. Example the verb nouA-IftJOI (poo 1eme = be sold): nouA.-IftJal, nouA.-atoa1, nouA.-atTa1 (The ancient and K form of the third person singular nwA&iTal, n!lAEITAI polite (= is sold) is used in all signs) Tl0UA-161JOOT&, TlOUA-tfOT&, TlOUA-IOUVTOI (here the ·OVTOI becomes ·OUVTOI) The verbs in -OUIJOI have the following edings ·OUIJOI, -&ioa1, -&iTaa, - OUIJOOT&, &iOT&, · OUVTOI. The endings of the verbs in -atJ& (-ame) have an aAcpa (a) in place of flii•Aov {&) and in the 3rd person plural an -ou (oo) in place of 61.11Kpov (o): cpo~-OIJOI (fovame = I am afraid) cpoi3-61JOOT&, cpo~-aoat, cpo~-OTOI,

cpo~-aor&,

cpoi3·0UVTOI. Some verbs have both voices f.i. ypacp-w (yrafo = I write) and ypacp-OIJOI (yrafome = I am written). The passive voice of these verbs is commonly used in the third person (singular or plural): ne;,~ ypacpna• auT~ 11 At~11; p6s yrafete afti llexi = ·how is written this word? nw~ AtyoVTat auTo Ta na1~16 ; p6s leyonte afta ta pe6ya = how are they called these children? Note that in certain verbs the second person plural of the active voice and the third person singular of the passive voice are phonetically the same. Tl ypacp&Te; (f yrafete = what are you Writing?) nw~ ypacpETOI; (pes yrafe e = how is written?) In dictionaries and glossaries the verbs are given in the form of the first person singular: ypacpw, cpaVTa~OIJOI.

b.

J

54

'Oy~oo (6y~oo) ~a911JJO 1

1. avr6~o1Jm2 (fantazome) 6Tt (= that) ~epet~ Tou~ Ktv5uvou~3 (kin5fnoos). Tou~ ~epw KaAQ aM6 5ev <poJ301JOt4 (fovame). !:J.e
2. rpa
4. AnayopeueTm 14 (apayorevete) 11 efoo5o~ (iso5os). napaKC1Aw 5ev emTpeneTm 15 (epitrepete) To K6nvto1Ja 16.Mou emTpeneTe (epitrepete~b 'Oxt 5ev emTpenw oe Kaveva. AnayopeueTm aUO'TTlPW~ 17 (afstir6s) 11 OT681Jeuon (sta8mefsi). Anayopeuovrm (apayorevonte) Ta ~wal 9 (z6a) e5w.

5. !:J.e <pa(veTQl va ~epet T(noTe. Mou <pa(veTQl OTL TQ xepta (Xerya) O'OU elVQl A.lyo Kpua20 (kria). Mou <pa(veTQl OTl e(om ~eOT6~ 21 (zest6s} LOW~ (isos) exel~ nupeT622 . Nm ~eOTafvo1Jm23 (zestenome) noA.u. I

6. Mf)nw~ nouA.6Te 24 (poolate) TO 6ta1J€pto1J625 (6iamerisma) oa~; 'Oxt, o 'aut6 TO 5ta1JeptOIJa KaTOtKw26 (katik6) Km 5ev To nouA.w (poolo). E5w OIJW~ (6mos) ypa
8. /\unou1Jat29 nou oa~ TO Mw aM6 autf) e(vat 11 aA.f)8eta30 (ali8ia). oJ3ou1Jat 6Tt 5e Met TI1V aAf)8eta. Ml1 <poJ36om oev ~epel T(noTe. !:J.ev <poJ3ouvrm (fovo6nte) Kaveva. A&~1A6y1o 6y~ooc;,

-I"J, -o 6yC5ooc; -i, · O = eighth. The number 8 is oKTw oct6 (octopus, October). OKTw as an adjective is not declined. 2. cpaVTa~OJ.IOI fantazome (fantasy, fantastic) = imagine suppose 3. o Kfv~uvoc; o klnCSinos = danger. EmK(vCSuvoc; · 1'), -o epiklnCSinos, -i, -o = dangerous be afraid, fear, (from q>6j3oc; = fear (la. V7) 4. cpoJ36 JJal fovame and cpopo uJJOI fovo6me 5. o &aur 6c; (J.IOU) o eaft6s (moo) myself. From the adjective auT6c;, -1'), -o (automatic) self. 0 eaUT6c; is always accompanied by IJOU, c10u, TOU, Tr)c;, etc. 6. q>afvoJ,~al fenome (phenomenon) look, seem 7. cpaVTaanK6c;, -1\, -6 fantastik6s, -i, -o (fantastic) = imaginary, unreal 8. ypacpw yrafo (graphology, autograph) = write 9. ra ypOJ.IJ.Iara ta yramata (grammatical) = the letters. The plural of YPOIJIJO (~. V2) 10. 11 &P~OJ.IO~a i evCSomaCSa = week. See ej3C5o1Joc; (L7,V1) 1.

=

=

=

=

55

Eighth lesson (La) 1. I imagine that (= OTI) you know the dangers. I know them but (= aM6) I am not afraid. You don't (can't) imagine what (a) great idea he has for (about) himself. He does not look (it) but he is very dangerous. The dangers are imaginary. 2. I write many letters every week. What do you write to her? What does it write today the newspaper? lt does not write no (any) news. How{= nwc;) is written this word? 3. I don't feel well. Something {= KOTl) I have. What have you? Don't you feel well? No, I am al l right. He does not feel nothing (anything). He is an insensitive (without feelings) man. 4. The entrance is forbidden. Please, is not allowed the smoking (the order of the words could also be = rrapaKaAdJ ro K6rrvtaJ.Ia ~ev emrptrrerat). Do you allow me? (Note that emrptrrerat and emrptrrere are phonetically the same). No, I don't allow no one (anyone). lt is forbidden strictly the parking . Are forbidden the animals here (As the Greek language presents a high degree of flexibility in the word order the phrase could also be Ta t;wa arrayopeuovrat eow r1 e&lJ arrayopetJovrat ra t;wo. Note also that in Greek the definite article o, 1], ro is used more often than in English).

=

5. He does not seem to know nothing (anything) . lt seems to me that your hands are a little cold. You seem to me that you are warm, perhaps {=(owe;) you have fever. Yes, I feel very warm.

6. Is there a possibility that {= 1-1~nwc;) you sell your flat? No, in this flat I live and I don 't sell it. Here, however, {= 61Jwc;) it writes (it is written) IS SOLD (to be sold). (n wM:ITat is the 3rd person of the ancient verb nwA.w-nwA.oUIJOl which in modern Greek has become nouA.w- nouA.tEIJOL See Gr. 7 and NO 24) ). I don't know what it writes there, I know that it is not sold. 7. You know, I let my house. Please can you tell me if this house is to let. Here I see a (sign) TO LET. 8. I am sorry that I say it to you but this is the truth. I am afraid that he does not say the truth. Don't be afraid he does not know nothing (anything) . They are not afraid of nobody (anybody) . 11. aJo86vo1JOI eseanome = feel, sense (see ava(o9T)TOC: N13) 12. tVT6~t• entaxi = everything in order, OK, all right [the ancient preposition tv = in and the word T6~11 (syntax) = order in the dative case] 13. avafo81'JTO<; anes9itos (anaesthetic) = insensitive. The negative prefix a- (av- before a vowel) turns the adjective OI0811T6c;, es9it6s = perceptible, sensitive to avafo61'JTO<; 14. anayoptuw apayorevo = forbid , anayoptUOIJOI apayorevome = be forbidden, anayoptutTal apayorevete = is forbidden 15. tmTptnw epitrepo = allow, permit, tmTptnOIJOI epitrepome = be allowed, 6tv tmTptntTOI = is not allowed

56

16. TO K6nvloJ.IO to kapnisma (acapnia = reduction of carbon dioxide in the blood, capnomancy 17.

18. 19. 20. 21 .

2 2. 23. 24.

25. 26. 27.

28. 29.

30.

=

divination by smoke) = smoking OUOTl'IPW<; afstirOs = strictly, severely. The adverb of au011'1p6c;, -11, -o afstir6s, -i, -o (austere) = severe, strict. The adverb has preserved the ancient ending -we;. The adverb OUaTilPW<; and the masculine form of the adjective OUO'TI'lp6c; are phonetically identical. 11 m68J.1tuar, 1sta8mefs1 = stopping, parking TO l;wo, Ta l;wa to zOo, ta z6a. (zoological) = animal(s) Kpuoc;, -a, -o krlos, a, o (cryoSurgery, cryogen) = cold. The noun is TO Kpuo , to krlo = the cold (K6vet Kpuo = it makes (it is) cold) l;tm6c;, - 11, -o zest6s, i, o = warm, hot. H z;t m11 i zesti = warmth (K6vet ~tOTll = it makes (it is) hot), o nuptT6c; o piret6s (pyretic, pyrexia) = fever, it comes from the word TO nup p1r (pyromania) = fire l;tmafvw zesteno = warm, l;t malvOJ.IOI zestenome = feel warm (hot) n ouAw pool6 (mono poly) sell, nouAit JJal poolieme be sold The ancient verb is nwAw polo - nwAOUJ.IOI polo6me. The third person singular nwAtiTal nnAEITAI polite, is used in signs and advertisements when something is for sale. TO ~IOJJtploJ.IO to ~iamerisma (polymerism) = flat, apartment KOTOIKW katikO = 1. inhabit, dwell 2. live (t )VOIK16l;w, (e)n1k1azo = rent, let, hire.EvoiK16l;tTOI ENOIKIAZETAI enikiazete = is rent (to be rent), to let. Both KOTOIKW (KaT6 (= downward) + OIKW = dwell in Ancient) and tVOIKHil;w (ev (=in) + OIKfa) come from the word 11 OIKia i ikla (ecology, economy) = house. TO anln to spiti = house. A word borrowed from the Latin hospitium (hospice) AunOUJ.IOI hpo6me and Aun6 JJOI lipame = be sorry. From 11 Aun11, i llpi = the sorrow 11 aM8tla 1alf81a = truth

=

=

When Socrates was asked how could one live his life without sorrow he replied:

"Tou'to 1 a~uvatov 2 , ous yap 4 EO'ti 5 n6A.t.v6i} OlKiav 7 oiKouvta 8 Katav9p
1. ToUioc;, -11. -o, = this. Seep. 94c, 2. aMvaTov = see '-4. Vs, 3. ou = not (L2 , Vs), 4. yap = because, 5. eaT( = the ancient dvat, 6. n6Atv = the accusative of n6Atc; (acropolis) = the city, 7. otKta(v) = see No 27, 8. OIKOUVTO iko6nda = him who lives. The accusative of the to men. The dative plural of o 6v8pwnoc; (L1, V6), participle of otKW (No 27), 9. av8p<.i>n01<:; 10. OIJlAOuVTa omllo6nda = him who contacts, associates with. The accusative of the participle of 01-ilAW omll6. (0)1-ilAW in modern Greek means talk, speak. See next lesson No 6, 11. 1111~enoTe never, 12. Aune(o8at = be sorrow. The ancient infinitive of Aunou1-10l (No 29).

=

=

57

Gr.

si

a. The vocative case of the nouns and adjectives is used when one addresses someone directly and is identical with the accusative with the exception of the masculine nouns and adjectives ending in -oc; in which case it has the ending ·£ : Kup1t, cpiAt pou, 9t& pou (my God). b. The verbs in the active voice all have the ending -w in the first person singular and are divided into two categories: Those which have the accent on the second syllable from the end like &xw, cpwva~w and which have the same endings as &xw, and those that are stressed on the last syllable, that is on -w. Many verbs stressed on have the same endings as the verb &xw except for the second person plural in which they have the ending -tiT£ (instead of -£T£). Examples: pnopw, pnopdTt , TrJAt cpwvw, TrJAtcpwvdT£, auvxwpw (sinxor6 = I forgive) a uvxwpdTt 0Jt auvxwpd Tt = excuse me). The majority, however, of the verbs stressed on -w have the endings: eyw ...-w e1Je(c; ...-apt(or -oupt) ecru ... -ac; ecre(c; ...·OT£ aUT6~ - avn1- aUT6 ...-a or -at• aUTo(- aUTtc;- aUT6 ... -ouv or -av(t) A number of commonly used verbs ending in -w form their personal endings by fusing the last letter of their stem with the first letter of the ending. Thus the verbs piAaw (milao = speak, talk), ayana-w (ayapao = love) stand more often as p1Aw (mil6) and ayanw (ayap6} in the first person singular. In the second person singular or plural, however, they stand only in the contracted form: p1A-ac;: 1,11A-6T£ (instead of 1JtA6-etc;, 1JtA6-aTe): e1-1d~ p•A-apt (or 1JV..-ou1Je) eyw p•A-w (or 1-1V..6-w) ecru p1A-ac; ecre{~ J.IIA·OT£ OUT6~ J.IIA-6 (or 1JtA-6et} OUTO( J,~IA-OUV (or 1JtA-6v(e) Ovnl » OUTe~ » OUT6 » OUT6 » c. The comparison of adjectives in Greek is made either by the use of the word m6 (pi6 = more) or by adding the ending ·Ttpoc;, (-Ttpl'l, -Ttpo for feminine and neuter adjectives) which is the ancient and K form of comparative. Examples: mo J.11Kp6c; or J.11Kp6Ttpoc;, mo Alyoc; or Aly6Tt poc;, avwTtpoc; (= higher. From avw = up, upper). Sometimes the adverb ntplaa6Ttpo (peris6tero = more) is used, n t plaa6Ttpo ~uvaT6c; an6 6Aouc; = more strong than all. The adjectives pty6Aoc; and KaA6c; change the final -o to -u: ptyaAuTtpoc;, KaAuTtpoc;. The superlative is made either by adding the definite article o, 11, To to the comparative form or less often by adding the ancient ending -TaToc;: TO KaAuTtpo P•PAio (the best book) , 0 ptyaAuTtpoc; Kiv~uvoc; [the biggest (greatest) danger], OVWTOTO<; (highest).

-w

58

'EvaTo 1 (enato) JJaernJa. 1. ee:t2 (See) IJOU Tl e:fvm aUT6; /lev e:(vm T(noTe: 11'1 q>oJ36om. Kupte: (kirie) aUT6 nou KQVETE e:(vm e:mK(V~UVO. 11ev KQVW TinOTE. Lac; euxaplOTW (efxarist6) KUple:. 2. Mnope:iTe: va Mn: 6n Tov ayan6Te:3 aM6 ~e:v oac; mOTe:ue:t4 (pistevi). Eivm o KaA.l!re:poc; q>CAoc; IJOU. H mo ayanrrnis q>CA'l IJOU e:(om e:ou. 3. nwc; 1.nA.6c;6 eTm OT'l IJ'lTepa oou; LE pwTw7 (rot6) ytaT( ~e:v anaVT6c;s; LOU IJLA.w yLaTi ~e:v IJE npooexe:tc; (prosexis). 11t6TL (~i6ti) txw To vou9 (no6) IJOU aMou (allo6). 11e:v t xw KaiJ(a ~t68e:0'1 1 o (~ia8esi) yLa ou~t11110'1 11 (sizitisi). 4. nou nac;12; n ou n6Te: OAOl IJO~(; n61JE OTO 8eaTpo13. na(~e:t14 (pezi) TO KaALrre:po t pyo1s. Tt ~'1T6Te:16 e:oe:(c; e:~w ; M'l ~'1T6c; np6y1JaTa nou ~e:v yivoVTm17 (yfnonde). K6ve: IJ(a a(1110'1 16 (etisi) yt'aUT6 (y'aft6) nou 8eA.Etc;. 5. rtaT( ~e:v IJE XOlPET6c; 18(Xeretas); Me: ouyxwpe:(c;19 (sinxoris), ~w20 IJEOQ OTLc; OKelJje:tc;21 (skepsis) IJOU. oJ3ou1Jal 6Tt ~e:v e:KTLIJ6c;22 (ectimas) aUTo nou oou Mw. K6ve:tc; A.68oc;23 Ta EKTLIJWne:ptoo6Te:po (peris6tero) an6 6n V01Ji~e:tc;24. 6. =:tpw 6Tt IJETp6c;25 n6VToTe: Ta A.6yta oou. 11e:v Ae:c; TfnoTe: ne:ptoo6Te:po an6 OTL npene:t26. Me: ouyxwpe:(Te: (sinxorite) aM6 vo~Ji~w 6Tt npene:t va npooexe:Te: mo noA.u OTQV IJLAOTE. 7. nwc; oe: Mve:; To OVOIJO IJOU e:ivm nwpyoc; (y6ryos). Km TO ~lK627 oou; Eyw OVOIJO~OIJQl28 (onomazome) EMV'l. nwc; 111 Mve: QUTtllTl M~'l OTQ EMT1VtK6 (elimka); a. Mt.A6c; EMllvtK6; :=:epw A.(ye:c; M~e:tc;. Eyw ~epw A.ty6n~pe:c; AyyA.LKec; (anglikes) ¥~e:tc;. 11e:v IJLAW KaA.6 AyyA.tK6. E(vm XPtlOl1Jo29 (xrisimo) auT6 TO Ae:~tK630; Tt 1Je8o~o31 (me8o~o) XP'10liJOnOLe:(Te:32(Xrisimopiite); Aul'tl e:(vm '1 mo KaNl 1JE8o~oc;. 11e:v OUIJq>WVW, '1 ~lKf) IJOU ELVQl '1 KaALrrEP'l· 9. LE napaKaAW OTQV O~'lye:(c;33 (o~iyis) va npooexe:tc; OTOV ~POIJO. Na exe:tc; n6VTOTE TO vou oou OTa 6Ma aUToKivnTa34 (aftokinita). A£~1A6y10

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

10. 11.

12. 13.

tvaToc;, -11, -o enatos, -i, -o = ninth. The number 9 is tvvta enea. Evvta as an adjective is not declined o 8t6c; o 8e6s (apotheosis, theological) = God ayanw ayap6 = love mar&ow p1stevo = believe (Note that tu before a vowel is pronounced ev) ayan11T6c;, -r\, -6 ayapit6s, 1, o = dear, beloved. From '1 ay6n11 (ayapi) = love (o).,a1Aw (o)m1l6 = speak, talk. The o is usually omitted. (t)pwTw (e)rot6 = ask. The t is usually omitted. anaVTw apand6 = answer o vouc;, TO vou, TOU vou o noos,(oo as in moon) to noo, too noo (paranoic, noology) = 1. mind, 2. intellect, 3. wit, ('Exw TO vou IJOU = I am alert, I take care (lit. I have my mind) 11l5•68tal1 i 5ia8esi (diathesis) = 1. mood, 2. disposition, 3. disposal. '1 au~r\TI'lOI"J i sizltisi = discussion. From au~I"'TW (ouv+~T]TW = together I ask) = discuss n6w r\ "l'lvafvw pao or piyeno = go. An irregular verb TO 8taTpO to 8eatro = theatre

59

Ninth lesson (L9) 1. My god what is this? lt is not (it is) nothing.(= rinor& tipote) don't be afraid. Sir this that you do (what you are doing) is dangerous. I do not do (am not doing) nothing (anything). I thank you sir. 2. You can say that you love him but he does not believe you. He is my better (best) friend. The more dear (dearest) (female) friend, of me is you. 3. How do you speak like this (= tro1 = like this, so, thus, in this way) to your mother? I ask (I am asking) you, why don't you answer? I speak (I am speaking) to you, why don't you pay attention to me? Because (= ~16r1 6i6ti) have my mind elsewhere (= a.M.ou, alo6). I don't have (I have) none (no) mood for discussion. 4. Where do you go (are you going)? Where do you go all (of you) together? We go to the theatre. lt plays the better (best) work (play). What are you looking for ( are you doing) you here? Don't demand things that are not (cannot be) done. Make an application for that (the a of ylO is dropped before a consonan~ that you want. 5. Why don't you greet me? Forgive me I live in my thoughts. I am afraid that you don't esteem these (words, things) that I say to you. You make a mistake (you are mistaken) I esteem them more(= n&ploo6r&po, peris6tero is an adverb meaning more) than what you think. 6. I know that you measure always (= navror &) your sayings (words). You don't say nothing (anything) more than what it should (be said). Excuse me but I think that it is proper to be (you should) much more careful when you speak. 7. How do they call you? (Atv& is the third person plural of the irregular verb Atw or Atyw = say, tell Ls. V18) and has here the meaning ofthey call, they name). My name is rtwpyo~ (y6ryos). And yours? I am named EMvn (eleni). How do they say this word in Greek? 8. Do you speak Greek?(When it refers to a language the adj ective EMI')VJK6c; (Greek) AyyAJK6c; (English), re:piJOVlKO~ (German) etc is used in the neuter plural (Ta) EMI')VJK6, AyyAJKa , f&ppaviK6. lt comes from ra EMI')VJK6 yp61Jpara, the Greek letters (ra ypappara is the plural of TO yp6ppa L5 , V2). I know a few words. I know fewer English words. I don't speak good English. Is this dictionary useful? What method do you use? This is the more good {the better) method. I do not agree, mine is better. 9. I beg you when you drive to be careful in the street (road). To have always your mind on the other cars. 14. nar~w pezo = play 15. TO tpyo to eryo = the work, here the play or film. See Ls, v 26· 16. ~r'JTW zit6 = 1. demand, 2. seek, 2. look for, 4. ask for. The ancient verb is ami> (et6) from which comes the word aiTr'JOr'J (etisi) = request, application. 17. ylvo!JOI yinome (genesis, genetic) = 1. become, 2. take place (I give birth to is: yeww and I am born is: y£vv•tiJOI yenieme). The expression n ylveraJ; means what is going on? What is to be done? 18. xalp£Tw xeret6 = 1. greet, 2. salute 19. ouyxwpw sinxor6 = forgive (cruv+xwpw). Remember that YX is pronounced nx. 20. ~w zo = live. From ~w comes 11 ~w~ zof life (Y,, V23) and TO ~wo z6o = the animal (L7 , v23) 21. r'J aKi ljJr'J i skepsi (skeptical) = thought

=

60

22. &KTIJJC~ ektim6 = 1. esteem, 2. estimate, 3. appreciate. From £K+Tt1JW (Timothy, Tt1J68eoc; = respecting God) = honour. respect, value, the noun is 11 niJ~ = 1. honour. 2. value, 3. price. 23. TO A69o<; to la8os = 1. mistake, 2. error. A neuter word ending in -o<; 24. voJ.Ji~w nomlzo = think. From VOIJ(~w comes the word TO v6JJIOJ.Ia, to n6misma (numismatic) = 1. coin, 2. currency 25. IJ&TPW metr6 (metric) = count. From TO J.!tTpo metro = meter 26. nptn&l prepi = it should, it must, it is proper, lt is necessary. A very common impersonal verb 27. ~IK6<; , -~, -6 J.IOU o oik6s, -1, -6, moo = mine (always with IJOU, aou, Tou etc) 28. OVOJ.IO~OJ.IOI onomazome = be named, be called. From TO 6vo1Ja =the name (L7, V2s) 29. XP~OIJ.IO<;, -11, -o xrlssimos, -i, -o = useful 30. TO A&~JK6 to lexik6 (lexicon) = dictionary 31. 11 J,~t9o~o<; i me8ooos = method. See the word o~6<; L7 V17 32. XPI'lOIIJOnou~ xrisimopi6 = use (s.p . XP'1011JOnO(f100 = xrisimopfissa), <XP'1at1JO+notw = make useful) nouiJ pi6 is the ancient K6vw (=make, create). A common inscription on ancient vases is the name of the artist and the word EnOIHIE = he made. From no1w comes also the word 0 nourmc; 0 piitis (poet) = poet, creator, and l1 nor.,a.,, I piisi = poetry. The verb noaw and the endings -no1o<; -pios (=maker, creator) and -noedo(v) -piio(n) (= place or shop of creation) are often used in combined words= ev&pyonouiJ, eneryop16 (evtpy&aa energy+n01w) = activate, 118ono16<;, i8opi6s (fl8oc; ethics = moral conduct+not6c;) = actor 33. o~l'lYW ooiy6 = 1. guide, 2. conduct (drive a car), 3. lead the way. From oo6c;+6yw (synagogue) = bring, lead. 34. TO aUToKiVI'lTO to aftokinito = automobile, car. From aUT6 (autograph, automatic) = self, one's own, by one's self+KtVl1T6 (kinetic) moving (lit. self-moving).

=

' 2 <• "lluneu0I eu; evav 9e6v ll , llcnt pa4 llavtoKp61:opa 5

fi01.1}'tljv 6 oupavou 7Ka(

yij«; 8,

opm(;)v 9 ulO Dclvt0V 11Ka1. aopat0vl2"

=

1. See No 4, 2. etc; = in, 3. See No 2, 4. See '-6. v3 . 5. navroKp6Topa pantokratora universal ruler, pantocrator (n6vra ('-6, V11 ) + Kp6Topa (democrat, aristocrat) holder, governor, 6. creator. See No 32, 7. See La. V11 , 8. Yll yl (geography, apogee) = earth, land, 9. opOT6c;, -fl, -6 = visible, 10. T£ = and (a postpositive conjunctional particle of ancient invisible Greek), 11 . n6vrwv =the genitive plural ofTa n6vra ('-6, V11 ). 12. a6pOTo<;. -f1, -o creator of the (a + opOT6c;) (... notf1Tflv oupavou Kat Y'1c; opaTwv T£ n6vrwv Kat aopciTwv sky and the earth and of everything visible and invisible).

=

=

=

"K6apov 1 1:6v&2 ouull dc;4 9ec.)v 5 ouull av8per)n0v6 'eno(qoe 7, all' 8 ~Vg ae(IO Ka( eanv11Ka( tO'ta1. 1t nuplll ae~(a)OV 14 ". Hp6AA&tTOC: (535- 475 BC) Heraclitus This world, neither someone of the gods nor of men created, but was (existed) always and Is and will be, fire everllvlng. 1. K6cr1JOV = 4, V2, 2. T6voe (Anc.) = aUT6v Gr 1e and p. 94d (oe =a particle emphasizing the demonstrative pronoun), 3. ol!Te = ~. V4 , 4. 8ewv =gen. pi. of No 2, 6. av8pwnwv =gen. pi. of l1, V6, 7. eno(11ae = No 32, 8. aJ...A' = aJ...A6 = but, 9.,11 ., 12. flv, tanv, eOTat =the 3rd pers. sing. of imperfect, pres. and fut. of et!J( (Anc. = e(IJOl) = was, is, will be, 10. ael (Anc.) always, for ever, 13. nup = fire. See La. V22, 14. ae(~woc;, -11. -o (Anc.) = everliving, eternal (ae( + ~wfl No 20).

=

61

Gr. 9J a.

The verbs in Greek have three tenses the present the past and the future which refer to the different points in time in which the action denoted by the verb was accomplished. In the present tense the verb denotes something that is being done now, at the present time or habitually: ypacpw tva ypa~~a (I write or I am writing a letter). In Greek there is no distinction between present simple and present continuous as in English. However, an analogous distinction exists for the past and future tenses. Another form of present tense is the perfect tense which denotes that the action took place in the past and is now completed or finished. We will meet this form later. b. The past and future tenses in Greek each have two forms. One form denotes that the action is, or is perceived as, continuing, or progressive, or duratlve, or repeated. The second form denotes that an action is, or is perceived as, complete. Using this form the speaker is viewing the action (or series of actions) as a single, neither progressive nor habitual, completed whole. This distinction is an important feature of Greek verbs and is reflected in the existence of a different stem of the verb for each occasion: The stem of the first person singular of the present tense (ypacp-w) is used for the continuous or repeated form of the past or future tense. When the verb in these tenses denotes that the action involved is or will be complete there is a change in the final letter or letters of the stem. There are certain patterns in the way these changes take place but there are also many irregular verbs. The main features are the change of final letters: n, J3, cp, cp-r, m , eu and au to q,, K, y, x to ~' T, 8, V tO 0 . The characteristic final letters, therefore, of this stem are the o (o(yiJa) the ~ {~t) and the q, (4Jt} . In the formation of the past tenses two more changes take place: First, the stress moves to the third syllable from the end. The movement of the stress is an important feature indicating that the action took place in the past. Second, when the verb has two syllables and begins with a consonant it becomes trisyllable by adding an &- (elJ.IlA.ov) which is stressed at the beginning of the stem. The &is dropped in the plural if the verb with its ending has become trisyllable. In both forms of the past the endings of the verbs are -a, -&c;, -&, -a~&, -aT&, av(t). The verb ypacpw in the continuous form becomes: typacp-a (I was writing), typacp-tc;, typacp-&, ypacp-a~& (without the additional & because it is trisyllable), ypacp-aT&, typacp-av or ypacp-av& Its stem becomes ypaq,- when the action it denotes was completed: typacp-a 6AJ1 TJ1V J11J€pa (I was writing all day), but typaq,-a tva yp61JIJO (I wrote a letter).

62

Gr. 91 -w

c. The verbs stressed on the last syllable have the same endings in the past tense but these verbs take between the stem and the ending an -oua- in the continuous form called the imperfect tense and an -r)o- or -aa-, -£a-, -ua-, -r)~-, -a~-, in the complete form called the aoristor simple pasttense. These verbs move their stress to the second syllable from the end in the continuous form and to the third syllable in the complete form: Tr)A£q>wv-w, napaKaA-w Tr)A£q>wv-ouoa (I was telephoning) napaKaA-ouoa Tr)A£q>wv-r)oa (I telephoned) napaKaA-£oa Remember, therefore, that the past tenses are characterized (a) by a shift of the stress to the third (or the second) syllable from the end and (b) by the addition of a stressed £ when the verbs are disyllable and begin with a consonant. Remember also that the final endings are the same In both forms but in the verbs stressed on the second syllable from the end there is a change of the final letter(s) of the stem to a, ~ or "' in the complete form (the aorlst) whereas in the verbs stressed on the last syllable -w there is an -ouo- in the continuous form (imperfect) and an -r)o- (or Its variant) in the complete form (aorist) between the stem and the final endings. The second stem with which the other tenses are formed is that of the aorist in both categories of verbs: e-ypa"'·a, Tr)A£q>WVI')O-a.

d.

The formation of the future tense is simple. By adding the word ea to the present tense the continuous form is formed : ea ypaq>w, (I shall write, repeatedly, often etc), ea Tr)A£q>wvw (I shall telephone every day, etc). By adding ea to the second stem ypaq.J-, Tr)A£q>wvr)o- and using the endings of the present tense we have the complete form: ea ypa"'w (I shall write), ea Tr)A£q>wv~ow .

e.

The verbs

£1~a1

and

txw

have only one form of past and future tense. The past is

~~ouv(a) , ~oouv(a) , ~Tav(£) , ~~aar£, r1oaar£, ~Tav(£) and £1xa, £1x£c;, £ix£, £1xa~£, £1xaT£, £ixav(£). The future is formed with ea and the present tense: ea £1~a1, ea txw etc.

The use of two stems of a verb to form the past and future tenses, which is a basic feature of the Greek language, is a common source of mistakes for an English - speaker learning Greek as English does not normally distinguish these two forms. The continuing form of the verb yp6.cpw in the past tense typacp-a can be translated = I was writing or I used to write and the complete form typalJJ-a I wrote. But in the future tense the form ea yp6.q>-w denoting that the action of writing will be repeated (every day, often, always etc.) and the form ea yp6.q.J-w meaning that the action of writing will be completed are both translated in English = I shall write.

=

63

j

Gr. 9j

Baon«l ypappanK~ .IuvonTIK6 Present Ef~OI

Pas t Contin uous Complete TliJOUV(a) f)oouv(a) f)Tav(e) fJIJaOTe (flllaOTaV) f)oaOTe (f)oaOTav) f)Tav(e)

t xw

nlva Ka Fut ure Continuous Complete ea €l1Jal ea e(om ea e(Val ea e(~-taOTe ea efOTe (e(oaOTe) ea e(vm

eaexw

e(xa etxe<:: e(xe erxa~-te e(xOTe elxav(e) I

ea exeu:: ea exet ea exo~-te ea exeTe ea exouv(e)

Verbs stressed on the second syllable from the end ypacp-w

t -ypacp-a t -ypacp-t c; t -ypacp-& yp6cp-aJJ& yp6cp-an t -ypacp-av or yp6cp-av£

t -ypalJI-a t -ypalJI-tc; t -ypalJI-t yp61J1-a~&

yp61J1-aT£ t -ypaliJ-av or yp6lJI-OV£

vo~i~-w

v6~-tt~-a

V61Jl0•0

n poat x-w

np6oex-a

naf~-w

t-nm~-a

np6oe~-a t-nm~-a

m anu-w

n(OTeu-a

n (meiiJ-a

ea yp6cp-w ea yp6cp-t •c; ea yp6cp-t• ea yp6cp-o~& ea yp6cp-£T£ ea yp6cp-ouv

ea yp6lJI-w ea yp6lJI-t•c; ea yp6lJI·&I ea yp611J-o~& ea yp6lJI-t T£ ea yp611J-ouv

ea VOIJl~-(a) ea npooex-w ea na(~-w ea mmeu-w

ea VOIJ(O-W ea npoot~-w ea n6(~-w ea mOTeliJ-W

Verbs stressed on the last syllable (-w} 1.1n0p-ouaa 1..1n6peo-a ea J.lnOp-W ea ~-tnopta-w l.lnOp-W T11A£cpwv-w 1TJAecpwv-ouaa 1TJAeq>WV110-a ea 1TJAecpwv-w ea 1TJMcpwv~a-w CO~W------~~D~ ~~O=u~ a~ a______~(~fum ~o~-0 =-----~ e~ a~~T~-~ W~----~ e= a~T~O~·= W~--~

64

11&KOTO 1 (~ekato) 1Jcl91"UJO eypa~a (eyrapsa) Tp(a ypa~~aTa . 'OA.o TO npw(3 eypa<pa. npoxeec;4 CJOU TilAE
1. Xee:c;2

2. navtoTe: n[CJTe:ua (pisteva) 6TLe(crm evac; KaA.6c; cplA..oc;. t:.ev n(CJTe:~a (pistepsa) non~ 6TL

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

eA.Eyav Ol OAAOL. t:.ev mCJTeuaTe (pistevate) n6.VTOTE: OTL nLCJTE:UE:Te (pistevete) Twpa. n(CJTe~ec; auT6V TOV avepwno; E(vOL ouvaT6v; TL wpa yup(~etc;7 {yirizis) CJTO on(TL; Xeec; yuptoa TIOAU apyas. rupt~a an6 TO eva ypa
At~IA6yiO

1.

~tKaToc;,

-11, -o i5ecatos, -i, -o = tenth. Ten is ~tKa (decade, decalogue). At Ka is not declined

(01, TO iStKO) .

2. 3. 4. 5.

6. 7.

8.

TO X9£c; to X8es = yesterday To npwf to proi = the morning TO npox9t c; to prox8es (npo = before + X8es) = day before yesterday 11 wpa i 6ra (horoscope) = hour lliJOUatKrl i moosikl (musical) : music yupf~w yirfzo (gyrate, gyroscope) = 1. turn, 2. take a round, 3. come back, 4. return (s.p. yup1o-a yfrisa) apy6 arya = 1. late, 2. slowly. The adverb of apy6c;, -r1, -6 ary6s, -r, -6 ·(argon , an inert gas in the atmosphere) = slow. The verb is apyw = be late, proceed slowly, lose time(s.p. 6py11o-a)

65

Tenth lesson (L 1oJ 1. Yesterday I wrote three letters. All the morning I was writing. The day before yesterday I telephoned you but you were not in the house (at home). I was telephoning one (for an) hour. I was (at home) but I did not hear because I was listening (to) music (the imperfect of the irregular verb aKouw ((Lt. V9) is 6Kouya). 2. Always I believed that you are a good friend. I never believed what they said the others. You did not believe always what you believe now. Did you believe this man? Is it possible? 3. What time do you return to the house (at home)? Yesterday I came back very late. I was taking a round from one office to the other and I was late. I am not losing time, I come at once. Do quickly (hurry) I beg you we are late. 4. I work every day many hours. I have much work. Yesterday I worked much. I was working all the evening. Many men (people) do not work at all (Note that the feminine form noM~ of the irregular adjective noAu<; {= much, a great number, many, great), the masculine plural noMoi and the adverb noAu (L 1, V7) a// sound exactly the same) . What work do you do? What work will you do there that you go? 5. Tomorrow I will not have time. I will be continuously in my house (at home). I will not be able tomorrow, I shall be able, however, the day after tomorrow. I will do what I can for you, I have, however, a little time. 6. I will tell always the truth. I will telephone you tomorrow. I will telephone you many times. I shall be telephoning you continuously. I shall be working for you all my life. I shall work hard. 7. Always you did what you wanted. You did not listen (to) nobody (anybody). I listened to your theories but I did not give significance (paid no heed) [((5e(v) (5(vw, s.p. £(5wcra ('-s.V16 ) = I give, I gave) CJTli.IOcr(a an idiom meaning I pay no heed] . Now you consider them correct. lt is not correct (right) that that (what) your younger brother did. You, what did you do then and what are you doing now? I heard you to say (saying). 8. I bring you good news. Where do you find time for all these things? (np6yi.IOTa is the plural of TO np6y1.1a La. V12). I have much time at my disposal. You are unjust with me. You do me wrong. I am with all (everybody) just. You show (seem), however, that you are unjust. I don't think you have (are) right. 9.

10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

ypacp&lo to yraffo (graphic) = 1. office, 2. desk. From ypacpw (L7,V8) . Note that the ending -d o (fo) is used for shops: cJ)ap~aK&Io(v) farmakio(n) = chemist shop, drugstore, pharmacy. From cpapJJOKo(v) (pharmacology) = drug. tpxo~a• erxome = come. An irregular verb, s.p. r1p8a lr9a OJ.Itawc; amesos = 1. immediately, 2. directly. An adverb with the ancient ending -we; ypr1yopa yrfyora = quickly, rapidly. The adverb of ypfjyopoc;, -T') , -o (Gregory from the Christian name fp'1y6p1o<;) = quick, rapid . ~ouA£uw ~oolevo = work (s.p ~ouMljJ-a ~o61epsa = I worked), see ~ouMt6 11liouA£16 CSoolia = 1. work, 2. profession. From the ancient CSouA.e(a CSoolfa meaning slavery (the difference lies only on the stress). TO ppaliu to vra<Si = evening TO

66 16. TO aup10 to f:lvrio = tomorrow 17. o Kalp6c; o ker6s = 1. weather ( KaA.oc; Ka1p6c; = good weather), 2. time ( <Sev txw Katp6 = I have no time). 18. ouvcxwc; sinex6s =continuously. Another adverb with the ancient ending -we;. 19. TO ~ceaupto me8avrio {j..teT6 =after + aup10) = day after tomorrow 20. 0 xp6voc; 0 xr6nos (syn chronous, chronology) = 1. time, 2. year (evac; :xp6voc; = one year). There is also the expression ra xpov1a ta xr6nia (existing only in the plural of the neuter) meaning the years: xp6vta nolla KOI KaA6 a very common wish meaning many and good years (to live). 21. 11 q>op6 i fora (metaphor) = the time (noMtc; <popec; = many times) 22. aKAJlpa sklirt:l = hardly. The adverb of oKA11p6c;, -11. -6 (sclerotic) = hard 23 . ., 9&wpfa i aeorfa = theory 24. 9cwpw 8eor6 (theorize) = consider (s.p. aewpno-a, 8eorisa = I considered) 25. owar6c;, -~, -6 sost6s, -i, -6 = correct, right, exact 26. o a~£Aq>6c;, 11 a~£Aq>J1 o a<Self6s, i a<Selfi (Philadelphia) = brother, sister 27. q>tpvw ferno (metaphor) = bring (s.p efKato<;, -11, -o <Sikeos, (syndicalism) = just, right , fair 31. <Sdxvw <Srxno = 1. show (s.p. t<Set~-a e<Siksa), 2. indicate, 3. demostrate. The noun is o <SdKTil<;, o <Siktis (deictic = demonstrative) = indicator, the pointer. 32. To ~fKaJo to <Sikeo or ~fKIO <Sikio = the right (exetc; <SIKto = you are right).

=

tt

avtjp 1 fi{KatO<; 2 nAoutou 3 OOK 4

£xet not£ 5

tt

a just man has never wealth

Mtvav<Spoc; (342-291 B.C.) Menander

1. avr'jp = 6v<Spac; (L5 , V 14), 2. <S(Kmoc; = see No 30, 3. o nA.ouTo<:; (plutocrat) = wealth, richness, 4. ouK = see l 2, Vs, 5. noTe = never. In modern Greek we would say: o <SIKmoc; 6v<Spac; <Sev txet neTt nA.ouTo.

tt

ayet 1 npoc; 2
XPOVO<; 5

the time leads the truth to the light

tt

Mtvav<Spoc; Menander

1. 6yw = lead, drive, 2. npoc; = towards (see prepositions p. 67), 3. TO cpwc; = L2, Ve, 4. 11 aA.r')8eta = La. V3o· tt

Xp6voc; l fi(xatov2 avfipa3 time only shows the just man

6etKVUOl4 J10V0<; 5

11

!o<poKA.(Jc; (Tpay
1. see No 20, 2. see No 30, 3. 6v<Spa = see Ls. V 14, 4. <Se(Kvuot = the 3rd person singular of the ancient verb <SetKvuw = <Selxvw (No 31). The order of the words in the ancient text serves the metre of the verse. In modern Greek the phrase would be: 116vo o :xp6vo<; <Selxvet Tov <SIKmo 6VTpa. Note that in ancient Greek as in English the definite article accompanies the noun less often than in modern Greek.

67

Almost all Greek prepositions should be familiar to an English speaking person I The most commonly used EM11VlKec; (Greek) n po8ecretc; (npo = before + St ate; (thesis) = position) = prepositions are: at = to, in, at, an6 =from, IJ& = with, y1a = for, npoc; = to, towards, xwpfc; = without, IJi XPI = until, aVTi = instead. The prepositions ot, IJ&, an6 form with adverbs "prepositional phrases": 1-1i oa ot, (inside), IJO~{ IJ& (together, with) navw 0£ (upon), navw an6 (above) , KOTW an6 (below), t~w an6 (outside). The preposition ot looses the final £ before a vowel or before the definite article with which it forms a single word. Examples: o'6Ao Tov K6cr~o . aro K6cr~o nou ~ou~e (in the world in which we live). The preposition ot was derived from the ancient and K form £1<;, the preposition IJ&, from IJ&nl and the preposition y1a from ~10 . The ancient prepositions £1<; , IJ&T6 and ~16 are still in use in modern Greek: £1<; uyefa (to the health), 1J&T6 xap6c; (with pleasure), ~16 ~t6c; (at one go). The prepositions an6, npo, npoc; and aVTf, as well as the remaining prepositions, form with verbs and nouns a multitude of combined words the meaning of which, although different from that of the basic word, is, however, relevant to the meaning of the preposition. The Greek language has always been rich in such combined words, many of which have passed into the English vocabulary so that the Engllsh-speaking reader Is already familiar with almost all Greek prepositions and can easily guess their meaning. Here is a list of these prepositions with their meaning and some examples of the combined words they form: £1<; = to, in, at (the ancient and K form of ot which is still in use) TO enetcr6oto{episode) From em + tl<;+oo6c;. an6 = from, out of: 11 anoKOAUljJY) (apocalypse) , Y) ano8ew011 (apotheosis) . npo = before, in front of: o npo
68

Almost all Greek prepositions should be familiar to an English • speaking person I un6 =

under, below, less than : o unox6voptoc; (hypochondriac), o unoKpm1c; (hypocrite), r, un68e:CJ11 (hypothesis) . untp = above, beyond measure, excessive, also in favor of: r, unepTpoc.p(a (hypertrophy). tK = (t~ before a vowel) = from, out of: e:KKEVTPLK6<:; (eccentric), e:I
=

=

The extensive use of prepositions to alter the meaning of the verbs and nouns by combining with them is illustrated by the example of the verb paAAw (balli stic) = throw strike which becomes: £Jo~6Mw (invade). anoi36Mw ((get rid of), npo~6Mw (promote) , ~&Ta~6Mw (alter), npoo~6Mw (insult) , ~~a ~QMw (slander) , KaTa~6Mw (use energy, n£p1J36Mw (surround) , &m~6.Mw (impose) , exhaust), unof36Mw (submit), un£p~6.Mw (exaggerate). £K~6.Mw (throw out), ou~~6Mw (contribute). avaf36Mw (postpone). E1J~6.Mw (put into). napaf36Mw (compare) .

69

Almost all Greek prepositions should be familiar to an English speaking person ! One can clearly notice that the new meaning ot the verb Is closely related to the meaning of the preposition with which it combines. The reader, therefore, remembering the meaning of the preposition, which is familiar to him from the corresponding Greek words in t he English vocabulary, can easily understand or guess and memorize the new meaning that these preposition have conveyed to the verbs and nouns with which they are combined . For instance, the verb [36Mw with the preposition un6 (under, below) becomes unof36Mw ( submit (lit throw unde(J , the verb
=

=

The reader can enrich his Greek vocabulary enormously with these combined words, which can be easily memorized if the meaning of the basic word Is known and the meaning of the prepositions has become familiar. The list that follows includes, with those of the v,erb J36Mw mentioned above, more than 100 combined verbs and as many nouns commonly used in modern Greek. The meaning of the original verb is given to appreciate its change and in the case of £xw the meaning of the prepositions is once again stated for mnemonic purposes. The ending(s) of the nouns deriving from the verbs is also stated.

txw, (-ox~)

= I have

an6 (from) + txw: antxw = abstain, be far from, (11 anoxfl = abstinence) JJ&Ta (with) + t xw: JJ&Ttxw = share, (11 JJ&Toxfl = the share) ouv (plus) + J.I&Ta + txw: OUIJIJETEXW = participate, (11 OUJJJ.I&Toxr) = participation). For the double J.1 see the preposition ouv npoc; (towards) + txw: npooexw = pay attention, be careful, care for, look out, (11 npoaoxn = attention) aVTI (opposite) + txw: aVTexw = endure, stand, resist, (11 aVToxr) = endurance) , KOTO (downwards) + exw: KOTEXW occupy, ( 11 KOToxr) occupation) ntpf (around) + exw: n&piEXW = contain, (11 ntptoxfl = district, region, territory) &nl (upon, at) + oxft, 11 &noxfl = epoch, season untp (above) + exw: un&ptxw = excel, exceed, (11 un&poXJ1 = supremacy) &~ (out of) + - oxr) = &~oxfl = countryside.

=

=

70

Almost all Greek prepositions should be familiar to an English speaking person I q>t pw (- q>opa) (semaphore) = bring, bear npocptpw = pronounce (11 npocpopa = pronunciation) JJtTOtpvw is used) unocptpw = suffer ou!Jcptpet = it is in one's interest, it is advantageous, it pays (ll ouJ,~cpopa = misfortune, calamity) avacpt pw = report (11 avacpopa = the report), also with ouv + n&pf and the passive voice of cptpw, q>t poJJOI = ou1Jn&plcpepo1Jat = behave, (ll au!Jn&plcpopa = behaviour).

1-1tvw (-!Jov!l) = stand, stay ~•a 11tvw = reside, stay (ll

~IOIJOvrl = residence, sojourn) TT&p11JEVW = wait &TTIIJEVW = insist (ll &TTIIJOvrl = insistence, persistence) unOIJEVW = endure, stand, have patience (ll unoiJOvrl = patience) ava11tvw = wait (ll avaiJOvrl = waiting) . (Note that the noun ll ava~Jovf] = the waiting comes not from the modern verb nepliJEVW but from the ancient one ava~Jevw) .

KaAw (-KA11o11) = call npoKaA.w = provoke (11 np6M110TJ = provocation) TTpocrKaA.w = invite (ll np6aMflOTJ = invitation) TTOpOKOAW = beg (tl TTOpOMflOTJ = request) xwpw (choreg rapher) (-XWPI1011) = have space for anoxwpw = retire (ll anoxwpflOTJ = retirement) npoxwpw = advance, go on unoxwpw = retreat (tl unoxwpflOTJ = retreat) ouvxwpw = forgive (ll OUYXWP110TJ = forgiveness) avaxwpw = depart (11 OVOXWPT"JOTJ = departure). Atyw (-Aoy!l-Aoyoc;) = say, tell npoMyw = foretell (o np6A.oyoc; = prologue) ~1aMyw (dialectic = choose, pick out, (T"J ~1aA.oyf] = sorting, o ~u]A.oyoc; = dialogue) &mMyw = select (11 &mA.oyf] = selection, option, o &nfA.oyoc; = epilogue) &KA.t yw (eclectic) = elect (T"J &KA.oyf} = election) ouAMyw = collect (T) ouMoyf] = collection, o auMoyoc; = association) .

71

Almost all Greek prepositions should be familiar to an English speaking person I --------------------------------------------------~

paivw (-Paa11) (base) = go, move forwards IJ&Ta~afvw = go ('1 IJETa~aCJTl = going) ~~a ~a(vw = pass ('1 ~~a ~aCJTl passage) KCTE~a(vw =descend, go down (ll KaTa~aCJTl = descent) OUIJ ~a(veL (used in the 3rd person) = it happens ava~a(vw in modern Greek ave~afvw = go or get up ('1 ava~aCJTl = ascent) napa~afvw = violate (ll napa~aCJTl = violation) .

=

9tTw (-8ta11) (thesis) = put, place 11 np68eCJTl = intention, preposition 1JETa8eTw = transpose (ll iJETa8eCJTl = transposition, transfer) npoa8tTw (prosthetics) = add, (np6a8e<JY) = addition) ll aVTi8eCJTl (antithesis) = opposition 6ta8eTw = dispose ('1 6ta8eOT] (diathesis) = disposal, mood) KCTa8eTw = lay down, deposit, testify ('1 KaTa8eCJTl = deposit, deposition) 11 £ni8eOT] = attack uno8eTw = suppose ('1 un68eCJTl (hypothesis) = hypothesis, case, story (of a film) £K8eTw = expose ('1 tKSeCJTl = exposition, exhibition auv8eTw = compose (ll auvSeCJTl = composition, synthesis)

6i6w (-~6a11 , -~oaia) = give (ll 66011 = dose) npoo(ow = betray ('1 npooocr(a = betrayal) IJE:Taofow = transmit (lliJ&TaOoCJTl = transmission) i5aaofow = spread a rumor, (ll i5aaOOCJTl = rumor) EKO(ow = edit (ll tKOOCJTl = edition) napao(ow deliver, napaofoollOL = surrender (ll napaOoCJTl 2. surrender, 3. tradition).

=

= 1. delivery,

Kavw (-KiVIlOil, -KiVIliJO) (cinema) = put in motion, move KtVOUIJCt = be in motion, change place, move (in its intransitive meaning), (ll KiVI1011 = motion , movement) IJETCKLVW = move from one place to another (ll IJETOKLV'lCJTl = moving) ~£Ktvw (the modern form of EKKLvw) = start (To ~E KtVlll-..10 = starting, 11 &KKlVllCJTl = the starting point or time (used in athletism) ouyKtvw touch, move, ouyKLVOUilOL = be touched, be moved (ll ouyKLV'lO"l = emotion)

=

72

Almost all Greek prepositions should be familiar to an English speaking person I Tptnw (-Tponr)) (tropical, tropism) = turn, change position or direction IJ&TOTpenw = convert (11 IJ&TOTponft = conversion) &mtpenw =allow, permit (11 &nrrponft =committee) vtpeno!JOL (from &vtpeno!JOL = be ashamed, 11 ((&)vtponn = shame) ypacpw, (graphology) (-ypacpr1, -VPOIJIJO) = write avTJyp6cpw = copy (11 avr1ypacpf) = the act of copying, TO avriypacpo = copy) ~1ayp6cpw = cross out, delete (11 ~•ay pacpft = the act of crossing out, TO ~•aypOIJIJO= diagram) n&plypacpw = describe (11 n&plypacpft = description) unoypacpw = sign (11 unoypacpft = signature) ouyypacpw (sinyrafo) = write (a book etc.) (To auyypOIJIJO sinyrama = textbook) &yypacpw (enyrafo) = register (11 &yypacpft = registration). llAtnw (-llA&tiJ '1) = see npoJ3Mnw = foresee, forecast (11 np6J3Mlj.J11 = foresight, forecast) &mJ3Mnw = supervise, (&niJ3Mlj.JTJ = supervision) napaJ3Mnw = overlook, disregard (11 nap6J3A£lj.J11 = negligence, oversight). opl~w, (horizon), (-IOIJ6c;, -opia) =

1. put the limits, fix, 2. command, (o op10IJ6c; = defini-

tion, fixing) npoopl~w = destine (o npoopLcr!J6~ = destination) ~lop(~w = appoint (11 l51op(a = time allowed) (o lS•opLO'IJO~

= appointment)

Ka8op(~w and npoa~1opl~w = designate, fix (o npoa~IOpLO'IJO~ = designation

definition) n&plopi~w = limit, restrict, confine, (o n&plopLOIJO~ = restriction, limitation, confinement) &~opi~w = exile (11 &~opla = exile) . T&Aw = perform, do anoT£AW = constitute &KT£AW = execute (11 &KTEMO'Tl = execution) ouvteAw = contribute to a result, conduce - naew (pathology) (exists only in combined forms) (-n68&1a) = undergo, suffer, npoanaew = try (11 npoan68eta = trial) OVT1n08W = dislike (11 OVTin08£LQ (antipathy) = dislike) OUIJnaew = be fond of, have a liking for, sympathize, (11 ou1Jn68eLa (sympathy) = fondness, liking)

73

Almost all Greek prepositions should be familiar to an English speaking person I q>&uyw fevyo (~q>uy~) = go away, leave (11 q>uy~ (fugitive) = flight, running away) ano
skevazo (-oK&ur1c;) = pack (exists only in combined form) 11 anocrKeu~l = baggage KaracrKeua~w = manufacture, construct, make (11 KOTOcrKeu~ = construction) &mcrKeu6~w = repair (11 &mcrKeu~ = the repair)

Aa1Jj36vw lamvano (-A~!IIIl, -Aal3~, -.Aauo11) in modern Greek Aaj3a fvw = receive anof..a~~6vw = enjoy (11 an6t..au0'11 (ap61afsi) = enjoyment) npof..aiJ~dvoo = prevent (l1 np6f..l14Jl1 = prevention) npot..a~a(vw = catch up with, be or get in time, have enough time for npooA.a~~avw engage (11 np6oA.11lfJ11 = engagement), avnA.a~~avo110l = realize, perceive, understand (11 avri"-11liJI1 = perception, conception) · KaraA.aiJ~avw = take hold of, occupy (11 KOTOAI1lfJ11 = the act of taking hold of) KaraA.aJ3a(vw = understand n&p•A.a~~avw = include (11 n&piAI1lfJ11 = summary) ouM.a~~avoo = capture, arrest (11 ouM11liJ11 = arrest) avaA.a~~avoo = undertake (11 avaA-114111 = resumption) napaA.a~J3avw = receive (11 napaA.aJ3~ = receipt) &navaA.all~avw = repeat (en(+ av6 + A.a~~avw) (11 cnavaA.11liJ11 = repetition). Note: In declining a combined verb if the last letter of the preposition is a vowel it is omitted before the initial & (e4JLA.ov) of the past tense or another vowel of the irregular verbs: 1-1 cra8e-rw ( = transpose), IJ&Te8ecra i51a
74

Greece. Poster of the EOT (EMrlvtK6c; Opyavtcr1J6c; Touptcr!Jou)

75

Gr.

101

a. The mood of the verb expressing condition, hypothesis or contingency, the subjunctive, is formed in Greek by using the words va (to), yu] va (in order to), ac; (let), av or &av (if) , 6Tav (when) and the first stem of the verb when the act is continuous or more commonly the second stem if the act is complete, with the endings of the present time: npeneL va ypatiJ-w eva YPOIJIJO (I must write a letter) but : npeneL va ypacp-w yp6j..!j..laTa 6A.11 UlV j..!epa (I must write letters all day). v•a va ypatiJ-eLc; aLJT6 TO ypaj..!j..la npeneL va .. (in order to write this letter you must..) but: v•a va ypacp-etc; wpa(a ypOIJIJOTa npene1 va .. (in order to write nice letters you must ..) ac; ypatiJ·OUIJC 6A.OL tva ypOj..!j..la (let us all write a letter) av (&av) ypatiJ-ete eva YPOIJIJO (if you are going to write a letter) 6Tav ypatiJ-ouv eva ypaj..!j..la (when they are going to write a letter). b. The subjunctive is also used with the word IJ'l (IJ'lV before vowels) not, don't when one wants to tell someone not to do something : IJ'l ypatiJ-ete autO. TO ypOIJIJOTa (don't write these letters) IJ'l ypacp-eTe noTe ypOIJj..IOTa (don't ever write letters) MH KAnNIZETE (don't smoke). M11 Kanvio-etc; Ol)j..!epa Ka66A.ou (don't smoke to-day at all). Mll is also used on its own to mean: don't. c. The verbs also have an imperative form which is used when one wants to tell or order or ask someone to do something. The imperative singular of the verbs of the active voice is formed by adding the ending-& to the verbs stressed on the second syllable from the end and the ending -a to the verbs stressed on the last syllable. In both the plural is formed with the ending ·&T& or ·T&. The first stem of the verb is used when the action is supposed to be continuous and the second stem when it is to be complete. Examples: cpwva~-& or cpwva~-&T& (keep speaking loudly) noA.u yLa va o'aKouv but : cpwva~-& or cpwva~·T& (call) TO nOlof: IJLA·a or IJlAO-T& (with the meaning of speaking throughout the conversation) ouvaTa but IJLAT')O·& or IJLArlO'-T& (speak now) ouvat6 (forcefully, loudly). Another form of imperative is the use of va with the subjunctive: Na cpwv6~.-etc; ouvaT6, va cpwv6~-etc; TO nmo( Na j..!lA.-6c; Ka6ap6 (clearly), va npooex-etc; The verb be has only this form of imperative in modern Greek: va &loa1 npooeKTlK6c;. The verb have has both forms: tx& and va tx&•c;, tx&T& and va tx&T&. d. The verbs of the active voice have a participle ending in -oVTac; (-wVTac; for the verbs that are stressed on the last syllable) . The participle of the active voice is not personal and is not declined (tx-oVTac; = having, yvwpi~·OVTac;, ~tp-oVTac:; = knowing,, IJIA-wVTac; = speaking) .

=

76

Ev~tKaTo (en~ekato) ~6ern.1a 1

1. !To oxoA£(o2 (sxolio) ~-ta8afvou1Je3 6uo ~eve~ y'Awcrcre~4 . na va ~-t68ou~-te ~-t(a ~EV11 y"A.wcrcra npenel va txou~-te unoJJovf)S Kal em~-tovf)6. n6cre~ 7 ~eve~ y'Awcrcre~ ~tpet~; Tpel~ (tris) eKT6~ an6 Ta EMllVLKaa, Ayy"ALK6., raMLKa Kal repJ..10VLK6. AUTt~ Tl~ TPEI~ yXwcrcre~ Tl~ ~-tl'Aw TtA£La9 (h§lia). 2. Efvm6ucrKO"All 1o y'Awcrcra 'l EMllvtKr'l; Efvm aMa a~f~et 1 1 Tov K6no 12 va Tlllll68et Kave(~ 6L6n OTllV EMllVlKrl ypa
5. To (6to31 OUJ..113afvet32 KQl llE Tl1 M~ll cruv8eTO~ 6t6Tl ~epel~ TllV twota33 TOU "ouv". Km yta va TO 8u~-t6crm cre: 13o'l86e:L34 e:nf011~ 'l M~ll synthetic nou e(vm KOlvf)3S (kini) OTllV EMllVLKrl Kat T'lv AyyAIKT'l yXwcrcra. AMa Kat TllV (61a Tl1 M~ll "np68e:011" TllV KaTa'Aal3afveL~ e:uKo'Aa ytOTf ~epe:t~ TllV np68e:Oll''npo" Kat Tll M~ll "8t0'1"· 6. BAtnw ~-te e:vSOUOlQOI-1636 (en8oosiasm6) KQl llE eKn"All~'l37 (ekpliksi) OTl npoxwpw3B yp~yopa KOL el~-tat no"A.u e:uxaptmtwtvo~39 (efx.aristimenos) nou avaKa'Aumw4o 6TL llE Tl~ Xfye~ M~et~ KOL
1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6. 7.

&v6t KaToc;, -11, -o en<Sekatos, -i , -o = eleventh (ev+iStKaToc;). The number 11 is t v6£KO or t VT£KQ TO oxoA£io to sxolfo = school IJaearvw ma9eno = learn. The noun is To 1J08111JO (L1, V2). 11 yAwaaa i .16sa (glossary, glossology, polyglot) = 1. tongue, 2. language 11 unoiJOV~ ipomonl = patience (from un6+1-1evw =stand) 11 &miJOV~ ep1monl = insistence, perseverance, persistence (from en(+!-ltvw) n 6aoc;, -11, -o p6sos , -i, -o (posology the art or science of quantity) =how much, how great, n6ao1, -£c;, -a = how many

77

Eleventh lesson (L 11) 1. At (aro is the contracted form of o& TO. See the chapter on prepositions) school we learn two foreign languages. In order to learn a foreign language we must have great patience and pesistence. How many foreign languages do you know? Three beside Greek, English, French and German. These three languages I speak them perfectly. 2. Is it a difficult language Greek? lt is but it is worth the effort (a~(~et Tov K6no : lit. is worth the toi~ that someone (one) learns it because in Greek were written the masterpieces of the human spirit and the Divine word. 3. For an English-speaking person, however, Greek must be difficult. That's why they say for (about) something that they don't understand "it's all Greek to me". No, it is not difficult. On the contrary, it is easy because there are thousands of Greek words in the English vocabulary. lt is necessary only the (an) appropriate method to learn Greek. 4. What do you mean? I shall explain to you by giving an example. Knowing the meaning of the prepositions you can understand the meaning of the combined words. Knowing for example [napa~e(yiJaToc; (= the genitive of nap6.~ety1Jo) xaptv an ancient expression, -lit. for the sake of an example] that aVTf means against, opposite, you understand easily and you remember the word aVTI8£Toc;. 5. The same happens with the word ouv8&TO<; because you know the meaning of "ouv''. And in order to remember them it helps you also the word synthetic which is common in Greek and English language. But also (KaJ has the place of also) the word np68&oll itself you understand it easily because you know the preposition npo and the word

eta.,.

6. I see with enthusiasm and surprise that I advance quicky and I am very pleased that I (to) discover that with the few words and phrases that I learned I can understand even the words of Christ and of the Ancients (Ancient Greeks). 7. Take care, however, not to be tired much. Take care also of your eyes when you read much. Be careful. lt is required much (great) caution. Take care always. 9. Do not worry I have eyes and I see what is going on around me. I am not blind. I have and (also) ears and I hear and I have always my mind on [txw To vou (L9 Va) IJOU an expression meaning I have my mind on, I take care, I keep an eye open] my lessons. I can judge what is correct and what not (or what is not). 8.

9. 10.

11. 12. 13.

&AAI1VIK6c;, ·1\, -6 ellnik6s, -i, -o (Hellenistic period) = Greek, the plural of the neuter: EMTJVtK6 (or Ayy"AtK6 etc) is used when one refers to the Greek (or English) language (see also translation No 8 of L9) TtA&Joc;, -a, -o telios, -a, -o = perfect ~uaKoAoc;, -11, -o ~lskolos, -i, -o = difficult. From ~uc7+K6"Aov (colon = the lower part of the intestine). The prefix ~ua- is the opposite of tu- (see LQ, V7 ) a~l~w aksfzo = 1. be worth, 2. cost, 3. deserve. From 'l a~ra = the value. The adjective is a~1oc;, -a, -o = worthy, capable (4, V25). o K6noc; o k6pos = toil, effort TO aplaTOUPVI'll..la to aristo6ryima = masterpiece. From 6ptOToc; (aristocrat) (= the best, excellent) + epyo (ls, V2s)

78

14. To nv&u~a to pnevma (pneumatic) = 1. spirit, 2. mind, 3. whit, 4. intellect. 15. ayyA6cpwvoc;, -11, -o angl6fonos, -i, -o = English-speaking, anglophone. From 'Ayy'A.oc, (= English) + cpwvfl = voice (~. V12) 16. OVTJ6trwc; anti9etos = on the contrary, the adverb of OVTf6&roc; (see No 3 1) 17. unapxw ipttrxo = exist, un6pX£1 = there is 18. XIAia~o, 11 (pi. · &<;} Xilia5a (-es) (chiliad) = the thousand. The number 1,000 is XfAio, Xflia (kilometre, kilogramme) 19. XP£16~o~al xriazome = 1.need, 2. require, XP£16~£Tal = it is necessary, it is required 20. Kar6AA11Aoc;, -11, -o katalilos, -i, -o = proper, appropriate, fit, suitable, [KoTa+ 6Mn'A.oc, (parallel) = of one another] 21. &vvow eno6 = 1. mean, 2. understand, 3.perceive. (ev+vow = the ancient ewow). Now comes from o vouc; = the mind (L5 , V8 ) and from ewow comes 11 t vvo1a (No 34) 22. £~11YW eksiy6 (exegesis = interpetation of the scriptures) = explain 23. TO napa~&ly~a to para<Siyma (paradigm)= example 24. 11 np66&al1 i pr69esi = preposition [npo+9eon (thesis) = position ('-4, V10) 25. KOToAapofvw katalaveno = understand (KoTo +'A.oJ3o(vw = I take) 26. auv6£Toc;, -11, -o sin9etos, -i, -o (synthetic) =compound, composite. From ouv+9trw = I put 27. a11~afvw simeno = 1. mean, 2. signify. See a11~aaia (L7 , V7) 28. &uKoAa efkola =easy, easily, the adverb of &uKoAoc;, -11, -o (eu+K6'A.ov). See above ~uaKoAoc; (No 10) 29. eu~a~a1 9imame and eu~ou~a1 9imo6me = remember (9u1Jr19-nKo) 30. avri6&Toc;, -11, -o antl9etos, -i, -o (antithetic) = 1. opposite, opposed , 2. contrasted 31. f~1oc;, -a, -o 15ios, -a, -o (idiosyncracy, idiom) = 1. same, 2. own, self, 3. particular, &yw o f~1oc; = I personally (lit. = I the same) 32. au~palvw simveno = happen (ouv+J3o(vw) Tl au~paiv&l; = what is the matter? What is going on? 33. 11 tvvo1o i enia = 1. meaning, 2. conception , 3. sense (see No 21) 34. Po11ew, voi96, = help, assist, aid (s.p. 13or19no-o}, Pof16Jt~a• voi9ieme = be helped (s.p. 13on8r18-nKo). H po~6&1a i voi9ia = help, ot npwn:c; po~6&1£<; =first aid 35. Ko1v6c;, -~. -6 k1n6s, -i, -6 (coenobium) = common, public, Ko1v6c; vouc; =common sense, KOIV~ VVW~fl ('-4, V2) = public opinion, r) KOIV~ = the Greek language of Hellenistic times. 36. o &v6oua•aa~6c; o en9oosiasm6s = enthusiasm 37. 11 £KnA11~11 i ekpliksi = surprise 38. npoxwpw proxor6 = 1. proceed, 2. advance, 3. progress, 4. gain ground (npo+xwpw = go forward) . 39. &uxoplarrwtvoc;, · fl, -o etxarist1menos, -i, -o = pleased, content, satisfied, participle of &UXOPiaTitJJOI = (I am pleased) the passive voice of &uxop•arw = I thank ('-4 , V 7) 40. ovoKoAumw anakalfpto = discover, find out, (ovo+ KoMmw = cover), n ovaK6Au!IJI1, i anakalipsi = discovery, (ono+Ka'A.umw = reveal, disclose), n onoKaAu!IJI1 (apocalypse) = revelation 41. 11 cppaa11, 01 cpp6a&lc; i frassi, i frass1s = phrase, phrases 42. o Xp1ar6c; o xrist6s = Christ 43. o apxofoc;, -a, -o o arxeos, -a, -o (archaeology) = ancient. Usually used in plural, 01 Apxofo• (i arxei) = the people of antiquity 44. Koupa~w koorazo = tire, fatigue, Koupa~o~OI = be tired, be fatigued 45. ro ~an, TO ~6no to mati, ta matia = the eye(s). lt comes from the ancient To 6~~ara = To ~6no = the eyes

79

46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52.

~•aP6l;w 51avazo = read av11auxw an1six6 = be worried, be disquiet. H av.,auxfa anisix1a = uneasiness, worry yupw y fro (gyroscope) = around. See yupfl;w (L10, V7) rucpA6c;, -~ , -6 t1fl6s, -1, -6 = blind TO aun to aft! = ear. lt comes from the ancient to ouc;, pi. ta wTa (otolaryngologist) = ta aUTt6 TO ~ae~~aTa ta ma8imata (mathematics) = the plural oh o ~aeru.ta (L1, V2) = the lessons Kpfvw krfno = 1. judge, 2. deem, consider. Kpfvo~a1 = be judged (s.p. Kpf8-T'JKO) . From Kp(vw comes o Kpe~c; (hypocrite) = judge, 11 KPITIK~ = criticism, TO Kp1~p1o kritirio = criterion, 11 Kpfall = 1. crisis, 2. judgement, opinion and o Kpfae~oc;, -11, -o = serious, decisive, cri tical.

"Ml} Kp(ven 1 '\ va2

JUi

Kp1.9e'ite5"

Jesus Christ to his disciples

Do not judge In order not to be judged

1. Kp(ven: = the sunbjunctive of Kpfvw No 52, 2. (va = yta va, 3. Kpt8e(n: = the subjunctive of Kp(VOIJat No 52 (see Gr. 10a)

"fio(E\1 (i2 Kp(veu;3 eTval Kala K' av 4 no\(;)v 5p~lleu;6 aoo~e'iv 7, qKitMOc; 8 yap9 Kpl'tljc; IO nan6c; 11 KO!OU npciypatoc; 12 oxloc;l5 11 nu8ay6pac; (565- 500 B.C.) Pythagoras

Do those (things) that you judge that they are good even If doing (so) you are about to be defamed, because the masses are a mean judge of evety good thing.

v

1. nofet = do. The imperative of notw (Lg, 32) . 2. a = those. The ancient aUTo (see the pronouns p. 94), 3. Kp(vetc; No 52, 4. K6v = a contraction of Kat av (and if) = even if, 5. notwv = doing. The masculine form of the participle of notw, 6. J.1eMw = to be about to. To IJeMov = the future, 7. a5o~elv be defamed (a+56~a (orthodox) = glory, reputation). 8. q~auAoc;, T'J , -o(v) favlos = mean, bad, miserable, 9. yap = because, 10. KptTflc; = see No 52, 11 . navr6c; = of everything. The genitive of TO nav (le, V1 1) , see Gr. 15b, p. 109, 12. npayiJaToc;, the genitive of TO np6y1Ja = the thing (le. 29 ) , see Gr. 15b, 13. o 6xAoc; = the masses, the mob.

=

v

80 01:0 MnOPEil:

Kt QV 1 5ev 1-lnOpeCc; va KOIJEIC:2* TT)V ~wn oou 6nwc; TT)V eth€tc; 4 6 TOLrr03 npoon6811oe TOUA6XtOTov 600 IJTlOpefc;: IJI1V TT)V £~£UTeA(~etc;6 1J£C:7* OTT)V noM() OUVQCj)£lC8 TOU K60IJOU 1 11 9 IJE:C:* OTtc; * Klvf)0£1C: Kl' OIJLMec; •

°

12

M11v TT)V e~euTeAr~et~ ma(voVTac; * mv, yup(~OVTCC: 13 0~6 1 Kl' £K8tTOVTOC: 10 TTlV OTwv oxtoewv 1 Kat Twv ouvavaOTpocpwv17 18 19 TT)V KC8~1J£Plvtl avow(a 1 we; nou va y(vd oa * IJlC ~tVI'l:?J cpopTtKf)24 •

KONI NOI I,AIA. HI lltJ ltJ:I

HElLAS

20

fj\AHNIKH !HMOKPATIA K. Kar36'PI1C: (1863 - 1933) C. Cavafy AS MUCH AS YOU CAN And If you can not make (live) your life ss you want it at least try this as much as you can: do not downgrade it in much contact with people in much movement and talking Do not cheapen it taking it going around (about) frequently and exposing it to the dally nonsense of relations and companies until it becomes like a boring stranger.

1. Kt' av = Kat av, 2. KOIJ£lC: = K6vetc;, 3. TOlJTO = this. See the pronouns p.94, 4. npo'on6811oe imperative of npoonaew = try. See Gr. 10c, p.75, p.72 and L13, V42 , S.TouMxtOTov = at least, 6. e~eUTe:A(~w exettelizo = downgrade, cheapen, lower, 7. 1-1£<; = 1-1toa = inside, in, 8. ouvacpeta sinafia = contact, association between persons, 9. IJEC: (= 1-1toa) OTec; (instead of OTIC:) = inside the (1Jeoa oe is a prepositional phrase, see p.67) 10. Ktvf]oetc; (nom. pi.) = movements. See KlVW p.71 , 11. OIJIAfec; (nom. pi.) = talks, chats, speeches. See Lg V6, 12. ma(voVTac; = rtl1ya(voVTa<; (participle (see Gr. 10d, p.75) of rtl1ya(vw) = going, Lg V12 , 13. yup(~oVTac; = turning, taking around (participle of yup(~w. L10, V7) , 14. ouxv6 (adv.) = often, frequently, 15. eK8eToVTa<; = exposing (participle of eK8€Tw (eK+8eTw = put), see p.71) , 16. 11 oxt011 sxesi = relation, 17. 11 ouvavaOTpocpfl sinanastrofl company, social contact (ouv+ava+OTpocpf} (apostrophe) = turning), 18. Ka8rweptv6c;, -f), -6 = dailly (t<69&+111Jepa = day, LsVs), 19. 11 avo11ofa = nonsense (a+vouc; = mind, Lg, V9), 20. we; nou = until, 21 . va y(vet = to become. Subjunctive (see Gr 1Ob) of the irregular verb y(vo1Jat (Lg V17) using the second stem ytv- . See p.86, 22. oa = oav = like, as, 23. ~tvoc;, -11, -o = stranger (L2 V4 ) , 24. cpopTtK6c;, -f), -6 = boring

=

The words marked with an asterisk represent a vernacular form that the poet liked to use.

81

lsaoiK~ ypa!JIJOTIK~ a.

The verbs of the passive voice (ending in -o!Jal, -ou!Jal, -lt!Jal, -aiJE) form their imperfect tense (the continuing or repeated form) with the endings -61Jouv(a), -6aouv(a), -oTav(E), -61JaOTE, -6oaOTe, -oVTav (cpavta~61Jouv(a). cpoJ361louv(a) etc) . Both types, with or without the final a and£, are used. For the formation of the complete form in the past tense the last letter or letters of the stem change, the suffix ·IlK- is added and the endings of the past of the active voice are used. With the suffix ·IlK· these endings become ·llKa, ·IlK£<;, ·IlK£, -~KaJJE, -~KaT£, ~KaV(E) .

There are certain rules concerning the changes of the last letter(s) of the stem but whatever the change the resulting finalletter(s) in most of the cases are: -11e, -e, -OT, -T so that the complete ending becomes : -~e.,Ka (cpoJ3 - OIJOI, cpoJ3 - ~e.,Ka) . e.,Ka (atcr86V - OIJal, atcr86v - e11Ka) · OT!lKa (cpOVTO~ - OJ.Ial, q>OVTQ- OTilKa) ·TilKa (ypacp - OJ,Jal, ypacp - TllKa) Some irregular verbs present changes o f their stem too: cpaiv-OIJOl, cpavllKO, tpx-o!Jat erxome = I come, ~pea ir8a = I came (see Gr 12) . b. The continuing or repeated form of the future of the verbs of passive voice is formed by adding the word ea to the present tense: ae cpoJ361lat (I am afraid of you) ea cre cpoJ361Jal navra (I will always be afraid of you) 0a Tl1 <paVTO~OIJal nOVTQ vea KQL wpa(a (I will imagine her always young and beautiful) The complete form of the future is also formed by using the word ea with the stem of the simple past (cpop~e-'lKO, ypa
82

ilW~CKOTO {~o~ekato) ~081UJO 1

1. xee~ 1'0 ~p6.5u2 5ev n£paoa3 Ka86A.ou4 KaA6.. X6peua5 (x6reva) ouvexw~ KQl yta ~(a 01'lY~fJ6 ato86.v811KO (es8an8ika) EVO ~ey6.Ao n6vo 01'0 01'0~0Xl7 KOl <.po~fl811KO noA.u. aV1'601"1KO 61'Lenaeas K01'l noA.u oo~ap69. Ato8av6~ouva 60Xll~0 1 0 6Ar1111 vuxra 11 . 2. ~e eu~6~at n6011 wpa KOt~fl611K0 1 2. 0 unvo~ 1 3 OIJW~ ~€ ~EKOupaoe 14 Kat IJE 'louxaoe15. =:eKoup601'11KO apKe1'6 Kat 5e )(ptt6.01"1KO va <.pwv6~w 1'0 ytmp616. To npw( f}~ouv noA.u f}ouxo~17 Kat 5ev moeav6~ouva Ka86A.ou Koupao~evo~. ~e ~e1'6vtwoa 1 s (metaniosa) Ka86A.ou nou x6pe4Ja 1'6oo noA.u KOl 5taoK£5aoa19. '01'av Kot~6.1Jat SeA.w an6A.U1112o 'louxfa21. Houxfa napaKaA.w. 3. M'apeoet22 noA.u o xop6~23. eu~6~at 61'av f}~ouva ~lKp6~ n6oo ~ou 6peae va ~Mnw 1'0U~ ~ey6.Aou~ VO XOPEUOUV. n11ya(vw OU)(V6 01'0U~ XOPOU~. Eau nTlYOLVEl~ ; 4. '01'av epxeoat ant1't ~ou va <.pepvet~ n6V1'a ~a~( oou 1'0 ~~~A.(a oou. Kat 61'av <.peuyet~24 (fevy1s) va 1'0 na(pvet~2s ~a~( crou. Eyw cpeuyw aM6 oev na(pvw Kaveva an6 1'0 np6y~m6 ~ou . epvw 6A.a 1'0 ~~~NO ~ou KQl1'0 acpf)vw26 6A.a LQ~ 1'0 acpf)vw yta oa~. s. b.(vw noM6 A.Ecpt627 yta naA.t628 ~~~Ma aM6 5ev ~p(oKw n6V1'ote aU1'6 nou SeA.w. Bpf}Ka eva noA.u an6vto29 Kat noA.uTLf..I03o ~~~A.Io. n ou ~eveTe va oa~ to cpepw; Mevw n6V1'a 01'l1V A8f)va. b.ev 6Ma~a31 5ta~ovfJ32 (KatotK(a33, an(tt}. 6. Bpf}Ke<; K6tt nou o 'apeoet; b.uOTuxw~ 5ev ~pf)Ka~e . 'Hp8a va oou ~tAf}ow aM6. 6e ae ~pf)Ka. rtat( 5ev f}p8aTe npoxeec; nou oa~ nept~£va~e34; Aunou~at nou oa~ £Kava va nept~evete aM6 efxa oo~apf} oouA.et6. 7. rtat( doat e1'at cpo~to~tVI135 ; 1\Kouoa K6tt nou ~e cp6~110E. M11111~ A€<; 1'0 60Xll ~O ve6.. LUYKlVet1'at36 (singinite) noA.u euKoA.a. LuyKtvfJ811Kav 6A.ot noA.u an'aU1'6 nou 6Kouoav. 8. EA.n(~w37 01'0 teA.o~38 6A.a ea nave KaAO. Emt£A.ouc;39 1'EAE(woe40 aUTT') 11 un68t01141 . Be~a(w~42 a<.pou (afo6) e
eow.

At~1A6y1o ~w~tKaToc;, -11, -o oooekatos, -i, -o = twelfth . The number 12 is ~W~&Ka . TO ppa~u to vraoi = evening n&pvw pern6 = 1. pass, 2. cross, 3. get along. (s.p ntpacr- a , ea m:p6cr-w, imp. ntpacr-&, m:p6cr-r &). The imperative n &paoT& is used for after you, get in (a car), come in. natpvw KaA.6 = I have a good time. Do not confuse m:pvw with na(pvw perno = I take (see below). 4. Ka86Aou ka861oo = at all. From KOT6 (which becomes Ka6' before a vowel with rough breathing) + 6A.ou (the genitive of 6A.o) = all 5. xop&uw xorevo (choreography) d ance (s.p. xopeljJ-a) 6. 11 OTIVIJrl i stiyml = moment 7. To OTOIJOXI to stomaxi = stomach 8. naeafvw pa8eno (pathology) = 1. suffer, 2. undergo a mishap or a misfortune. (s.p t na8a) {Tt t na8ec;; What happened to you)? 9. oopap6c;, -r1, -6 sovar6s, -r, · 6 (severe) = serious, severe 10. aaxmJoc;, -11, -o asx1mos, -i, ·o ugly (lit. unshaped). From a +crxru.Ja (scheme) shape, form, scheme. 11. 11 vuxra i nl)(ta (noctambulant, nocturnal) ::;;; night

1.

2. 3.

=

=

=

83

Twelfth lesson

{L 12l

1. Yesterday evening I did not have a good time at all. I was dancing continuously and for a moment I felt a great pain in the stomach and I was much afraid. I imagined (I though~ that I suffered (na9olvw means it occurs to me a mishap: €na8a &va aTU)(TliJO = I suffered (I had) an accident) something very serious. I was feeling badly all the night. 2. I don't remember how much hour (long) I slept. The sleep however, refreshed me and made me calm . I was relaxed enough and I did not need to call a doctor. In the morning I was very quiet and I did not feel at all tired. I did not repend that I danced so much and I had fun. When I sleep I want absolute quiet. Quietness (quiet) please. 3. I like much the dance. I remember when I was small (young) how much I liked to see the big ones (the grown-ups) to dance. I go often to the dances (dancing). You, do you go? 4. When you come to my house you should bring always with you your books. And when you leave you should take them with you. I am leaving but I don't take none (anyone) of my things. I bring all my books and I leave them all here. I leave them for you (y1a aac;, is a pleonasm since there is aac; in the phrase. ft is said for emphasis). 5. I give much money for old books but I don't find always those that I want. I found a very rare and precious book. Where do you live in order to bring it to you? I live always in Athens. I did not change residence (domicile, house). 6. Did you find something that you like? Unfortunately we did not find. I came to talk to you but I did not find you. Why you did not come the day before yesterday that we were expecting you? I am sorry I made you wait but I had a serious business. 7. Why are you so frightened? I heard something that frightened me. Don't tell her the bad news. She is touched very easily. They were all much moved from (by) what they heard. 8. I hope in the end everything will go well. At last, is (has) finished this case (affair) (the order of the vords could as well be: teAE:(woe autf] 11 un68e0"1 emt&A.ouc;, or autf] 11 un68£0"1 te:A.efwoe emt&A.ouc; or more close to the English order: emteA.ouc; OUTTl 11 un68£0"1 te:Af:(woe) . Certainly, since it reached the final stage. No one in this world is not (is) perfect. 12. KOIJ.IOJ.IOI kimame = sleep (s.p. KOl!-.n'I9-11KO). From KOlllOilOL comes TO KOIJ.II"JnlPIO to kimitirio

=the cemetery

13 . 0 unvoc; 0 lpnos (hypnotism) = sleep 14. ~tJ
15.

16. 17. 18.

rest, relax (s.p. ~e:Koup60T-11KO). (the opposite of Koupa~w and Koupa~OJ.IOI = be fatigued, be tired) KoupaoJJt voc;, -11, -o is the participle of J
84

19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41 . 42. 43. 44. 45. 46.

~•aaK£~6l;w 5iaske5azo = enjoy myself, have fun (s.p. l5lOoKe5ao-a). an6AuToc;, -11, -o ap61itos, -i , -o • a.baolute 1111auxfa isixia = 1. tranC!UIIIIty, qullet, 2. silence, 3. lack of noice (see also No 15 and 17) aptaw areso = like, please (IJOU apta·£1 = I like lt, lt pleases me, also ll'apeo-et) o xopoc; o xor6s = the dance. See xopcuw (No 5) cpcuyw fevyo = go away, leave, (s. p. tc.puy-a, efiya) (fugitive) nafpvW perno = take (S.p. nt'lp·C, f. 9a n6p-W, imp. nap-e - n6p-(E)TE) acp~v(a) aflno = 1. let, leave, 2. abandon. (s.p 6cprw-a, imp. acpno-e or 6oe - a (palaeolithic, palaeontology) = old an6v1oc;, -a, -o spanios , -a, -o = rare, scanty noAUn~oc;, -11, -o polftimos , -i , -o 1. valuable, 2. precious. From noAu +TII.ICJl = honour (la) aMal;w alazo = change (s.p. 6Ma~-a) 11 ~~a~ov~ i 6iamonr • 1. residence, 2. sojourn. From 6ta+ j..ttvw =stay 11 KOTOIKfa i katikfa =home, domicile, residence. From KOTO + OlKW = dwell, See la, V 27 n&piJJtvw perimeno = wait (s.p. nep(j..tev-a) (nept + j..levw = stay) cpoj31a~tvoc;, -11, -o fovismenos , -i , -o =afraid. The participle of <po{36j..taL (la.V4 ) auyK1vou~a1 sinkino6me = be touched, be moved (ouyKtvf)9-11KO) dnfl;w elpfzo = hope (s.p. f)Amo-a) TO TtAoc; to telos (teleology) = end. To TtAoc; is a neuter word ending in -oc;. Its genitive oase is Tou TtAouc; &mTtAouc; epiteloos = at last (en( + TtAouc;) (lit. at the end) T£A£1WVW teli6no = finish (s.p. TeA£(wo-a) un69&al1 i ip69esi = 1. hypothesis, 2. case, affair 3. story of a film. Here it means the case, the affair PtPafwc; ~ ptpa1a veveos or vevea = of course, certainly cp96vw f9ano = arrive, reach (s.p. tc.peao-a) T£AIK6c;, -~. -6 telik6s, -f, <> c final To ar6~1o to sta6io (stadium) = stage, stadium TtAc•oc;, -a, -o telios , -a, -o =perfect, complete. TtAtlwvw (No 40), T£AIK6c; (No 44) , tmTtAouc; (No 39), and TtACUTafoc;, -a, -o telefteos (the last) come all from TO TtAoc; (No 38).

=

1

M£ T( KapC5t6 , j..l£ T( nvo~2 , 3 T(n69ouc; KatTin6.8o~ 5 nf)paj..le T11 ~wf)6 j..lac;· A6.9o~7 I Kt'aM6~aj..le ~wf).

With what (a) heart, what (a) breath what desires and what passion we took (lived) our life; mis take I and we changed life.

G. Seferls 1963

Nobel prize for Literature in

1. 11 Ka~16 = heart (l 13, V47), 2. 11 nvor1 pnof (pneumatic) = breath, animation, verve, 3. o n6eoc; = desire, 4. TO n69oc; (pathetic) = passion, 5. nr1pa~E s.p. of nalpv(a) = take, No 25, 6. 11 ~w~ = life (l7, VZJ), 7. TO A6eoc; = mistake (4l, Vzl), 8. aM6.~a~e s.p. of aMal;w = change, No 31 .

85

Gr.

121

a. For an action that took place in the past there are two more tenses. One, the perfect, denotes that t he action has been perfomed in the past and is complete at the tim e we are speaking. In both active and passive voices it is formed w ith the verb £x(a) and the third person of the subjunctive (Gr. 10): txw ypaliJ·&I (I have written), txw ypacpT·&f (I have been written) . The second, the pluperfect, refers to an action that had happened in the past. lt is fo rmed with the past of the verb txw: dxa ypaliJ·£1 (I had written), t fxa ypacpT-Ef (I had been written). There is also a future tense expressing an action that will be accomplished in the future after something else is going to happen. lt is formed with the future of the verb txw: 9a t xw ypaiJJ-£1 (I shall have written), ea txw ypacpT-Ef (I shall have been written) .

b.

Some very commonly used verbs are irreg ular and the student should memorize the stem of their past tense, and in some cases their imperative form. A handfu l of them have a quite d ifferent second stem which they use for the formation of the simple past (s.p .), the future (f), the perfect (pf.) and the imperative (imp.), for Instance: pA£nw = see, s. p &i~a (ii5a), f. ea ~w . pf. txw ~£1 , imp. ~&c;-~£OT& (also ~ElT£) At(y)w = say, Eina (lpa), ea nw, txw n&l, n&c;-ntOT& (also n&fT£) Tpww = eat, t cpaya, ea cpaw, txw cpa&t, cpa(y)&· cpaT& naw or nrwaivw (piyeno) = go, n~ya , ea naw, txw nO&I, n~yaiVE-nr'JYafv&T& or noli& t pxo1-101 = come, ~pea , ea (&)pew, txw (e)peet, tAa-&AaT&

c. A few other verbs ending in -alvw and the irregular verb ~ploKw although belonging to the active voice (ending in -w) form their simple past with the ending -I'JKa, for instance: ave~afvw aneveno = go up, step up , avt~I'JKa , Sa avt~w, txw av€~&1 , ave~a ­ ave~&IT& KaTe~a ivw kateveno = go down or co me down, step down, descend, KaTE~I'JKa , Sa KaTe~w . exw KaTe~&:l , KaTt~a-KaTe~&iT& ~Jna(vw ~eno = go in, IJn~Ka , Sa 1Jnw , IJn&r, IJn&c;- !Jn&fT& ~ya(vw vyeno = go out, ~Y~Ka, Sa ~yw , ~Y&II, ~yec;- ~y&IT& ~p(crKw vrisko = fi nd, ~p~Ka , Sa ~pw , ~p&r , ~p&c;-~p&fT&

t xw txw txw

d.

In the majority of irregular verbs, however, the changes concern the last letter(s) of their stem when forming their second stem, for instance: cpt pvw ferno = bring, ecp&pa, Sa cptpw, cptpe- cpt pTe nafpvw perno = take, n~pa, Sa napw, nape-napTe j.ltvw meno = stay, EJ.I&IVa (emina), ea J.l&ivw, J,~&ive-j.l&iveTe cp&uyw fevyo = go away, ecpuya, Sa cpuyw, cpuye- cpuye:Te pa~w vazo = put, e~aAa, Sa paAw, ~aAe:-paATe:

86

Gr. 12j pya~w vyazo = take out, t pyaAa , ea py6Aw, py6Ae-1Jy6An~ ~ivw oino = give, e~woa, ea ~wow, ~woe-~ware

acpr1vw afino = let, 6cpr,oa, ea ocpr1ow, 6cpr,oe or 6oe -acpr1are or aare nfvw pfno =drink, f}m a (ipia), ea m w (pi6). m ec; (pies) -mtare Tpw(y)W tr6(y)O = eat, ecpaya, Sa cpaw, cp{Je • cp{JTe KOTaAaiJa(vw katalaveno = understand , KOT6Aapa,ea KaTaAapw, KOTOAaiJE· KOTOAOIJETE ~a8afVW maeeno = learn, e~a8a, ea ~08W ~68e-~68eTE cpa fvo!Jat fenome = seem, I look, cpavTlKa, ea cpavw, cpavou-cpavetTE xafpOIJOl xerome and xafpw xero = be g lad, be delighted, XOPTlKa, ea xapw, xafpe -xafpeTe xere, xerete K68o1Jat kaeome = sit, be seated, Ka8r,oa, ea Ka8r1ow, K68r,oe or KaTo e -Ka8r1are yfVOIJOl yinome = become, eylva and YlVTlKO, ea yiv w, ylvou-yivETE The lesson that follows has many examples of the use of the imperative form of the above irregular verbs in order to enable the reader to become well aquainted with expressions commonly used in everyday speech.

The imperative of the more common verbs va d o01 - va dOT& = be ~&<; - ~tOT& or ~dT& = see tAa - &A6T& = come n&<; - n t OT& or ndT& = tell K68rto& or K6To& - Ka8r10T& = sit, be seated, stay ~dv& - ~&fv&T& = stay paA& - paAT& = put nap&- n6pT& =take ~n&<;- ~ndT& = go in, get in KOTtiJa - KOT&IJ&fT& = go down, come down get down IJp&<; - IJp&iT& = find cp6(y)& - cpaT& = eat ao& or 6cpr)O& - OOT& or acpr10T& = let ~ IAa - ~·AdOT& = speak XOfp& - XOfp&T& = be glad

tx& - t x&T& = have KOiTO or KOfTO~& • KOITO~T& = look nr1ya~v& - nr)yafv&T& or n6T& = go 6Kou - OKOUOT& = listen OrlKW - Or)KW9£iT& = get Up cpuy& - cpuy&T& = go, go away pyaA& - pyaAT& = take out ~wo& • ~WOT& = give IJy&c; - py&fT& = come out, go out, get out avt pa - av&IJ&iT& = go up, come up, step up cpt p& - cptpT& = bring m t c; - m&IT& = d rink OT6oou - OTa8&fT& = stay still, stop owna • ownaOT& = be silent, stop talking

87

05uootac; EA.lm'lc; (an6 Tov I. M6paA.fl) Odysseas Elytis (by I. Moralis) Nobel Prize for Literature in 1979 1 3 "D.(ve 6wpeay) TOV XfJOV0 eav 9ec;4 VQ OOU IJf:.lVf:.l5 'A.(YTJ6 Q~lOnpeneta 7 .. ."

Give freely the (your) time if you want that a little (some) dignity remains with you

1. l1iv£ (imperative of ~rvw using the first stem ~1v- (instead of ~wa-) to denote a continuous act) = give(~. V 1 ~ . see also Gr 10c, p. 75, 2. ~wp£6v = freely, gratis, for nothing (from TO ~wpo (pandora) gift, 3. o xp6voc; = time l10• V'eJJ, 4. 6£c; = 6t A£1c;, see ls, V1o, 5. J.J t vw (s.p. t-JJEIVO) =stay, remain, seep. 85, 6. Afyoc;, -11, -o = little,~. V3 , 7. 11 o~•onptn£10 axioprepia = dignity (a~•oc;

=

=

(axiom) = worthy (ls, V'2B)

"To eMXlOTO ~frr1100 1

2

+ npt n£1 =

must). 3

KCliJ€ TliJWP'10Cv IJ€ TO no'A.U

4

••• "

I asked for the least and they punished me with the much.

1. £A6XJOToc;, -11, -o n JJwpw, TIJJWP11a-a

= least, minimum. The superlative of Afyoc;, 2. ~~TI100 = s.p. of ~11TW Lg, V16, 3. = punish, see L14, v:!fj p. 102, 4. noAU = L, V7•

....

88

1. b.ec,2 K6Tt nepiepyo3 (perieryo). nec,4 IJOU Tt ~Mnetc,. Mr']V eicrat nepiepyoc, (perieryos) va ~Jaeetc,. neiTe (pite) 6A.11 TT'JV aA.fleeta (alieia). neiTe TllC. va net ~J6vo TT'JV aA.rleeta. 6Te5 6A.o To cpayT'JT66 crac,. ntec,7 (pyes) auT6 To noT68 . nteiTe (pyite) OTT'JV uyefa (iyfa) 6A.wv. 2. Tt K6Vetc,9; Tt yfvecrat 10; nwc, e(oat; Tt KOVeTe; Tt y(vecrre; nwc, elcrre; 3. 'Hpea xeec, aM6 5e cre ~PrlKO. Tt YlvJlKOTe; xaeflKaTe 11 . 'EA.a12 nl>pa, ~pec, 13 KQTL 14 KaAUTepo va netc,. BpdTe ypflyopa IJLO 5LKatoA.oy(a (5ikeoloyia). TL oou e(ne xeec,; LOU TO e(na aMa TO ~exacrec, 1 5 . To etne KOI TO EKOVe. 4. nflyatve 16 Kat eou IJO~( TT'JC,. 'El-.a e5w. EA.6Te va 50u1Je Tl ea cpa~Je. uye17 ypflyopa nptv eu~Jwcrw 18 (eim6so). uyeTe an'e5w 6A.OL crac,. s. KaTe~a1 9 an6 To Kpe~6n20 cre napaKat..w. Ave~a21 OTO enavw n6Tw~Ja22 . Ave~eiTe Kat cretc, IJO~( TT'JC,. nou ea KOTe~eiTe; ea KOTE~W O'TOV npWTO 6pocpo23 . Mnec,24 ~JEcra Kat IJT'JIJLAOC,. ByeiTe25 (vyite) 6A.OL e~w crro 5p61JO. 6. AVE~T'JKO Kat KOTE~T'JKO nollic, cpopec, TIC, crKOAeC,26 ~JnJlKO Kat ~YJlKO cre noMa ypacpe(a KOL O'TO TEAOC, ~pJlKO TO 5tK6 crou. 'HTOV TO T€AeUTa(o27 (telefteo) O'TO 5t65po~Jo 28 . To ~PJlKO OIJWC, KAetcrr629 . D.ev JlTOV avoucr630. 7. epe31 IJOU va 5w Tl exetc, ~wypacp(cret32 (zoyrafisi). nape33 IJO~( crou QUTQ. D.wcrre34 IJOU TOV KOT6A.oyo35 napOKaAW. nap'TO OUTO Kat 56cre TO QMa. napTe TO an'e5w. 8. EmTEAOUC, napTe IJLO an6cpaCJl136 . Mll TO n6petc, 6A.a, 6.cpT'Jcre37 (or acre) KOTI Kat YLO IJOC,. Acpflcrre Tov auT6v. 'Acre 1-1e flcru)(Tl cre napaKaA.w. AcpflOTe TO nat5t6 va peouv cre IJEVO. 9. Me(ve38 ecru e5w, 1-1'1 cpuyetc,. D.e ~Jnopw, ea cpuyw, E~Jetva not..u K0Lp6 OTO i5to 1JEpoc,39 . 10. ep'TOV e5w, ~QA'TO eKe(, ~yaf..'TT'JV e~W, n6p'TOUC, an'e5w, 56o'TO cre IJEVO, acr'TQ K6Tw, 6cr'Touc, flcruxouc,. 6.'Ta 6A.a. 11 . 'E~Ja8a noMa KOVTQ crou . KaTOAaj3a Tl OT'JIJOLVeL va exetc, KaAO 56crKaA.o40 . 'E~yat..a TO cru~Jnepacr~Ja41 (simperasma) 611 npenet Kaveic, va npoonaeef42 cruvexwc,. B6Ae43 cre 44 napaKaAW vep6 O'TO Kpacr(45 crou KOL ~y6Ae 46 ~Je an6 TT'JV 5ucrKOAT'J eeOT'J. 86A1e TO XEPI O'TT'JV Kap5t647 crac,. By6ATe (or ~OAT€) TO pouxa48 crac,. 12. Xafpw49 not..u. X6pT'JKO not..u. X6pT'JKO 6Tav KaT6Aa~a 6Tt euxaptcrrr18T'JKec,50 nou cp6V11Ke a~toc, ~J08T'JTflC. 51 crou. Tt Kaeecrat52 Kat A€c,; Kae11cre (or K6Tcre) va crou nw. K6Tcre va 5etc, Tl yfveTat. 13. KaeflOTe napaKaAW. Kaeflcrre KQTW KUplOl. Tt eytve; 'Eytve 1Jey6Ao enetcr65to 53 1JeTa~u Touc,. D.ev eCxe ~avayfvet54 TETOLO np6y~Ja. Tt yfveTOL Twpa; Tt yfveTat; Tt cru~J~a(vet; Efvat Tfno1e cro~ap6 ; 'OXt ant..wc,55 ~JtA.6ve 5uvaT6, cpwva~ouv nol-.u Kat Kavouv 86pu~o. AKOUOVTOL nOAU 01 01JlAl€C, TOUC, KOI Ol cpWVEC, TOUC,. 14. npoon6e11cre 6cro ~-tnope(c, va K6vetc, K08T'J~Jeptv656 Tout..6xH:rro 57 IJLO KaAJl np6~T'J 58 . A&~IA6yiO

1.

C5tKaroc; -11, -o, rpfroc;, -11, -o ~ekatos -i, -o trltos, -i, -o

=

the number 13 is C5tKarpfa ~ekatrla. The masculine and the feminine form of ~eKatpla as an adjective is l5tKarptfc; (like the tpet~ of tp(a Ls. V1) and the neuter C5tKarpfa.

89

Thirteenth lesson (L13) 1. Look at something strange. Tell me what you see. Don't be curious to learn. Tell all the truth. Tell her to tell only the truth. Eat all your meal. Drink this drink. Drink to the health of all (everybody). 2. What are you doing? (here it has the meaning of how are you?) What becomes of you? (This expression has also the meaning of how are you?) How are you? What are you doing? What becomes of you? How are you? (The plural is used in formal conversation. nwc; e(OTe corresponds to the English how do you do). 3. I came yesterday but I did not find you. What became of you? You were lost. Come now, find something better to say. Find quickly an excuse. What did he (or she) tell you yesterday? I said it to you but you forgot it. He (or she) said it and he (or she) did it. 4. Go and you (you too) with her. Come here. Come to ( EAa va or eA.aTe va is an expression corresponding to the English let us) see what we will eat. Go away quickly before I get angry. Go away (get away) from here all of you. 5. Get down (off) from the bed I beg you (please) . Go up to the upper floor. Go up and you (you too) with her. Where are you going to get off? I will get off on the first floor. Get in and don't talk. Get all of you out in the street. 6. I went up and down the staircase many times, I got in and out in many offices and at the end I found yours. lt was the last in the corridor. I found it, however, closed. lt was not open. 7. Bring me to (let me) see what you have painted. Take with you these. Give me the list please. Take these and give the others. Take them from here. 8. At last take a decision. Don't take them all, leave something and for us (for us too) . Let him (aUT6v is put for emphasis) . Leave me quiet (alone) I beg you (please). Let the children come to me. 9. You stay here, don't go. I can not, I will go away. I stayed much {a long) time in the same place. 10. Bring him here, put it there, get her out, take them from here, give them to me, let them down, leave them quiet (alone) . Eat them all. (In spoken Greek the final-& of the imperative singular is often omitted when the third person (Tov, lllV, TO etc) of the personal pronoun follows) . 11. I learned many (it means noMa npayllOTO = many things) near you. I understood {realized) what it means to have a good teacher. I took out the conclusion (f3y6~w TO ou11nepao11a an expression meaning I arrive at the conclusion. TL ou11nepao11a f3ya~eu:~; What conclusion are you arriving at?) that one should try continuously. Put I beg you (please) water into your wine and get me out of the difficult place (situation). Put your hand on your heart. Take off (or put on) your clothes. 12. I am very glad (xafpw noA.u is the formal expression for I am pleased to meet you) . I was very glad. I was glad when I understood (realized) that you were pleased that he appeared (to be) a worthy student of yours. What are you sitting and say? (Here K68o11m has the meaning of spend time doing something). Sit (here K68rwe or KOToe has the meaning of stay) in order to tell you. Sit (stay) to see what is going on.

90

13. Sit (down) I beg (please) (a polite expression corresponding to have a seat. Ka8flate KOTW is more imperative) . Sit down gentlemen. What happened? lt happened (it took place) a big incident (scene) between them. lt has not occurred before such a thing. What is to be done now? (The expressionTL y(veTm means what is going on or what is to be done. See the verb y(vollat L9, V 17) . What is going on? What is happening? Is something serious? No, simply they are speaking loudly, they are shouting much (a lot) and they are making noise. Their talks and their voices are heard much. 14. Try as much as you can to do daily at least one good act. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.

18. 19. 20.

21 22 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30.

31. 32.

33. 34. 35. 36.

6tc; - ~drt = look, the imperative of pAtnw (L7, V16 ), s.p. ti6a ntpftpyoc;, -I'J , -o perferyos, -i, -o = 1. curious, 2. strange, 3. inquisitive (nep(+ tpyo) (ls, V25) ntc; - ntlrt = tell, say, imp. of At(y)w (ls, V18), s.p. dna q»6(y)t-cp6(yt)T£ = eat, imp. of rpww , s.p. tq~aya (phagocyte, sarcophagus) cpayi'JT6 fayit6 = 1. meal, dish, 2. food to eat m t c;-n1£1T£ = drink, imp. of n ivw, s.p. ~ma nor6 pot6 (pottage, symposium) = drink, beverage T1 K6Vtlc; = how are you (lit. what do you do) n y fvtaOI = how are you (lit. what becomes of you), y(VOIJOl see Lg, V17 XOVW ·OJ.IOI xano-ome = lose, be lost tAa- £A6rt ela-elate =come, imp. of tpxoJJa• (erxome) (L 10, V,o) pptc;- ppdT£ vres-vrite = find , imp. of ppfaKw (L,o, V2a) 11 ~IKOIOAoyfa i 5ikeoloyfa = 1. excuse, 2. justification (see 5(Kaloc;) ~t)(VW, ksexn6 = forget, s.p. ~txaoa n~yOIV£ piyene = go, imp. of ni'Jyaivw or n6w (pi. nTWOlVET€ or non:) (Lg, V12) q»uyt - cpuyat ffye - flyete = leave, go away, escape, fly down, imp. of cptuyw (L12, V24) 8UJ.IWVW 9im6no = get angry Kartpa-Kartpdrt kateva - katevfte =go down or come down or get off, descend, imp. of KOTtPafvw TO KptPP6n to krevati = bed avtpa-avtPdT£ aneva-anevfte =go up or come up, imp. of avtPafvw TO n6TWJ.IO patoma = floor, storey o 6pocpoc; 6rofos =storey, floor J,~ntc;-JJndT£ bes-bfte =go in, get in, enter, imp. of J,~nafvw pytc;-pydrt vyess-vyite = come out, go out, imp. of pyafvw 11 aK6Aa -tc; = staircase(s), ladder(s) rtAtuTafoc;, -a , -o teletteos, -a, -o = last. lt comes from TO TtAoc; (L12. V3a) =end o 6•6~poJJoc; 5ia5romos = corridor (5la+ 5p61Joc; L7 , V2) KAt1ar6c;, -~ . -6 klist6s, -1, -6 = closed avo•xr6c;, -~. -6 ani)(t6s, -1. -6 = open cptpt-cptpT£ fere-ferte = bring, imp. of cptpvw (L1o. V27) ~wypacpf~w zoyraffzo = paint, (From ~wf] = life + ypaq>w = write), o ~wyp6cpoc; = painter n6pt-n6p(t)Tt pare-par(e)te = take, imp. of nafpvw (L12, V25), s.p n~pa ~wat-~wart 56se-56ste =give, imp. of ~fvw (ls, V1e), s.p. t~waa o Kar6Aoyoc; kataloyos = catalogue, list 11 an6cpaa11 ap6fas1 = decision (ano+q>OOll = phase)

91 37. acp.,at or aac-acp!loTt or OOT& afise, ase-aflste, aste = let, imp. of acp!lvw (L1 2· v 26) 38. ~dvt-J.tdv&Tc mlne-mlnete= stay, imp. of ~tvw , s.p. t-~ttv-a 39. TO ~tpoc; meros (polymeric) = 1. part, 2. place 40. o ~aaKaAoc; ~askalos = teacher 41. To au~ntpaa~a simperasma = conclusion 42. npoanaew prospa96 = try (npoa+naew (pathology) = undergo) 43. paAc-paA(&)Tt vale-val (e)te = 1. put, 2. put on, imp. of pa~w . s.p. tpaAa 44. TO vtp6 ner6 = water 45. To Kpaal krasl = wine 46. pyaAc-pyaA(c)Tc vyale-vyal(e)te = take off, take out, remove, extract, deduct, imp. of pya~w . s.p. t-pyaA-a 47. 11 Kap~ta kar~ia (cardiology) = heart 48. To pouxo rooxo = cloth 49. xafpw xero = 1 am glad 50. cuxaptan&~at ef)(aristieme. The passive voice of cuxaptarw (ls, V7) = be pleased, enjoy 51. o J.I0911Trl<; ma9itls = pupil, student, disciple. lt comes from 1J09a(vw (L11 , V3) = learn 52. K68o~OI = sit, be seated, s.p K6811aa 53. TO &n&ta6~to epts6~io = 1. episode, incident, 2. scene, 3. row 54. ~avayfVOJ.IOI ksanaylnome (used in the third person ~avayfVCTOI 1 S.p. ~OVOYIV&, f. 80 ~avayfvtt} = become or take place or occur again. From ~ova + y(VOIJOL (genesis) = be come (Lg, V 17) (~ava means again, once more, back) 55. anAwc; apl6s = simply. The adverb of anA6c;, -r\, -6 (haplography) = simple 56. Ka8tW&Ptv6 ka8imerina = daily. Adverb of K0811~tptv6c;, -r\, -6 = daily, every day. (lt comes from K69e = every + (11)1Jepa = day (ls, V3) 57. TouAaxtaro(v) toolaxisto(n) = at least. A contracted form of TO &Aaxtarov the superlative of Alyo meaning the least, the minimal 58. 11 np6~11 praxi = deed, act, praxis. From the ancient npaTTw prate = do, act, o npatrnK6c;, -r\, -6 praktik6s = practical.

1

"'E~ a.Uoeloov 2 ~oov 3 av9p<J>noc; 4 eyEvvr)91) 5 From other kind of animals man was bom

"

Ava~(IJOV~poc; (610 -547 B.C.) Anaximander

1. e~ = from. The preposition &K before a vowel, 2. aMoet~wv =other kind (6Moc; (L1, V17) + e(~o~ = kind), 3. ~wwv = genitive plural of ~wo Lg, V':!J, 4. 6v8pwnoc; = man (L 1, V6 ) , 5. eyew fJSn = was born. The ancient simple past ofyewte1Jat Lg, V17 .

92

Xr'JJ3ou (= youth) (nep( To 340 n.X.) ApxmoA.oytK6 Moucre(o, A8f}va

93

IThe pronouns ofthe Greek language 01 aVTwvut.li&c; antonimies [aVTi (instead of) + 6VOIJO] Tr'lc; Ell'lVIK~c; yAwaaac;. a.

The pronouns are the words that we use in the place of nouns or adjectives. The personal pronouns eyw, eau, auT6<;, auT~, auT6 etc , have been dealt with in Grammar 1c,d, 2c, 4b and 5c. They are summarized in the following table. Singular Nom. &yw = I Accus. &~tva = me ~&

Gen.

&~tva =

&au = you &atva = you

aur6c; = he aur6v = him

our~

= she aur~(v) = her

aur6 = it aur6 = it

<7&

TOV

Tll(v)

TO

my, to me &atva = your, to you

UOU

<70U

OUTOU =

his, to him

TOU

aur~c; = TrlC:

her, to her aurou = its, to it TOU

Plural Nom. E~&fc; = we Accus. &~ac; = us ~ac;

Gen.

&~ac; =

us ~ac:

our, to

&a&fc; = you &aac; = you aac; &aac; = your, to you aac:

aurol = they aurtc; = they aura = they aurouc; = them aurtc; = them aura = them roue; r1c; (r&c;) Ta OUTWV = their, to them aurwv = their, to them aurwv = to them roue; roue; rwv, roue;

The strong forms £J,Jtva, eatva, auT6v etc, of the personal pronouns are used when we want to emphasize or distinguish something: eatva et A.w (it is) you I want, auTouc; ewow, 6Xt eaac:; (it is) them I mean, not you (see grammar 4). The weak forms J,J£, a£, TOV, TI'JV, TO etc. are more commonly used and they come before the verb. Ie 8eA.w, I want you, ~ev Tov 8eA.w, I don't want him, TO elne KOl TO eKave, he said it and he did it. When the Imperative of a verb is used the personal pronoun comes after the verb. The final -£ of tihe imperative singular is usually dropped before the weak neuter form of the personal pronoun and its place is indicated by an apostrophe: Ao'(e)To = let it, K6v'(e) TO (do it), n 6p'(e) Ta (take them). Na ~wow (shall I give) TO )(p6vo; T11 8£C7T) ; TO ~~~A.(o IJOu; 11o 'Tov (To XP6vo), 5WO'Tf1V (TT) 8eC7T)) 5wo 'TO (TO ~l~AlO) . For the feminine accusative plural the form T£<; (instead of Tic;) is used with the imperative 5WO'T&c; (give them),
94

!The pronouns of the Greek language b. The genitive of the weak forms ~ou, oou, Tou, TI"J«;, ~ac;, oac;, Touc;, are also used as pronouns to indicate to whom something belongs. They always follow the subject: 0
c. The demonstrative pronouns are used when we want to indicate or show something. The pronoun auT6c;, -r), -6 (this) is the same as the third person of the personal pronoun . lt is used to indicate a person or a thing: AuT~ 11 Kupfa e(vOL IJO~( IJOU (this lady is with me), ea ae ~w auT6 To ~p6~u (I shall see you this evening), auTo to e(ne o 1J08Tltt'l~ [this said it (he said this) the pupil], Tt e(vOL auT6; (what is this?) . The pronoun {t )Tolhoc;, -11. -o (this) is used to show something that is very close to us: (t)TOIJTO E~W TO ~l~ALO (this here book) . The pronoun &Ktlvoc;, -I"J, -o (tha~ refers to a person or thing that is far: EKtfvo TO ~p6~u ~LOOKE~6oa1JE [~iaske~asame (L12 , V19}] noAu (that evening we enjoyed ourselves very much, &Ktlvoc; o 6v8pwno~ (that man). The pronoun TtToloc;, -a ,-o (tetyos) (such) indicates the quality of the subject: T&Tola nou e(vOL t( nepLIJtVtl~ (L12 , V34}; Such that she is what do you expect? 'EKave~ T&To1o A68o~ (la. V23); (you made such a mistake?) TtTola npo~MIJaTa EXEL 6Ao~ o K60IJO~ (such problems has the whole world (everybody).

95

IThe pronouns of the Greek language The pronoun T6 ooc;, -11, -o (so much or so many') shows the quantity of the subject: E(vat T6ooc; Katp6~ an6 T6n: (= then) (it is so much time from (since) then). E(xe TOOI"J ~t0111 (L7 , V21 ) (it had (it was) so much heat). 'Exet T6 oouc; cplA.ou~ nou ... (he has so many friends that.. .), txet T6011 ~uVOIJ'l nou... (he (or she) has so much power that...), txet T6aa A.eqm1 (L12 , V27) nou... (he (or she) has so much money that...). The word nou (tha~ . which is not declined, refers to words of any gender, number or declination: 0 cplA.o~ n ou oou e(na (the friend that I told you (about). AUT6 or aUTo n ou A.e~ (this or these that you say) . To ypaiJIJO nou ypaTa nou txet~ (the money that you have). nou also means where. In order to be distinguished from the pronoun nou it takes an accent: nou e(crat; (where are you?) nou no~; (where are you going?). The pronoun o onoloc; (o opios), 11 onoio, TO onofo (which) is always accompanied by the definite article o, 11 , TO and is used instead of nou when we want to be more specific: Aut6 TO on oio A.e~ (these (things) which you say) . To yp61JIJO TO onofo ypa
96

the pronouns of the Greek language The pronouns 6notoc;, a , o and 6ooc;, rJ, o as well as 6 ,Tt and 6nou (= where, wherevef) are combined with the undeclinable ending -~~noT£ and their meaning becomes more indefinite: Ono1ooo~noTe = anyone, oooo~noTe = of any size, however great, o,TIOf)noTe = anything, onouor'jnoTe = anywhere, wheresoever. The pronouns 6no1oc; and 6ooc; are declined normally within the combined word: ono1ooot;note !Jnope( va K6veL ono1aor'jnoTe un68eOT') yLa ono1oot;note np6y1-1a IJE onoJ£oof)note 1JE86oouc; (anyone can make any hypothesis for (on) anything with any method.

d.

The Interrogative pronouns are used when asking questions.

The word Ti (wha~ is indeclinable. n K6VEL<; (what are you doing?) Tl wpa e(vm; (what hour (time) it is (is it)?) Ti ElVQl aUT6; (what this is (is this)?) Tl exetc;; (what you have (is the matter with you)?) Tf e(nec;; (what did you say?) Tf 8€Xetc;; (what do you want?). The pronoun no16c; (py6s), nou] (pya), no16 (py6) means who, which. no16c; e(vm; (who it is (is it)? nou.l eivm 11 yuva(Ka oou ; (which is your wife?) nou] M~11 oev yvwpi~etc;; (which word you don't know?) no16 nmo( elvm OLK6 oou; (which child is yours?) no16v 8€Xet<;; (whom do you want?) no1ouc; (pyo6s) ~epetc; ; (whom do you know?) no•tc; Kupfec; efvm aUT€<;; (which ladies are these?) nou.l nmot6 cpwv6~ouv; (which children are shouting?) Me no16v 1JIA6c;; (with whom do you speak?) L£ no1a illMV (py6n). On certain occasions for the genitive singular the ancient form Tivoc; is preferred for all genders and for the genitive plural the ancient form TlVWV. noiOU OPOIJOU; or Tivoc; OpOIJOU; (of which street?) no1ac; yA.wooac;; or Tlvoc; YAWOOO<;; (of which language?) no10U OXOM(ou; or Tlvoc; OXOM(ou; (of which school?) Tlvoc; e(vm aUT6; (whose is this?) The pronoun n6ooc;, rJ, o means how much, how many: n6ooc; KOOIJO<; r'jpee; How muc h world (how many people) did it (they) come? n6o11 OOUAeL6 exetc;; (how much work do you have?) n6oo Kpao( eeA.eL<;; (how much wine do you want?) n6oo Katp6 XPEL6~eom (L11 , V19}; (how much time do you need?) n6oouc; a8A'1TE<; exouv; (how many athletes do they have?) n6oec; M~El<; ~epetc;; (how many words do you know?) n6oa nmot6 exeTe; (how many children do you have?) e. The Indefinite pronouns are used for a person or thing which is not specified either because we do not know it or do not want to name it.

97

IThe pronouns of the Greek language The indefinite article tvac:;, IJfa, tva can be used as an indefinite pronoun meaning someone: 'Evac:; 1-.HAOUO€ ouvexwq (l1o. V,a) (one (someone) was speaking continuously). Mia cpwv6~et noAu. One (someone) (female person) is shouting much. The pronoun Kavtvac:; (or the ancient Kav&lc:;), KCIJIO (or the ancient KCIJfa stressed on ~Q . Kavtva, has two meanings. lt means anyone, someone, somebody in a phrase that does not contain a negation, but no one, nobody in a negative phrase: E(vat Kavtvac:; e6w; (is anyone or someone here?) ea pee(q Ka~t6 q>op6; (will you come some time?) 'Exetq Kavtva KaA6 ~L~A(o; (do you have any good book?). =:epetq Kavtvav e6w; (do you know anyone or someone here?) But: b.ev e(vat Kavtvac:; e6w (it is not (there is) no one here). b.e ea peelc:; KCJ.IIO q>opa. (you will not come no one (any) time). b.ev exetq Kavtva KaA6 ~t~.A(o (you do not have no one (any) good book). b.ev ~epetq Kavtvav e6w (you don't know no one (anyone) here) . The pronoun Ka9tvac:;, Ka9&J.IIO (or Ka9&JJia) Ka9tva = everyone, is a combined word of the indefinite article tvac:;, 1Jia, tva and the indeclinable word K09& which means every: (0) Ka9£vac:; EX€L T11 ee011 TOU (everyone has his place) . L€ Ka9&J.IIO an6 oaq (to everyone of you). re Ka9tva nat6( (to every child). The word K69& is also used as an adjective meaning every, all: K69& 6vepwnoq (every man), K09& ~epa (every day), K69& wpa (every hour). K69& 6uo (e)~6o~66eq (every two weeks). K69& is not declined. The pronouns KOTI (or sometimes KaTaTn , Ka9&TI and TlnoT£ are also indeclinable. K6Ta and KCTITI mean something and Ka9&Tf everything. TinoT& means nothing in a negative phrase and something in a phrase without negation: Tt y(veTat; (what is happening (is going on)?) K6Ta y(veTal (something is happening). rlveTat TfnoT&j (is something happening?) TfnoT& 6ev y(veTat (nothing doesn't happen (happens). Ka9&Tf nou y(veTat TO ~aealvw (everything that happens I learn it). =:epetq TinoT& vea; (do you know any news?) b.ev ~epw TfnoT& (I don't know nothing (anything). The pronoun K6noaoc:;, -a, -o, means someone: K6noaoc:; cpwva~e (someone called). ea pew K6noaa ~epa (I will come some day). Kanoa&c:; eeAouv va oe 6ouv (some (female persons) want to see you). The pronoun KOJ.moooc;, .,, o means quite a number of or amount of: K6J,Jnoooa 6vepwnot (quite a number of men (people). El~at KOJJnOOI"J wpa eow (I am quite a number of hour (time) here) . 'Exet KOIJnooa .AecpT6 (he has quite an amount of money).

98

IThe pronouns of the Greek language _ _ _ _ _ _ ____, The pronoun ~&plKOf, -tc:;, -a exists only in plural and means a certain number or quantity or amount of, certain, some: M&plKOI 6v8pwnOL (certain men (people) . M&pJKtc:; cpope~ (certain (some) times). M&pJKtc:; yuva(Ke~ e(vm noA.u wpa(e~ (certain (some) women are very beautiful). M&plKO n p6y1JaTa <Se M yoVTaL (certain things are not said). The pronoun alloc:;, -11, -o means other, else, sometimes more: nOL6~ alloc:; SeA.eL; (who other (else) wants?) n ou elVQl Tl alli'J; (where is the other (female person)?) Tl allo 8EAeL~; (what other (else) do you want?) nOLou~ allouc:; ~epeL~ ; (whom others (else) do you know?) OL all&c:; dvm mo KaM~ (the others are better) . 6EAel~ KL'6llo; (do you want and other (more)?). IUVORTIK6<; n{VOKO<; TWV OVTWVU~UIJV

Ti;

nwc:;;

nou;

no16c:;; no16; no16;

n6ooc:;; n6oi'J; n6oo;

What?

how?

where?

who?

how much? how many?

K{ITI something

K6nwc; somehow

K6nou somewhere

K6no1oc;, KanoJO, K6no1o someone

Ka~noaoc;,Ka~noa~ .

Ka~noao

quite a number or amount of 6,TI whatever

6nwc; as, like, just as

6nou wherever

or16~nort

onwa6~noTt

onou6~noTt

anything, whatsoever

anyhow, anyway, by all means

anywhere

K09&Tf everything TfnoT& nothi ng or something

navrou everywhere nou9tv6 nowhere

6n010<;, 6n010, 6n010 whoever, whichever, he who OnOIOO· OnOIO· OnOIO· 6r1noTt, 6r1non:, ~rinort anyone Ka9tvac;, K09t~fa, ,Ka9t va everyone Kavtvac;, Ka~ fa, Kavtva no one, nobody someone aur6c;, aurri, aur6 this (t)TOUTO<;, (t )TOUTfl, (t )TOUTO this here &Kdvoc;, &KdvrJ, &Ktfvo that one aAAoc;, aAArJ, 6AAo other, else t vac;, ~ fa , t va one, someone

6aoc;, 6a~, 6ao

as much as as great as as many as oaoa6~- oa~6~- oao6~-

noT&, nor&, noT& however greater or much or many ~tpiKOi, ~&,piKtc;, ~tpiKO

certain, some r6aoc;, r6arJ, r6ao so much so many

99

Gr.

1~

a.

We have seen (Gr.1) that the major category of masculine nouns are those ending in -oc;. There are also several masculine nouns ending in -l')c; (o nOL'lTrl<:; (ls. V32), o 1108'1Trlc; L13,V51 ) and a few others ending in -ac; or -t oe;. A small category of common masculine nouns end in -ac;, -&c;, and -ouc; and form their plural by adding a ~ to their stem before the endings of the plural. The masculine nouns ending in -oc; form their genitive singular with the ending -ou and those stressed on the third syllable from the end move the stress to the second syllable. In the accusative they lose the -c; and may take an -v, and in the vocative they have an -£. In the plural the endings are -01 for the nominative and vocative, -wv for the genitive, with a displacement of the stress, and -ouc; for the accusative: o Kupt-oc; OL Kupt-OI TOU KUpt-OU TWV KUpt-WV TOV KUPL-o(v) Touc; Kupt-ouc; KUP~£

KUp~OI

All other masculine nouns form their genitive, accusative and vocative case singular by dropping the final -c; of the nominative. In the plural those ending in -l')c; (nOL'lT-f)c; Lg, V32) and -ac; (6VTp-ac; Ls. V14) form the nominative, accusative and vocative with the ending -&c; (OL nOL'lT·f c;, TOU<:; nOL'lT-E<;, OL 6VTp-&c;, TOU<:; 6VTp-&c;), which becomes ·≤ for those ending in -eac; (o YPOilllOTeac; = the secretary, OL YPOilllOT-Eic;) and -~&c; for those ending in -ac;, -ec; and -ouc;, which take an additional ~ to their stem in the plural(o nannouc; = the grandfather, Ol nannou-~&c;) . All masculine nouns form the genitive plural with the ending -wv (Twv nOL'lTWV, Twv aVTpwv, Twv YPOilllOTtwv, Twv nannou~wv) , which is a common ending for all three genders. Those stressed on the third syllable move their stress to the second syllable and most of those stressed on the second syllable move the stress to the last syllable. As a general rule the reader should remember that the characteristics of all masculine nouns are a) the final -c; in the nominative singular which is lost in the other cases and b) the ending -wv in the genitive plural. b. The masculine form of most adjectives ends in -oc; and is declined like the nouns ending in -oc;. Certain adjectives whose masculine form ends in -uc; also have the same endings. In the genitive singular these adjectives may have the ending -ou or -u: o yA.uKuc; (glucose) sweet Kaq>tc; = coffee, Tou yA.uKoU or Tou y.AuKu Kaq>t. The feminine form of the adjectives ending in -u ends in - 10 and the neuter in -u or -o: 'l yA.uKL-16, TO yA.uK-u or TO yA.uK6. The adjective noAuc; presents two irregularities a) its feminine form is noM-r1 and b) it is written with a double A in all cases except the nominative and accusative of the masculine and neuter forms. There are also a few commonly used adjectives ending in -l')c; that have preserved the ancient endings -l')c; for the feminine and -&c; for the neuter form. In the genitive singular the ancient ending -ouc; is used for all three genders.

100

flt KOTO TtTOpTO

1

J.1Cl 91"11.10

1. nOL6c;2 (py6s) SeXEt va IJLAf]oet; Kavevac;3; Kavefc;3 5ev e(vat ttoq.JOc;4 vo K6vet 111v apxf15; 0nOLoo5i]notes (opyos5ipote) J.mope( va n6pet-ro "A6yo. 0 Ko8tvoc;7 1Jnopef vo net Tfl YVWIJ'l TOU. 2 . Apxf~wa eyw. 'Oxt eoefc; napaKa"Aw, npwl"J1 efvat eKefV11 'l Kupfa 5t6tt t xet oetp69. not6 Kupla; EKefV11 nou K68e-rat nlow1o ooc; (IJO~( ooc;, 1Jnpoc;11 croc;, 5(n"Aa12 oac;, KOVT6. 13 00<:;). 3 . K6nOLoc; 14 (kapyos) efne K6tt 1s nou 5ev to 6Kouoa Ka"Aa. MT']v aM6~etc;1s 8e1Ja17 oe napaKa"Aw. TeXe(woe (telfose) au-r6 nou apxtoec;. nept1Jevw va -reXEtwoetc; yta va oou anaVTi]ow18. Enava"Aa1Jj36vetc;19-ra (5ta20 Kat-ra (5ta. 4. Ot OIJLAT']Tec;21 e(vm noMoi Kat ot aKpoa-rtc;22 "Afyot. 01JtAT']Ttc;, aKpomtc;, ouyypacpe(c;23 (sinyraffs), ypOIJIJOtefc;24 (y ramatis) llt"Aouv 6"Aot 110~( Kat 5ev OKOUIJE ttnOl"E. 5 . To oxt5to25 oou e(vm -rt XEto26 (telio). Efvat -reXEfwc;27 (telios) a5uva-ro va y(vet au-r6 nou ~T']T6c;. 6. not6c; ouyypacptac; oe not6 j3tJ3"A(o yp6cpet KOTL yta otva; K6nou28 -ro e(oa au-r6. nou8ev629 5ev unapxet K6TL t t -roto. Te-rotoc;3o (tetyos) nou efvat tt nept1Jevetc;; 7 . Au-r6c; e(vat evac; n(vaKac;31 6"AWV TWV ouyypocpewv {sinyrafeon), TWV ypOIJIJOTEWV KOl l"WV OIJLAT']l"WV. 8. Au-r6c; e(vat ouyyevi]c;32 IJOU KOt oul"i] efvm 11 a5e"Acpf]33 -rou. E(vat no"Au ayevf]c;34 5e 8e"Aw VQ TOV j3AenW (va TOV OW). H Tl1JWp(a35 ev6c; ayevouc; av8pwnou efvat T'] ano1J6vwoi)36 tou. 9. H EKTLIJT']oi)37 IJOU 01"0 np6own6 38 1"'1<:; e(vOL IJEY
1. 2.

3. 4. 5. 6.

~tKaToc; Tt TapToc;, -11, -o ~ekatos tetartos, -i, -o = fourteenth. The number 14 is ~tKaTtootpa no1oc;, (py6s), no16 (pya), no1o (py6) = who, which Kav£vac; or Kavtfc;, Ka~fa, Kavt va = no one or someone (see avrwvu1J(ec;) tTOI~oc;, -rJ, -o etimos, -i, -o (etymology)= ready rJ apxr\ i arxl (architect, archetype, oligarchy) = 1. beginning, commencement, 2. origin, 3. principle, 4. authority onoloo~r\noTt (opyosi51pote), onoloiSf]noT&, ono1ooTjnoT& = anyone

101

Fourteenth lesson (L14) 1. Who wants to speak? No one? No one is not (is) ready to make the beginning (to begin)? (Note that the ancient form Kavdc; is also used, seep. 97) . Anyone can take the speech. Everyone can say his opinion. 2. 1 begin (eyw is put for emphasis: lt's me that I begin) . Not you please, first is that lady because she has turn (it is her turn) . Which lady? That one that is seated behind you (with you, in front of you, beside you, near you). 3. Somebody said something that I did not hear it well. Don't change subject I beg you. Finish (the imperative TeA.etwae is also stressed on &1 : n:A.e(wcre) this that (what) you started. I wait that you finish in order to answer you. You repeat the same and the same (Ta Iota is put in the plural because it refers to Ta A6yta = the words (Y,, V24) or Ta np6y1JaTa the things (Y,, V12). 4. The speakers are many but the listeners few. Speakers, listeners, authors, secretaries speak all together and we don't hear nothing (anything). 5. Your plan is perfect. lt is quite impossible to become (to be realized) that that (what) you ask. 6. Which author in which book writes something for (about) you? Somewhere I saw this. Nowhere is not (there is) something like that. Such as he is what do you expect. 7. This is a table (list) of all the authors the secretaries and the speakers. 8. He (or this) is my relative and she (or this) is his sister. He is very impolite I don't want to see him (va tov I3Mnw is the continuous form of the subjunctive (Gr. 10a, b) meaning to see him ever, whereas va Tov ow using the second stem of the verb 13Mnw is the complete form meaning: to see him now or sometimes). The punishment of an impolite man is his isolation. 9. My esteem for her person is great. I esteem you very much and I don't have nothing (anything) personal against you. I prefer to stop. Better I should keep silent. Silence I think is better. Silence (quie~ please. 10. What is your neighbour? Is he Greek? No, he is English. Those workers are they Greeks? Yes, I think they are Greeks, they speak Greek. I don't believe whatever he says. 11. I like the sweet and light coffee. I don't love the sweet and strong coffees. The continuous noise annoys me and fatigues me, I don't (can't) stand it. Because of the continuous noise I have lost my sleep and I will lose my health too (Km again has the place oftoo). 12. Today the national character of every place becomes more international. The international organizations they care for the health of the people. The organism of man must be kept (maintained) healthy all its life. 13. In order to live peacefully in the modern world is required love and p·eace. We must love one the other (each other) .

7. Kaetvm;, Ka6t~la, Kaetva = everyone apxi~w arxrzo

=

begin, start (s.p.6pxto-a). From apx~ No s 11 attpa i sira pi. ot oetpec; i sires (series) = 1. series, 2. row, 3. line, 4. order, s.with ~ou, Tou, Tile; my, your, his, her turn 10. niaw pfso = behind

8. 9.

=

aou,

102 11 . (&)t.mp6c; embr6s = in front of, forward, ahead (expr. E1Jnp6c; = come in, hallo (telephone) ~fnAa ~fpla = beside 13. KOVTa konda = near 14. Kano•oc; (kapyos), Kano•a (kapya), Kano•o (kapyo) = someone 15. KOTI kati = something 16. aAAa~w alazo = change (s.p. 6Ma~-a) 17. TO 8Et.JO tO 8ema (theme) = 1. SUbject, 2. theme, 3. topic 18. anaVTw apant6 = answer, reply (s. p. an6VTT'lo-a) 19. &navaAaiJPavw epanalamvano = repeat (s.p. enave.\a~-a. f. ea enavaA6~-w) Combined verb formed with the prepositions em (upon, at) + ava(backwards) and the irregular verb AOIJ~6vw = receive (s.p. e-.\a~-a f. ea M~·W) 20. o f~1oc;, -a, -o, l~yos , -a, -o (Idiosyncrasy, idiom) = 1. same, own, self, 2. peculiar to oneself. (e(vat TO (~to np6y1-1a = it is the same thing, eyw o (~toe; = I myself) 21. o OIJIAI'Jnl<; o omilitls = speaker. From OIJIAw = speak (Lg, Vs) 22. o aKpOOTrl<; o akroatls = listener. From the ancient verb aKpOOIJOl = listen, hear 23. o auyypaq>iac; o sinyrafeas =author, writer. From ouv (together)+ypa6<; in L10, V26. The pi. of a~e.\
12.

103

51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61 . 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69.

yAuKuc;, (or -6c;). -16, -u (or -6) ylikfs or ylik6s (glucose) = sweet t Aaq>puc;, (or -6c;), -16, -u (or -6) elafrrs or elafr6s = light o Kaq>t c; (pi. Ol Kaq>&~tc;) kafes - kafe~es = coffee(s) ouv&x~c;. -~c;. -tc; sinexrs = continuous. Iuvt xwc; s1nex6s (adv.) = continuously (L1o. V1a) o 86puJ3oc; 86rivos = noise t voxAw enoxl6 = 1. annoy, trouble (s.p. ev6xA-11o-a), 2. molest svoxAouJJat enoxlo6me "" be annoyed (s.p. evoxA.r)8-11KO) 11 uytla iyla (hygiene) = health t 8VIK6c;, -~. -6 e8nik6s, -1, -o (ethnic) = national. To t evoc; eenos = nation XOPOKT~pac; xaraktfras = character o T6noc; t6pos (topography) = 1. place, site, spot, 2. country litt8vr1c;, -~c;. -tc; ~ie8nfs -Is, -es = international. From ~la (through) + t8voc; (ethnic) = nation o opyavtoJ,J6c; o oryanism6s = 1. organism, 2. organization q~poVTI~w frontrzo = care, take care, look after (s.p. q>pOVTlo-a) KpantJ,Jat kratieme = be hold (s.p. Kpanl8-11KO). The passive voice of KpaTw krat6 (democrat, aristocrat) = hold ~IOTI'lPOUJ.IOI ~iatiro6me = be maintained (sp ~l01T)ptl8-11KO). The passive voice of ~IOTilPW ~iatir6 = maintain UYirl<;, -r1c;, -tc; iyils, -Is, -es = healthy. See 11 uye(a (No 57) 11 t iPrlVIl 1rln1 (lrene) = peace. Elpf1VIK6c;, -r1, 6 = innik6s = peaceful, pacific. ElP11VlK6<; WK&av6c; = Pacific Ocean. Etpf1VIK6 irinica (adv.) = peacefully. ouyxpovoc;, -11, -o srnxronos -i, -o = modern , contemporary, synchronous (From ouv + XP6voc; = time). 11 ay6n11 ayapi = love. See ayanw L9 , V3 and Vs

0:;

" 'H UfURI) 1 o:!2 ~1).\oi'!.... , ou~ :.OXI)f10Vtl,4 ~~~·u;l'5'ta £mnqc; 6... ou .\oy~nat 7 'tO KaK6v,8 ou' xaipt l 9 t nhij a6lKia ·~ .. n6na11 Dlv 1 8 6t 'tOU'tCa>V 19 ~ CxyOIIJ}.I " An6otoA.oc; nauA.oc; EmotoAf} npoc; Koplv8touc; St. Paul Epistle to Corinthians Love is not jealous ... , it does not act in an ugly way, it does not demand her own (rights, interests) ... it does not think of evil, is not p leased with injustice ... always believes, always hopes, always end ures ... faith, hope, love these three, the greater of these (is) love.

1. 11 ayan11 = No 69, 2. ou or ouK before a word beginning with a vowel = not, see L2, Vs. 3. = be jealous (in modern Greek ~11A&uw zilevo}, 4. OOX11f.JOVW = act in an ugly way, see aO)(Tlf.JO<; L12. V1o. 5. ~11TW ask (Lg, V1s). 6. TO eaUTfJc; = the (things, rights, interests) of her own, see &aUT6c; p. 94, 7. l\oy(~Of.JOl think, take into consideration (in modern Greek ouMoy(~Of.JOl), 8. TO KOK6v = bad, evil, harm, see L1, V13 , 9. xolpw = be pleased, see L 13 , V4g, 10. 11 O~lK(a = injustice, see l 1o. V2g, 11. n avra = always, 12. m OT&UW = believe (l g, V4), 13. eA.n(~w = hope, 14. unof.Jevw = endure, stand, have patience, see p.69 and 70, 15. 11 n fotl<; (niOTll in modern Greek) = faith , 16. 11 el\n(c; = hope, (el\n(~a in modern Greek), 17. TaLrra tafta = these. The ancient aUT6, see demonstrative pronouns p. 94, 18. f.Jef~wv = greater. The ancient comparative of f.J&y6Aoc;, 19. TOUTWV = of these gen. plur. of TOUTO, see p.94. ~11AW

=

=

104

Endings of masculine nouns and adjectives nouns and adjectives in -oc; (~Jey6A-oc; 6p61..1-o~)

adjectives in -uc; (13a9-uc;)

-oc; -ou -o(v) -t ·01 -wv -ouc; -01

-uc; ·IOU -u -u -101 ·lWV -1ouc; -101

0 TOU TOV

01

TWV Touc;

nouns Adjectives in -'1~ in -ooc; (ouvex-~~) (I..I09'1T-~c;, nan~p-ac;) (ypal..ll..lar-tac;) nouns in -'le; in -ac;

_,_, _,

-'le;

-ac; -a -a

-a -cc; -wv •tc; -tc;

-cac; -to -&a -&a -≤ -tWV -tic; -&I<;

nouns in

0 TOU TOV 01 TWV Touc;

(~)-cc;

(~)-oc;

~ap-ac;

-wv -tic; -≤

(~)-0u5

(~)-'le;

(~)-oc;

nann-ouc;

-oc;

-a -a

-t~&c; -t~wv -t~&c; -t~tc;

•fl ·'l -tic;

adjectives in

Kacp-tc; -cc; -c -c -t

-'le; -ouc;

-a

-a~cc; -a~wv -a~cc; -a~cc;

_, .,_,

-ouc; -ou -ou •OU

· 'le;

-ou~cc; -ou~wv -ou~cc; -ou~cc;

-'l~&c; -'l~Wv -'l~tc; -'l~tc;

-oc;

-a -a -a -a~cc; -o~wv

-a~&c; -o~cc;

Characteristics of the masculine nouns are a) the final -c; of the nominative singular, b) the formation of the genitive, accusative and vocative singular by droping the final -c; of the nominative (with the excemption of those ending in -oc;), c)the ending -wv in the genitive plural. The adjectiv·e noAuc;, noM~, noAu Is Irregular: 0 TOU TOV 01 TWV Touc;

noA-uc; noA-u noA-u noM -of noM -wv noM -ouc;

,

TrJ<; T'lV 01 TWV Tl<;

noM-~

noM- c; noM -1 noM -cc; noM -wv noM-t c;

TO TOU TO TO TWV TO

noA-u noA-u noA-u noM -a noM-wv noM -a

Note that a) noAuc; is written with double A except in the masculine and neuter singular and b) the feminine and neuter first person (noM~ , noAU), the masculine first person plural (noMoO and the adverb noAu ( = much, very) are phonetically the same. Example:

m.iJC; J.mopouv rroM.o{ 6v8pwrrot va TTO.AU KpUO,'

~ouJ..Euouv

r6ao rro.Au J.le rro.Au 86pu{3o r7 rroM.ry (tOTTJ r7

105

a. The majority of feminine nouns end in -a or -11 (Gr.1) and form the genitive singular by taking an -<; (Gr.6) and the nominative plural with the ending -&<; (Gr.2). There is a category of feminine nouns ending in -11 in which this ending has replaced the ancient and Ka8apeuouaa ending -1<;. In modern Greek these nouns have kept in the nominative plural the ancient ending -&u;: 11 i5UVOIJI1 - 01 i5uv61J&I<; (~. V4), 11 8ea11 - 01 8ea&l<; ('-4, V10 ) , n M~11 - ot M~&l<; (4;, V20), n i5t68eall - ot i5ta8ea&l<; (L9 , V10) , n aKelJJ'l - 01 aKelJj£1<; (Lg, V21), l1 np68ea11 - Ol npo8ea£1<; (p. 67), l1 un68ea11 - Ol uno8ta&l<; (L12• V41). The ending of the genitive plural of these feminine nouns is -ewv (instead of -wv) : TWV i5UVOIJ·EWV, TWV 8£a-&WV, TWV Ae~·EWV, etc . With the ending -1<; and the ending -ewe; for the second person singular these words are still found in most dictionaries and other texts, signs and streets: Mouae(ov AKpon6A&w<; (Tl AKp6noA·I<;, Tllc; AKpon6A·&W<;, .... The ending -1<; has also been preserved in the English words borrowed from the Greek language (see Gr.1). lt is therefore easy for an English-speaking person to remember that the nominative plural of these words ends in -£1<; and not in -£<; like the other feminine nouns ending in -11. b. Another small category of feminine nouns have in the nominative singular the masculine ending -o<; and are declined like a masculine noun. We have met 11 oi56c; (L7 , V17) and its derivatives (e(aoi5oc;, t~oi5oc;, K68oi5oc;, 6.voi5oc;, nep(oi5oc;, np6oi5oc;). Oi56c; becomes TTlV oi56, Tllc; oi5ou, ot oi5o(, Ttc; oi5ouc;, Twv oi5wv. c. A few feminine nouns form the plural by adding a ~ (i5eATa) to their stem 11 ytayt6 yaya (grandmother) - ot ytayta~&<; yayai5es As a general rule the reader should remember that with the exception of those ending in -o<; all feminine nouns a) take an -<; in the genitive singular b) have the same ending for the nominative, accusative and vocative and c) form the genitive plural with the ending -wv which is the characteristic ending of this case for all three genders. d. The feminine form of the adjectives ends in -11. -a or -•a and is declined like the feminine nouns ending in -11 or -a . The adjectives whose stem ends in a vowel usually have the ending -a in the feminine form (o wpa(oc;, 11 wpa(a) and those endings in - K (K6na) the ending -1a (o yAuK-6c;, 11 yAuK-t6) . The feminine form of the masculine adjectives ending in -11<; (o uyt~<;. o i5te8v~<;) has the same ancient endings as the masculine form: 11 uyt~<; iyifs. Tll~ uytouc;, TflV uyt~, uyt~ , ot uyt&l<;, Twv uytwv, Tlc; uytefc;, uyt&f<;, 11 i5te8v~c;. Tllc; i5te8vouc;, Tfl i5te8v~. i5te8v~ . ot i5te8v&f<;, Twv i5te8vwv, Ttc; i5te8v&i<;, i5te8v&fc;.

106

1. Tt 8£)\et<; an6 IJEVa; 'O,TL ~TlnlOel<; ea OTO i5WOW 1-1e 1Jey6Al1 euxaplOTTlOl12 (efxaristisi). E~nf~w3 OTL Kern ea y fvet YL' QUTO TO ee1Ja4. 0Tli5~non: XPeLO~EOQl ~ea XPElQOTelC: va IJOU TO nEL<;. 2. 'Exw aKouoeL noAAtc; yvWIJE<; KOL unoeeoetc; i5ev txw OIJW<; ano<paofoeLs aK61Jl1 Tl ea Kavw. OLeKeeoeac;s OTLC: 1-1ey6Aec; n6)\£tc;7 txouv nav-ro-re em-ruxfas. LTTlV nep(mw0l19 Tl1 i5tKL6 oou i5ev efxec; TU)(Tl 10. 'Hoouv 6-ruxoc;11. 'H-rav IJLO 1JEY6Ar"J a-ruxfa1 2. 3. Au-rec; ne; ano-.a) . 4 . Ot M~EL<; nou XPTlOLIJOnmefc; (xrisimopiis) exouv nav-ro-re Oll!Jaofa. OL KL~oetc; 17 nou EKOVe ~TQV e~unvec;18. !:le IJnOpouoa va QVTli5p6ow19 CUTE erxa KOlp6 va ETOl1JclOW20 KOTL Katvoupyto21. 5. 'Qoo KQl QV EnLIJEVetc;22 6, Tl KQl VQ )\£<; Ounl OKOneueL23 va q>UyEL. Kaveva<; KOl TtnOTE i5ev !Jnopd va TTlV Kpan1oet24 r1 va TTlV KOVEL va aM6~El yvIJTl· To EXEL ano<paofoeL. 'Exet oKon62S va -.a YEIJOTa3s llE q>uatK£c;3s OJ..10plll'l<; e(vm i5ta<popeTLKfj43 an6 Tl1 i5LKrl 1-10<;. A6yw Tll<; OUVEXOU<; ent1J0~<;44 TOU nETUXe45 TO OKOn6 TOU. A£~1A6y1o

1.

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

C5tKaToc;, -11. -o nt~moc;, -11. -o Mkatos, -i, -o pemptos, -i, -o = fifteenth. The number 15 is C5tKant VT& CSekapente. 11 euxapi60la-a). See an6q>a0Tl (L13, V3s) 11 t K0£0'1 i ekeesi = exposition. From £K (out of) +atOll (thesis) = position, place (4, v,o). 11 n6A11 i p61i, pi. ot n6At 1c; i polis (Acropolis, lndianapolis) = city, town 11 t mruxfa i epitixra = success (en(+TU)(T) = luck) No10 11 nepfmwa11 i perlptosi = 1. case, 2. instance, circumstance 11 nJX'l i tlxi = luck, fortune aruxoc;, -11, -o atixos, -i, -o = unlucky, unfortunate (you recognize the privative a-) 11 aTuxfa i atixra = misfortune, bad luck. The opposite of luck 11 npoan69t la i prospa8ia = effort (npoc;+ naew: npoanaew = I try, l13, V42)

107

Fifteenth lesson (L1sJ

1. What do you want from me? Whatever you ask I will give it to you with pleasure (aro owaw = a& ro owaw) . I hope that something will be done for (about) this subject (mutter). Anything you need or you will need you should say it to me. 2. I have listened to many opinions and suggestions but I have not yet decided what I will do (note that the plural of yvw~Tl is yvw~ec;, but the word un69EO'Tl which originally was un69eO'lc; = hypothesis has preserved the ancient ending in -etc;: uno9£aetc;}. The expositions (exhibitions) in the big cities have always success. In your own case you did not have luck. You were unlucky. lt was a great bad luck. 3. These decisions I do not consider them correct. With as many forces as I have I will continue my efforts and the struggles. I will not stop never (ever). I am decided (determined) to find the truth in this case. She decides for everything (for all) [Ta n6VTa is the neuter plural of the ancient adjective o nac;, 11 naoa, TO nav = everyone, everything (see 4>, v11) . Ta n6VTa is used alternatively with 6Aa). 4. The words that you use have always importance. The movements that he made were clever. I could not react neither I had time to prepare something new. 5. As much as (however much) you (might) insist whatever you (might) say she intends to leave (Kat is added for emphasis). No one and nothing can not (can) keep her or make her change her opinion (mind). She has decided it. She has intention to go away. 6. I can not wait more (OMo has the place of an adverb here) . I am forced to examine all the circumstances in order to find the truth in this case. I am forced to do it. 7. Greece is a country with great interest. Its towns and villages, its land, the seas and its mountains are all full with (of) natural beauties and historical recollections (memories). lt is a place that all as many as (those that) have the same ideals with (as) the ancient Greeks they feel it (as) theirs. 8. The attitude of the international common (public) opinion is different from that of ours. Because of (A.6yw is the dative case of A.6yoc, meaning by reason of) his continuous insistance he succeeded (achieved) his purpose (goal). 14. o aywvac; o ay6nas (agonist)= 1. struggle, 2. contest. Ot OM11J11taKo( aywvec:, = The Olympic games. 15. OTO~OTW stamat6 = stop (s.p. OTOI..UTrT)O-a) 16.. anocpaoto~tvoc;, -I"J, -o apofasismenos, -i, -o = decided, determined. The participle of the passive voice of anocpaof~w = decide No 5 17. 11 KfVI"JOI"J i kfnissi, (telekinesis, kinesiotherapy, kinetic) = movement, motion 18.. t~unvoc;, -11. -o eksipnos, -i, -o = clever, witty. From e~ (out of) +unvoc:, = sleep (L12 , V 13) 19. aVTtlSpw anti~r6 = react. From avr( (against) +~pw (drastic) = act 20. &TOI~O~W etimazo (etymology) = prepare (s.p. €TO(IJOO'-a). See £TOIIJO<; L14o v4 21. Katvoupytoc;, -a , -o keno6ryos, -a, - o = new, modern 22. &m~tvw epimeno = insist (s.p. eneiJetv-a) From em (upon) + IJevw = stay. See prepositions p. 69 23. oKon&uw skopevo = 1. aim, take aim (s.p. oK6m:uo-a), 2. intend. See o oKon6c:, below 24. Kparw krat6 (democrat, aristocrat) = keep, hold (s.p. KPOTTlo-a). See KpaTLeiJOL (L13, V64) 25. o oKon6c; o skop6s (telescope, microscope, peri scope) = 1. purpose intention, 2. aim , goal, target, scope

108

26. avayKo~w anangazo = force, compel (s.p. avayKaa-a) avayKo~OJ.IOI anangazome = be forced (s.p. avayKOOTTJK-a). 27. £~tr6~w eksetazo = examine (s.p. e~&Taa-a) 28. avayKOOJJt voc;, -11. -o anangasmenos, -i, -o = forced, compelled. The participle of avayKa~o~OL No 26 29. 11 xwpa i xora = 1. land, 2. country 30. TO £V~Iacptpov to en~uaferon = interest (ev+~la+cptpw = bring, bear) = £V~Iacptpw = I interest. Ev~lacptpOJ.IOI = be interested (s.p. ev~laq>ep8-11KO) 31 . TO XWPI6 - pi. TO XWPIO to XOri6, ta xoria = Village(s) 32. 11 Yl1 i yi (apoge, geography) = 1. earth, 2. land 33. 11 86Aaooa I 8a1asa (thalassocracy, thalassanaemia) = sea 34. To pouv6 - pi. To pouvo to voon6, ta voond = mountain(s) 35. Y£J.IOToc;, -11. -o yematos, - , -o = full 36. cpuo1K6c;, -~ . -6 fisik6s, - , -o = (physical) = natural. From 11 cpua., = nature 37. 11 OJ.IOpcp•o i omorfya = beauty. 'OJ.Iopcpoc;, -11, -o = pretty, handsome. lt comes from the prefix £U- = nice, good (L1, V11 ) +~opcp~ (morphology) = form (lit. of nice form) 38. 1arop1K6c;, -rt -6 rstorik6s, -1, -o historical, historic 39. 11 avoJ.IVI101'J i anamnissi (anamnesis) = recollection, memory. lt comes from 11 J.IVrlJ.II1 (mnemonic) = memory. The opposite of ~vtlWl is OJ.IVI"Jofa = amnesia 40. o xwpoc; o x6ros (choregraphic) = 1. place, area, 2. space, room. Do not confuse o xwpoc; with o xop6c; = the dance (L12 , V23) which is stressed on the last syllable and is written with an o (6~lKpov) . The English word borrowed from o xop6c; is choreography.The words 11 xwpa (No 29) and TO XWPI6 {No 31) come from o xwpoc;. 41 . TO I~OVIK6 - pi. TO I~OVIKO to 1~an k6 - ta iO. nika = ideal(s) 42. 11 aroa., 1stasr (ecstasy) = 1. attitude, 2. stop, 3. suspension, 4. pose 43. ~lacpoptTIK6c;, -r1. -6 ~iaforetik6s, -1, -o = different 44. 11 £niJ.IOV~ 1epimonl = insistance, persistence. From en(+ ~tvw = em~tvw. See No 22. 45. n£TUxafvw petixeno = succeed (s.p. ntTux-a)

=

Endings of the feminine nouns and adjectives

'1 TI'Jc; TI'JV 01 TWV Tic;

nouns and adjectives

adjectives

nouns and adjectives

in -a

in -1a

in -11

ve-a xwp-a vt-ac; xwp-ac; ve-a xwp-a vt-£c; xwp-£c; ve-wv xwp-wv ve-£c; xwp-£c;

Y~UK-10 y~uK-1oc;

K~-~ KQ~·rlc;

Y~UK-10 Y~UK-Itc; y~uK-WV

K~-rl


K~-tc;

cpwv-t c;
Y~UK-Itc;

K~-wv K~-tc;

cpwv-r1
nouns

adjectives

in -11

in -oc;

in -l')c;

eta-1') eta-11c; eta-1') eea-£1c; et a-£wv et a-£1c;

o~-6c; o~-ou

UYl·rlc; uyl-rl uyl-rl UYl-£fc; uyl-WV uyt-dc;

o&-6 o~-of o~-wv

o~ouc;

Characteristics of the feminine nouns (except those ending in -oc;) are: a) the formation of the genitive singular by adding an -c; to the nominative, b) the sam e form of the nom inative, accusative and vocative, c) the end ing -wv is the genitive plural. Those ending in -oc; are d eclined like the masc uline nouns ending in -oc;.

109

Gr. 15 a. The majority of neuter nouns end in -o or -1 (Gr.1) and form the genitive singular with the ending -ou (like the masculine nouns) and the nominative plural with the ending -a . Those ending in -1 move the stress to the last syllable in the genitive case singular and plural (natoi, nato1ou, natoui)V). There are a few neuter nouns which have different endings in the nominative and genitive singular and sometimes the nominative plural.

b.

A category of neuter nouns end in -J,Ja. These have preserved the ancient way of declension by adding a syllable in the genitive singular and in the plural. The additional ending in the genitive singular is -Toe;, in the nominative and accusative plural -Ta, and in the genitive -T(a)V: TO 1J68T)J.IC, TOU 1J08r'JIJO·TO<;, TQ 1J08rl1JC·TO, TWV 1J08111..16-T(a)V (l 1, V2) = the lesson, TO y p61JJ,JC, TOU yp61JIJC·TO<;, TQ yp61JIJC·TC, TWV YPCIJIJ6·T(a)V (L5 , V2) = the letter, TO 6VOJ.IC, TOU OV61JO·TO<;, TQ OV61JO·TC, TWV OVOIJcl·T(a)V (l 7, V25) = the name, TO nap6oe:tyJJa, Tou napaoe:ly1Ja-roc;, Ta n apaoe:ly1Ja-ra, Twv napaoe:ty1J6·T(a)V = the example (L11. V23). Note that in the genitive plural the accent moves from the third to the second syllable from the end: Ta YPOIJIJCTa, Twv YPCIJIJOTwv. The same additional syllable (-roe;, -ra, -rwv) is taken by a few neuter nouns ending in -ov, -av, -&v, a small group ending in -oc;, -ac;, -we; after dropping the final -<;, and those ending in -IJJO after changing the final -o to -a (-aroc;, -aTa, -arwv): TO Tou TO TWV

K09~K-OV

Ka9r1Kov-Toc; K08rlKOV·TO K0811KOV-TWV

n-av nav-T6c; naV-TO naV-TWV


V£VOV·6~

Kpt-a~


VTUO'·IIJO


yeyov6-Toc; yeyov6-Ta yeyoVO·TWV

Kpea-roc; Kpea-Ta Kp€0-TWV


VTUO'liJ· OTOc; VTUO'liJ· OTO VTUOliJ· OTWV

(Ka8f)Kov = duty, nav = everything (le. V11 ) , q>wvf)&v = vowel, ye:yov6c; = fact, Kpeac; (pancreas) = meat, q>wc; = light (L2 , V6 ) , VTUOIJ.IO = dress).

c. A small number end in -oc; like the masculine nouns but they are declined differently. They have the ending -ouc; in the genitive singular and the ending -11 in the nominative plural: TO A68-oc;, TOU A68-ouc;, TQ Acl8-I"J (Lg, v 23) = mistake, TO TEA·O<;, TOU TEA·ouc;, Ta TEA· I"J (L12, V3a) = end. The same ,endings occur in the neuter form of the masculine adjectives ending in ·I"J<; (like o ote8v-~c;) which has preserved in the nominative singular the ancient ending -t<;: TO ote:Sv-t c;. Tou ote:Sv-ouc;, To C5te8v-tc;, C5te8v-tc;, TQ 01E8V-~, TWV Ol€8V-WV, TQ C5te8v-~, C5te8v-~.

110

,,

Gr. 15

The remaining neuter adjectives have the ending -o or -1 and are declined like the neuter nouns ending in -o or - 1. A few neuter adjectives that end in -u (o yXuKuc;, 11 yXuKt6, To yXuKu), or -IKO (o ~11Xt6p-11c;, T') ~qXL6p-a, TO ~11Xt6p-1KO = jealous) have the same endings.

d. The mood of the verb expressing a condition or a possibility is formed in Greek with the word ea and the imperfect or the pluperfect tense of the verb: ea f]eexa = I would like, ea crou eAE.ya = I would tell you, ea crou elxa net = I would have told you, ea mcreavOJ.lOUVa = I would feel, ea erxa mcreavee( = I would have felt.

e.

Certain verbs are mainly used in the third person singular of the active or passive voice. These verbs are called impersonal as they do not refer to a specific subject. When needed, the subject is indicated by the ending of the second verb of the sentence. Such verds are: unapx&l iparxi = there is (un6pxw =exist, L1 1. VH) nptntl va = must, should, it is necessary, it is fitting· XPtiO~tTOI va xriazete =there is need to {Xpet6~0J.l0l = I need, L11 , V19 ) np6K&nm va pr6kite = is going to (happen) np6KtiTOI VIO = it is about ylviTal yinete = is going on, it happens (ylvoJ.Jat = become, take place, L9 , Vn) OUIJ(Jaivtl va sinveni = it happens that (Note that the 1J before the 13 is pronounced n) cpaiv&Tm 6TI fenete = it seems that (cpa(voj.lm = seem, look) (la, V6) AtytTal 6TI leyete = it is said (M(y)w - MyoJ.lOL = say) ('-£, V1 8 ) apKti va arki = it suffices, provided that (apKw = I suffice) q>9avtl va or q>TOV&I va f8ani or ftani = it is enough, provided that (cp86vw or qm:lvw = arrive, reach) (IL12. V43) anoKAti&Tal va apokliete = it is excluded to, it is out of the question that (anoKAE.IwO!lOl = exclude, be excluded) a~i~&l va aksizi = it is worthwhile to (at;l~w = be worth, deserve) (L11 , V 11 ) ~tv n&lpa~tl 5en pirazi = it does not matter, it is of no importance (netp6~w = annoy) aptotl va aresi with the personal pronouns 1Jt, ot, TOV etc. = lt pleases me, I like to &mTptn&Tal epitrepete = it is permitted (emTpenw = I permit) (Lg, V 15) anayoptu&TOI apayorevete = it is forbidden (anayopeuw = I forbid, I prohibit) (L8 , V4) Here are some common phrases with the above impersonal verbs: <1>9av&l, 5ev unapx&• OMT') AUO'T') (it is enough, there is no other solution) . Ynapxtl A.uO'T') , cp9av&l va ~epetc; (there is solution, provided that you know). nptntl va n pooexouJ.lE 6XOL J.JO<:; (we must all of us take care). Xp&IO~&Tal npocroxfl (there is need (for) caution). XptiO~tTal va npocrexouJ.le (there is need that we take care) . aiv&Tal 6TI KOTL np6K&ITaJ va y(vet (it seems that something is going to happen). 'Onwc; cpalv&Tm 5ev np6K&ITOI va p8et (as it seems he is not going to come). np6K&ITaJ y1a creva (it is about you).

111

lsa01~ ypappanK~

Gr.

1sl

IuJJpaiv£1 JlLO q>op6 116vo, ~£ ylvtTal ouxva (it happens only once, it does not happen often). nwc; ouJJPalvt l va doat e~w ; (how does it happen that you are here?) 6.e ylvtTm aUT6 TO np6y11a (this thing does not happen (can't be done). 6.e yfvtTOIT(noTe (nothing is being (can be) done (it is no use) . At ytTal 6TI ~ev apKti va e(oat Kalveoat (it is said that it does not suffice to be good but you should and (also) look (good). ApKd va ~epetc; l'l Kavetc;. (provided that you know what you do). lltv nt1p6~£1 , apK£1 va e(om KaA6 (it is of no importance, it suffices that you are alright) . llev ne1p6~1 nou ~ev ~p9ec; (it does not matter that you did not come) . An oKAdtTal va e(vat aur6c; (it is out of the question that it is him). AnoKAEit Tal a~ 11 AUOTJ (this solution is excluded). llev a~f~£1 va nac; Kat ecru (it is not worthwhile going you too) . A~i~e1 va n611e apKEi va IJTlV anayopeueTat (it is worthwhile that we (to) go provided that it is not forbidden). cl>afvtTal 6TI o'aptoe1 6,1't ~ev tmTpt ntTal (it seems that it pleases you (you like) what is not allowed) .

Endings of the neuter nouns and adjectives nouns

adjectives and nouns in -o (&vrp-o JJtydA-o)

TO TOU TO TO TWV TO

in -1

in -u

(nmO..Q

(~ae-u)

-0

·l -tou ·l

·0

-l

·0

·OU

-a ·WV -a -a

·U ·lOU ·U -u -to -twv -to -to

Ka6f)Ko-v n6-v 6vo-J.IO cpwvf)e-v ·JJO · JJOTO~

·JJO ·JJO -JJOTO ·JJOTWV ·JJOTO ·JJOTO

·V -vroc; ·V -V -VTO -vrwv ·VTO -VTO

nouns

yeyov6-<; Kpea-c;

adjectives

in -oc; in -£c; vtUO-IJ.IO (A6.9-oc;) (owex-tc;)

cpw-<; -~

·lJJO

-TO~

·lJJOTO~

-~

·lJJO -liJO -(JJOTQ ·JJOTWV -(JJOTO ·lJJOTO

-<; -TO ·TWV ·TO ·TO

-0~

-e~

-ou~

-oc; -oc;

-ec; -ec; ·T) -wv ·T) ·T)

Characteristics of the neuter nouns are: a) the same form of the nominative, accusative and vocative in both singular and plural, b) the ending -wv in the genitive plural, c) the move of the stress to the last syllable in the genitive of those ending in -1 d) the move of the stress to the second syllable from the end in the genitive plural in those taking an additional syllable in the plural (-To, -Twv).

112

1. ea crou £A£ya noMa IJUO'TLKa2 QV cre: 8e:wpoucra q>LAO IJOU. Av f)~e:pe:~ KCrn ea IJOU TO ELXE~ nEl. 0a moeav61JOUVQ neptoo6repo3 EUTUXlOj.leV0~4 EQV tlOOUV KOVTQ IJOU (OV cre: e:lxa 5(nA.a IJOU). Av IJ'ayanouoe:~ ea TO e:fxa moeavee:L 2. Mou E~tlY110E TO A.aen nou eKOVQ OTQ ypaj.lj.IOTQ nou TOU EOTEl.Aa5 . LTO TEAO~ TOU IJOef)IJOTO~ ea OOU TO nw. ea OOU TO eA£ya X8E~ OTO Tl1Aeq>WVO aM6. 6EV ElXO KOlp6. 3. H 6uva1Jl1 TOU nVEUIJaTO~ (pnevmatos) KOl TOU VOU ELVOl IJEYaAUTEP11 an6 Tl1 6uva1Jl1 TOU OWIJOToc;B. To IJUaA6 (mial6) TOU E:LVOl e:6w aM6. ll 4JUXT'J1 TOU aMou8 (alo6). 'EXE:L IJEYOAr) OWIJOTLK(J9 6uva1Jll aMa IJLKPrl 4JUXLKf) aVToxf1 10. Euxaptarr1811Ka (efxaristi8ika) IJE: Tll ltJUxtl iJOU (IJ€ 6Al1 TOU Tl1 4Juxfl) . 4. Ot Apxafot (arxei) e"A.eyav: "Nouc; uvu1c; ev OWIJOTL uytec;". LWIJOTLe:(vm 'l 50TLKf] 11 TOU crwiJaTo~. T11 5oTLKrl ot ApxaiOL Tl1 XP'lOLIJonotoucrav cre: an6VT'l0'112 Tl'l~ e:pWTI10'1~ 1 3 OE nOL6V. ITa vea EMnvtK6. ea XP'lOLIJOnOLOUOaiJE: (Xrisimopio6same) Tr)V QlTLaTLKf]14 : oe: OWIJO uyt&c;. s. To 56ooc;1s elvm ~wf) . n pene:t vo ayan61Je: To 6eVTpa16. /1e:v apKe:(17, 61Jwc;1s, 1-16vo va TO ayan6.1JE:, XPE:la~E:TOL 1 9 VQ TO ne:ptnOLOUIJE:ea20 KOLVO TO npOOTOTE:UOUIJE:21. 6. Tt np6KE:LTm22 va K6.ve:t~ Twpa; /1e: <pa(ve:Tm va un6pxe:t23 A.u01124 . /1e:v l!.mapxe:t KaiJ(a e:A.nf6a2s. 11e:v np6Ke:LTOL va <po~11ew Km va unoxwpflcrw2B. ea npoxwpt'lcrw27 KOL 6Tt e:fvm va yfve:t2B a~ yfve:t28. Xwpfc; e:A.nfba o 6v8pwnoc; be: ~e:t. 7 . IuyvWIJ'l 29 (siyn6mi), eKava A.69o~. Ia~ ~TlTW ouyvWIJ'l yta To e6puJ3o. Me: ouyxwpe(Te: (sinxorite) eeA.w VQ ne:paow. /1e: 9a OE OUYXWPrlOW noTe YL' OUTO nou EKOVE:<:;. 8. Tt OUIJJ3a(ve:L (sinveni) IJ€ oeva; rtaTI apye(~; /1e: ea 1-Jnopoucre:c:; va KOVetc; mo ypf]yopa; 11e:v unapxe:LTp6noc; va TE:Ae:twoe:t auTf] n tarop(a; Nm, auTf) e(vm 11 apxfl TOU T&A.ouc;. EmT&A.ou~. xacraiJE: T6oo XP6Vo. Kp(1Ja30. XaiJEVO~ XP6VO~. 9. ea IJnopoucra va efxa K6.ve:t aUT6 nou ee:~ (SeAe:t~) e:6v e:lxa ne:ptoo6n:po Katp6 (XP6vo) . /1e:v ne:tp6.~e:t3 1 apKe:f nou To crKe
t KToc; Mkatos ektos = sixteenth. The number 16 is ~tKa £~1 TO J.IU<mK6 mistik6 (mystic) = secret n &piC7C76T&po peris6tero = more &urux•aJJt voc;, -11, -o eftixismenos, -i, -o = happy. From eu + TU)(Tl = luck {~, V7 ) CJTtAvw stelno (Anc. CJTt Uw stelo) ;;:: send. (s.p. t CJT&IAa). From em+crreMw comes 11 tmCJToAri epistoli {epistle) = letter, written message or communicatiQn and from ano+crreMw comes 11 anoCJToArj apostolf= mission and o an6CJToAoc; (apostle) = the missionary 6. TO C7WIJO s6ma (somatic, chromosome) = body 7. 'lliJUXrl psixr (psychiatrist, psychoanalysis) =soul 8. aUou aloe = elsewhere. From 6Moc; (allegory) {l1, V17 ) 9. C7WIJOTIK6c;, -ri, -6 somatik6s, -i, -6 = physical. See OWIJO above 10. f'l aVToxri i antoxr ;;:: endurance. Fro m aVT(+exw = aVTexw 11. f'l ~OTJKrl i ~otikl = dative case 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

~tKaToc;

113

Sixteenth lesson (L16) 1. I would tell you many secrets if I considered you my friend. If you knew something you would have said it to me. I would feel more happy (happier) if you were near me (if I had you beside me) . If you loved me I would have felt it. 2. He explained to me the mistakes I made in the letters that I sent him. At the end of the lesson I will say them to you. I would have said them to you yesterday at the telephone but I had no time. 3. The force of the spirit and the mind is greater than the force of the body. His brain (mind) is here but his soul elsewhere. He (or she} has great physical force but small psychical endurance. I was pleased with my soul (with all my soul) (an expression of full con ten~. 4. The Ancients {01 Apxafm with a capital A is an expression referring to the ancient Greeks) said: sound mind in sound body (meaning that a defective body may have an impact on the soundness of the mind) . LWIJOTl is the dative of the {word) body. The dative the Ancients they used it in answer to the question to whom. In modern Greek we would use the accusative: in (a) sound body. s. The forest is life. We must love the trees. lt is not sufficient, however, only to love them. lt is necessary to take good care of them and protect them. 6. What are you going to do now? lt does not seem to exist (a) solution. There is not no one (any) hope. I am not going to be frightened and to retreat. I will go forward (proceed) and whatever is to be done let it be done. Without hope (the) man does not live (= ~El, Lg, V 1g). 7. Pardon, I made (a) mistake. I ask (beg) you (your) pardon for the noise. Forgive (excuse) me I want to pass. I wll not forgive you never (ever) for this that you did (what you did). (Note: ouyvWIJ'l, oac:; ~'1TW ouyvww1 and IJE ouyxwpefTe (L9 , V19) are expressions for apologizing). 8. What is the matter with you? Why are you slow? Couldn't you do more quickly? There is no way that this story (matter) finishes? Yes, this is the beginning of the end. At last, we lost so much time. Pity. Lost time. 9. I could have done that that you want (Sec; is the contracted form of 8eA£tc:;) if I had more time. lt does not matter, it is sufficient that you thought (of) it. If I had the courage (liberty) I would (have) ask you a personal favour. I take the courage to ask you an advice. 12. rJ anDVTrJO'l i apantisi = answer. From the verb anaVTw = answer reply (Lg, V8) 13. rJ tpWTrJOrJ i er6tisi pi. 01 tp(I)T~attt; = question(s) . From the verb (t)pwrw

(e)rot6 ;;;;;: ask

(Lg, Vy) 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.

rJ amanK~ etiatiki = accusative case. From 11 aiTia (etiology) ;;;;;: the cause, the reason

ro ~aao<; Msos ;;;;;: forest TO ~tVTpo 5endro (rhododendron, dendroid) ;;;;;: tree apKti arkl ;;;;;: is sufficient, is enough, provided that. The third person of the verb apKw 6~(1)<; 6mos = however

= suffice

114 19. XP£IO~&Tal xriazete = is needed, t here is need. The third person of the verb XP£t6~0IJOl = need (l 11 , V19) 20. n tpmoiOUIJOI peripio6me = 1. tak e good care of, 2. attend courteously, 3. treat kindly. From ne:pt (about) + notOUIJOl, the passive voice of n01w = do, make (see the verb XP110l!JOnotw in ~. V:!l.) 21 . npoOTaT£uw prostatevo = protect. 0 npoOT61T)c; = the protector, he who stands before. The prostate gland took this name because it is situated before the bladder. 22. np6 K£1TOI pr6kite = is going to 23. una pxe1 iparxi = it exists, there is. The third person of the verb un 6 pxw = exist (L,,, V17 ) 24. 11 Auo11 llsi (dialysis, analysis) = so lution 25. 11 tAnl~a elpf5a = hope 26. unoxwpw ipoxor6 1. retreat, 2. withdraw, 3. yield. From un o (under) + xwpw = march, go forward 27. npoxwpw proxor6 = 1. go forward , 2. advance, 3. proceed . From npo (in front of)+ x wpw 28. va y fv t 1, ac; y fvtl = let it be done, the subjunctive of y fVOIJOI = become (~. V17) 29. 11 ouyvWIJI1 i siyn6mi pardon, excuse. From o uv (plus, with) +YVWIJ11 = opinion (~.Vv. The final v of ouv becom es y before a y , x or K (see the preposition ouv p. 68) 30. KpfiJa krlma = pity 3 1. ne1p6~£1 pirazi = it matters. The third person of the verb ne1p6~w 1. tease, 2. annoy, 3. vex (5 ev ne:tp6~e:t = it does not matter, it is of no importance). 32. oKtq>TOIJOI skeftome = 1. think, 2. reflect. H oKt tiJI1 (sceptical) = the thought (~. V21) 33. TO 86ppoc; earos = courage 34. 11 ouiJpouA~ simvooll = advice

=

=

=

The philosopher En(Koupo~ (Epic urus), born in Samos in 341 BC, taught that pleasure is the supreme good and the basis of morality:

"Tqv ~oovqv 1 apxqv2 Ken ttA<M;S At yopev4 ia.va\ tOU paKap((a)c;5 ~ei'v6" We say the pleasure is the beginning and the end of happily living. but he specified that:

"•.•
Jllin 10 aAye'iv ll K
1pUXJ1V 15

"

.... when we say pleasure ... we say not the pleasures of the prodigal ... but the neither feeling pain In the body nor being disturbed In the soul .

1. 11115ovJ1 (hedonism) = pleasure, 2. 11 apxJ1 = L 10 , V5 , 3. TO TeAo~ = L12 , V'JJ, 4. M yw = Ls. V 18, 5. IJOKap(w~ makarlos (macarism) = in a blessed and happy way, 6. ~e:tv = living, the infinitive of ~w ~. V':!J, 7. 6Tav ~ when, 8. ou = not L2, V5 , 9. ot 6owTot, Twv aowTwv = the pro digal, dissolute, 10. IJJlTE ... IJJlTe: = neither ... nor, 11 . OAye:(v = the infinitive of aAyw (analgesic) = feel pain, 12. KaT6 = by, in, 13. To OWIJO = No 6, 14. Tap6TTe:o9at tarates9e (ataraxia) = being disturbed, being upset, 15. 11 ~uxfl = No 7.

115

"UEpi 1••• lOU Oc.JJlcnoc;2 EDlJlEAElav! 6lnac;4 E~pov 5 imlOlljJlac;6 oi aV9p6)DOl tljv icnpuafv7 KO( tljV fUJlVOOllKJ}V S... ti;;v tijc; tpuxijc; app(OO'ti)Jlclt(I)V IOKa( ua96iv cp1Aoaocpia 12J16VIJ cpappaKov15em( 14" nAo(Jrapxoc:. Henca

9

llq

Plutarch.

Ethics

About •. the care of the body people found double sciences (the) medicine and (the) gymnastics ... of (for) the diseases and sufferlngs of the soul philosophy alone Is the drug.

=

1. nep( about (prepositions p. 67), 2. TOU OWIJOTO~ genitive oho crwtJa= body, No 6, 3. ll Ent1JeA€ta = care, 4. <5tTT6~ = double, 5. eupov = ~pf)Kav (p. 85), 6. emOT{)IJa~ sciences, 7. TT)V taTptKf)v (pediatrics) medicine (ace.) 8. TT)V YUIJVOOTLKf)v = gymnastics (ace.) 9. Tll~ tJJuxflc; = No 7, 10. TO appwatf)IJaTa, -wv (Anc.) = diseases (in modern Greek ot appwottec;), 11 . TO n68o~, TO n68T'], -WV (pathology) sutferings (in modern Greek n68o~ = passion), 12. Tl cp!Aocrocp(a = philosophy, 13. TO cp6p1JOKov (pharmacology) drug , 14. eat( = dvat.

=

=

=

•

~

, ..., '"-

=

>-

·~

·.

-·... ~~~1 -~~U~/

Tu Acyalo eyeo (= Aegean sea) an6 Tov K.

r paJ.1~aT6nouAo

116

H 0e6 (= godess. See o 0e:6~ Lg, V2) Yyda iyia hygiene (= health . L 14, V5 7)

117

The continuity of the Greek language lt is evident from the passages quoted in this method that the Greek language from Homer and the philosophers of Classical times to the Evangelists and Byzantine literature, and right down to the present day has been one language that has enjoyed a continuous tradition. In the course of its development the Greek language has certainly undergone many phonological and morphological changes and much reorganization. However, as a language it has remained essentially the same so that Greek of earlier stages has not only been familiar to Greek-speakers of later stages but has offered them the choice of using a larger stock of linguistic patterns. This is attested by the literary texts and written documents of all periods, which are a mixture of the contemporary spoken language with older forms. This tradition is particularly true for modern Greek which has such a long and rich literary history behind it. The student of modern Greek should, therefore, be aware of the main changes that have occurred through the 3,500 years of its history. This will enable him to understand the variability of forms and endings, and the flexibility of expression of modern Greek. The greater changes that had a profound impact on the present form of the Greek language took place during three periods: 1. The Hellenistic period 2. Early Byzantine times 3. The period following the liberation of Greece in 1821. 1. The Hellenistic period is marked by the prevalence of the Attic-based KOLvtl which replaced the local dialects in Greece and became an international language. After the Roman conquest of Greece the KOLvtl remained an international language spoken throughout the Roman Empire and was the main language of the peoples of its eastern part, that included Greece, the Middle East and Egypt, where the first Christian centres were founded. lt is therefore natural that the earliest Christian literature, such as the Gospels, the letters of St. Paul and the writings of the Fathers of the Church were written in the KOLVf) . To suit the great variety of peoples who had to learn and use it, the KOLvtl went through a process of simplifications which affected not only the form of the words but also their pronunciation. In the same period the Alexandrian grammarians introduced the accents to indicate to foreign people learning Greek the correct pronunciation of the words. Early Christian literature amply documents these changes, but more revealing of the pronunciation of the Greek letters at that time are the documents and letters of ordinary and presumably not well-schooled people. The spelling errors and the alternative use of one vowel or combination of vowels instead of another leaves no doubt that both had the same sound. This is well illustrated in the following example taken from Professor Babiniotis "XuvorrrtKrJ (= concise, synopt1c) taropfa TT7~ EMryvtKrJ~ yAwaaa~" (1986):

...

118

Letter of eep1Jouo6.c; to his mother (2nd century AD) : "8~ppou66c;... TTJ pf}rpt rrJ..iara xtptv K~ 6ta rravrtc; uy~vtv. 'EAaf3a...(~UYTJ efKoat Kt KoMoupta 6tKa (~uyTJ... Kat rr6c; ~xt pou o rrarf}p .. 11

eep1Jouo6.c; uses the simplest way of expressing the sound of the letters writing ~ instead of at, t instead of eLand o instead of w, rrMara instead of nA.Efata (= many, much), xtptv instead of xa(petv, KC instead of Kat, uytvtv in the place of uyLa(veLv and rr6c; instead of nwc;. Even the common verb txet is spelt ext. So the student of modern Greek can be reassured that the way he pronounces the Greek leters is no different from the sound these letters had at the time of Jesus Christ. Besides the phonetical, many morphological changes of modern Greek have their origin in the modifications that the Kotvf] brought to the Attic dialect. 2. The second important phase was Early Byzantine Times, during which the main features of modern Greek had taken shape. Although the written documents of this period are scarce it has been established that the fundamental changes in the structure of modern Greek belong to the period of transition from the ancient world to the middle ages, so that by AD 1,000 spoken Greek had already assumed most of the characteristics of modern Greek. 3. The third period starts with the birth of the Greek state in 1827 and is marked by a) the definition of an official language, b) the elimitation of a large number of Turkish and other loan-words, and c) the immense lexical enrichment of the language necessitated by scientific, social, political and cultural develpments. The new words were mainly formed from the rich lexical stock of the Greek language of all times. The definition of a national language for the new Greek state was not an easy task. The language of the people, the majority of whom had remained illiterate during the Turkish occupation, was considered insufficient for the needs of a modern state. The Orthodox hierarchy communicated in the traditional learned Byzantine Greek and the educated Greeks of the diaspora wrote in a language that was a mixture of learned and spoken Greek of their choice and therefore by no means uniform. There was also a tendency to restore the Attic dialect as the national language. Finally, a form of purified language the Ka8apeuouaa was adopted as the official language of the state. Ka8apeuaouaa was up to 1975 the language of education, of scientific and technical writing and, in slightly modified form, of the newspapers. However, alongside the Ka8apeucrouaa the spoken language 11 0111JOTtKft was used in everyday speech and in the majority of literary texts, leading to a state of diglossy that took serious political and social dimensions until 1975 when a form of 6111JOTtKft, ft veoM11VtKft (modern Greek), was adopted as the national language. A speaker of modern Greek, however, following a long tradition Is by no means Impeded from making use of words or linguistic forms from earlier periods if he considers them appropriate to his writing or speech.

119

The main changes that took place over the centuries can be summarized as follows: 1. The great majority of changes concern morphological and phonological modifications of the word, the meaning of which remains identical with that of Classical times. For instance, the child in Classical and hellenistic Greek is o na(~, accusative Tov na(oa and the dimunitive TO nmo(ov and TO nmi56ptov (= small child) . In modern Greek the child is TO nmi5( and the small child To nati56Kt. 2. Other common morphological changes of the words are: a) the disappearance of initial and medial unaccented vowels: ru..1epa -)- J.ltpa, epum.{) -)o pwTC.I>, eup(oKw ---+ [3p(oKw, eupr'}Ka (eureka) ---+ f3Pr1Ka, oui5ev (nothing) ---+ i5ev (not), ohlyo~-)- Myo~ .

b) the elimination Of the final v: TllV XWPOV ---+ Tll XWPO and c) the change of certain consonants to others, like the change of ~ to i5eVTpo) or of K to X (OKTW ---+ O)(TW) .

VT

(i5evi5pov

-)o

3. Another common change is the formation of a new nominative singular of the nouns from the accusative singular of the ancient word. In ancient Greek since the Homeric poems the father was o naTnp, TOV naTtpa, Tou naTp6c;. From Tov naTepa a new nominative o naTtpac; was created by adding the characteristic ending "c;" of the nominative singular of masculine nouns. Similarly, from 'li..1'1TrlP. TllV IJ11Ttpa, Tll<; J..1'1TP6<; came the modern 11 IJI1Ttpa and from 11 EM6~, TI1V EMa~a. Tll<; EM6i5oc; was formed 11 EMa~a (however all Greek stamps bear the Ancient and Ka8apeuouoa form EMAL). 4. Another type of change is the maintenance of the form of the word, but the loss or alteration of its original meaning. For instance the verb q>LAW in ancient meant I like, I love (ov 8eo( cplAOUOl 8vf]oKeL veoc; = 6nOLOV Ol eeo( aya1110UV ne8a(vet (= dies) veoc;). In modern Greek cptA.w has only one meaning = I kiss. The ancient word for "I marry" has become a vulgar verb which creates a great embarassment to priests reading the Gospels in which this verb is often mentioned with its ancient meaning of course! (lt would also be catastrophic if someone said to a Greek girl/ want to marry you in ancient Greek). 5. A large series of new words have been formed from earlier existing words, roots or stems by derivation or composition, a process that continues down to the present day. For instance to form the word hotel the words ~evoc; (stranger, foreigner ~.V4 ) and i5oxeCo (receptacle, pot, vase) were combined: ~evoi5oxefo. The word for football is noi56ocpmpo (from n6i5t foot (~. V10) and ocpa(pa ball, sphere). Airport is aepoi5p61JLO from aepa air and i5p61Jo<; = street(~. V14) . A great many scientific terms were first formed from Greek roots in a language other than Greek and then reintroduced into modern Greek such as T11Mcpwvo (telephone), IJLKpooK6mo (microscope), Kapi5toA.oy(a (cardiology) etc.

=

=

=

120

In spite of the above changes a great part of the ancient Greek lexical stock has remained unaltered in meaning and form. This is illustrated in the vocabulary of a method of ancient Greek (A new introduction to Greek, Third Edition, by A. Hurd Chase, and H. Phi/lips, Jr., Harvard University Press 1961) the first page of which is shown on the next page: Of the 55 words on this page 5 are no longer in use in modern Greek (the words 6yav, ay&lpw, a&l, aA&KTpuwv and 6Mo9&v}. The verbs 6yw and a1ptw are used only in combined forms: nap6yw (napa+ayw) = I produce, &~ayw (e~+ayw) = I export, l5JaJpw (l>ta+OLpw) = I divide. The stem -9u1J- of the words a9u1J&W and a9u1JrJTto~ is used in the words 9u1J6~ = anger, np69u1Jo<; = eager, and others. The words aywvJOIJO, aM6rp1o<;, aypoiKo<; and aya96~ have retained a specific or distorted version of their original meaning: aywviOIJO now means the athletic game, aM6rp1o<; other people's, aypoiKo<; (agriculture) means rude and aya96c;, which had the meaning of noble, brave and good and was the epithet that enclosed the virtues admired by ancient Greeks, means kind-hearted and sometimes simple-minded in modern Greek. The remaining 41 words of this vocabulary of ancient Greek are identical in meaning and form to the words used today, and many of them have already been presented in this method and should be familiar to the reader such us al5&Acp6<; (lsV26) , 6l5JKO<; (L10V30) , aJo96VOIJOI (la. aKouw (~,V9 }, aA~9&Ja (la. V30) , aAAa (L,), 6Moc; (L, ,Vn}, 6MoT& (L) etc. lt is therefore clear that an understanding of the processes of evolution of the language mentioned above is necessary to the student in order to appreciate the great and subtle range of registers and the remarkable flexibility of expression that are provided by modern Greek. lt is also clear that the student who has a good command of modern Greek can appreciate without much effort the aesthetic qualities inherent in the original texts of Greek letters of all time.

v,,),

121

GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

A cl. Doric for Attic~ 'AfJ,OitO,ut.f. -ou, d, Abrocomaa ~f• ....,, •011,good, noble, brave a,...a., too much, in exceu ~.

ciyycN.U,

w,.cM.r. w,\,co.

~. ~g,.,,

announce -o11, meseenger «ycipw, collect &tycwjdTP"JT''f, •o.,, ignorant of geometry O)'aG(w, reverence ~.

o,

lS>.o.,, -o11, 1"0, prize, reward mlpcK(W, - , ;,lpowu, gather

mlv,Uw, be diapirited mlv~'f"COS',

-a, •cw (verbal adj.}, not to deapair, not to be de1paired of Al,.oaw~JADl, -w11, ol. Aegoapotami (river) Ail"""''S'• -o11, ..;. Egypt "'A~r. -ou, d, Hadea; the underworld or Ita god allrfp, -cpos, d, ether, upper air ":.,'YI'Ci• -CJ1'0S', TO, riddle, enigma

.r>.o.,, 7iP'1K«, 7if't11'Ci'•

~~.-"r,~,anchor ~w. not to know

at,Hw,

O,.WUI""",

alul&.oJUI', aluf,)uo""'• ituiO~Tf"· per-

•o.- (-oi'OS), seneelea1, thoughtleu U,.Op&, -
o,

atp,fuw,

flplfr]v, take; middle, choote ceive

aluxPck, -&, -011, disgraceful cUT/01, ask (a favor)

alx~. •o11,

o, captive

olnf~eoa, ~Ko~"· hear; li1ten to ( + geni-

cUcOWu, tZKOUoOJUI'1 ;ltOuau,

tive) up//h&a, -ar, ~. accuracy OK~, acc:urately .Lr~cM&r. -.cws, ..;, acropolis cU.~CT~, -O..OS, d, cock 'AMEcw8pos, -o11, d, Alexander ~c&a, •ar, ..;. truth ~ca$c.u. speak truth, be true cU?J"Jr, -Is (oGr), true cU~. truly, actually '..4M&/1~r. -ou, d, Alciblades aM&, but, well (English colloquial) ~w, ~w, ~a, alter, chanre GAl~. eaeb other &.UoSo, from elsewhere «.Uos, 1• •o, another, elae, other &.U.on, at another time cU.\M-JNOf, -a, -cw, another's "'~w. -vor, cl, the Halys R iver

122

, 1

,2

r\

t

3

, 4

,

H yuvaiKtla JJOP
5

ApxaiKl'l ( = archaic) K6p11 (nep( To 490 n.X.). Mouo&io AKpon6~wc;.

T01xoypaq>!a (= fresco. o Tolxoc; = wall + ypaq>(J = writing) , an6 TT) 0(Jpa (tavtop(Vll) n&p(TO 1600 n .X. (= npo XptOTou) .

ruvau<efa IJOP6N (= head). neplto 230 n .X. KunptaK6 Mouoe(o.

1. ruvan<£foc;, -o, ~ = feminine, see Tl ywafKa L1 , V9 2. 11 J.IOP
123

ruvatKE:(E:<; IJOp<.pec; an6 TOV navOEN')VO. n ep{ To 1290 IJ.X. (= IJ&Ta XptOT6). Aytov 'Opoc; (= Mount Athos)

EtK6va (icon) nep( TO 1650 IJ.X.

Ot Xou6~-tevec; (= bathing women) an6 Tov K. napatvn (1931). ruvmKefa IJOp<.pfJ an6 Tov I. M6paN') (1973) .

124

XptjoipOI ~u:lAoyo1 0&Aw tva ~WIJ6TIO

1

•

1. ITO T11Atcpwvo: n apaKaAW ea fleeA.a va Kk(ow2 (tl KpaTf)ow) eva OWIJOTLO OTO 3 ~evoooxe£o (ksenoooxio) aac;. nalpvw (or lTJAe8CVOVTac; OTO ~&VO~OX&io: 8. KaA111JEpa aac;. n apaKaAW exw Kk(aet (ft Kpmftoet) eva OWIJOTLO. 25 - XafpeTe. To 6vo1J6 aac; napaKaA.w. iluOTu'fwc; oev f3Mnw KpOTTJ0'1 OTO 6vo1J6 oac:;. 2 Aunou!Jm noA.u Kupte, ef1.100Te nA.ftpetc; • 27 - n wc:; e(vat ouvaT6v. 'EKava T'lV KPOTTJOillTJAecpwvtKwc:; . TllAe<J>WV'laa eyw o (otoc:;. - AI M6AtOTa. Me auyxwpe(Te noA.u. Eow e(vm 11 KpOT'laTJ oac:;. Iac; ~'lTW ouyvWIJ'l· Tt OWIJOTlO eeA.eTe napaKaA.W; 28 2 9. To otaf3aTftpto (f] TTJV TaUT6lTjTa ~ aac; napaKaAW. Mou o(veTe TO OLOf3a:nplO (f] TTJV 29 TaUT6~Ta) aac; nag aKaAW (av exeTe lTJV KaAWOUV'1 ) . LUIJnA'lPWOTe3 OUT6 TO 3 2 oeA.T(o (f] eVTuno ) napaKC1Aw. B
125

Useful (= XPTlOliJOc; Lg, V29) dialogues

I want a room 1 . At the telephone: I beg (please), I would like to close (or keep) a room (t
2. 3. 4.

5. 6.

7.

l"T"JM
Arriving (= q>8dvw L 12, V2 a) at the hotel 8. Good morning to you. Please I have closed (or kept= booked) a room. Be glad (XafpeTe = a greeting on arrival or departure. See xalpw L13 , V49) . Your name please. Unfortunately I don't see (a) reservation in your name. I am very sorry (= A.un61JOl La. V29) Sir, we are full. How is it possible. I made the reservation by telephone. I telephoned myself (eyw is pleonasm but in put for emphasis). - Ah yes. Excuse me very much. Here is your reservation. I ask (beg) you pardon (= cruyvWIJll L10 , V22). What (kind of) room you want please? 9. Your passport (or your identity card) please. You give me (IJOU 6(veTe is a more polite expression than the imperative form 6wOTe IJOU) your passport (or identity card) please (or if you have the kindness) . Fill in this card (or printed form) please. Put a signature ((or sign) here please. Thanks. Your room is 311 on the third floor. Here is your key. 10. I would like to sit (the verb K690IJOl L13 , V52 has also the meaning of staying) (or stay) some (or two, three ...) days yet (more). Very gladly (with great pleasure) the room is

126

(fl 6uo, Tpet~ ....) IJEpec; aK61lf"l· 38 - noA.u euxafslotwc; To 6w1Jano efvm eA.eueepo • Aun61JOL noA.u To 6w1J6Tto elvm 9 40 KA.eto1Jevo (Tl mao1Jevo ) . Mnopw 611w~ va oac; 6waw (fl va ~WVJlTpla4 1: n apaKaAW (fl IJnOpe(Te napOKaAW) auplO TO npw( va IJe 42 43 ~unvfloeTe OTL~ €~1 TO npwl; n apaKaA.w eTOLIJOOTe TO A.oyaptOOIJ6 loyaryasm6 IJOU. euyw ae A.(yo (fl aiJEOW~, Jl ae Illa ci>pa). 37

10. ea neeA.a va Kaeflow (fl va 11efvw) IJeptK€<;

ITI"JV E~OXJl rl OTI<; J.IIKptc; n6AEI<; 6nou unapxouv noMtc; Emypacptc; NTAI.MlMATIA KOI aK6J,~a nEplaa6TEpE<; ROOM TO LET (I) 44

45

ENOIKIAZO-

12. Mflnw~ exeTe Kavtva 6w1JOTlO eA.eueepo38 ; Ynapxel 6WIJOTLO; 4 - n ooo exel (fl KOVeL Tl KOOT(~el) TO OWIJOTlO TllV lliJEpa (fl T1l ~paot6 ~; - 'Exet ~eat6 vep6; 'Exet IJnavto; 'Exet vtouc;; Ynapxet oto an(TLTllMq>wvo; Mnopw va 47 6w TO Ow1J6TLo; Mnopw va To 6w; Mnopou11e va TO emoKeq>eou1Je ;. - Evta~et, TO na(pvou1Je yta an6~e. Opa(a, To voLKt6~ou1Je (fl To KpaTOUIJe) yta Tpet~ IJEpe<; Kat QV ~Ja<; aptoel ea KaefloOUIJe (Tl ea 1Je(VOU1Je neplOOOTepo Tl neptoo6Tepe~ t11Jepe~) . AE~1A6y1o ~1aA6ywv

1. 2.

3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

~w~ano,

TO

(abbreviation = ll, V )

~omatio (domestic) = room. From the Anc. ~w~a which in Latin became domus

KAtfvw kllno = 1. close, shut (t-t
8. lltuTt pa, 11 ~ettera = Monday. (lit. second day) 9. KuplaK~, 11 kiriakf = Sunday (day of the Lord = KUptoc:; ~V2) 10. ~11Aa~~ oilaor = that is, namely 11. 6cp1~11. 11 afixi = arrival 12. avaxwpf10f1, ., anax6risi = departure 13. ~fKAIVO, TO ofklino = two bed (Mo+KAlVTl (clinic)= bed in Anc. +K) 14. ~mA6c;, -~. -6 C5ipl6s = double 15. ~ov6KA1vo, TO mon6klino = one (single) bed (IJOVO+KA(VTl), TO TpfKA1vo, = three bed (Tp(a + KAlVTl) 16. ~n6v1o, TO ban1o = bathroom 17. vrouc;, TO do6s = shower 18. et a, ., eea {theatre) = view 19. ~6A10Ta malista (adv.) = 1. yes, 2. indeed, of course, 3. especially, 4. even 20. ~pax~~. 11 oraxmr = drachma (the Greek currency) 21. xwpfc; xorls (adv.) = without, not counting 22. npw'iv6c;, -~, -6 proin6s = of the morning, rising early. To npw1v6 proin6 = breakfast. See TO npw( L 10V3

127

free. I am sorry (= Aun61JOl La. V24) the room is closed (booked) (or caught= occupied). But I can give you (or put you in) another room. 11. To the operator: Please (or can you please) tomorrow (= aupto L 10, V16 ) morning wake me up at six o' clock in the morning? Please prepare (= &TOliJ6~w L15 , V20} my bill. I am leaving (= q>euyw L12 , V24) (checking out) in a short time (or immediately or in half an hour(= wpa L1o. Vs). At the resort or in the small towns where there are many signs rooms to let and even more ROOM TO LET(!) (See La. V27) .

12. Have you (~~nwc; = has the meaning of I wonder if, is there a possibility that, is there a chance that) any free room? Is there (a) room? How much has (or makes or costs) the room the (by) day (or the (by) night)? Has it hot water? Has it bath? Has it shower? Is there in the house (= on(n La. V28) (a) telephone (line)? Can I see it? Can we visit it? All right, we take it for tonight. Good, we rent it (or keep it) for 3 days and if we like it we will sit (or we will stay more or more days). 23. ~npoanv6c;, -r1, -6 brost1n6s = in front (from (t)~npoc; = ahead, in front (L 14 , V4) 24. nAtov pleon (adv.) = more. Enl nAtov = in addition 25. KPOT11al1, 11 kratisi = reservation (from KpCTw L 15.V2A) 26. nAr1PI1<;, -11<;, -£<; pllris = full, complete 27. TllAtcpwvrKwc; tilefonik6s (adv.) = by telephone. See 4;,V8 28. ~roPoTr1pro, To ~iavatlrio = passport (From ~to (through) + ~a(vw = go) 29. KoAoauv11, 11 kaloslni = kindness, goodness. See KaMc; L 1, V 10 30. au~nA11pwvw sinplir6no = 1. complete, 2. fill in (ouv+ rtMpnc; = full, see No 26) 31 . ~tATfo, To ~eltfo = 1. form , 2. bulletin, report (~tATfo tr~r1atwv = news bulletin), 3. card (~tATfo TOUT6TI1TO«; = identity card) 32. tvruno, TO entipo = 1. form, 2. printed matter (ev+Tunoc; = type, print) 33. unoypocpr1, 11 ipoyrafi = signature. Ynoypacpw ipoyrafo = sign (uno (under)+ ypaq>w = write). See 4;, V8 and p. 69 34. TproK6aro triak6sia = three hundred. See numbers p. 142 35. opfaTt orfste = imperative of op(~w (horizon) = fix, delimit, it has several meanings depending on the context: a) here you are, b) yes sir, c) I beg you pardon 36. KAtr~f, TO kli~i = key. See I9-nKa). H tnfaKtiJII1 eplskepsi = the visit

=

...

128

H KOTOIKlO 1 2

Xwpo«;

~ OIK6nE~0

u

aniTI

4

3

~ J.IOVOKOTOIKIC 6 12 ~ noAUKOTOIKia ~ ~IOIJ£p10J.IO 5

7

Tap6Taa 8 2oc; 6pocpoc; 8 1oc; 6pocpoc; 9 IOOV£10 10 un6y&lo

yKap6~

11

dao~oc;

~

13

~~6~p01JO~ K09IOTIKO KOU~VO

21

n 6 pTa 22 Tofxo• 23 ROTWJ.10 nap68upo:M aK6Aa25

14

Tpant~aBfa

20

~WIJOno

15

unvo~WIJOTIO 19 KptPPaTOKOIJapa 18

1. KOTOIKfa , 11 = dwelling-place, home, (11 OIKfa (ecology) = house la, VZT), 2. XWpoc;, 0 = land, space, area, L15 ,V,4(Jo 3. OIK6nt~o. TO = plot, building land, 4. anln , TO = house La. V-;p., 5. J.IOVOKOTOIKfa , 11 = private (detached) house (~ovo = alone+KOTOIKta), 6. n oAuKaTOIKfa , 11 appartment building (noM=many), 7. Tap6Taa, 11 (Fr.) = flat roof, 8. 6 pocpoc;, o = floor, storey L13 , V-z3, 9. •a6y&Jo, TO = ground floor (too (= equal) + Y'l (geography) = earth), 10. un6yt 1o, TO = basement (un6 (=under)+YI'l), 11. yKapa~, TO (Fr.)= garage, 12. ~laiJtplaJ.Ia , TO = appartment, flat, 13. dao~oc;, 11 = entrance (L7, V15), 14. ~~6~po1Joc;, o = corridor L13 , V2JJ (~ta +~p6~oc;) , 15. Ka8JanK6, TO = living-room (from K6.8o1JOL = sit L13 , V51.), 16. Tpam:~apia , 11 = diningroom (from Tpant~L see ~. V9 , 17. Kou~va , 11 (Fr.) = kitchen, 18. unvo~wJJano, TO = bed-room (unvoc; = sleep +5w~6.Tto) , 19. Kpt PPaTOKOIJOpa, 11 = bed-room (Kpe~~6.Tt (= bed L13 , V'l!J) + K6.~apa (lt.) = room, 20. ~w1.16no, TO = room (.6,. V1), 21 . n6pTa , 11 (Fr.) = door, 22. Tofxoc;, o = wall, 23. naTWIJO, TO = floor, L13, V22, 24. nap68upo, TO = window (.62 Vw . 25. aK6Aa, 11 = staircase, ladder (13, V26J.

=

TO NH!I = Island, (.62, V7) KAMIEPrn kaliery6 = cultivate, plant, 0 riOKAL y6kas = sonny (diminutive of o yut6<; yes = son. See 11 OIKoyeveta ikoylmia p. 156, No 9) .

(An6 TOV KYP)

129

01 &nox&c; (= seasons) KOI 01 J.l~v&c; (= months) TOU &Touc; (=year) H avo1~17 (spring) o Mapnoc; (f] o MapTllC:) o Anp(ALOC: (r'J o AnptA.llC:) o Mcl'LOC:

To KaAoKafpt (summer) 0 IOUVlOC: 0 IOUALOC: o Auyouomc;

To tp81V6rrlAJpo (autumn) o Le:meiJ~ptoc; (r'J o Le:meiJ~PllC:) o Otcrw~pLOC: (rl o OKTW~PllC:) o NOEIJ~PLOC: (~ o NOEIJ~PllC:)

XEtJJciJva~ (winter) 0 6.e:Kej..i~plOC: (r'J 0 6.EKEj..i~pqc;)

0

o lavouaplOC: (r'J o re:vclPllC:) o e:~pouaptoc; (rl o A£~6PllC:)

0 AnpfAT]c; Kt'av xwv[aet KQAOKa[pt ea J1Up(aet Even if (Kt 'av

= Kat av) April is snowing summer will be smelled sweetly

An6 Auyouaro xetf..JciJva Kt an6 MdpTTJ KaAoKafpt Since August (the) winter and since March (the) summer

11

KuplaK~, ll fL&uTtpa , ll Tphf'J, 11 l&nlpTf'J, ll ntJ,~mf'J , ll napaOK&U~. TO IappaTO

When we want to refer to a time of the year we use the accusative of the definite article o, f'J, TO and the name of the season, month or day of the week: Tov XELIJWVa Kave:l Kpuo, TO KaAoKa(pL Kave:l ~eOTTl TI"JV avoL~ll 6A.a e:(vm wpa(a, Sa pSw TOV Anp(A.to, ea cre: i5w Tf'J 6.e:uTepa, TI"JV KupLaKf] 6A.a elVQL KAELO'Tcl When we want to refer to the date of an event we form the phrase as follows: a) I m:; ... and the number of the day as an adjective in the accusative of its feminine form because 11 J,~tpa is a feminine noun, b) The genitive of the month without the definite article, c) rou .... and the number of the year (Tou (= of the) because TO tToc; is a neuter noun). Examples:

am; <Suo lavouap(ou TOu 1996 anc; e:m6. e:~pouap(ou TOu 1996 anc; Tp&lc; MapT(Ou TOU 1996 O'Tic; i5e:Katptic; AnplA.(ou TOU 1996 anc; ELKOOLTp&lc; Mai ou TOU ... O'Tic; iSe:KaTeOOEplc; IOUVlOU TOU .... anc; ELKOOLTEOOEplc; IOUALOU TOU ... O'Tic; TpLaVTaJJiO LEmEj..i~p(ou TOU ... For the first day of the month the feminine form of the adjective np~Toc; is used: Tf'JV npWTf'J Maiou, Tf'JV npWTf'J AnplA.(ou, Tf'JV npWTf'J TOU 1JllV6c; Tou J.lf'Jv6c; is the genitive of the Ancient and KaSapeuouaa word o JJI'JV (o JJ~vac; in modern Greek): Other expressions using this ancient form are: ar•c; iSeKa.Tou J.lf'Jv6c; Sa naiJe OTo .... n6oe:c; Tou J.lf'JV6c; exouj..ie:; how many (days) of the month do we have? 'Exouj..ie: ({) e:(vm) t ecrcreptc; Tou J.lf'Jv6c;.

= the month

130

Xprjo1p01 ~10Aoyo1 Ta~I~&UW

1

(taxl~evo)

OTr)V

EAA6~a

2 4

1. 'O.A.e~ Ol EAAT)VLKe~2 n6A.EL~ KQL Ol IJEYclAe~ nepLOXE~3 dvat yevou~ 811AUKOU 5 KQL A.r'}youv6 oe -a r'J -11: 11 A8r1va , Tl KtpKupa, 11 MaK&~ovfa , 11 0&aaaAoviK'1, 11 KpflT'l r'J OE -oc; 6nw~ TQ V110'L67 TOU Atya(ou (eyeoo) (11 P6~oc;, 11 MUKOVOt;, 11 napoc;), 11 Kunpoc;, T) n&Aon6vv.,aoc;, T) 'Hn&lpoc; (ipiros). E~OlP€0'11 8 anOTEAOUV 0 n&lpau]c; (pireas) KOL o B6Aoc:; nou dvm yevou~ apcrevtKou 10• ITO TO~I~IWTIK0 1 (taxl~yotik6) ypacp&lo

(rl ypacp&fo TC~I~JWV rl OTO npCKTOp&fo11 ). 1

13

2. 0 eA.w EVQ ElO'LTf}pLO12(isitirio) OEpOnOplK0 (r'J IJE· TO TpOlVO 14 , IJE TO AeWq>OpElO 15 (leoforio) yta T11 eeooaAOVlK11 (r'J YLO TO B6A.o). n 6cro KOVEL napaKaA.w; n6cro KOVEL TO ELOLTf}pLO YLO Tl1 ...; 3. 0a q>uyw (r'J Sa avaxwpf}ow 16) oTJIJEpa (r'J TO IJEO'l11JEPL17, TO an6yEUIJO 18 (ap6yevma), TO l3p66u aupto) OTl~ TpEl~ 11 wpa. TL wpa q>EUYEL TO Tpa(vo (TO nA.o(o 19, TO aeponA.avo 13) YLO Tl1 ... ; LTLe; IJLO KQL 5EKOnEVTE (r'J KQL TeTapTo20) OKpLI3wc;21 . 16 22 AvaxwPLO'l1 OTL~ neVTE napa ElKOO'l, 6cpL~11 OTl~ oeKa KQL IJloTJ. n60'11 wpa KOVEt; 14 4. Eyw Ta~t5euw n6VTOTE IJE nA.o(o (r'J IJE Tpa(vo r'J OL5T)poopOIJLKW~ , r'J IJE aeponA.6vo r'J aeponoptKw~ . r'J IJE OUTOKLV11TO). To Ta~(5L dvm n6VTOTE wpa(o apKe( va IJT)V exet noA.u 23 K60'1l0 KOl VQ exel~ KaNl 8€011. ea r'}SeA.a IJLO 8€0'11 KOVTO OTO nap68upo • LlUOTUXW~ 24 5ev unapxet 8€0'11. 'OA.e~ Ol SeOEL~ elVQL nLOO'IJEVE~ (pyasmenes) (r'J KQTElA111JIJ€VE~ katilimenes). 5. To nA.o(o avaxwpe[1 6 evt6~25 oA.(ywv A.emwv26. napaKaA.ouVTaL oL emcrKeme~27 va 8 29 e~eA.8ou~ . AvaxP110'11 16 OIJO~oOTotxfa~ (amaxostixias) EVT6~ ouo A.emwv. 30 31 napaKaA.ouVTOL ot emi36Te~ va napa1Je(vouv OTL~ Secret~ Tou~. Sa yfveL eA£yxo~32 (elenxos) ELO'LT11PLWV. Ta ELO'LTf}pt6 00~ napOKaAW. To ELO'LTf}pt6 IJOU elVQL yLa OUO 33 OTOIJ0 . 34 6. rtaT( apye( VQ cpuyEL TO nA.o(o; Yn6pXEL K08UOTEP110'11 ( ka8isteris~ A.6yw35 TOU 37 36 Katpou. To 5pOIJOAOVL0 ea y(VEL KQVOVLK6. ; Eyw 5ev ~epw , pwTr'}OTE OTL~ 38 nA.11pOcpop(e~ . nou ElVQL Ol nAilpocpop(e~ napaKaA.w; K6.8e n6Te exel nA.o(o YLO Tl1 ... ; K6.8e 1Jepa exet 5uo 5po1JoA.6yta OTL~ em6 TO npw( Kat OTl~ ouo TO IJEO'lliJEpt. 7. re napaKaA.w nou dvm 11 OT60'11 Tou A.ewcpopdou ( leoforioo) (r'J o OT081J6~39 TOU Tpa(vou) ; E(vOLIJOKpt6.40 ; Not, npeneL va n6.peTe Ta~(41 (r'J To A.ewcpopdo 15). noLo~ e(vm 42 o en61Jevo~ OT081J6~ (r'J nma e(vm 11 en61JEVI1 OT6.0'11) napaKaA.w; n6cro IJOKpt6 dvm; 43 nep(nou neVTaK6ma IJETpa an6 e5w, nep(nou 5eKa A.em6 IJE Ta n65ta. ea npenet VQ KQT£13etTE IJETO 5uo OTQO'ELc:;. /\&~1A6y1o 1. Ta~ll>tuw taxi~evo taxi~yotik6s

= travel. To = of travel, travelling

Ta~ll>l taxl~i

= journey,

voyage, trip. Ta~1l)1wnK6c;, -~. -6

131

Useful dialogues

I travel in Greece 1. All Greek cities (= n 6Al1 L15 , V7) and great regions are of feminine gender and end in -a or Athens, Macedonia, Thessaloniki, Crete, or in -oc:; like the Aegean islands (Rhodes, Myconos, Paros), Cyprus, Peloponnese, Epirus. Exceptions are Piraeus and Volos which are of masculine gender. (Note that the names of the cities or great territorial regions are acompanied by the definite article).

-rr

At the travel agency (= ypa
4.

5.

6.

7.

2.

3. 4. 5.

1 want

an air ticket (or with (by) train, with (by) bus) for Thessaloniki (or for Volos) . How much does it make (costs) please? How much makes (costs) the ticket for ... ? I will leave (=
= Greece,

('1 EAAa~ in Anc. +K). 0 'EM11vac:; elinas = Greek (man), '1 elinik6s = greek. Ta EAA11v1K6 elinika =

= Greek (woman). EM11VIK6c;, -1'\, -6

Greek language m:p•oxr\, 11 perioxl = 1. region , 2. area, 3. district yt voc;, TO yenos (genocide) = 1. gender, 2. genus 9'1AUKO<;, -~, -6 9ilik6s female, fem inine

=

132

'6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21 . 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31 . 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43.

=

Ar1yw lryo 1. end (grammar) (e-Ar)~-a), 2. expire V'laf, TO (pi. TO V'la•a) nisl-nisya (polynesia) = island(s) &~afp&a'l, 11 ekseresi = exeption (e~+afpean = heresY) anoT&Aw apote16 1. constitute (anoTtA£oiJ-a), 2. form apa&v1K6<;, -r1, -6 arsenik6s = male, masculine, See Gr. 1a npaKToptio, TO praktorio = 1. agency, 2. ticket-agency £101TrlPIO, TO ISitfno = ticket a&ponop1K6<;, -r1, -6 = aeroporik6s = pertaining to aviation. A&ponopiKwc; (adv.) by air. To atponA6vo aeroplane aeroplane Tptvo, To treno = train. 0 a1~11P6~po~o<; si~ir6~romos = railway (of~'lPO iron+~POIJO<: = road) . I•~I"JPO~po~IKW<; sioirooromik6s by railway Atwcpoptfo,To leoforio = bus avaxwpw anaxor6 = depart, set out, leave (avaxwp'lo-a). H avaxwpi"JO'l anax6risl = departure ~&a.,~&pi,TO mes1meri =noon (!Jean(= middle)+IJepa (=day) an6y&u~a , To ap6yevma = afternoon (an6+yeu1Ja = luncheon) nAofo, To plfo = ship TtTapTo, TO tetarto = quarter (Lit. one fourth. See ~v 1) aKplpwc; akriv6s (adv.) = precisely. AKp•13r1<;,· -r1c;, -tc;, akrivls = precise, exact, punctual, accurate, correct 6cp1~11. 11 af1xi = arrival nap69upo, TO para8iro = window (napa+8upa =door) KOT&IAI'UJ~tvoc;, -11, -o katihmenos = occupied. (Anc. passive participle of KOTaAOIJ~6vw = occupy) &VT6c; end6s (adv.) = 1. within, 2. inside Atm6c;, -r1, -6 lept6s = 1. thin, slim. To Atm6 lept6 = minute. To Atm6 lepta = 1. minutes, 2. money (for money also Ta AtcpT6) tmoK&m.,c;, o eplskeptis (f. 11 tmaKtmp1a episkeptria) = visitor. EmoKtmo~at episkeptome =visit &~tpxo~OI ekserxome (irr.) = go or come out (t~w (= out)+tpxo1Jm (= come) a~a~oOTotxfa, 11 amaxostixia = train &mJ36T'lc;, o epivatis = passenger napa~tvw parameno = remain or stay close to (nap6+1Jevw = stay) tA&yxoc;, o elenxos = 1. control, 2. checking, 3. testing, 4. verification OTO~O, TO atomo (atomiC) = 1. person, 2. atom Ka9uOTtp'la'l, 11 ka8isterisi = 1. delay, 2. time-lag A6yw 16yo = because of (Myw is the dative of o Myoc, Ls. V21) ~po~oA6yto,To ~romol6yio = 1. itinerary, 2. time-table KavovtK6c;, -r1, -6 kanonik6s (canonical) = 1. regular, 2. normal nA11pocpopfa, 11 pliroforia = information OTa9~6c;, o sta8m6s = 1. station, stopping-place, 2. landmark (in history etc) ~aKp16 (and ~aKpu6) makria (adv.) = 1. far, 2. at a great distance Ta~f, TO taxi = taxi &m)~&vo<;, ·I"J, -o ep6menos = 1. next, 2. following, 3. forthcoming. H &no~tvi"J epomeni = the next day n£VTOK60IOI, ·£<;, ·0 pentak6Sil = five hundred. n&VTOK60t0 = 500

=

=

=

=

=

133

H wpa (the time) To find out the time one can ask: TL wpa EXETE (or e:(vaL) napaKCIAw; To answer one uses the feminine form of the number (because 11 wpa is a feminine noun) and the word KOI (= and) for past and the word nap6 for minutes before the hour: Quarter past is Kol TETCpTo, quarter to is nap6 TtTapTo. The number for the minutes is in the neuter form because TO Aem6, To Aem6 = minute(s) is a neuter noun . For half hours one can say Kal 1.uo~ meaning and a half hour or use the alternative form J.U61JIOI"J, 6U61JIOI"J, Tp&IO~IJIO'l , T&OOtptiO~IJIO'l or T&OOtpO~IJIO'l , ntVTEIJIO'l etc. {Note thattpe:tcr~IJLOTl takes an 11 andte:crcre:paf]IJLOTl drops the -tl- for euphonia): M(a Kat eva A€m6 = one minute past one M fa nap6 eva A€m6 = one minute to one M(a Kat neVTe: = five past one .8uo nap6. oeKa = ten to two Tpe:t<; Kat tpla = three past three Tpe:L<; napa tp(a = three to three Tpe:t<; Kat oe:KaneVTe: = fifteen past three Tpe:t<; napa oe:KaneVTe: = fifteen to three Tpe:tc; KOL tetapto = a quarter past three Tpe:t<; napa tetapto = a quarter to three Tecrcre:pt<; Kat tpla = three past four Ttcrcre:ptc; napa tp(a = three to ·four Tecrcre:pt<; Kat e:tKOcrttecrcre:pa twenty Tecrcre:ptc; nap6 e:tKocrttecrcre:pa = twenty four past four four to four

=

Mfa Kat IJLaf] = half past one M(a KOL TptOVTO = thirty past one ML
134

Xptja1po' L11aAoyo' ITrJV ayopa 1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

1

•

KaA.r)l.lepa2 crac;, op(crre napaKaAW. Tt 6ef.£Te; 0a r')Se~a (tl 6e~w) jllO OOKO~OT03 , 4 7 Tpetc; jlnupec; , eva (l.lnOUK~l5) y~a 6 , Tecrcreptc; jley~ec; VTOjlOTec; jl(a OWO€K0008 10 1 1 9 auy6 . Mou o(veTe (tl iSwcrre llou) jlta jlnupa, eva (tll.ltcr6 ) Kt~6 naT6Tec;12, jleptKec; (tl Myec;) VTOjlOTec; KQl A(ya (flllePLKO) lltl~O13• Mflnwc; exeT€ (tl exeTe) auy6; ee~w an' OUT6 TO Tupe 4 , an' OUTec; Ttc; VTOjlOTec;, an' OUTO TO
A&~1A6y10

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

ayopa, 11 ayora (agoraphobia) = 1. market. Ayopa~w = buy KaArwtpa, '1 kalimera = good morning (KaM (= good)+1Jepa = day) aoKoAOta, '1 sokolata = chocolate IJnupa, 11 blra = beer IJnOUKOAI , TO bookali = bottle

135

Useful dialogues

At the market 1. Good morning to you, yes please (op(crre has several meanings depending on the

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

context. Here it means: yes sir). What do you want? I would like (or I want) one chocolate, 3 beers, one (bottle) milk, 4 big tomatoes and a dozen eggs (note that the gender of the numbers eva, Tp(a Tecrcrepa is the same as that of the noun they accompany). You give me (or give me) one beer, one (or half a) kilo potatoes, a number of (or a few) tomatoes and a few (or a number of) apples. I wonder if you have (or do you have) eggs? I want from (of) this cheese, from (of) these tomatoes, from (of) these fruits. Do you have fresh fishes (fish) ? Are your fishes (fish) fresh? How many tomatoes? How many apples? How much (many) do you want? Very gladly {= euxap(atwc; see Ls V7, Le V1 5 , Le V17) . Here are your eggs and your potatoes. Unfortunately we don't have. We will bring {= cpepvw L10 , V27) (get) (or will have) tomorrow (or in the afternoon). They are all fresh, today's. You choose and you take (= na(pvw L12, V25) (buy) . Choose whatever (or that which) you like (onoto or 6nOLa depending on the gender and number of the item in question). Please, how much it makes (or has, or costs) the beer, (or the beers). the cheese ? How much they make the potatoes and the apples? The bananas are very expensive. The fruits I want them ripe. These are unripe. They will be not tasty. These are good (ones) thank you. The figs are most tasty. They are and (also) cheap. Taste. Shall we put one kilo? half a kilo? a quarter(= TeTapTo 4. V1) ? Attention (be careful) not to get dirty. Please (here is) your plastic bag (or your parcel). How much do they make? What do I owe? Please, make the calculation (= A.oyaptacr1J6<; 1::.1, V43} (bill). Please, one thousand (X(A.tec; is in the feminine plural form because 11 6poX1Jft is a feminine noun) (two thousand, two hundred) drachmas. Thank you very much. The fruits are not at all cheap. Unfortunately I have not small change. I have a thousand-drachma note (or a five thousand-drachma note). Do you have change? Of course I have, here are your change. Thank you very much. I prefer (eyw is put for emphasis) to shop at the super market. You find them all there more cheap. Where are the meats, please? (Ta Kpeata in the plural means the different kinds of mea~. In the right corridor at the end. To the right on the first shelf. To the left at the end is the refrigerator. At what time you open in the morning (or in the afternoon)? At what time you close (= KA.dvw !::.1. V2)? At half past eight. At nine o' clock precisely. In half an hour. In a quarter (of an hour). In a few minutes. Today I made many purchases at the street-market. At the street-market you find whatever you want and at cheap prices. The products come directly from the producer to the consumer. You can buy for the whole week. I buy everything (= n6VTa Le. V11) at (or from) the street-market. lt serves me because it takes place (= y(vOIJOl Lg, V17) in my neighbourhood near my house {= an(Tt L8, V28). I carry the purchases in a basket (or trailer).

136

6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21 . 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41 . 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49.

yaAa, TO yala (galaxy) = milk VTo~aTa , 11 domata =tomato ~w~tKa~a, 11 i5oi5ekai5a = dozen (see L 12 , V 1) auy6, TO (or apy6) avy6 = egg ~.ua6~, -~ . -6 mis6s = half KIM, TO kil6 (kilometre) kilo (From xO..tot see No 34) naTaTa, 11 patata potato ~r]Ao, TO mllo = apple Tupf, TO tirl = cheese cppOUTO, TO fro6to fruit ~apt, To psari = fish cppt aKoc;, -11, -o freskos = fresh Ol')~tp1v6c;, -r], -6 simerin6s = to-day's, of today. See afJIJepa ~. V5 ~1aAtyw i5ialeyo choose, select (i5t6A.e~-a) {i5ta+Myw = tell) Komf~w kostlzo = cost {K6cmo-a) ~navava, 11 banana = banana aKpiJl6c;, -r1, -6 akriv6s = costly, dear, expensive wpl~oc;, -11. -o 6rimos = ripe, mature ayoupoc:;, -11, -0 ayooros = unripe avomoc:;, -11, -o anostos = 1. tasteless, insipid, 2. unattractive auKo, TO slko (sycophant) = fig vomi~6TaToc:;, -1') , -o nostim6tatos = most tasty. The superlative of v6cm~oc:;, -11, -o n6stimos(nostalgia) 1. tasty, 2. attractive cpTI')v6c:;, -r], -6 ftin6s = cheap ~OKIJ.IO~w i5okimazo 1. taste (i5oK(j..IOO·a), 2. test, 3.attempt Atpwvo~a• ler6nome = get oneself dirty (A.epw8r)K-a) aaKouAa, 11 sako61a = plastic or paper bag, bag, sack naKt To, To paketo = packet, package ocpdAw ofilo = owe (6q>eiA-a) xfA1o1, -tc:;, -a xllii (kilogramme) (adv.) 1. thousand, 2. countless. XfA1a Xilia = one thousand. H x•A•a~a xiliai5a (chiliad) = a thousand. To x•A•apiKO xiliariko = one thousand note ~laK60IOI , -tc:;, -a iS1ak6s1i (adj.) two hundred ~pax~r1 . 11 i5raxmi = drachma (the Greek currency) ~1M, Ta ps11a = small change. IP1A6c:;, -r1, -6 psil6s thin, fine ntVTOXIA~apo, TO pentoxlllaro = five thousand note (ntvre+xo..ta) pt ma, Ta resta = change (money) ~wvf~w psonlzo = 1. purchase (\jJwvto-a), 2. shop, 3. buy. Ta "'wv1a ps6nia = shopping, purchases, provisions, untpayopa, 11 iperayora = supermarket Kpt ac:;,To kreas (pancreas) = meat ~£~16c:; , -r1, -6 i5exi6s = 1. right, 2. right-wing. llt~16 i5exia (adv.) to the right, on the right ~~a~po~oc:;, o i5iai5romos = 1. corridor, 2. passage (i5ta (= through) + i5p61JO~ = street) Jla9oc:;, TO V380S = 1. depth, 2. far-end, 3. background pacp1, To rati = shelf aplmtpa aristera (adv.) = To the left,on the left. Ap1m t p6c:;, -r1, -6 arister6s =1.1eft, 2. left-wing "'uyd o , TO ps1yio refrigerator avofyw anlyo = open. AVOIKT6c;, -r1, -6 an1kt6s = open. Avo1KT6 anikta (adv .) = 1. open, 2. openly

=

=

=

=

= =

=

=

=

=

=

137

50. 51 . 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59.

AaiK6~, -~. -6 laik6s (laical) = of the people. 0 Aa6~ la6s

= people

npo'i 6v, TO proi6n = product KaT' euedav kat' ef8fan (adv.) = directly, straight (KaT
t~unl")ptrw exipiret6

= serve, be of service to (e~um"}piTT)cr-a)

Y£1TOVIO, 11 yitonia = neighbourhood. See 0 y£1Tova~ Koupa.A.w kooval6 = carry (Kouf36A.11cr-a) Ka.A.681, TO kala8i = basket a~a~OKI, ro amaksaki = trailer

L 14• v 46

H XPUml (= golden, chrysanthemum) 8flK'l (= case) 11e TO 60Tpo (= star, astronomy) T'lc; Bepy(vac;. E(Xe TQ OO'T
138

01 api9J,Ioi (numbers) Cardinal

Ordinal number

number

Cardinal

Ordinal number

number

tva

= 1

npcino<;, -11. -o = first

Mo tp!a

=2 =3

6e:ute:po<;, -11,-0 = second Tp(TO<;, -11, -0 = third

Ttooepa

=4

TETOPTO<;, -11, -0 = 4th

nt vte

=5

nt~mo<;,

t~l

=6

EKTO<;, -11, -0 = 6th

ema

=7

t~6o~o<;,

OKTW (OXTW) evvt a (EVVlO) MKa

=8

6y6oo<;, -11. -o = 8th

-11. -o = 5th

EV6tKO (EVTE:KO) 66tKO 6£KOTp(a 6£KOTt ooepa 6£KOntVT£ 6tKO· t~l

-11. -o = 7th

=9

tVOTO<;, ·11, -0 = 9th

= 10

6tKOTO<;, -11, -0 = 1Oth

6£KOema 6tKO· OKTW 6tKO· evvta EIKOOl

= 11

tV6EKOTO<;, -11, -0 = 11th

= 12 = 13

6WMKOTO<;, -11, -0 = 12th MKOTO<;, -11, -0 tplm<;. -11. -o = 13th MKOTO<;, -11, ·0 TETOPTO<;, -11, ·0 = 14th MKOTO<;, ·11, ·0 nt~mo<;, -11. -o = 15th MKOTO<;, -11, -0 EKTO<;, ·11, -0 = 16th MKOTO<;, ·11, -0 tP6o~o<;, -11. -o = 17th MKOTO<;, -11, ·0 6y6oo<;, -11. -o = 18th 6tKOTO<;, -11, ·0 EVVOTO<;, -11, -0 = 19th ttKoat6<;, -6 = twentieth

= 14 = 15 = 16 = 17 = 18 = 19 = 20

-n.

£1KOOT6<;, -J1, -6 6lOKOOlO = 200 6lOKOOlOOT6<;, ·11, ·0 = 200th npci>TO<;, -11, -0 = 21st = 30 .TPlOKOOT6<;, ·J1, -6 = 30th TplOK60lO = 300 tptaKoatOOT6<;, -11. -o = 300th TPlOVTO oapavta = 40 teooapaKoat6<;, -6 = 40th TtTpaK60lO = 400 T£TPOKOOlOOT6<;, ·11, -o = 400th ntvflVTa = 50 ntVTllKOOT6<;, ·J1, -6 = 50tfl TI£VTOK60lO = 500 ntVTOKOOlOOT6<;, -11, ·0 = 500th = 60 £~11KOOT6<;, -J1, -6 = 60th E~OK60la E~rlVTO = 600 £~QKOOlOOT6<;, ·11, ·0 = 600th = 70 emaK6ata = 700 £mOKOOlOOT6<;, ·11, -0 = 700th £~6o~J1vta £~60~11KOOT6<;, ·J1, -6 = 70th oyMVTa = 80 ey6011KOOT6<;, -J1, -6 = 80th OKTQKOOlQ = 800 OKTQKOOlOOT6<;, ·11, ·0 = BOOth EVVEVJiVTO = 90 tVVlOKOOlO = 900 £VVlQKOOIOOT6<;, ·11, ·0 = 900th E:VVEV11KOOT6<;, ·J1,-6 = 90th £KOT6 = 100 £KQTOOT6<;, -rJ, -6 = 1OOth XlAta = 1.000 x1Atoat6<;, -11. -o = 1.000th 6uo XV.lllocs = 2.000 6tOXlAlOOT6S. -11, -6 = 2.000th = monad, unity 11 ~ovMa tKQTO~~UplO = 1.000.000 ... decade 116EK06a 6lO£KQTO~~UplO = 1.000 X1.000.000 116W6£K060 = dozen TPlOEKQTO~~UplO = 1.000.000 X 1.000.000 = chiliad, one thousand DXIAtMo tlKOOlEVO

= 21

-n,

139

The numbers as adjectives are Indeclinable except the number tva which has different forms for each gender: tvac;, J,~la, tva and the numbers Tpla and Ttooepa which become TP£1<; and Ttootpl<; in the masculine and feminine form . The hundreds from 200 to 900 and the number xiA1a are also used as plural adjectives: <StaK6mo• 6v9pwnm, <StaK6mec; <Spa)(J.lec;, <StaK6ma nm<Sl6 etc., XlALOI, xV..ttc;,

xwa.

The number 1, 3, 4, 200-900 and 1.000 that are declined as adjectives have a genitive case to answer to questions like: n 6owv fH..IEpwv ELVQL TO auya; ~.uac; ~epac;

n 6crwv XPQvwv (fl ETwv) e:(vm To nat<Si; tv6<; eTouc; <5EKOTplWV ETWV (fl XPOVWV) <5EKOTEcrcrapwv XPOVWV (fl eTc.l>v) or in phrases like: Ta~(<St Tpt6VTa Tptwv 11~e:pwv ~apoc::; 5taKocriwv KLA.wv 9ep~oKpacr(a e~aKocr(wv f3a9~wv

a~(a

XtAfwv 5pa)(J.lwv etc.

Prometheus, describing the gifts he had bestowed on mortals (men) in the tragedy Prometheus Bound by Aeschylus (525-456 BC), says:

" •••Ka( apt9J16v 1 e~oxov Z OO
"...and the number, the excellent of the devices, I invented for them..."

=

=

1. o apl91-l6~ (arithmetic) = number, 2. e~oxo~. -11. -o excellent, eminent, 3. To o6
=

=

.....

140

Xprjotpot

~taAoyot

ITO &OTIOT6p10

1

•

1. An6~e ea q>OIJE e~w. ea n6~e oe eva KaA.6 ecrnaT6pto (estiat6rio). ea aa~ now oe 3 4 5 !JtO Ta(3epva nou txet KaA.6 Q>OY'1T6. I:mTtK6 q>OY'1T6 Km v6att!Jou~ 1-1e~e6e~ . ea npOTliJOUOO VO n'1YOLVOIJE oe 1-JlO ~apoTa(3epva6 . 2. 'Exw !J(a ne(va7 • n ou ea n61-1e va q>O!Je an6l1Je; Na n61-1e K6nou Kovra OTI1 yetTovt6 8 IJO~. Tt 6pe~11 txet~ va q>6.1Je; Tt a' apeoet va q>O!Je; ett...w va euxaptOTTlee(~ (efxaristiels). 3. E(!Jaate Teooepetc;, nou !Jnopou!Je va Kaefloouj.le; 'ExeTe KpaTfloet Tpane~t9 ; 'Oxt, TO 11 anoq>ao(oai-Je TrlV TeA.eUTa(a OTLYI-Irl 10• 'Eva A.em6 napaKaA.w va 5w nou !Jnopw va aa~ (36Aw. n epame napaKaA.w. Mou 5(veTe napaKaA.w Tov (f] evav) KOT6Aoyo. Mnopw va txw TOV (rl evav) KOT6Aoyo napaKaA.w; AIJEOW~ KUple. Op(ate KUple. 12 13 14 4. ea n6pw (fJ ea f]eeA.a) !JlO ~WplOTlK'1 oaA.6Ta IJLO IJOKapov6oa (fl IJlO !JEf>lOO15 14 17 6 IJOKap6vta ) KOl EVQ q>tAETO (fl eva oou(3A.OKl eva KOT6nouA.o 18 ax6pa~ 1 j . ea 20 eeA.OTe en(OT')~ EVQ (f} KOtl) opeKTlK6 ; 5. llev Tpww Kpea~. npoTliJWTO A.aoep621 . Eyw ett...w KOTl eA.aq>pu22 KOl uytetv623 (iyiin6). Mf]nw~ EXETOl ~apt; YnapxeL q>pEOKO liJclpt; Tl ~6.pl0 EXETe; 6. Ynapxet wpa(o ~apt aM6. efvm KOTa4Juy!Jevo24 (katapsiymeno). ea aa~ ouvtatouoa25 26 en£011~ TO ... nou e(vm 11 anemaA.tT€ IJO~. E(vm TO m6To27 T'1~ '11-JEpa~. Ynapxouv 28 29 en(OT')~ 5tclq>Op0l IJE~e5e~ KOl q>OY'1Tcl IJOYElpEUT0 KOl Trl~ wpa~ O,Tl eet...eTe. 30 n epame QV ett...eTe OTTlV KOU~(va va OlaM~eTe. t pTe 1-10~ IJEPlKOU~ IJE~t5e~ KQl IJlO 1Jep(5a... KaA.f] oa~ 6pe~'1· 7. Tt ea mf}Te napaKaA.W; ea mf]Te KOTL; ea f]eet...a va 5oKL!J6ow To 5tK6 oa~ KpaoC 31 n poTliJW TO AeUK6 KpaoL ea f]eet...a EVQ AeUKO Kpao( yta TO ~apt. E!JEVQ IJ' aptoel 32 TO KOKKlV0 Kpaol. Eyw ett...w eva noTflpt33 !Jnupa. epTe !JOU tva !JnOUKOAl !Jnupa 34 napaKaA.w. r Kapo6v , IJLO q>t6Ar)35 vep636 napaKaA.w. rKapo6v 1-1nopw va txw Myo 7 vep6 (f} A£yo ~W!Jf , eva KOUTOAl38, eva n11p0UVl39, EVO IJOXO(pt40 , TO aAOTl41 } KOl !JlO 42 43 44 OK01J'1 KapeKAa ; eet...eTe EVO E!JQ>laAWIJEV0 (emfialomemo) vep636; 8. rKapo6v TO A.oyaptOOIJO (loyaryasm6) napaKaAW. 2

n

/\£~1A6y1o

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

.:anaT6p1o, TO estiat6rio = restaurant an6t1J£ ap6pse = this evening, to-night yapt pva, '1 taverna = tavern anmK6c;, -q, -6 spitik6s= of the house(= orrfn La.V28), home-made J.IE~tc;, o mezes = appetizer, hors-d'oeuvre tiJapoyapt pva, '1 psarotaverna = fish tavern n Efya, '1 plna = hunger. n EIVW pin6 = be hungry (ne(vao-a) 6p£~fl, '1 6rexi (anorexia) = appetite

141

Useful dialogues

At the restaurant

1. This evening we will eat (= Tpww L13, V5) (dine) out (= t~w L7, V13). We will go to a nice restaurant. I will take you to a tavern that (which) has nice food (= <payT'JT6 L13, V6), home-made food and tasty(= v6atq..toc; ll;), Vd appetizers. I would prefer that we would go to a fish-tavern. 2. I have a hunger! ('Exw ne(va is an expression meaning I am hungry). Where shall we go to eat (dine) this evening? Let us go somewhere near our neighbourhood (= yeLTOVl6 ll3, Vd . What would you like that we eat (txw 6pe~'l (= appetite) va ... corresponds to I would like to ...). what do you like that we eat? I want that you are pleased { = euxaplatlEIJOl L111 V39). 3. We are four where can we sit {= K68o~-tm L13, V52)? Have you kept (reserved) a table? No, we decided (= ano<pao(~w L15, V5) the last (= TEAEUTa(oc; L13, V27) moment. One minute please to see where I can put you. Pass please (nep6ate the imperative of nepvw {L12 , V3), has the meaning of please come or go in). You give me please the (or a) catalogue (menu) . Can I have the (or a) catalogue please? Immediately(= a~-ttowc; , L10 , V11) , sir. Here you are, sir. 4. I will take (have)(or I would want) a peasant's (Greek) salad, a plate of macaroni (or a portion of macaroni) and a fillet steak (or a meat in skewer or a chicken on the grill). Would you want also an (or something) appetizing {hors-d'oeuvres). 5. I don't eat meat (= Kptac; ll3, V42). I prefer food cooked in oil. I want something light and healthy. Do you have fish (= lJj6pL!l3, V16)? Is there fresh fish? What (kind of) fish do you have? 6. There is nice fish but it is frozen. I would recommend you also... which is our speciality. lt is the dish of the day. There are also different appetizers and cooked food and a la minute, whatever you want. Pass if you want to the kitchen to choose (= 6LaMyw ~. V19). Bring us a few appetizers and a portion (of) ... Good appetite. 7. What will you drink (= n(vw L12, Vn) please? Will you drink something? I would want (like) to taste (= 6oKL~-t6~w ll3, V29) your own wine(= Kpao( L13, V45). I prefer the white wine. I would want (like) a white wine for the fish. To me it pleases me the red wine. Me, I want a glass of beer. Bring me a bottle (of) beer, please. Waiter, a bottle of water please. Waiter, can I have a little water (or a little bread, a spoon, a fork, a knife, the salt) and also a chair ? Do you want bottled (mineral) water? 8. Waiter, the bill please. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.

Tpant~•. TO trapezi (trapezium) = table

annu1, 11 stiymf = moment. See also D.2, V26 Atm6, TO lept6 = minute xwplaTIKO<;, -11. -o xoryatikos = village, peasant. See xwpl6 L15t v 31 aaA6Ta, 11 salata = salad ~aKapov6l>a, 11 makarona~a = a portion of macaroni (= 1JOKap6vl, TO) ~tpfl>a, 11 merf~a= portion. See TO 1-1epoc; = part, L 13V:E q)IAtTo, To fileto = fillet steak

142

17. 18. 19. 20. 21 . 22. 23. 24. 25. 26.

27. 28. 29. 30.

31 . 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44.

aoupAOKI, TO soovlaki = meat on skewer KOT6nou.Ao, TO kot6poolo =chicken. H K6Ta k6ta =hen axapa, 11 sxara = grill opt KTIK6<;, -r1, -6 orektik6s = appetizing. Ta opt KTIKa orektika = appetizers. See 6pe~11 No 8 .Aa~ep6c;, -r1, -6 la~er6s = 1. cooked in oil, 2. oily. To A6~1 IMi = olive-oil t.Aacpp6c;, or -uc;, -16, -u elafr6s = 1. light, 2. slight, 3. mild, 4. weak uy1t 1v6c;, -r1, -6 iyiin6s (hygiene) = 1. healthy, 2. hygienic KaTali'UYJ.IEVo<;, -11, -o katapsiymenos = frozen auv1mw sinist6 or auOTJ1vw sistlno (irr.) = recommend, advice (ouOTTlo-a) (OUOTTIIJeV'l em01oM tl OUOTT)IJeVO yp61JIJO = registered letter) antaJa.AJT£ specialite = speciality niOTO, TO pyato = plate ~1acpopoc;, -11, -o ~iaforos = 1. different, 2. various J.JaytlptuT6<;, -r1, -6 mayireft6s = cooked. Maytlptuw mayirevo = cook (1Jaye(pe4J-a). 0 ,.u]yt•poc; mayiros = the cook KOU~.Iva, 11 koozlna kitchen At uK6<;, -r1, -6 lefk6s (leucocyte)= white KOKKIVO<;, •11 1 • 0 k6kinos = red noTr1p1, To potlri = glass yKapa6v, To gars6n = waiter cpu1AI1, 11 fiali = bottle vtp6, TO ner6 = water li'WJJI, TO psomf = bread KOUTO.AI, To kootali = spoon "11POUVI, TO piro6ni = fork J.Jaxalpl, TO maxeri = Knife aAOTI, To alati = salt aK6J.111 ak6mi (adv.) = still, more Kapt KAa, 11 karekla = chair tJ.IcplaAwiJEVo<;, -11, -o emfialomlmos = bottled (ev+cpt
=

TPOIMA = foods

$ POYfA = fruits

MXANIKA = vegetables

nOTA = drinks

TO ljJWIJ( TO TUp( TO ydXa TO YLOOUPTL TO ~OUTVPO

= TO l.lfJXo TO nopTOKOAL = TO AEIJ6VL = TO IJOVTOpiVL = TO m:n6v1 = TO KOPTlOU~l = TO OXMOL = TO OTO(j)UAL = TO ~£pUKOKO = TO pOliOKLVO = TO KtpdOL = TO OUKO =

OLVTOIJOT£<; Ol TlQTQT£<; TO IJOPOUAL TO OTlOVOKL

TO KPOO( 111JTlUpa 11 TlOPTOKQAQ~Q 11 XEIJOV66a

111JOKapova~a

TO pu~L TO MOL TO ~UOL 11 ~OXOPI1 TO aAEUPL

= bread =cheese = milk = yoghurt = butter = macaroni = rice =olive oil =vinegar =sugar =flour

•

apple orange lemon tangerine melon watermelon pear grapes apricot peach cherry fig

111.1£Xrt~dva

TO KP£1JU~l TO OK6plio To Mxavo TO KOp6TO

= tomatoes =potatoes = lettuce = spinach = egg-plant, aubergine = onion = ga~ic = cabbage = carrot

= wine = beer = orange juice =lemonade

143

A typical Greek restaurant or tavern menu is composed of:

OPEK1'JKA - appetizers (hors-d'oouvrcs) ~AAA'l'El:

- slLiu.ds

AA~EPA

lVAPIA

- food cooked in oil - fishes

KPEA~

- meat

lliA'l'O llMEPA~ (dish of the day)

'rii~ OPA~

- a la minu te

'I'YPIA <J>POY'I'A

-

rAYJ
chcc cs fruits desserts drinks

npVttK I oouP'An~

(lamb on spit)

An6 TO tpyo (ls, V26)

0

xop6c; (L,2, V23) TOU A.ciiKOU (= of the people, naive)

~wyp6.cpou (.ils,

V32) ee6cplA.ou.

144

XpqaipOI ~10Aoyo1

lls

EnayytAJ,JaTa 1 • 1. 'Epxo1Jat yta npc.I>Til c.popa O'TTlV EM66a, 6e yvwp(~w Kaveva Kat etf-w va ouvavtflaw2 Kat va yvwp(ow K60IJO. No K
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

&nayy&AIJa, To eptmgelma = profession OUVOVTW sinand6 = meet (OUVOVTT')O·a) npoTiiJr,ar,, '1 protrmisi = preference. See npOTliJW L 14, V42 6p1aroc;, -r,, -o aristos (aristocrat) = excellent, best. :Ap1ara arista (adv.) = excellently amaiOTO«;, ·'1 1 · 0 aptestos = faultless. 1\mOIOTO aptesta (adv.) = faultlessly

145

Useful dialogues

Professions 1.

2. 3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.

I come(= tpxoiJOL L 10 V10) for the first time to Greece, I don't know(= yvwpf~w ~. V8 ) nobody (anybody) and I want to meet and know people. To make friends. By preference (preferably) of my profession. I see that you speak well (excellently, fluently) Greek. You will not be found in difficulty at all. Let me present you Mister... Let me introduce(= ouO"t'ftvw At V25) you Miss..... I am very glad (Xa(pw noA.u corresponds to the English how do you do). I wiil be glad to know (meet) your father (le, V3) (brother (L10, V26), man (~. V14) , husband), I have heard (= aKouw, ~. V9 ) many good (things) for (about) him and I follow with great interest and I know very well his works. Mr... is an architect, Mrs.... is a doctor. The gentleman back there (~69o~ = depth, has also the meaning of background, b.3 , V4 5) is a lawyer and the lady at his side is a politician. You see that and (also) the women (L1 , V9) have the microbe of politics. In here Mr ... and Mrs ... are (both) your colleagues (Kal Ol <Suo and the two means both). Very well (wonderfully, superbly). We have common interests (= KOLv6~ L11 , V35) and I would add and (also) common concerns (interests) and so we can understand each other better. Come at about noon (in the afternoon, in the evening, this evering, tomorrow) to my house you will meet and (also) other friends. There wiil be and (also) my son with his own friends who are all artists, painters, musicians, actors. You see, he did not follow the profession of his father, he became (an) actor. Let us plan (organize) together today's (= OT)1Jeptv6~. ~. V18) (the afternoon's, the evening's, this evening's, tomorrow's) programme of ours. First we will visit the exposition which is found in the centre of the city. After (or afterwards) we will walk a little and we will see (visit) the Museum. lt is a few steps (metres) more (farther) down. To-morrow we will go with (by) the car to the suburbs. There we (can) circulate easily. At the factory will receive us the director and the superintendents of the sections who will give us information (= nA.Ilpo<pop(a b.2 , V38) for (about) the employees and the workers. What personnel do you have? Over (or more) than (a) hundred persons.

l5uuKoAtuOlJOI 5iskolevome = have difficulty (5uoKoA£LJ1'-11Ka). See MoKoAoc; L 11, V 10 napoua16~w paroosiazo = present (napouo(ao-a) l5tano•vfl5a, 11 ~espinf~a = miss, young lady au~uyoc;, ., sfziyos = wife napaKoAouew parakoloo86 = follow (napaKoAoueno-a) tvl5~acptpov, TO en<Siaferon = interest tpyaafa, 11 eryasfa = work, job. 0 tpy6TI')c; eryatis, 11 tpy6Tpla = eryatria = worker (From TO t pyo Ls. V:?a) apXITtKTovac;, o arxitektonas = architect y1aTp6c;, o yatr6s or IOTp6c; iatr6s (pediatrics) = doctor, physician l51KI')y6poc;, o 5ikiy6ros = lawyer, solicitor (See ~(Kalo L 10, V~) l51nAa ~I pia (adv.) = 1. by the side, 2. next to

146

17. noAmK6c;, o politik6s = politician. H noAITtKrl politiki = politics (From 11 noA.n = city L15 , V5) 18. ~1Kp6Jl•o, TO mikr6vio = microbe (IJlKpo (= small)+~(oc; (biography) = life) 19. ouv6~tAcpoc;, o sina~elfos =colleague (ouv+a~eA.cpoc; = brother L10, V213) 20. 8au~6o1a eavmasia (adv.) = wonderfully, marvellously. To 8au~a eavma = miracle, wonder. 0au~6~w eavmazo =admire, wonder at (9au1Jao-a) 21. untpoxoc;, -11, -o iperoxos = superb. Yntpoxa iperoxa =superbly. Yntptxw iperexo = excel, exceed(untp (=hyper)+txw = have) 22. npoo8tTw proseeto (prosthetic) = add (np6o9eo-a) (npoc;+9eTw (epithet) = put) 23. ou~cptpov, To sinferon = interest, advantage, concern 24. ouvtvvoou~at sinenoo6me = 1. understand each other, 2. reach an understanding (ouvewOT'l911K·a) 25. ~t011~tp1 , TO mesimeri = about noon, mid-day (12.00-15.00 hrs, 6 2 , V 17) (IJEOTl+iJepa). Mtomn:ptav6c;, -~, -6 mesimerian6s = noon 26. an6ytu~a, TO ap6yevma = early afternoon {17.00-19.00 hrs, fl2,V18). Anoytu~anv6c;, -~, -6 apoyevmatin6s = afternoon 27. Jlp6~u, TO vrMi = evening(> 19.00 hrs). Bpa~uv6c;, -~, -6 vra~in6s =evening (L 10, V 15} 28. an6t1Jt ap6pse = this evening, tonight. Anot1Jtv6c;, -~, -6 apopsinos =this evening, tonight's 29. aup1o, TO avrio = tomorrow (L10 , V6). Aup1av6c;, -~. -6 avrian6s = tomorrow's, 30. y16c;, o yes = son 3 1. KaM1Tt xv11c;, o kalitexnis = artist (KaMn (= nice) + TE)(Vll (technology) = art) 32. ~wypacpoc;, o zoyrafos = painter (~w~ (=life)+yp6cpw = write)) 33. ~oumK6c;, o moosik6s = musician. H ~ouoiKrl moosikl = music 34. 118ono16<;, o i9opi6s = actor (~9oc; (ethics)+notw = make) . See Lg, V-:r2. 35. O)(t~•a~w sxe~iazo = 1. plan, 2. design, 3. intend, 4. sketch , draw 36. opyavwvw oryan6no = organize 37. np6ypa~~a , TO pr6yrama = programme (npo+ypaiJIJO= Ietter) 38. npwTa pr6ta (adv.) = firstly. See npwTo<; L1, V1• 39. tK8tOI1, 11 ek9esi = exposition, exhibition (eK+9ton (thesis) = position) 40. KCVTpo, TO kendro = centre 41 . UOTtpa lstera = afterwards 42. ntpnaTw perpat6 = walk 43. ~ouotio, TO mooslo = museum 44. Jlr1~a , TO vlma = step 45. ~tTpo , TO metro = metre 46. npoaOTtlo, To proastio = suburb (npo + 60Tu = city) 47. KuKAocpopw kiklofor6 = circulate 48. 6vtTa aneta (adv.) = in comfort, comfortably, easily. ~vtToc;, -11, -o anetos = comfortable, convenient 49. tpyoOT6o•o, TO eryostasio = factory 50. uno~txo~a• i po~exome = receive (unoMxe-nKa). H uno~oxr1 ipo~oxl = reception 51 . ~•tu8uVTr1c;,o ~ief9ind ls = director . .lutu8uvw ~ietelno = direct (~1eueuv-a) 52. npo"iOT6~tvoc; , o proistamenos = superintendent, foreman 53. ~r1~a, TO tmfma = 1. section, 2. portion, segment. To aOTuVOIJlKO TIJ~IJa = police station 54. un6M11Aoc;, o ipalilos = employee 55. npoowmK6, TO prosopik6 = personnel 56. n6vw pane = above, over, upstairs 57. tKaT6 ekat6 (hecatomb) = one hundred

147

EnayytApara epangelmata (= professions) KOI ypa
~

Higher Education Degree 0, TJ ytatp6 ~ yatr6s (or tatp6~ ) = physician. To tatp d o = doctor's surgery 0, TJ l!nxavtK6<; = engineer 0, TJ BtK T)y 6po ~ = lawyer, solicitor. To BtKIJYOPtK6 ypacpsio = lawyer's office 0 , 11 apxntKTovac; (o , TJ apxtttKTwv) = architect 0, 11 tpOPI!OKonot6~ farmakopi6s = pharmacist, chemist. To tp(lpi!OKtio =pharmacy, chemist's shop 0, TJ oaovtoytatp6~ (or oaovtiatpo<;) =dentist. To oBovnatpsio = dentist's office

nTuxio ErrayyEAIJOTIK~c; IxoA~c; Professional School Diplomas

KaMIT£XVIKa ErrayytAIJaTa Artistic Professions

0 TJAEKtpo).6yoc; = electrician 0 u~pau>. tK6~ il5ravlik6s =plumber 0 l.lTJXOVlK6<; OUTOKlVi]TWV = car mechanic. To ouvspysio sineryfo = car repair shop

0 , n l.lOUO tK 6~ = musician 0 , n ~wypacpo<; =painter 0 , n neonot6<; i9opi6s = actor 0 KOAhlTEXVTJ~ . Tl KOAAlTEXVt6a = artist 0 tpayo u~toti] <;, n tpayou6iotpta =singer

'AM.a ErrayytAIJOTa

Other Professions

0, n tl.lTlOpo<; =merchant, businessman H &Tatptia =company, firm, society 0 Kptonw.A.n<; = butcher. To Kptonw.A.sio kreopolio = butcher's shop 0 ~~~.A.tonw.A.n~ = bookseller. To ~~~.A.10nw.A.eio = bookshop 0 Koupta~ = barber. To Koupe!o koorlo = barber's shop 0 KOI.ll.lWTi] ~. 11 KOI.ll.lTT)<; , T) pdcptpta =tailor. To pacpeio = tailor's shop 0 l.lTIOKtUTJ<; , n IJITOKa.A.toa = grocer. To l.lT10Ka.A.tKO, to navtonw.A.elo =grocer's shop, general store 0 l.lOY£lpa<; , n I!OY£iptoa = cook 0 ayp6TTJ ~ . n ayp6noa = farmer, countryman, countrywoman 0 11ava~n~ . TJ 11ava~taa =greengrocer. To 1.10vaatKO = greengrocer's shop 0 IJlapac; =fishmonger. To IJiapa6tKO = fishmonger's shop 0 nw.A.11tiJ~ . 11 nw.A.i]tpta =seller, salesman, saleswoman 0 epyatn~ . n epyatpta = worker 0, n ~axapo n.A.aotn ~ confectioner. To ~axapon.A.aot eio zaxaroplastio = confectioner's pastry shop 0 Kacpet~i]~ kafetzls = cafe-keeper. To Kacpsvs!o = coffe shop 0 nepmtepa~ = kiosk-keeper. To neplmspo = kiosk 0 , 11 KQTQOTIJJlOTOPXTl~ = shop-keeper or owner. To KOTQOTT)IlO (shop), TO l.lOVO~i (shop) , 11 unspayopa (super market).

YrraM11Ao1 ipallili = employees t.11116oto<; unaHT).A.o<; = civil servant Tall&la<; = cashier. To TOI.l&lo = cash-desk YnaHn.A.o<; = employee (business, office or shop) Tpan&~lK6~ = bank employee

148

H eKnai~eUOI] 1 OTI] OUYXPOVI]2 EAA66cf Ta nati5t6 O'TT]V EM6i5a ~e:Ktvouv4 111v e:Kna(i5e:uoi] Touc; O'TTJV 11AtK(a5 Twv t~t ne:pfnou6 e:Twv7 . nptv8 an6 111v TlALK(a aun') ~-tnopouv va n6v(e:) aro V'lntaywye:(o9 . Ta 11 npwTa e:wta )(pOVlQ10 '1 e:Knafi5e:U011 ElVQl unO)(pEWTlK~ ra 6A.a TQ nati5t6. Ta npwTa 1 16 OXOM(Q 12 e:(vat TO ill"}IJOTlKO 13' 6nou 14 '1 e:Kna(i5e:U011 i5tapKe:l E~l )(pOVlQ KQl TO ru~-tv6ato 17 6Ma Tp(a XP6vta. Me:T6 TO ru~-tv6ow Ta nati5t6 1-1nopouv va n6v(e:) aro 1\uKe:to yta Tp(o )(pOVlQ KOl uare:pa18 IJnopouv vo i5woouv e:~e:T6oe:tc; 19 yta TO AvwTe:pa20 EKnati5EUTlK621 23 24 25 li5pUIJOT0 22 (AEI): TO nove:m~IJl0 TO noAUTE)(Ve:(o Kat TO TEI (Te:)(VOAOYtK6 26 Enayye:A.IJOTtK6 liSpUIJOTo). 29 Me:T6 TO muxfo27 on6 TO AEI, un6pxouv ot IJETomu~oKtc; 28 onoui5t c; yta 111v 30 31 32 3 OnOKT11011 e:v6c; EnlO'TT]IJOVlKOU TlTAOU ~ IJLOC: Eli5LK0111TOC: •

1. ttmal~tuon = ekpe~efsi = education, training, 2. cruvxpovoc;, -11, -o = srnxronos = contemporary, modern, synchronous, simultaneous (L14, V~, 3. EAA6~a . 11 ela~a Greece, 4. ~tKavw ksekin6 begin, 5. flAtKfa, f1 = age, 6. ntplnou = about, approximately, 7. troc;, TO = year, 8. np1v and np1v an6 = before, 9. Yl1niOYWY£iO, TO = kindergarten, 10. XP6VIO, TO = years (l 10, V20). 11. unoXPtWnK6c;, -~. -6 = obligatory, 12. axoAtfo, TO = sxolfo = school , 13. l1f1~0nK6, To = primary school, 14. 6nou (adv.) = where, 15. ~aapKw last, 16. ru~v6mo, TO secondary school, 17. 1\uKtao, TO = higher secondary school , 18. uattpa = afterwards, after, then, 19. t~trao11, 11 examination, 20. avwnpoc;, -11, -o higher, 21 . tKTTaa~tunK6c;, -~. -6 = ekpe~eftik6s educational, 22. i~pu~a, TO = institution, 23. navtmarr1~10, TO = University , 24. noAun:xvtfo, TO = Polytechnic School, 25. nxvoAoyaK6c;, -~ . -6 technological , 26. tnayytA~OT1K6c;, -~. -6 epangelmatik6s professio nal, 27. muxfo, To = high school diploma, 28. ~£TamuxJaK6c;, -~. -6 postgraduate, 29. OTTOU~tc;, 01 (pi.) = studies, 30. an6tm1011. 11 = the act of obtaining, 31. t niOTTUJOVIK6c;, -~. -6 = scientific, 32. TiTAoc;, o = title, 33. ta~aK61TITO, '1 = (ti~IK6TI'J~ in K) speciality.

=

=

=

=

=

=

= =

=

=

o 0 o 0 0

~60KaAoc;, f1 ~aOK6Aa K08f1YI1nlc;, 11 K08f1YrlTPIO ~a811T~c;, '1 ~a8~Tpta cpOITI'Jn}c;, 11 cpOITrlTPIO O'TTOU~aaTr}c;, f1 O'TTOU~OOTpiO

= teacher of the ~T'll.lOTlK6 (L 13 , V40) = teacher of the other schools

= pupil of all schools except AEI (L13 , V51) = students of AEI

=

=

149

lsocrates (436-339 BC) in his panegyric states that the name of the Greeks is not a result of:

"'tou yt vou«; (= genus, race)

alla tq«; lhavoia«; (= intellect)"

and he defined that:

"pallovl "Ellqve«; KaAei'o9al2 tou«;3 tij«; nal&uo£(&)«;4 t'ij«; qpntpa«;5 'i) KolVIj«;6 cpuoe(&)f;7 pe"ttxovuc;3 ". Greeks should be called those partaking our education rather than a common nature. 1. ~aMov = rather, 2. KaAcfoeaa = infinitive of KaAou~aa = be called, 3. Touc; ... ~atxoVTtc; = the (those) partaking (ace. plural of the participle of ~atxw = partake, share in common with others (JJ&Ta + txw), 4. fl naf~tuoac; pe~efsis TTJ«; naa~tuotwc; = education {In modern Greek the word exists as fl tKnaf~tUOfl meaning education and training. Its etymology is the education of children = naa~fa), 5. fl~tT&poc;, -a, -o = our own, 6. Koav6c;, -~, -6 = (coenobitic) = common (L 11 , V~). 7. 'l cpuoac; (physiological) TTJ«; cpuo&wc; = nature ('l cpuofl in Modern Greek).

ZHTOYNTAI = are wanted (3rd person pi. of the active voice of ~T"JTC.I> Lg, V 16) Y~PAY/\I KOI i~ravlik l (hydraulic) = plumbers (TOU KYP)

150

Xptjatpot .lltaAoyot

lls

E n I OK£4J r) OTr)V n6Ar).

1. :Lfu1epa ano<pamoa va yvwp(ow TrJV n6Ar1. ea yupfow 6A.o To KeVTpo IJE Ta n6ota Kat 1 2 Sa Ent0KETaoet~ an6 To tva 0111-1Eio OTO 6Mo. To 8 AEW<pope(o ~TO Tp6A.eu 7 ElVat rno yp~yopa. AKOIJ'l KaAUTepa TO IJETp6 . nou e(vat '1 OTclO'l TOU AEW
6. :LTrJ ouvexeta 54 (sinexia) 8u1JfJ8'1Ka 6Tt tnpene va nepaow an6 IJ(a Tp6ne~a55 va aMa~w Ta ~tva VOIJLOIJOTa56 nou efxa. EuTuxwc; noA.u KoVT6 ~pf]Ka 1Jta Tpane~a. 57 58 59 7. nooo EXEI orliJEpa napaKaAW 1'0 ooM6pto ('1 AyyA.tK~ hlpa , TO
151

Useful dialogues

Visit (Ll 1, V47) to the city (L 15, Vs)

1. Today I decided (= anocpao(~w. L15 , V5 ) to get aquainted with the city. I will go around {= yup(~w Ls, V8) all the (in the entire) centre and I shall visit its main monuments and places{= 1-1tpoc; L13• V38) . I shall go alone, I don't need (= )(Pet6.~0IJOl L11 , V19) a guide. Please do you have a plan of the city? 2. Luckily that I did not get a car. lt has (there is) such a traffic-flow (= K(V110Tl L15 , Vp) that the circulation (circulating) is difficult. You need much time to arrive (= cp86.vw L, 2 , V43) from one point (place) to another. The bus or the trolley are quicker {= ypf)yopoc; L10 , V12) . Still better the subway. Where is the bus-stop (or the station of the subway) please? How much it has (costs) the ticket? 3. The first visit after I made a round in the centre was the archaeological museum. There I admired {= 8au1-16.~w ~. V20) the level of civilization and of artistic perfection that they had developed the Ancients (Greeks) of not only the classical period of the fifth century before Christ but also of the prehistoric times up to15 centuries BC (before Christ) . The statues and the other works of art were unique. 4. The next (= en61-1evoc; ll2 , V4 ) day I planned (a) visit to the Byzantine museum. The Byzantine Empire for (a) thousand years(= )(P6vta L10, V20) dominated in southeastern Europe, the Middle East and the Mediterranean. International in composition with the main nationality the Greeks and official and common language the Greek, it created masterpieces of art that are found in the Byzantine museums. Special interest have (present) the icons which consitute (are) a superb mixture of high artistic competence and profound reverence of the painter. s. Tired (= Koupao1Jevoc; L12 , V14) from the visit I stopped at a coffee-shop in the square to drink a coffee. The shade under the trees (= 6evrpo L, ,, V29) was pleasant. After a little (time) I got up and went to the post-office to throw (post) a letter. Stamps for a letter for abroad (foreign country) please. Which country please? Simple or registered (= OUOTTliJEVO ~ . V25)? Simple but urgent please. And for domestic (destination) what stamps are needed? 6. Then (OTTl ouvexeta, lit. in the continuation, is an expression meaning then, after that) I remembered (= 8u1J6.1Jat L11 , V29) that I should pass from (by) a bank to change (= aM6.~w L12 V3 ,) the foreign money that I had. Luckily very near I found a bank. 7. How much has (is) today please the dollar (the English pound, the franc, the mark)? Can you change me (a) hundred dollars? Here is your money, sir. One hundred dollars at ..... drachmas the one (each) make .... drachmas. Thank you, can you change me a thousand drachmas note? (X
152 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21 . 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45.

KUpl6n:poc:, -11, -o kiri6teros = main, principal IJVfUJ&fo, TO mnimfo = monument XOP1'flC:, o xtutis (chart) = map oi511Y6c:, o o~iy6s = guide (o~oc; (exodus) = street+ 6yw = lead) KuKAocpopia , 11 kikloforfa = circulation, flow of traffic OI11Jdo, TO simfo (semeiology) = point (of place, degree) Tp6A&u, TO tr61ey = trolley J.I&Tp6, TO metr6 = subway, underground yupoc:, o yfros (gyroscope) = 1. stroll, walk around, circle, 3. turn. See also yup(~w L 10 , V7 and yupw L,1. v48· apxa1oAoy1K6c:, -r1, -6 arxeoloyik6s = archaeological. See also ot apxa(ot L 11 , V43 pa81J6~, o va9m6s = degree, grade noAma1J6~, o politism6s = civilization, culture KOAAIT&XVIK6C:, -r1. -6 kalitexnik6s = artistic. See~ v 31 T&Ati6T11TO, 11 teli6tita = perfection. See TeM:toc; L12 , V46 avamuaw anaptrso = develop (avemu~-a. txw avamu~-et) KAaaaJK6c;, -r1, -6 klasik6s = classical n&pioi5oc:, 11 perfo~os = period mwvac:, o e6nas (mwv e6n (aeon) in Anc. and K) = century npo'iOTOpiK6~, -r1, -6 proistorik6s = prehistoric ayaAIJa, TO ayalma = statue Tt xv11, 11 texni (technical) = 1. art, 2. skill, 3. craft 1JOVai5JK6c;, -r1, -6 mona~ik6s = unique (from 11 IJOV6i5a (monad) = unity) npoypOIJIJOTi~w proyramatlzo (programme) = make a programme, plan (npoypaf.Jf.J6Tto-a) Bu~aVTJv6~, · r1, -6 vizantin6s = Byzantine auTOKpaTopia, 11 aftokratoria = empire. 0 auToKpaTwp aftokrator = emperor (aUTo (=self) + Kp6Twp = holder, ruler) KUplapxw kiriarx6 = dominate (Kupt6pmo-a) (Kuptoc; L3 , V~ + apxfl (monarchy) = authority) VOTIOOVOTOAIK6c;, ·rl, -6 notioanatolik6S = SOUtheastern (VOTIO<;, -a , -0 = SOUth + OVOTOAIKO<;,f), -6 = eastern) Eupwn11, 11 evr6pi = Europe AvaToAr1, 11 anatolf = East Mta6ytiOC:, 11 mes6yios = Mediterranean (f.JE
153 46. oK16, 11 skia = shade 47. 011KWVO~OI sik6nome = get up, rise (OTlKW8-f'lKO). 48. TaxulSpo~tfo, TO taxi~romlo = post office. 0 Taxul5p6~oc; taxi~r6mos = postman (TOXU<:; (tachymeter, tachycardia)) = rapid+~p6~oc; (hippodrome) = street) 49. pfxvw rtxno = throw (tp1~-a) 50. ypa~~OT6ar)~o, To yramat6simo = stamp (ypaJ.l~a (telegram) = letter + ot11-1a (semantics)=mark} 51. &~WT&p1K6c;, -~, -6 exoterik6s (exoteric) = 1. external, exterior, 2. foreign. To &~WT&PIK6 exoterik6 = abroad, foreign countries 52. tn&fyov,To epfyon = urgent 53. &OWT&p1K6c;, -~, -6 esoterik6s (esoteric) = 1. internal, interior, 2. domestic, 3 . esoteric 54. ouvtxt•a, 11 sinexia = continuation, continuity. !11') ouvexe1a = after that. See ouvexflc; L 14 , V54 55. Tp6nt(a, 11 trapeza =bank 56. v6~1a~a, TO n6misma (numtsmatic) = currency, coin 57. lSoAA6p1o, To ~olario dollar 58. Aipa, 11 lira = pound sterling 59. cpp6yKo, TO frango French franc 60. ~apKo, TO marko German mark 61. XP~~a, To xrrma = money 62. xaAw xal6 = 1. put out of order, break off, 2. spoil, 3. change into small change or spend money 63. xapTov6~10JJO, TO xarton6misma = banknote, paper currency (XapT( (= paper) +v6~1o~a) 64. Ktp~a. TO kerma = small coin 65. ~IKponpay~aTa, TO mikropraymata = small things 66. ntpfmtpo, To perfptero = kiosk 67. ntpiOlSIK6, TO perio~ik6 (periodical) magazine

= = =

=

•

TOlxoypacp(a (=fresco, o To(xo~ =wall + ypacpf) = writing) an6 T11 9f)pa (Iavrop(VTJ) 16°<: atwva~ (see N° 18) n .X. (= npo XptOTou)

154

11 v•ayla 11 8£fa

0

3

nannouc;

4

8

11 avtqm1

2

o naTt pac;5

11 IJI1Ttpa 8

10

11 t~a~tAcpl1

15

8

11 K6P11 12 11 a~tAcp~ 11 t yyovr1 TO na1~f

TO a~tAcp1a

17

14

o v•6c; 13 o a~tAcp6c;

7

o 8tfoc; 0

OVttJII6<;

11

o t~a~tAcpoc;

18

o t yyov6c; 18

111

21

TO 1JWp6

1. OIKoyt vt la, 11 ikoyen1a = fami ly (ofKoc; (ecology= house)+yt voc; = genus), 2. v•ay16, 11 yaya = grand-mother, 3. nannouc;, o papo6s = grand-father, 4. IJI1Ttpa, 11 = mother (le, V4 ), 5. naTt pac;, o uncle, 8. K6pl1, 11 = daughter (the = father (le, V;J, 6. 8£fa , 11 era = aunt, 7. 8£foc;, 0 eros dimunitive of K6PI1 is TO KopfTal the girl), 9. y16c;, o yos son (u•6c; i6s in Anc. and K), 10. avtl&ua, 11 anepsia niece, 11. avt tJu6c;, o, anepsi6s = nephew, 12. a~tAcp~, 11 = sister (L 10, V'lfj). 13. a~tAcp6c;, o = brother (L 10 , V2fj), 14. Ta a~tAq>1a a<Selfia (Philadelphia) = brothers, brethnen, L 14 , V33 , 15. t~a~tAcp11, 11 = cousin (f.), 16. t~a~tAcpoc;, o =cousin (m.), 17. t yyovr1, 11 engonl = granddaughter, 18. t yyov6c;, o engon6s = grand-son, 19. na1~f, TO = child (L1, V4) , 20. nai~OKI , TO = little child, 21 . 1JWp6, TO = baby (sophomore).

=

=

=

=

Map~6plva (= marble) £l<5W~la 1<S6fia (= figurines. From TO e(<SwA.o = idol ) 2,800 -2,300 n .X.

Mouoe(o KuKA.a<SlKtl<; Texv11c;, A8f)va

155

0 :t\yto~ (= saint hagiography) IJE Ta nat~t6 (L11 V14} . MwocitK6 (= mosaic) (7o~ atci>va~ IJ.X.). EKKAllO(a (= church ecclesiastical) (~. V1 8) Ay(ou llll!JllTPfou 9eooaA.ov(K11~·

156

XpciJIJOTO XpwJ.Ia J.IOAAIWV Colour of hair

XpWJ.IOTa Colours aonpo A&UK6 K6KKIVO KiTpiVO npaOIVO

=white

IJOUpa KOOTOVO

=red =yellow =green

~avea yKpi~a

aonpa

= black = brown =blond = grey = white

XpWJ.IO J.IOTIWV Colour of eyes IJOupa KOOTOVO yaAava npOOIVO

=black = brown = blue =green

ya.\6~10

yaAav6 tJnA& Kacpt Kaarav6 yKpi~o

IJOUpo aKoupo OVOI)(T6

= blue =brown = grey =black =dark = light (lit. open)

The Greek word for hair of the head is the plural of the word TO IJOMf meaning wool. Accordingly, the adjective denoting the colour of IJOMia as well as of IJOTIO is put in the plural of the neuter form.

4

An6 TO IJOTlO nlOV&TOl OTO ~e!Ata KOT&~O(V&l 7 3 6 KL'on6 TO X&lAL0 CTTllV KOp~lQ pl~WV&L KOI ~e ~yo(vet • 1

3

2

By the eyes it is captivated, to the lips it descends, and from the lips into the heart becomes rooted, and does not go out.

=

1. To IJCITI, TO IJOTLO matya = eye-s L,b V~ and N° 6 next page, 2. mavw - maVOIJOl pyanome catch - be caught, be caught hold of, be captivated, 3. TO xefAo~. TO xe!An or To xelA.to xflia = lip-s, see N° 10 next page, 4. KOTe~o(vw descend, go or get down, see Gr. 12c and L13, V19, 5. 11 Kop~t6 kardya = heart, L13, V47 and N° 25 next page, 6. pt~wvw = become rooted, grounded, fixed. From 11 p(~a = root, 7. ~ya(vw, vyeno = go out, come out, Gr 12c and L13 , V25.

=

A demotic(= of the people) verse referring to L 14 , V00•

157

To uwpa

1

KECI»AAI

2

4

~trwno 5

cppu~1a

11

~ana 11

aun6

~UTfl

7

~6youAa

xtiAia

~6vna

10

yAwaaa 13

12

ar6~a

A A I M

I

11

14

0 I

KOPMOrs AKPA19 EinTEPIKA23 OPrANA:M

Ini8oc: - ~tan - KOIAI6 Xtp1a:ld - n6~1a~ 1 - ~6KTUAa 22 25 218 Kap~16 - nv£u~ov£c; 27 218 ITo~6XJ - tvT£pa - auKwn29 111

17

18

1. aw~a, TO = body (L 16, V~. 2. K£cp6AI, To = head, 3. ~aAA16, Ta = hair (of head), ro ~aAAf = wool, 4. ~trwno, TO = forehead, 5. cppu~•. TO = eyebrow, 6. ~6n, TO = eye (L 11, V~. 7. ~UTI'), 11 =nose, 8. ~ayouAo, TO = cheek, 9. aun, TO =ear (l 11 , Voo), 10. X£1Aoc;, TO = lip, 11. ar61Ja, TO = mouth, 12. ~6vn , TO tooth, 13. yAwaoa, 11 = tongue (L11 , V4 ) , 14. A01~6c;, o = neck, 15. Kop~6c;, o = trunc, 16. an;eoc;, TO (stethoscope) = chest, 17. ~tO'I'l, 11 (mesozoic) = waist, middle, 18. Ko1A16, 11 = belly, abdomen, 19. 6Kpo, TO (acrobat) =extremity, 20. xtpl, TO = hand (l3, Vg), 21. n~l, TO = foot (l3. V1o). 22. ~aKTUAo, TO = finger, 23. £aWT£PIK6c;, -~. -6 (esoteric) = internal (~. V~ . 24. 6pyavo, TO = organ, 25. Kap~t6, 11 (cardiology) = heart, L 13, V47, 26. nv£u~ovac;, o (pneumonia) lung, 27. OTO~ax•, TO = stomach, 28. tVT£po, TO (dysentery) = intestine, 29. auKwn, TO = liver

=

=

158

Pouxa

1

-

Ev~upaTcl KOnt Ao3 4

K01Jnapvrlva5

naAT6

7

8

KOOTOUIJI

cp6p&1J0

OOKOKI9 nOUKOIJIOO11 navT&A6vl 13

1Jn.\ou~a

10

cpouma 12

&owpouxa

14

KOAT0£<;15 yOVTI0 16

IJOVT~.\1

17

nanOUTOIO 18 navrcScpA&c;19 VTUVOIJOI

= get dressed, (vru9-11KO, imp. vruoou, VTU8dn:)

~£VTUVOIJOI

ksendlnome = undress, (~&vru6-11KO, imp. ~&vruoou, ~£VTU6£fT£) papw = sew, make or have made clothes, (t-pa'IJ-a), paP-oiJOI = have made clothes (pacpT-11Ka) p61TT11<; p6cp111c;, o = tailor, p6mp1a r1 pacpTpla, 11 = dress-maker

n

UcpOOIJO, TO = cloth, material IJOAAivoc;, -11, -a = woollen PaiJPOKtp6c;, -r1, -6 = cotton IJ&TO~WT6<;, ·rl, -6 = silk KOVT6c;, -~, 6 = short OT£v6c;, -r1, 6 = narrow, tight-fitting

IJOKpuc;, -16, -u = long cpapl5uc;, -16, -u = wide, broad

1. pouxo, TO = cloth, garment, L13 , V48 2. t vl5u1Ja, TO = dress, garment. H &vl5u1Jaofa = suit, dress, 3. Kant Ao, TO = hat, 4. naAT6, TO = overcoat, 5. KOIJnapvrlva, 11 = gabardine, 6. alS16ppoxo, TO = raincoat, 7. KOOTOUIJI, To =man's suit, 8. cpouOTav•, TO =woman's dress, 9. oaK6KI, TO =jacket, 10. JJn.\ou~a , 11 =blouse, 11. nouK61JIOo, To = shirt, 12. cpouOTa, '1 =skirt, 13. navrt A6v1, To = trousers, 14. &owpouxo, To = underclothes (eow + pouxo), 15. KOAToa, '1 = sock, stocking, 16. y6vn, TO = glove, 17. IJOvnlAI, TO = handkerchief, 18. nanouTol, TO = shoe, 19. navr6cpAa, '1 =slipper.

159

OL AyLOl ayii rewpytoc; KQl Ll'liJtlTPlOc;. EKKA'lOlQ ecclesiastical (= church) Ay(wv Avapyupwv, Kamopt6, LluTLKtl {= western, seep. 154, N° 20) MaKe?5ov(a. {nep( TO 1,100 IJ.X. = IJ€T6 XptOT6)

160

Good wishes KaAI')tJtpa (oac;) KaAI')ontpa (oac;) KaAI')VU)(TO (oac;) KaA6 ppaliu KaA~ li•aoKtliaol')

= = = = = = = =

good morning (to you) good evening (to you) good night (to you) (have a) good evening (have a) good recreation (time) KaA~ 6p£~'1 good appetite KaA~ pliotJalia (have a) good week KaA6 fJ~va (have a) good month KaA6 KaAoKaip• = (have a) good summer KaA6 X£1f.IWVO = (have a) good w inter KaA~ xpov16 = (have a) good year Xp6v1a nolle = (may you live) many years KaA6 Xplarouy&wa = good (Merry) Christmas KaA6 naoxa = good (Happy) Easter ITI')V uy£16 lya oac; (oou, Tl')c;, TOU, Touc;) = to your {her, his, their) health

A general response to many of these w ishes is: &uxap•arw, £nfol')c; = thanks, likewise (same to you).

161

0 IJOp1J6.ptvo~ (= marble) 8p6vo~ (= thron) OTov T6.q>o (= tomb epitaph) TT')~ EuptOtKT')~ evrioikis, IJ'lTepa~ (le. V4 ) Tou n aTepa (le. V3) Tou Mey6.Aou (L 1, V8 ) AAE~avopou , tAfnnou . Bepy(va, MaKeoov(a.

162

X8&c:; npoxe£c:; n£pual np•v npoTOU :AMoT& KanoT& T6T& NwpiT&pa

= = = = = =

yesterday the day before last year before before (an event) formally, in the past, another time =sometimes =then = earlier = immediately, at once = now = just now =today = in the morning = at noon = in the afternoon = in the evening = tonight, this evening = this year =never

AJJtawc:; Twpa M6A1c:;Twpa I~JJ&pa

To npwf To JJ&arwtp• To an6y&UJJO To ppa~u An6"'t Ecptroc:; noT£

Apy6Ttpa Mno 'YaT&pa an6 '0TOV

Aup10 Mteaup•o Tou xp6vou

= = = = = = =

later after after (en event) when tomorrow the day after tomorrow next year

nouo; 1

2

Ka86Aou => £A6XJOT0 => Aiyo => noAu8 => napa noAu8

3

=> K6~mooo4 => p£pJK65 => apKn66 => ooo~~noTe

1. Ka86Aou = at all, not at all, 2. £A6XJaToc:;, -11, -o = minimal, 3. Alyoc:;, -11, o = few Lt. V3 (Aiyo = a few, a little), 4. KOJJnoaoc:;, ·I"J, -o = quite a number or amount of. See p. 97, 5. JJ&PIKOI, -&c:;, -a = a certain number (or quantity or amount) of, some, certain. See p. 98, 6. apKn6c:;, -11, -o = sufficient, see apKw and apKd L16 , V17 and p. 110, 7. oaoalS~noT&, oa.,lS~noT&, oaolS~noT& = however much, greater or many. See Table p. 98, 8. noAu = much L1, V7 , 9. napa noAu = very much.

163

. nou;

BOPEIA17 B

A ' avw (t)navw 11

! E&i)1

~

~

(thmp6c; 3 ~ ~npoar6 3

ll20 y

ap1ar£p6

6

~&aa 9

A

~

~

EK

nfaw4 A 19

~ Z5~J6

5

N A

T 0

T d I

Kovr6 7

K

A

~

~~

"I K

nA6J,4 Z5in Aa 13

an&va

A

~ .

~

OVTIKP

'

~w1o

y K6Tw12

' N

18

NOTIA

25 2 24 KQnOU \ 6nou 22 , OnouZS~nOT£ 23, navrou , nou8&v6

ezsw

= = (t)~np6<; or 1JnpoaT6 = n(aw = = Z5t~l6 = ap10Ttp6 = KOVTO = 8. IJOKpiO = 9. IJCOa = 10. t~w 11. (&)navw or 6vw = = 12. KOTW = 13. ZSinAa

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

&Ktf

here, there, in front of, behind, to the right, to the left, near, far, in, inside, out, outside, up, above, upstairs, down, below, downstairs, next to,

14. nA61 15. avriKpU 16. ant vaVTI 17 . p6p£10 18. v6Tia 19. avaTOA.IKO

= = = = = = 20. ~Un K6 = 21. K6nou = 22. 6nou = 23. onouZS~nOTt = 24 . naVTOU = 2 5. noue&v6 =

by the side, face to face, opposite, north, south, east, west, somewhere, wherever, anywhere, everywhere, nowhere

•

165

Commented

References

For the reader who wishes to find out more about the Greek language or to have a deeper insight into its history, grammar and stucture, the following list of books is given with a brief comment on their contents.

GREEK LA GUAGE AND PEOPLE

•

1. Hardy D.A: Greek language and People, BBC books, London 1991, pp. 287. The BBC language series book and its audio cassettes. lt contains 20 chapters of dialogues on a variety of topics of everyday life. Each chapter is accompanied by photographs and a text describing the way of life in Greece and the customs of the Greek people. lt is designed to be used as an introduction to Greek for complete beginners. For a student of the present method only the audio cassettes, if they are available, would be of help in pronouncing correct ly the Greek words he is already familiar with.

2. MrrapmvuiJ7qc; r. EAAqvtKry rAciJoua, Erxetp/610 6t6aCTKaAfac; TflC: EMf1VIKt1c; CciC: 6er!T&pf1c; (~tv,c;) yAciJuuac;. '16pupa peAeTwv Aaprrp6Kf1, 1993, pp. 374. This manual of modern Greek, written by the Professor of Linguistics at the University of Athens, G. Babiniotis and his team, is mainly intended for Greeks of the diaspora who have an elementary knowledge of Greek and speak it as a second language. lt serves also as a guide to those teaching Greek to such persons. lt comprises 20 chapters with texts, dialogues, exercises, grammatical notes and a rich vocabulary on topics covering all aspects of modern life. Because of its didactic value it is recommended as a complement to the present method.

166

3. Mackrldge P. The modern Greek language. Oxford University Press, 1987, pp.387. An excellent analysis of the modern Greek language describing systematically its stucture and every other aspect of its present-day usage with a great variety of examples drawn from spoken, written and literary sources. lt is a comprehensive survey intended for scholars or those who wish to study in depth modern Greek. Mackridge states "lt is quite astounding not only how little the spoken Greek language had altered from Classical to modern times but that it should have survived despite ... incursions .. and conquests".

4. Moleas W. The development of the Greek language. Bristol Classical Press, 1991, pp. 118. Wendy Moleas, a teacher of Classics, describes in a simple, concise but full way the historical development of the Greek language from its origin in the Bronze Age to its present form. Her book is recommended as an introductory guide to those seeking an understanding of the structure of modern Greek. Moleas is of the opinion that "... modern Greek is accessible and rewarding to classicists ... whom she wan ts to encourage to study the modern language .. "

5. Browning R. Medieval and modern Greek, Cambridge University Press, 1989, pp. 158. This outstanding book, written by an eminent scholar, traces comprehensively the history and development of the Greek language from the Hellenistic period to the present time. lt is an invaluable source of information for those wishing to have an authoritative view on the subject. Professor Browning believes that "Greek is one lang uage .. that has enjoyed a continuous tradition fro m the Homeric poems down to the present day .. " and that "it is this in tellectual con t inuity which makes the study of Greek both rewardin g and difficult".

6. Prlng J. T. The Oxford dictionary of modern Greek. Oxford University Press, 1986, pp.380. A compact and up-to-date Greek-English and English-Greek dictionary containing 66,500 words and 82,000 translations. Its great value for an English-speaking reader is that it gives all the meanings of Greek words as well as many examples of their idiomatic uses. An essential companion for every student of modern Greek.

7. KCAJvuravrtvf61] A. 01 EAAI]VIKi l; At{&tl; OTI]V AyyAtKtf yAcJaaa, 1991, pp.398. In a meticulous study Constantinidis has counted 35,136 words of Greek origin in Webster's International Dictionary containing 166,724 words, and 20,346 Greek words in medical dictionaries containing 43,716 terms, making a total of 45,729 Greek words in the English language. Of these he presents in his book all the words of every-day speech and certain scientific terms, amounting to 20,500 words.

167

8. T£p{tmouA~-4Jurp6K'It;. EAA'7VIK6 A£~1K6. EK~6U£1t; Appovfa A.E., 1989, pp. 1003.

A monumental thesaurus of the Greek language containing all the Greek words used in modern Greek. Each word is grammatically characterized and then its etymology is given, followed by a clear and concise but full explanation of its common or more usual meaning, as well as of any other meanings it might have. Extracts from literature or common speech in which the word is used are often quoted. The idiomatic use, the synonyms and antonyms of the word are also given. This dictionary should be in the library of all Greek-speaking persons.

168

EM'lVlOTlK6 avriypacpo (= copy, avri + ypacpw. Seep. 72) tpyou (4, V26) Tou n oA.ui
169

The vocabulary Is designed to be a didactic complement to this method. Its aim is to give the student the principal and the secondary meaning of the more common Greek words, their idiomatic use or expressions and at the same time to be a guide to pronunciation and grammar (the pronunciation of y, ~. 8 and x is indicated by these letters). In the case of adjectives (adj.) the feminine (f) and neuter (n) endings are indicated after the masculine (m) form. The verbs are listed In the first person singular of the present tense. To indicate the second stem with which certain tenses and cases are formed the first person singular of the active and the passive voice aorist (simple past s.p.) is given. The future of the verbs combined with prepositions and the participle of the active voice are also listed. The etymology of combined words is given to furnish the key to understanding and memorizing them from the meaning of the combining forms, which is often familiar to the reader. On many occasions the derivatives of a word (adjectives, verbs, nouns) are grouped together to help the reader remember their meaning from the phonological resemblance to the word from which they have originated. Finally, to remind the Engl/s h-speaklng reader once again of how familiar Greek should be to him, an English word deri ved from or that has Its roots In the corresponding Greek word Is added In red. The abbreviations used in the vocabulary are the following: K Anc. a- (or av-) Opp. Expr. Pron.

= KaBapcuouoa = ancient = the privative prefix = the opposite = expression, idiom = pronoun

Adj. Adv.

f m n pi

=adjective =adverb = feminine = masculine = neuter = plural

=

= accusative = genitive = simple past (aorist) =future = Imperative = literally = irregular

=

A a apao•~oc;, -11.

ace. gen. s.p. fut. imp. lit. irr.

-o avasimos

= groundless (a + ~6011

base). Opp. of pao• ~oc; vasimos = well-founded, sound. apy6 (or auy6), TO avy6 = egg, (nwavtt6 a~y6 = fried eggs). From the ancient 'TO w6v (o6n) double o, oocyte) 6yaA~a . TO llyalma = statue. aya96c;, -~. -6 aya96s = kind·hearted, kind, naive. To aya96 aya9a the possessions. aya~oc; , -11. ayamos = unmarried (a + y6J.Io<; (bigamous): marriage) ayavaKTw ayanakt6 be exasperated (ayav6trn10·a, ayavatmof.1tvoc;) ayan11, 11 ayllpi = love. Ayanw ayap6 = love (ay6nno-a, ayam'l9·nKa, ayannf.ltvoc;) . Ayan11~tvoc;,

=

=

-11. -o ayapimenos loved, beloved, favourite ayan11T6c;, -~ . -6 ayapit6s dear ayyeAia, 11 angelia = announcement (f.IIKpt<; ayy£· ~fee; = advertisements). AyytAw angelo (Anc.) announce. From ayyt~w comes o ayy&Aoc; angelos = angel, messenger. ayyAIK6c;, -r\, -6 anglik6s = English. Ta AyyAIKO anglika = the English language. 'AyyAoc;, o angles Englishman. H AyyAf~a angli6a = Englishwoman. ay&vr\c;, -~c;. -tc; ayenls = impolite. Opp. c:uyc:vr\C: efyenls (eugenic) polite. H aytvc1a ayenia impoliteness, rudeness. av•oc;, -a, -o ayios (hagiography) = saint, holy, sacred (Ayfa rpa<pr'J = Holy Bible). ayKaAia~w angaliazo embrace (ayK~tao-a, ayKa-

=

=

=

=

=

=

170 AI60T·llKO, ayKC1AtaO~J€voc;) . H ayKaA16 angalia lap, arms. 6yKupa, '1 angira = anchor. 6yvola, '1 aynia ignorance (see ayvow) ayv6c;, -~. -6 ayn6s = pure, chaste. ayvow ayno6 = ignore, do not know (ayv611o-a, ayvo(J9·1'JKa, ayvonllevoc;) (see vow) . :4yvwaroc;, -11, -o, aynostos, (agnostic) = unknown (a + YVWOT6<;: known) ayop6, 11 ayora (agoraphobia) = 1.market, 2.buying, 3.purchase. Ayop6~c..> ayorazo = buy (ay6pao-a, ayopam·nKa, ayopaollevoc;). 0 ayopaar~c;, ayorastls (f. 11 ayop6arp1a ayorflstria) = the buyer. ay6p1, TO ay 6ri = boy. ayp61J1Jaroc;, -11, -o ayramatos = illiterate [a + YPOillla (grammar):letter] 6yp•oc; -a, -0 ayrios = wild 6vxoc;, To anxos anxiety 6yc..> ayo (Anc.) = lead, bring (used In combined forms: e~6yc..> = export (t~w + ayw). 0 aywy6c; ayoy6s (demagogue) = conductor, conduit. aywvac;, o ay6nas = 1.struggle, 2.exertion, 3.contest (ae>..nnKo( aywvtc; = athletic games). Ayc..>vl~oiJal ayonlzome = 1. struggle (aywv(or-nKa) 2. try hard From aywvac; comes o ayc..>v1~c; ayonistis contender, (agonistic), 11 ayc..>vlarp1a ayonistria (f.) avraywv•arr\c; andayonistls. 11 fighter, o avrayc..>vlarp1a andayonistria (f.) = antagonist and o npwTayc..>vl~<; protayonistls. 11 npwTaywvlarp•a protayonlstria (f.) = protagonist. aywvra, 11 ayonla = agony. anguish, anxiety. 6 6&1a, '1 al5ia = 1.permission, permit, 2.1icence, 3.1eave (of absence). 66&1oc;, -a, -o ai5yos = empty, vacant, A6tl6~w al5yazo = 1.empty (66ttao-a , al5tt6m·nKa, al5tta· OIJEvoc;) 2.have time to spare (IS&v al5tt6~w = I have no time to spare) a6tAqua, TO aMifia (Philadelphia) = brothers, brothers and sisters. A6d.cp6c;, o al5elf6s = brother, 11 a6tAcpl\ al5elfi = sister. A6d cp1 K6 c;, -1\, -6 al5elflk6s = brotherly. a~oc;. -a al5exios = clumsy, maladroit (a + ~6<:; = right). a6tanoToc;, -11, -o al5espotos = without owner or mas· ter [a + 15ton61Tl<: (despoU = ruler] . a616Ppoxoc;, -11, -o al5iavroxos = water proof, water· tight. To a616Ppoxo al5iavroxo = the raincoat. a6168a oc;, -11, -o al5ta9etos = 1.indisposed (in

=

=

=

health), 2.not disposed of [a + 15t69t011 (dlathests) = disposition, mood]. a616cpopoc;, -11, -o al5iaforos = Indifferent, without interest. H a61acpopla al5iaforia = indifference. a6u~~o6oc;, 11 al5iexol5os = having no outlet, blind road [a + 15ta + e~ol5oc; (exodus) = exit]. To ai5Jt~o6o = impasse. a61Kia, 11 al5ikia = injustice, wrong. A61KW al5ik6 = do wrong, treat unjustly (aiS(KilO·O, al5tK(J9-nKa, aiStKllllEVO<;). :46JKoc;, -11, -o al5ikos = unjust, wrong (eX£1<; 61S1K0 = you are wrong). :461Ka (adv.) = wrongly, in vain (61S1Ka ntpllJEV£1<; = you wait in vain). a6uva1Jia, 11 al5inamfa = 1.weakness, 2.1eanness [a + IStiValJll (dynamite) = strength, force]. A&Jvaroc;, -11, -o al5lnatos = 1.weak, 2.1ean, 3.impossible (a + 15uvm6c; = strong). Elvm al5uvmov = it's impossible). A6uvaTI~w al5inatfzo = 1.1ose weight (al5u· v..w =want) a9A'1TI\c;, o a91it is. 11 a9AI\Tpla a91itria (f) athlete. a9A11nK6c;, -1\. -6, a91itik6s = athletic. o a9AI1TIC7}.16c; a91itism6s athletics a9c.IJoc;, -a, -o a96os = innocent, not guilty. H a9w6TI1TO a9o6tita innocence. H a8wwo11 a96osi = aquittal areouoa, 11 eeoosa = large room, hall al}.la, TO ema (haematology) = blood alv•y!Ja, TO eniyma = enigma alo96vo1Jal eseanome = 1. feel (well, fear, cold etc) (alo9av9-nKa), 2. sense. H a lo811011 es9isi = 1. sense (anaesthesia), 2. perception. (Expr. npoKC1Aw a(o911011 = I make an impression). AI0911TIK6c;, -~. -6 es9itik6s = aesthetic. To a lo8111Ja es9ima = feeling, sensation a1o166o~oc;, -11, -o esi615oxos = optimistic . H a1o1o6o~la, esiol5oxfa = optimism aiT'lOI1, 11 etisi = application, request

=

=

=

=

=

171

=

a•Tfa, 11 etia (aetiology) cause, reason atwvac;, o e6nas (Anc. + K atwv, e6n) = 1. century, 2. age, 3. era. Atwvtoc;, -a, -o e6nios (eonian) = eternal aKa6111.1fa, 11 akai5imia = academy. AKa6rUJa'iK6c;, • ~. -6 akai5imaik6s = academic aKaTallrJAoc;, -:1') , •o akatallilos unsuitable (a + KaT6MrtXoc:; = suitable) OKOTOV61'JTOc;, · I'J, -o akatan6itos = incomprehensible (opp. KOTQVOrtT6<;) aKMSuvac;, ·11, -o akini5inos = not dangerous, without danger (a + K(v6uvoc; = danger) aKiVI1Toc;, ·11, -o akinitos = immovable (a + KlVrtT6c:; (kinetics) = movable). To aKiVI)TO, aklnito = 1. item of real estate, 2. building, 3. property aKoAouew akoloo86 follow (aKoAoue.,a-a , aKOAOU9~9-11Ka}, (expr. aKOAOU9E( = to be continued) aK61.10 ak6ma or a1<61.111. ak6mi (adv.) still, yet, more (aK6~a eva = one more). AK61Ja Kat = even aKouw ako6o (acoustics) = 1. hear, listen (to), (6Koucr-a}, 2. obey. AKOUOIJOI ako6ome = be heard (aKOUOT·I'jKO) al
=

=

=

a.UI\Aou·c; allloos (pron. ace. pi.) = one another, each other (Ayan6TE aM~Xouc; = love each other) a.U•wc; ali6s (adv.) = otherwise, differently 6.Uoc;, ·I\, -o alos (allochromatic) = 1. other (6Xt aUT6, TO 6Aho = not this, the other), 2. else (T(not& 6Mo; any1hing else?, Tt 6Mo; what else?), 3. next (o 6.Moc; napaKaAW = the next please, TllV 6M11 cpop6 next time), 4. different (aUT6 Elv01 6Mo npayj.la = this is a different thing), 5. more (6M&c; 25uo 1Jnup&c:; = two more beers, Kl 6Mo = some more) allOT& alate (adv.) = formerly, at another time a.Uou alo6 (adv.) = elsewhere (expr. aMou aUTo = don't tell me that) 6.Uwar& aloste (adv.) besides aAIJup6c;, -r1. -6 almir6s = salted aAuaf6a, I\ alisii5a = chain aAcp6PI1TO, To alfavito = alphabet OIJO ama (adv.) = 1. as soon as, when (OIJO q>96cre•c; = as soon as you arrive), 2. if (61Ja 9tA&tc; &cru = if you want) OJ.IO~I, To amaxi = 1. horse-cab, 2. motor car aJ.Ia~oarotxfa, 11 amaxostixla = train CJ.IapTia, 'l amartia = sin AJ.ItptKav6c;, -1\ amerikan6s or AIJ&ptKavoc;, -a amerikanos = American (m. or f.) . AJ.I&p1KCVIK6c;, -1\, -6 amerikanik6s or OI.I£PtK6VtKoc; = american, AJ.ItpiKI\, 11 ameriki = America Ol.l&aoc;, ·I\, -o amesos = direct, immediate. A11tawc; amesos (adv.) = immediately, at once OJ.II09oc;, -11, -o amls9os = unpaid (a + ~tcr96<; = wages, salary) OI.IIJOc;, 11 amos = sand. AI.IIJOUlila, 11 am oo~ya = sandy beach CJ.IVI1afa, 11 amnisia (amnesia) loss of memory, amnesia OIJVI\OTfa, 11 amnistla = amnesty OIJOtJ31\, 11 amlvi 1. reward, 2. recompense OJ.16pcp(I)Toc;, ·11, -o am6rfotos uneducated (the opposite of IJOP!l (morphology) = form) oJ.Icpl· amfi· ;;::; prefix denoting both, on both skies, of both kinds aJJcptpa.Uw amfivalo (irr.) = doubt, (aiJq>eJ3aX-a, &xw a1Jcp•J36X-Et, ea a1Jq>tJ36A-w) H OIJcptpoAfa amfivolla = doubt (a~q>t + J36Mw (ballistics) = throw a1Jcpl9tarpo, To amfi8eatro = amphitheater OJ.IcplaJ311TW amfisvit6 ;;::; dispute, call in question

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

172 (a~-tq>toj3frn1o-a, a~-tq>tol3rrnl9-nKa) OJ.upoT£pot, -tc;, -a amf6teri = both (exists only in plural) av- an- (the privative prefix a before a vowel) = un-, in-, -less av or tav elm = if ava- ana- = prefix, denoting upon, up, backwards, again, Intensification ava ana (Anc. + K) (prep.) = along, over, throughout, across (ava ~(wpo = every two hours) avapallw anavalo (irr.) = postpone, put off (avej3a'A.a, txw avaj36A-et, ea avaj36A-w) (ava + j36Aw (ballistics) = throw, strike). H avapo,\r\, anavoli = postponement avapw anavo 1. light (fire etc.) (6valjJ-a), 2. turn on (light etc), 3. inflame, provoke, 4. take fire avayytAw anangelo = announce (av6yyeiA-a) (av6 + ayyt'A.w (angel)= anounce) avayKa~w anangazo = compel, oblige, force (avayKao-a). H avayK11 anangi = need, necessity. AvayKa<7TIKoc;, -~. -6 anangastik6s compulsory, obligatory ava10811ola, 11 aneseisla 1. anaesthesia, unconsciousness, 2. insensibility, heartlessness. Avafa911TO<;, · 11. -a aneseitos (anaesthetic). 1' unconcious, 2. indifferent, without feelings avaKaAumw anakalipto = discover (avaK6AuljJ-a) (ova + KC1At.irnw = cover). H avaKaAu\1111 anakalipsi (apocalypse) = discovery avaKOivwvw anakin6no = announce (avaKo{vwa-a). H avaKofvwo11 anaklnosi = announcement. To avaKolvwetv anakinoeen = communique avaAuOI'), 11 analisi = analysis av6JJtoa anamesa (adv.) in between. Av61Jtoa o& (prep.) = among, between, avaJJ&oa ano = from between avaJJtvw anameno (Anc. + K irr.) wait for, expect (ave~-te:tv-a, ea OVO~-t&fv-w) (ava + I-IEVW stay). H avaiJovf\ anamoni = waiting, expectation, Al9ouoa avaiJovf\c; = waiting room ava~toc;, -a , -o anaxios unworthy, unfit, Incompetent (av + 6~10<; (axiom)= worthy) avanauoJJal anapavome = rest (avanaliT-IlKO) avanvtw anapneo (or avaoalvw anaseno) breathe (av6nveuo-a or avaoaw-a) (ava + nvtw (pneumatic) = blow). H avanvol\ anapnol =breath, breathing avano~c;. ..,, -o anapo~os = 1. the wrong way round, 2. difficult, perverse

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

avartllw anatelo (irr.) = rise (of sun) (avtre:IA-a, exw avme!A-et, ea avme!A-w). H avaroA~ anatoli = 1. rising (of sun etc.), 2. east, orient (Mt o11 AvaroA~ = Middle East) AvaroAIKoc;, -1\, -6 anatolik6s ;:;;; eastern, AvaroAtKwc; anatollk6s (adv.) = to the east avaxwpw anaxor6 = depart (ova + xwpw = advance). H avaxwPI1011 anax6risi = departure avcpa~w anevazo = 1. carry or lift up (avtj3ao-a), 2. put up (price), 3. put on (play) avt!Jalvw anevlmo 1. come or go up (avtl3-f1Ka, avej3a-o1-1evoc;), 2. ascend, mount, rise (in level) avtJJOc;, o anemos (anemone) wind 6vtpyoc;, ~'1, -a aneryos = out of work, unemployed (av + tpyo = work). H avtpyfa aneryia = unemployment avtor'l, '1 anesi = relaxation, comfort, ease. :c\vtroc;, 11. -o, anetos = comfortable, convenient. :c\vtro aneta or avtrwc; anetos (adv.) = easilly, without constraint, in comfort av&u anef (Anc. + K) = without (prep. with gen.) OV&U opwv = unconditionally avt1Jn6c;, o anepsi6s = nephew. H avtljJta anepsia =niece avf\Kw aniko = belong (avflK-a) avr'lauxw anisix6 = be worried, disquiet (OV110U)(T10a). H av11auxfa anisixia = uneasiness, worry (the opposite of 11ouxfa). Avf\auxoc;, -'1, -o anisixos = uneasy, restless, worried, anxious 6v9oc;, TO aneos (anthology) = flower. 0 av8onwA11c; = flower-seller, florist. To av9onwA&Io(v) = florist's shop avepwnoc;, o aneropos (philanthropy)= 1. man, 2. person, 3. human being. Av9pwmvoc;, -'1, -o aner6pinos = human (av9pwmva ~IKOIWJJaTa = human rights). H av9pwnOTI"JTa anerop6tita = mankind. 0 av9pwmoJJ6c; aneropism6s humanism avfKavoc;, -11, -o anikanos = 1. incapable, incompetent, unfit. 2. impotent (a(v) + tKav6c; capable) 6vo~c;. '1 anooos = 1. ascent, 2. anode avor(ola, 11 anoisla = nonsence, foolishness. AVOflTOc;, ·11, -o an6itos foolish, silly avolyw aniyo = 1. open (6vot~-a. avofxr·flKO, avotv~-tevoc;) , cut open, 2. turn on (light, tap), 3. cut, dig (road, well etc.) (Expr. avo(yw TO ~p61-1o = clear the way) avotKT6c;, -1\, -6 anikt6s = 1. open, 2. light in colour, 3. affable, open-handed

=

=

=

=

=

173 6VOI~,

I"J anixi = Spring

avrtxw andexo = resist, endure, hold firm 6vt£~-a. or 6vee~-a) (avrC + txw = have)

=

(avrerxa.

ovrf andi prep. (with gen. or ace.) instead of, in return for, ovrf y1a, ovrf va = instead of avr1- in compound words denotes opposition, opposite situation, replacement, reciprocation, equivalence, negation ovrfypacpo, TO andiyrafo (autograph) = copy, transcript, avnvp6«PW andiyrafo 1. copy, copy out (declined like yp6cpw), 2.immitate (avti + yp6cpw = write) avriooTo(v), TO andi6oto = antidote (avtC + 6Cvw = give) ovrfl5paoi"J, 11 andi6rasi = reaction (the opposite of 11 l5p6al1. 6rasi, (drastic) action). Avrll5pw andi6r6 = react, be opposed (avrt6pao-a, ea avt16p6o-w) ovrf8&ol1, 11 andieesi = contrast, antithesis. Avrf8&To<;, -11, -o andi9etos = contrary, opposite, reverse avnKdJ.I&VO, TO andikimeno = 1. object AVT1K&IJ.I&VIK6<;, -~. -6 andikimenik6s = objective ovrfKpu andlkri (adv.) = opposite OVTIAOJ.IJ36vo1Jol andilamvanome (irr.) = perceive, understand, notice (avnAdcpe-nKa). H avriAI1~11 andilipsi = 1. perception, understanding, 2. opinion, 3. quickness of mind avrfo adio (ltal.) = good-bye avrmaew andipa96 = dislike (avrm6e11o-a). H avnn68&IO = dislike, antipathy, aversion. Avnna9~c;. -~<;, -t<; andipa9is or avnno91"JTIK6<;, -~. -6 andipa8itik6s (antipathetic) • provoking dislike (the opposite of au1.ma8~c; . simpaels = sympathetic) avrfnoAoc;, ·I"J, -o andipalos rival, adversary 6vrpac;, o andras (andrology) = man, husband avrwvuJ.Ifa, 11 andonimia =pronoun (avr( + 6vo~a = name) avunOJ.IOVW anipomon6 = be impatient (avuno~6VIlo-a) 6vw ano (anode) (adv.) = up, above (Expr. 6vw-K6tw = upset, in confusion) avw.,.aMa, 11 anomalia = anomaly, irregularity, unevenness. AVWJ.IoAoc;, -11, -o an6malos = anomalous, irregular, uneven avwvuJJoc;, -11, -o an6nimos anonymous (a(v) + 6vo~a = name} ovwnpoc;, -11. -o an6teros superior, higher, senior (In rank) (Expr. avwttpa ~ia = force majeure, Kal a' avwttpa = to a higher... (wishing a higher position or continued success))

=

=

=

=

=

o~f~w axlso = 1. be worth, be of worth, 2. cost, 3. deserve (Expr. a~fl;tl tov K6no = it is worth the trouble), H o~o axla = value, worth, merit. :.\~10<;, -o, -o axios (axiom) = 1. worthy, 2. reserving, 3. capable. 6~10- llxio- = in compound words denotes worthy of a~6Aoyoc;, -11, -o axi61oyos = worthy of note, remarkable, distinguished (a~10 + Myoc; = speech) a~6TIIJO<;, -11, -o axi6timos = estimable, honourable, (a~10 + Tl~(] = honour) a~1onptn~c;, -~. -tc; axioprepis = dignified, correct, seemly (a~IO + nptntl = must) H a~onptntla axioprepia = dignity, correctness a~IWJ.IOTIK6<;, o axiomatik6s officer anayop&uw apayorevo = forbid, prohibit (anay6ptuo-a, anayoptlir·nKa, anayoptU·fJtvoc;). H anay6p&ucri"J apay6refsi = prohibition onavrw apand6 answer, reply (an6vnw-a. anavn1e-11Ka). H an6VTflOI1 apandisi = the answer (o)n6vw (a)pano (adv.) up, above, upstairs, on top, upper (Expr. n6vw-K6tw n6oa; approximately how much?) onopoiT'lToc;, -11, -o aparetitos indispensable onoaxoAw apasxol6 = 1. occupy (anaax6M!o-a), 2. distract attention of. AnaaxoAouJ.Ia• apasxolo6me = be occupied (anaaxoMe·nKa). AnoaxoArwtvoc;, · I"J, -o apasxolimenos = occupied, busy ontvavrt apenandi (adv.) 1. opposite, 2. in relation to, compared with ontpyw apery6 (irr.) go on strike (an(]py11o-a, ea am:py(]o-w). H am:pyfa aperyia = the strike. 0 ontpy6c; apery6s striker onA6<;, -11, -o apl6s = simple, single. AnA6 apla or onAwc; apl6s (adv.) = simply, merely. AnAono•w aplopi6 simplify (anAonolllo-a) (anAo + no1w = make). AnAoi K6c;, -~. -6 aploik6s = naive an6 ap6 (prep.) = 1. from (source: an6 fJtva = from me) , 2. since (origin: an6 nw apxfl from the beginning), 3. by, from, on, of (cause: n6CJX£1 an6 he suffers from), (means: ~w an6 live on), (materiat. an6 xaptl of paper), 4. than (comparison: KaAAittpoc; an6 otva better than you), 5. of, from (distribution: n6p£ an' avt6 = take (one or some) of these), 6. of, about (content Y£f.16TO an6 full of) (need: txw av6yKI1 an6 = I am in need I am of (knowledge, capacity. ~tpw an6 knowledgeable about) , 7. along, through, via, past, (route, direction: na1pvw an6 TllV nhattta = 1pass by the square)

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

174 ano also forms adverbial phrases: ono ~taa = from inside, ano ~w = over here, an' &~w Kt' e~np6c; = from now on ano- apo- = in combined words denotes source, restoration, completion, separation, cessation, the countrary anoy&u;,vo~a• apoyi6nome = take off (anoyetwellKO). H anoytiwo11 apoylosi = take off (ono + Yll (geology) = earth) anoy&UIJO, TO ap6yevma = afternoon (ono + Y£U~JO = dinner). Anoycu~artv6c;, -1\, -6 apoyevmatin6s = of the afternoon an6l5t t~l"' . 11 ap6~h
o££xvw

=

anoXu- ~tvoc;)

anopw apor6 = 1. wonder, 2. be at a loss (an6p11o-a (ano + opc.i> = see). H anopia aporia = 1. doubt, uncertainty or perplexity about, 2. indigence anoaraa.,, '1 ap6stasi = distance (ono+ ara011 = stopping place) an6aroAoc;, o ap6stolos = apostle (CD'lo + O"lt)..w = send) anor&Aw apotel6 = form , constitute (anor tAE:o-a). AnoT£AOu1Jal apotelo6me (irr.) = consist (anor&Mor11KO, anOTEAOU·IJ&VO<:;) anoro~oc;, -11. -o ap6tomos = 1. sudden, abrupt, 2. steep, sheer. Anoro~a ap6toma (adv.) suddenly anoruxfa, 11 apotixia = failure, lack of success (ono + tu)(ll = luck) the opposite of 11 tmruxfa (em + tU)(Il = success anocpaofl;w apofasizo 1. decide on (onocpamo-o), 2. make up my mind (of the passive voice the 3rd person and the participle are in use: anocpaail;trat = is decided, anocpaafarJlK& = it was decided etc., anocpootO'}.Itvoc;, -Jl, -o apofasismenos = determined an6cpo0fl, 11 ap6fasi = 1. decision, resolve, 2. verdict (Expr. to naipvw an6cpaOTJ = I accept the inevitable, I make up my mind)

=

=

anocpcuyw apofevyo (irr.) = avoid, (ant q>Uy-a, ea anocpuy-w) (ono+ cpeuyw = go away) anoxa•ptrw apoxeret6 say goodbye to (anoxatptTno-a) (ano + xatp&Tc.i> = salute, greet) ano"'t ap6pse (adv.) = this evening, to-night AnpfAtoc;, o aprilios or AnpfAJlc;, o aprilis = April apa ara (conj.) = consequently, so apyw ary6 = 1. be late (6PY'10-a), 2. loose time, 3. not to be working, be closed. H apyfa aryia = holiday, closing day. Apy6c;, -1\, -6 ary6s = slow, idle. Apya arya (adv.) slowly, late. Apyorcpa ary6tera (adv.) = later on aptow areso = 1. please (6peo-o), 2. give pleasure (Expr. trot 1,1' apto&t so I like it, that's the way I want it) 6p9po(v), TO arero = 1. article, 2. clause ap191J6c;, o ari9m6s (arithmetic) number apt91JI"'TIKI\, 11 ariemitiki = arithmetic aptaroc;, -Jl, -o aristos (aristocracy) = best, excellent (the supperlative of good). :Aptara arista (adv.) = excellently aptarcp6c;, -1\, -6 arister6s 1. left, 2. left-handed, 3. left-wing follower. H ap1artp6 arlstera = left-wing. Aptartpa aristera (adv.) = to the left, on the left (optOT£p6 napoKaAc.i> = to the left please) aptaroKparfa, 11 aristokratia = aristocracy (6ptOTo + Kpotc.i> = rule, hold, keep) aptoroupyru..ta, ro aristo6ryima = masterpiece (aptOTO + t pyo = piece of work) apKw ark6 :::: suffice, be enough (apK£( va :::: it suffices that, provided that). ApKOUIJOI arko6me 1. be content (opKEOT-IlKO), 2. confine oneself apvou~a• arno6me = refuse, deny (apvf)9-11Ka). H 6pVf10Jl arnisi = refusal, denial apnal;w arpazo = 1. seize, snatch, carry off (6pna~­ a), 2. catch (cold, fire) appajJwvtal;oiJal aravoniazome get engaged (appo~wvt60T-I1KO) AppajJwvtaOTtK-6c;, -16 (f) aravoniastikos = fiance appwaralvw arosteno fall ill, make ill (appc.i>O'Tiloo). H appwarta ar6stya illness, disease. :c\ppworoc;, •fl, -o arostos ill apa&vtK6c;, -1\, -6 arsenik6s (arsenic) = male, masculine (gender) apTflpla, 11 artiria artery aproc;, o artos (Anc. + K) bread. To apronOitio(v) artopilo(n) bakery. To apronwA&io(v) artopolio(n) = baker-shop

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

175 apxaioc:;, -a , -o arxeos (archeology) = ancient, old. Ta apxafa arxea = antiquities. Apxa•6rtpoc:;, -11, -o arxe6teros = senior, older (chronologically). H apxm6T'1Ta arxe6tita = 1. antiquity, 2. seniority. Apxa•oA6yoc:;, o arxeol6yos = archaelogist apx~. 11 arxi (anarchy) = 1. beginning, origin, 2 . principle, 3. authority. 01 apxt c:; = the autorities. ApXIK6<;, r\, -6 al')(ik6s = initial, first. Apxll;w arxizo = begin, start (6p)(Tlo-a) apx•- = in combined words denotes first, chief, master (architect) apx11v6c:;, o arxiy6s = commander, leader, chief (apxfl + ayw = lead) apxu:n loKonoc:;, o arxieplskopos = archbishop apx•orp6T'1YO<;, o arxistratiyos = commander-inchief (OPXI + OTpcrrny6c; (strategic) = general) apxrrtKTovac:;, 0 arxitektonas or OPXITtKTWV arxitekton (K) = architect (apxt + TtKTwv macon) 6pw1Ja, TO aroma 1. aroma, scent, 2. flavour (of) (icecream etc) ac:;, as = 1. let, may (introducing wishes, suppositions etc. ac; tfiJaOTt KaM may we be well), 2. allow, let (alone), leave (imperative ac; tp9ouv let them come) aopcoroc:;, -11, -o asvestos (asbestos) or aopuoroc:;, 11. -o asvistos that is not or can not be erased or extinguished (a + ol3uvw = erase, extinguish), (Expr. 6ol3tO't11 txepa = inextinguishable enmity, 6oj3tOTo n69oc; == inextinguishable passion) ao~IJaVToc:;, -11, -o asimantos insignificant (the opposite of 0'11JaVTJK6<; simandik6s (semantics) = significant) aaet vtiO, 11 as9enia = illness, disease. Ao9tV~C:, r\c:;, -tc:; aseenis 1. ill, 2. weak (a + oetvoc; force). 0 aaetvr\c:; aseenis = the patient 6oK11011, 11 askisi = 1. exercise, 2. practice aonpoc:;, •.,, -o aspros white 6aaoc:;, o asos ace aordoc:;, -a, -o astros 1. funny, amusing, 2. trifling (of things) (Expr. aO'Tt{o np6y1Ja a trifling thing, a matter of no importance or difficulty). To aordo astio = the joke aort p1, To asteri or TO aorpo astro (astrology) or o aortpac:; asteras or o aorr\p astir (Anc + K) = 1. star, 2. movie-star. AorpoAoyfa, 11 astroloyia = astrology aorpanr\, 11 astrapi lightning aaru, To (Anc. + K) asti = city aoruvoJJia, 11 astinomla police (aOTu + v61-1oc; (autonomy low). AOTUVOIJIK6c:;, -r\, -6 astinomik6s = of the police, a member of the police force,

=

=

=

= =

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

Aoruv6JJO<;, o astin6mos = police officer. AarucpuAaKac:;,o astifilakas = police constable aocp6At1a, 11 asfalia = 1. safety, sureness, security, 2. insurance, 3. security police, 3. fuse, 4. safety-catch aocpaAfl;w asfalizo = secure, insure (aoq>w = write) aUTo~f~aKToc:;, o aftoofl5aktos (autodidact) = selftaught, autodidact (aUTo + 15JI560Kw = teach) . auTo9uola, 11 afto9isia = self-sacrifice auroKfVI1TO, ro aftokfnito motor-car, automobile (aUTo + K(V11C71'J = movement, motion) auroKp{rrwp, o aftokrator, 11 OUTOKpCrrtlpa, aftokrfltira (f) = emperor, emperess (a1Jt6 .+ KPOTW (democrat)= hold, rule). H OUTOKPQTOpta aftokratorla = empire

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

176

auToKTovw aftokton6 = commit suicide (auro + kill). H OUTOKTOvfa aftoktonla = suicide auTOIJOToc;, -11, -o aft6matos = automatic. To aUTOIJOTO = the automate aurov6'1TO<;, -11, -o afton6itos = self-understood (aur6 + vow (paranoic) = think) auroVOIJfa, 11 attonomla = autonomy (aur6 + v6 ~o~oc; = law) auTo<;, -~ . -6 att6s (pron.) = he, this. 0 auTo<; = the same, o &auTo<; IJOU, eaft6s = myself auTou afto6 = there acpatpw afer6 = 1. substruct (aq>Ofpeo-a). 2. take away. H acpafptOTI aferesi = substraction, abstraction acptAtta, 11 afelia = simplicity, na'fvete. AcptA~c;, -~c;. -tc; afelis = simple, naive acptVTIKcS, TO afentik6 = boss, governor acp~ , 11 afi = touch acp~vw affno = 1. let (acp.,o-a), 2. allow (ll' acp()vtl<; va now; you allow me to go?), 3. let alone, let go, 4. leave, abandon acp'1P'11J06a, 11 afirima6a = absendmindedness. Acpllprwtvoc;, -11, -o afirimenos = 1. absendminded, 2. abstract 6cp9ovoc;, -11, -o ateonos = abundant, plenty of. H acpeovfa ateonla = abundance acpttpwvw afier6no = dedicate, devote (acplepwo-a) 6cp1~111'1 . or 6cpt~tc; (K) afixi(s) = arrival 6cpopoc;, -'1. -o afovos = fearless (a + cp613cx; (phobia) = fear) acpopiJ~, 11 aformi = occasion acp6Tou af6too = since (time) acpp6c;, o afr6s (Aphrodite) = foam, froth. Acpp6Toc;, J'l, -o afratos = 1. p uffed, billowy, 2. light and soft or crisp (bread) , 3. plump and white (flesh) acpri, afti or auTi afti = ear acpuatKoc;, -11. -o aphisikos = unnatural, abnormal (a + cpuotK6c; (physica~ = natural) OXOPIOTO<;, •11, -o axaristOS = ungrateful (a + XOPl<; (charismatic) = grace) OXPJ'lOTO<;, -11. -o axristos = 1. useless, 2. not used (a + XPflOTJ use) a!lluxoAcSyllTOc;, -11. -o apsiXol6yitos = without psychological consideration or insight (comes from !lluxoAoyw psixoloy6 = read mind, soul or intentions of. H llluxoAoyfa psixologla = psychology 6!11uxoc;, -11, -o apsixos = lifeless (a + ljJuxft (psychiatry) = soul)

8, /J

KT£(VW (Anc.) =

=

J3ay6v1, TO vay6ni = coach, truck (railway) j3aar~w va6izo = walk, march (l36611o-a) J36~o, TO vazo = vase J36~w vazo (irr.) = 1. put, place in position, apply (eJ3a)..-a), 2. put on (clothes, radio), 3. get (person to do something), (Expr.: l36~w Tpane~l = lay table, l36~w Ka)..6 j3a 9(J6 = give good marks, l36~w OTO(XIli.IO = shouting, 136~w TO wager, l36~w cpwvec; = start <SuvaTa fJOU = do my best, l36~w (Jnpoc; = start off) paeuc;, -16, -u vaeis (bathyscaph) = deep, profound. Ba9tr6 vaeya (adv.) = deeply (J3a9eta (Jeo' T11 Kap6ta f..lOU = deep in my heart). To poeoc; = depth, far end, background (OTO 1369oc; K(Jnoc; = garden in the backyard) pa81J6c;, o va8m6s = 1. degree, 2. rank, 3. mark (award) (Tl j3a9(J6 nriptc;; what mark did you get?) paAiraa, 11 valltsa = suitcase p6Mw valo (ballistics) = shoot, strike, throw, fire (eJ3a)..-a). BOMw with prepositions forms many combined verbs (see E.\AI"JVlKec; npoeeotl<;) J)OIJJJOKI, TO (or IJOOIJOOKI) vamvaki = COtton. BaiJJ)aKtpcSc;, -~ . -6 vamvaker6s = of cotton pan6p1, TO vap6ri = steamer pamf~w vaptizo = baptize, cristen, (136nT'lo-a) poppapoc;, ·11, -o varvaros barbarian papuc;, -16, -u varis (baritone) = 1. heavy, 2. hard, 3. serere, 4. deep (in pitc h) To popoc; = varos (barometer) = 1. weight, 2. heaviness, 3. burden papltiJal varieme be bored, be tired (of), not want (to). (J3ape9-I"JKa) (Expr. (3apl&~-tm va now = I don't never want, I am not in mood to go, 6£ j3apteoat mind about that) p6pKa, 11 varka = small boat, rowing - boat pamAtac;, o vasilias (Anc. 13am)..euc; vasilefs) = king, 11 paaiAraaa vasilisa = queen. BaarAtK6c;, -~ . -6 vasilik6s (basilical) = royal, royalist poa.,, 11 vasi (Anc. pootc; vasis) basis, foundation, paarK6c;, -~. -6 vasik6s = basic, basal, j3aoi~w vaslzo = base (136mo-a) , j3aoi~OIJOI = rely, (13aolo911KO) J)aOTw vast6 = 1. hold, 2. carry, 3. past, hold out, endure (1360Til~-a), J)aOTttiJOI vastieme = 1. control oneself, 2. maintain one position or condition (J3aOT(J9-J1KO), (Expr. 6t j3aOTfJ911KO, TO t (na 6Xa = I could not control myself, I said everything, j3aOTteoat Ka)..6 you are well (or well off)

=

=

=

=

=

=

177 py6~w vyazo (irr.) = 1. get or drow out (e-j3yaA.-a), 2. take or get off, 3. remove, extract, 4. diduct (ej3yaA.a TO ou~-tnepoo1Jo: , I arrived at the conclusion), 5. give forth, produce (13Y6.~w Myo make a speech, j3y6.~w A.tcpT6 = make money), 6. work out, make out (~ev To ej3yaA£ ntpa he (she) did not manage, succed, nou j3y6~£l aut6~ o ~p61Jcx; ; where does this road lead to?) , pyaApt voc;, -11, -o (adj.), taken off or out, extracted pyarvw vyeno (irr.) 1. go or come out, {j3y-f1Ka, exw j3yet, 8a j3yw, j3ye~ -j3y£!T£) 2. appear, be produced (j3y~K£ 1JnpoOT6 IJOU he appeared in front of m e), 3. turn out (1Tl~ 13YflK£ O£ KaM = it turned out well for her), 4. result (from) (j3yflK£ np<.i>To~ = was elected first) pt paroc;, -11. -o veveos sure, certain. B t para vevea or p&paiwc; veveos = certainly. B &parwvw veve6no assure, contirn, affirm (j3ej3afwo-a, 13tJ3arw8-11KO) jl&v~iVI'J , 11 venzini = petrol p~pa , TO vlma = 1. step, pace, 2. rostrum (Ayto J3fllla sanctuary) praroc;, -11. -o vieos = violent, forcible. H pro via = 1. violence, force, 2. haste praartK6c;, -~. -6 viastik6s = 1. in a hurry, pressing, 2. urgent. BraarrK6 viastika (adv.) = hurriedly prpAio, To vivlio {bibliophile) = book. BrPArK6c;, -~ . -6 vivlik6s = biblical. H Bi j3Aoc; vlvlos Bible. To PtPAt6 pro vivliario card (insurance, bank, ect.) To prpAronwAd o vivliopollo = book store. H prpAroypacpla , 11 vivlioyrafla bibliography. j3r j3Aro8~KI'J , 11 vivlio9iki = 1. library, 2. bookcase proA6yoc;, o or 11 viol6yos biologist prOIJI1XOVfa, 11 viomixanla industry, manufacture (From j3(o~ (biology) = life + lll1xavfl (mechanics) = machine). 0 prop~xavoc; viomlxanos = industrialist. BtOIJI1XOVtK6 c;, -~ . -6 viomixanlk6s = Industrial proc;, o vios (biography) = life proT&XVIa , 11 viotekhnla = handicraft, light manufacture (Form j3to~ + Te)(Vll (technology) art, craftsmanship) IJtOXI'JIJda, 11 vioximia = biochemistry jlJTpiva, 11 vitrina = 1. shop-window, 2. show-case PA6j31'J , 11 vlavi = damage, harm, detriment j3A6 Kac;, o vlakas = idiot, fool. H j3AaK&fa vlakia = nonsence, stupidity j3A6mw vlapto harm, hurt, injure (e-j3A.alJI-a) PAt ppa, TO vlema = 1. glance, 2. look, 3. expression pAt nw (lrr.) vh~po see, look (£!<Sa, exw 15et, ea 15w, imp. ~£~. MOT£ or ~t(Tt}

=

=

=

=

=

= =

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

j36~r.

TO v615i

= ox

=

= help. Boi'J9W voi86 help (j3ofl8'1o-a , 13o'18fl8-'1KO) j3op&r6c;, o voryas = north. B6p&roc;, -a , -o v6rios = northern, north. Bopd wc; vorlos (adv.) northwards, to the north (oQ j3oot<6c;, o vosk6s shepherd j3ouM, 11 vooli = parliament , chamber, 0 j3ouA&uTric; vooleftls = member of parliament, deputy j3ouv6, TO voon6 = mountain j3ouTUpo, TO vo6tiro butter j3paj3&1o, TO vravio = prize, award j3p6~u , TO vra<Si 1. evening, 2. (adv.) in the evening Bpa~rv6c;, -1\, -6 pertaining to the evening ppa~w vrazo boil (e-j3pao-a) ppaar6c;, -11. -6 boiled ppaxoc;, o vraxos rock ppt xw vrexo = 1. wet, moisten (e-J3pe~-a). Bpt x£r vrexi it rains (ej3pe~-e . txer J3pe~-£t, ea j3pt~-e:r) . H PPDXrl vroxi = rain ppiot<w (irr.) vrisko = find (j3pf]K-a (eurika), txw J3p-e(, ea J3p-w). Bpio Kopar vriskome = be, find oneself (j3pt8-'1KO) (nou j3p(OK£Oat t <.i>pa; where are you now?) Jlpwpr6, '1 vromya filth, dirt. BpwprKoc;, · I'J , -o vr6mikos (bromine) = dirty, filthy Jlu~aVTrv6c;, -~ . -6 vizantin6s = byzantlne pue6c;, o vi96s (bythoscapth = bottom, bed (of sea etc.) pwp6c;, o vom6s = altar po~9tra ,

'1 voi8ia

=

=

=

= = =

=

=

=

=

r,y yar~apoc;, o yal~aros or To ya·iooupr, yai~o6ri = donkey y6Aa, TO yala (galaxy) = milk - To yaAaKTonwAd o yalaktopolio = milk shop yaA6~roc;, -a, -o yalazios = blue, azure (also yaAav6c;, - ~. -6) raAAoc;, o yalos = Frenchman. H ra.Uf~a yaii<Sa = Frenchwoman. raAArK6c;, · rl, -6 yalik6s = French. To f aAArK6 yalika = the French language. yapoc;, o yamos (bigamous) = marriage y6VTr, To yanti = glove yara , 11 yata cat y&lvw y~lno = undress (t-yl5uo-a), yoovopar yl5lnome get undressed (yM8-11Ka imp. yMoou, y<Su8£(T£)

=

=

...

178 ytyov6c;, TO yeyon6s = event, fact yt16, 11 ya = health. Comes from 11 uytfa iyia (hygiene)= health, and is used only in certain expressions: re16 oac; = hallo (greating), l.l& ye16 oou = good wish to a friend having something new (suit etc.) ydTovac;, o yitonas neighbour. H y&ITOVI6 yitonia = neighbourhood. rtiTOVIK6c;, -~. -6 = neighbouring y&A6l5a , 11 yeiMa = cow ycA1o, TO yelio laughter, laugh. r&Aw yel6 = 1. laugh, 2. cheat, take in (ytXao-a) ytA•t~al yelieme = be mistaken, be deceived (ye:MOT-IlKO) y&Aoioc;, -a, -o yellos = ridiculous y&Ao•oypacpia, 11 yelioyrafia = cartoon, caricature (from yeXoloc; + ypacpw = write) yt1Ji~w yemizo 1. fill, 2. cover (with), 3. make or become full (with) 4. fill out (ye~ouo-a , Y£1.l(OT-I1KO) (Expr. YEI.liOS TO = fill it up (motor)). rt~6Toc;, •.,, · 0 yematos = full, covered (with), loaded ytvl6, 11 yenia (or ytvt6 yenea) generation, race yt v&la, TO yenia = beard (acpr')vw ytve1a = grow a beard) y&VIK6c;, -" · -6 yenik6s :;:: general ytvvafoc;, -a, -o yeneos = brave ytvvw yen6 (genesis) = 1. give birth (to) , bear, lay eggs, 2. cause, engender (YEVVIlO-a). ytv1t~a1 yenieme = be born (yevvf)S-nKa) ytvoc;, To yenos = gender, race, genus. (Expr. ev ytve1 = in genenal) y&p6c;, -"· -6 yer6s = 1. strong, sturdy, 2. healthy, hale, 3. undamaged, whole. rcp6 yera (adv.) = strongly, hard, steadily (Kp6Ta yepa = hold steadily) ytpoc;, o yeros (gerontology) = old man. H yp16 yria old woman. rcpvw yern6 :;:: grow old (ytpao-a), (Expr. CS& ea yep6oe1 noTt = he (she, it) will never grow old) y£u~a. To yevma = meal, luncheon. H ytuo11 yefsi :;:: taste, flavour. tasting ytcpupa, 11 yefira bridge ytwypacpia, 11 yeoyrafia = geography. (From Yl'l (earth) + ypacpw = write) ytw~apia , I"J yeometria = geometry. (From Yl1 + l.l&TPW = measure) Y'l. 11 yi (geography, apogee) = earth. r"1voc;, -11. -o yiinos= terrestrial v•a ya = for v•ayl6, '1 yaya = grandmother YIOOUpTI, TO yao6rti = yogurt

=

=

=

=

=

=

y1aTi yati = why (adv.), because (y1a (= for) + 11 (= what) y1aTp6c;, o yatr6s (pediatrics) = doctor, physician (also laTp6c; iatros) yiyac;, 0 yiyas = giant. rlyOVTIOc;, · 0 , -o = gigantic yivoiJOI (lrr.) yinome 1. become, (t-y1v-a) 2. be done or produced, 3. be finished or ready. (Expr. T1 yiv£aa•; how are you? (lit. what you become). ' Ey1vt consider it done (lit. it became). YIOPT~, '1 yorti (or &opT" eorti) = 1. festival, holiday, 2. name-day y16c;, o y6s (or u16c; i6s) son yu.;,Ta, ro y6ta = the letter I, 1 yKapo~, To garaz garage yKapa6v, TO gars6n = waiter yKocpa, 11 gafa blunder yKpf~oc;, -a , -o grizos grey yAtvr1, TO ylendi 1. party, 2. merry making, rA£vrw ylend6 = make merry (YMVII10·a). have a good lime, enjoy or amuse oneself with food, music, dance yAuK6c;, -16, -6 (or -u) ylik6s (glucose) = sweet. To yAuK6 ylika = pastries, confenctionary yAum11c;, o yliptis sculptor. H yAumiK~ yliptiki = sculpture yAwaaa, 11 yl6sa (glossary) = 1. tongue, 2. language, 3. sole (fish) yvw~11 . 11 yn6mi (physiognomy)= 1. opinion, 2. view yvwpi~w ynorizo = 1. know (yvwpLa-a), 2. recognize, 3. be or get acquainted with, 4. make known, 5. Introduce (Na aac; yvwp(ow TTJV Kupla... let me knowledge, introduce you Mrs...) H yvwo11 yn6si learning. H yvwpiiJiO, ynorimia = acquaintance. yvwar6c;, -" , -6 ynost6s (agnostic) = 1. known, 2. an acquaintance YOI1T£UTIK6c;, -"· -6 yoiteftik6s = charming. H YOilT&ia, yoitia charm youva, 11 yo6na = fur youaro, To yo6sto 1. taste, 2. fun ypo~~a . TO yrama (grammatical) = letter. To ypa~IJOTOKIIJWTIO yrammatokiv6tio = letter box. H ypa~IJOTIK~ yrammatiki = grammar ypa1J~OT60I"JIJO, TO yrammat6simo = stamp (YPOI.ll.lO + ofu.la (semantics) sign) ypa~~aTtac;, o and 11 yrammateas = secretary. H ypa~~an:ia yrammatla = secretariat ypaiJ~"· 11 yrammi (grammophone) line ypocpw yrafo, (graph) = write (t-ypa~J.r- a) . rpacpo~a• yrafome = be written (yp6cpT-11KO). rpa~~tvoc;, -11, -o

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

179

= written. H ypacp~ yrafi = writting. Ayia = Holy Bible. To ypacptlo yrafio = 1. bureau,

yramenos rpacp~

office, 2. desk, 3. study ypacptiOKpaT(a, 11 yrafiokratia burocracy, red tape (ypaw + llllXOVI'l, (mechanics) machine) ypqyopac;, -11, -o yriyoros (Gregorius) quick. rpqyapa yrlyora (adv.) quickly yp16, '1 (or yp116) yria old woman yuaM, TO yalf glass. Ta yuaA16 yalia glasses, spectacles naked, bare. yu ...voc;, -~. ·6 yimn6s (gymnasium) H yu... vaOTIK~ yimnastiki = gymnastics yuvaiKa, '1 yineka (gynaecology) ;;:: 1. woman, 2. wife yupiz;w yirizo (gyrate) ;;:: 1. turn (yupto-a), 2. return, take back, 3. take or escort around (9a at yuplow 0111 n6A.11 ;;:: I will take you around the city). 0 yupoc; yiros (gyroscope) = 1. circle, circuit, circumference, 2. turn, 3. walk, stroll around ywvia, '1 yonia (trigonometry) ;;:: 1. angle, 2. corner

=

=

=

=

= =

=

=

=

MKTuAo, To Mktilo (or MxruAo M)(tilo) ;;:: finger. AaKTuAoyp6cpoc; 6aktiloyrafos typist (MKTuA.o + yp6q>w = write) ~avtlz;w 6anizo ;;:: lent (Mvtto-a). To Mvtlo 6fmio ;;:: loan. Aav1K6c;, - ~. -6 6anik6s (adj.) = lent. Ta ~avtiK6 6anika ;;:: money borrowed ~6oKaAoc;, o i5askalos = 1. teacher, 2. schoolmaster (primary). H ~aoK6Aa i5askala = schoolm1lstress ~6ooc;, ro i5asos = 1. forest, 2. wood. AaoiKOc;, -q, 6 i5asik6s pertaining to the forest ~tfy._.a, TO i5iyma (paradigm) 1. sample, specimen, 2. token, proof ~t1A6c;, -ri, -6 6il6s coward ~tfnvo, TO i5ipno dinner, super ~tfxvw <Sixno (Anc. ~tiKvuw <Siknio) = 1. show (t6tt~-a. 2. indicate, show how to do (with va) , point (at), 3. seem, appear ~tKa 6eka (decade) ten, (num.) H 6tKatTfa <Sekaetla decade. AtKaToc;, -11, -o i5ekatos tenth AtKtiJJlp•oc;, o i5ekemvrios (or AtKt._.llP11c; 6ekemvris) December 6t Ara, To 6elta (delta of Nile) = the letter A, 6 15tATio, To 6eltio 1.form, card (6tA:r(o TOUT6tT)ta<;

=

=

=

= =

=

=

=

=

=

= identity card), 3. bulletin, report (i5tA.t(o £ti5f)oewv = news bulletin) ~t._.a , TO i5ema = 1. parcel, 2. bundle ~tv~po, TO Mn<Sro (or ~tvrpo, i5endro (rhododendron) = tree ~tvw i5eno tie (up), bind, bandage (e-i5eo-a) ~t~a... tvrj, 11 i5exameni reservoir 6&~•6<:, -6 , -6 i5exi6s (dexter) 1. right, 2. right-wing. H ~t~16 i5exia = the right-wing. At~la i5exia (adv.) = to the to the right, on the right (i5t~l6 napaKaA.w right please) 6t~lci)OI1, 11 i5exiosi reception ~tp._.a, TO 6erma (dermatology) 1. skin, 2. leather. Atp._.6Tivoc;, ·fJ, -o i5ermatinos = of leather ~tpvw i5erno = beat (t-i5etp-a) ~tano1vf~a. '1 i5espinii5a (or ~tano1vic; i5espinls) = Miss, young lady ~tanOTFJc;, o i5esp6tis (despot) = 1. ruler. 2. bishop. ~tuT&poc;, ·11. ·O Mfteros (deuterium) ;;:: second. H AtuTtpa ISeftera = Monday (lit. the second). To ~tuTtp6Atmo i5efter6iepto ;;:: second (of time) ~txo~o~a• Mxome = 1. receive, 2. accept (<SExr-'lKO) ~q9tv i519en (adv.) = 1. as if, 2. supposedly, 3. socalled ~11Aa~q i5ilai5i = 1. that is, 2. namely ~FJAFJrqp•o, TO i5ilitirio (deleterious) = poison ~11Awvw i5i16no (or li11Aw) = declare (61'1Awo-a). H ~qAwofJ i5ilosi = 1. statement, 2. declaration ~r;...oc;, o <Simos (democracy) = municipality (in Anc. = the people) . 0 ~q...apxoc: i5fmarxos = mayor. From 6rn..toc; + apxl'l (monarchy) = authority. To i511...0PXtlo i5imarxio = town hall. AI1...0TIKOC:, -r;, -6 i5imotik6s municipal. H ~111JOTIK~ i5imotiki = spoken language. A11._.6o1oc;, -a , -o i5im6sios public (pertaining to 61'1J..IO<;). A11._.6o1oc; un6AA11Aoc; civil servant. To ~'1._.6o1o(v) i5im6sio == the state, the public. A•wooiwc; <Simosios or i5rw6ola ~im6sia (adv.) in public 611._.001tuw ~imosilwo publish (i511J..IOO(t uo-a). H ~rwooltuofJ i5imosiefsi publication. 0 611._.0o1oyp6cpoc; 6imosioyrafos journalist (i5'1~J6oto<; + ypacpw write) ~•wocp•Ar\c;, -~<:. -tc; ISimofilfs = popular (i5l'JJ..IOC: +
=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

180 ~1al36~w i5iavazo

= 1. read (i5ui~ao-a), 2. study 1. passage, 2. crossing, 3. pass ~6on = base). 0 ~taj36TrJ<; i5iavatis = passer-

~16j3ao11, 11 <Siavasi =

(l5ta by

+

~taj3~TI1<;. o i51avitis

= diabetes = devil.

~16j3oAoc;, o l5iavolos

=

.tuapoAtK6<;, -~.

-6

i5iavolik6s = diabolic, devilish ~t6yvworJ , '1 <Siaynosi = diagnosis (i5ta + yvwon = knowledge) ~1ayp6cpw i5iay rafo = 1. trace, outline, describe (l5teypaljl-a, ea l5tayp6ljl-w), 2. erase, cross out or off (l5ta + yp6q>w (graph) = write). To 6t6ypo1JIJO i5iayrama = diagram, plan ~IOVWVIOIJO , TO i5iay6nisma (Or lSIOVWVIOIJO<;, 0 i5iayonism6s) = 1. competition (for award), 2. examination 6ta~~AworJ , '1 i5ial511osl = demonstration (public) (i5ta + l5~AWOTJ = declaration) 6ta~f6w i5iai5115o = 1. spread a rumour (~ilei5wo-a, ea l5ta<Swo-w). l1tal5f~trat OTt, l5ial5il5ete 6ti = it is rumoured that. H l5t6l5oorJ i5iai5osi = rumour. (Expr. ~11v aKolh&, &lv01 i5tai56o&t<; = don't listen, it's rumours) ~~a~uyto, To l5iaziyio divorce 6ta8t Tw i5iaeeto 1. dispose, 2. have at one's disposal (<Steeeo-a, ea l5taeeo-w) (1510 + 9CTW = put). 1. disposition, H l5t68t<711 l5iaeesi (diathesis) disposal, 2. mood, humour, 3. intension 6ta8~K11, 11 l5iaeiki will (l5ta + e~K'l = receptable, box) 6tatpw i5ier6 divide (i5ta(peo-a). H 6taipeo11 i5ieresi (diaeresiS) = division 6tafo811<711, 11 i5ieseisi intuition (l5ta + a£oe110l1 (anaesthesia) = sense) 6iatTa, 11 i5feta diet 6tatTI1T~<;. o i5ietitfs = 1. referee, 2. arbitrator 6taK6mw l5iak6pto = 1. interrupt, cut or break off, 3. suspend (i5ta + K6mw = cut) . H 6taKon~ <Siakopl (syncope) = interruption. Ot lStaKontc; l5iakopes = holidays, vacation. 0 6taK6mrJc; i5iak6ptis stopcock, switch, main tap 6taK6ata <Siak6sia two hundred 6taKOOIJI10il, '1 i5iak6smlsi = decoration i5taKpfVW i5iakrino = 1. distinguish (i5leKplV·a, ea i5taKp(v-w), 2. make out, 3. see clearly (610 + Kp(vw = judge). H 6t6Kpt<7rJ i5iakrisi = distinction, differentiation, discrimination. l1taKp1TtK6c;, -1], -6 i5iakritik6s discreet

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

6taAt yw i5ialeyo = choose, select (i5t6At~·a) 6t6At~'l. '1 i5ialexi = lecture (l5ta + M~11 (lexicon) = word) 6t6AtKToc;, 11 <Sialekt6s = dialect lMAoyoc;, o i51c~loyos dialogue (i5ta + Myoc:; = speech) 6taAuw i5ialio = 1. dissolve (i5ttAuo-a, ea i5taMo-w), 2. break off, disband, liguidate (i5ta + Mw = loose). H 6t6Auo11 i5ialisi = 1. solution, 2. dissolution, 3. dialysis 6ta1J6vn, To i5iamanti diamont l5to1Jt pto1Ja, TO i5iamerisma = 1. appartment, flat, 2. region 6to1JOV~ , '1 <Siamoni = 1. residence (place of), 2. sojourn (i5ta + ~tvw = stay) 6taVOJUJ, 11 i5ianoml = distribution 6tavvoou~o~tvoc;, o i5ianoo6menos = Intellectual (15ta + vouc:; = mind, intellect) ~tavuKT&upeuol1 , 11 i5ianikterefsi = 1. spending the night (at hotel etc.), 2. staying up or open all night ~tantaTwvw l5iapist6no = 1. note {i5tanfOTwo-a), 2. confirm. H 6tani<7TW<7rJ i5iapfstosi = confirmation 6tapKw i5iark6 = last {l5t~PK'lO· a, ea l5tapKto-w) . H 6t6pKtta <Siarkia = duration. l1tapK~c; . -r]c;, -t c; i5iarkis = continuous permanent. l1tapKwc; l5iark6s (adv.) =continually, always 6t6<7'11JOC:, -11, -o i5iasimos = famous (l5ta + ~~a (Semantics) = sign) 6taoKt6a~w l5iaskei5azo = amuse, entertain (i5taoKt6ao-a), 2. enjoy oneself. H 6taoKt 6a<7rJ i5iaskel5asi = entertaiment, amusement 6t6<7Tr11Ja, To i5iastlma = 1. space, 2. interval, 3. distance 6taT6~w i5iatazo = order, order about (l5ttTa~·a, ea i5taT6~-w) . IH lStaTay~ l5iatayf =order, command 6tOTI1PW i5iatir6 = 1. keep, maintain, preserve (l5tcrrrlPllO·a), 6taTrJpoUIJOI l5iatiro6me be kept, remain intact {i5tOTTJp~e-.,Ka). lllOTTJPE:(TOL &KT6<; ljluye:iou psiyloo = is kept (remains intact) outside the refrigerator) 6taTI i5iati (or ytaTf yat~ = why (l5ta (= for) + Tt (= what) 6taTptl3r1, rJ l5iatrivf = thesis, treatise, diatribe 6tacpav~c;. -~c; . -t c; l5iafanis = transparent, clear {i5ta + q>a(vo~OL (phenomenon) = look, appear) 6tacpt pw <Siafero = be different (i5ta + q>epw = bear, bring) (i5e: i5taq>tpe:t oe: T(noTe: = is not different in any1hing). H 6tacpop6 i5iafora = difference.

=

=

181 .tu6cpopoc;, •.,, -o ~iaforos = 1. different, 2. dissimilar, 3. various, mixed (~16q>opa np6ytJaTa = various (or mixed) things). lleacpoptTIK6c;, -~ . -6 ~iaforetik6s = 1. different, 2. dissimilar. fleacpoptTIK6 ~iaforetika (adv.) = otherwise, differently lSeacpruei~w ~iafimizo = advertize (~lawvno-a) (6ta + q>wvt'J (symphony) = voice) l5el56oKaAoc; 6iMskalos (or l56oKaAoc; 6askalos) = teacher lS166oKw 6i6asko teach (6i6a~-a) . H l51l5aoKaAia ~i~askalia = teaching. llel5aKTtK6<;, -~ . -6 6i~aktik6s = teaching, didactic. educative l5il5w 6i~o = see 6ivw 61t8v~c;, -~c;. -tc; 6ie8nls = international (61a + tevoc; (ethnic) nation) l5•t~ol5oc;, 11 6iexo6os = way out, issue, outlet (6ta + t~o6oc; (exodus) = exit) 6•tPIJI1Vt ac;, o 6iermineas (K = l>•tPIJilVtuc; 6ierminefs) = interpreter 61tTfa, 11 6ietla = period of two years (<Suo + &Toe; = year) 61tU9uvw 6ieteino = 1. direct (<51'lU8'lV·a , 8a 61eueuv-w) , 2. administer, 3. stear, drive, pilot, 4. direct, address (letter, glance etc.) H l51tu9uvoll 6ieteinsi = 1. address (11 61eueuvcn1 oac;: your address?), 2. direction (n 61eueuv011: what direction?), 3. managment, manager's office (nou dvm 11 61eueuv011: where is the manager's office?). 0 61tu8uvr~c; 6ieteintis = director, principal, manager. H lS1t u8uvrp1a 6ieteintria = lady director etc l5111VOUIJOI 6iiyo6me relate, tell (6111Ytl8·11KO). H lSI~YilOil 6iiyisi = narration, narrative. To lSI~VIliJO 6ilyima = story, tale 61Ka~w ~ikazo = judge, try (~IK-ooo) . H 6iKrJ ~iki = trial. H lSIKOIOOUVIl ~ikeoslni = justice. fliKalo<;, -11, o 61keos = 1. just, 2. right, 3. fair. To 6iKalo(v) <5ikeo(n) = justice, law, right. To lSiKeo 6ikio = right (eXtl<; 61Klo = you are right) . 0 61 KOOT~<; 6ikastls = judge. To lSIKOOT~p•o <5ikastlrio = low-court. 0 l5u
=

=

=

=

lSi vw 6ino = 1. give (e6wo-o) grant, 2. offer (price), 3. yield, produce 6foooc;, ll 6io<5os = 1. passage, 2. pass, 3. crossing (610 + oMc; (eXodus) = street) lSIOIKw 6iik6 = 1. administer (61oiK'lO-o), 2. govern, 3. command. H lSioiKilOil ~iikisi "" 1. administration, 2. command, 3. governing body. 0 6IOIKI1T~<; ~iikitls = 1. commandant, 2. governor 616Aou ~i61oo (adv.) = not at all {6ev exe:1 ~16Xou tJuaM he (she) has no brains) 6Awc; 616Aou completely organize. H 6eopy6vwo11 lS1opyavwvw ~ioryan6no 6ioryimosi = the act of organizing 6eop9wvw ~ior86no = 1. correct (~16p8wo-o, ~lopewe-nKo), 2. put right or straight. H l516p9wo., 6i6r8osi correcion, repair 61opi~w 6iorlzo appoint (~IWPTJO-a, ~top(OT-'lKa) . 0 l5eopiOIJ6<; 6iorism6s = appointment 616T1 15i6ti because 6inAa 15ipla (adv.) = by the side, near, next door. llmAav6c;, -~. -6 15iplan6s near-by, next-door 6mAa 6ipla (adv.) = twice as much. flmA6c;, -~ . -6 15ipl6s = double. flmAOmoc;, -a, -o ~iplasios = double, twice as big 6inAWIJO, TO <5iploma = 1. diploma. degree, 2. document certifying capacity, specially (~lnAWIJO o6rw ou driving card) lSmAWIJOTfa, 11 <5iplomatla 1. diplomacy, 2. artfulness (fam) lSmAWIJOTI'!<;. o 6iplomatis = 1. diplomat. 2. artful person 6IO£KOTOIJIJUPIO, To <5isekatomirio = thousand millions lSioKo<;, o <Siskos = 1. disk, 2. tray, 3. gramophonerecord lSIOTOl;W 6istazo = hesitate (6(0TOO-O). 0 6IOTDVJ.16<; 6istaym6s = hesitation lSi)(TU, TO 6ixtY = net lSixwc; <5ixos (prep.) = without. flixwc; aAAo without fail lSu"w <5ips6 = 1. be thirsty (6iq,ao-a), 2. thirst for. H lSf"'a ~ipsa = thirst 6•wxvw 6i6xno = 1. send away (e~~w~-a. ~16X01K-a) , 2. dismiss 66y1Ja, To 156yma = 1. dogma. 2. principle OOKIIJO~w <5okimazo 1. test, try on (6oK(IJOO-a, 150KIIJ60T-T)KO), 2. taste, 3. attempt. H OOKIIJ~ 6okiml = 1. trial, testing, 2. rehearsal, 3. fitting (of clothes)

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

182

C5oAocpovw

~olofon6

= murder (6ohocp6vr,o-a, 0 C5oAocp6voc; oolof6nos = murderer C56vrr, TO Mnti (dental)= tooth C5o~6~w ~oxazo = glorify, praise (i56~ao-a , 6o~6ot­ T1KO). H C56~a Mxa (orthodox) = glory Mo11, 11 Msi = dose C5oTrK~, 11 ~otiki = dative C5ouA&uw ~oolevo = 1. work (~ouAe4J-a) (nou ~o uhtutrc;; where do you work?), 2. function (nwc; 6ouAtUtl aUT6; how does this function?), 3. pull leg of C5ouA&r6, 11 ~oolia = 1. work, job, 2. business (Tl 6ouA£r6 KOVttc;; what's your job?) C5ouAd a, 11 6oolia = slavery, bondage. 0 oouAoc; 6o61os = slave C5oxdo, TO 6oxio = receptable, vessel C5p6JJa, TO 6rama = drama. .l!.pa1JaTrK6c;, -~ . -6 6ramatik6s = dramatic lSp6o11, 11 c5rasl = action, activity. .ll.paarrKoc;, -~ . -6 c5rastik6s = drastic, efficacious lSpaxiJ~, 11 c5raxmi = drachma (the Greek currency) C5po1JoA6yro, TO c5romol6yio = itinerary, route C5p61Joc;, o 6r6mos (aerodrome) = road, street C5poof~w ~rosizo = cool, refresh, (6p6mo-a). .ll.poaf~oiJar ~rosizome = cool down (6poofot-T1KO) lSpw 6ro = 1. act, 2. be active (&-6pao-a) lSuvOIJI1, 11 ~inami (dinamite) = 1. power, 2. strength l5uvaiJIK6c;, -~. -6 6inamik6s = dynamic, energetic. .li.UVOIJwvw ~i nam6no = strengthen, itensity, gain force or strength (6uv61Jwo-a) C5uvaT6c;, -~ . -6 ~inat6s = 1. strong, powerful, 2. loud, 3. possible (t!vat 6uvm6v; is it possible?) . .ll.uvm6 c5inata (adv.) = 1. strongly, hard, 2. loudly, aloud (IJ!AO 6uvat6 = speak loudly) lSuo 6io (duo) = two K01 Ta lSuo = both C5uaap&OTw 6isarest6 = displease (6uoap&otno-a) . .l!.uaap&OTOuiJOI c5isaresto6me = 1. be displeased (6uoapto-nl8-1']Ka), 2. grow cool towards C5ua6p&aroc;, ·11, -o c5isarestos = unpleasant (the opposite of &ux6pratoc;, etxaristos = pleasant) lSua&vr&pfa, 11 6isenteria = dysentery lSua11, 11 6isi = 1. west, 2. setting (of sun etc), 3. (fig) decline C5uC7KoA&uw c5iskolevo = 1. make difficult (c5uoK6A£1).J-a), 2. impede. .ll.uC7KoAtuOIJOI <Siskolevome = have difficulty (<5UOKOA£Ut·I']KO) C5uaKoAfa, 11 6iskolia = difficulty (the opposite of &uKoAfa efcolia = ease) . .ll.uaKoAoc;, · 11, -o c5iskolos = diffucult ~OAO
C5UOTUXI11JO, TO c5istixima = 1. accident, 2. misfortune. H C5uatuxfa 15istlxla = 1. unhappiness, 2. misfortune, 3. poverty (6uo + tum = luck) . .ll.uaruxoc;, -11, -o <Sistixos (or C5uarux~c;. -~c;. -tc; c5istixis) = 1. unhappy, 2. unfortunate. .ll.uaruxwc; (adv.) 6istix6s = unfortunatelly C5wl5tKa 666eka = twelve. H C5wl5t K6C5a c5o6ekMa = dozen. .ll.wlSt KaToc;, -11, -o <SoMkatos = twelfth l5w1J6Tro, TO c5omatio = room lSwpo, To ~6 ro (pandora) = gift, present. ii.(A)pi~(A) ~orizo = 1. give as present (<Swpto-a), 2. donate. H l5wpt6 c5orea = 1. bequest, 2. donation. .ll.wpt6v c5orean (adv.) = 1. free, freely, 2. for nothing, gratis

E, £ &auToc;, o eaft6s (autograph) == (one) self. Is always accompanied with the genitive of the personal pronoun IJOU, OOU, TOU, Tl"'C: etc- 0 £0UTOC: IJOU == my self &IJC5o1J6l5a, 11 evc5oma6a (hebdomadal) = week. ·EIJC5o1Joc;, ·11, -o evc5omos == seventh EJJpafoc;, -a evreos = Jew. EIJpoi'Koc;, -~. -6 evraik6s = hebrew. jewish EyyAt~oc; englezos = Englishman. H EyyAt~a engleza == Englishwoman. EyyAt~r Koc; , ·11, · O englezikos (or AyyAIK6c;, -r}, -6 anglik6s) = English . To AyyArK6 anglika (or EyyAt~rKa englezika) = English language tyyov6c;, o engon6s = grandson. H &yyov~ engoni = granddaughter &VYU110I1, 11 englisi = 1. guarantee, 2. bail, security, deposit &yKt cpaAoc;, o engefalos = brain (tv + Kt<PaArl = head) = brain. EyK&cpaArK6c;, -~. -6 engefalik6s = 1. cerebral, encefalic t yKAI11JO, TO englima = crime t yKpfv(A) engrino = approve (of) (tv·&Kplv-a, ea &yKp(v-w, tyKp!S-nKa), (tv + Kp!vw = judge). H t yKp1<1f1 engrisi = approval t yKuKAonaflStra, 11 engiklope<Sia = encyclopedia (tv + KUKAO (= cycle) + nar6tfa - education) t yKupoc;, "Iilo · 0 engiros = 1.valid, 2. authoritative (&V + Kupoc; = .authority) £YXtip11011, 11 enxirisi = operation (med.) t vxp(A)IJOC:, - 11. -o enxromos = coloured (tv + XPWIJO (chromatic) = colour) t yw ey6 = I. 0 tywr~c; eyoistis = egorst. H

183 &ywiarp•a eyolstna = egoist (f). 0 &ywla1J6c; eyoism6s = egoism, pride, conceit tlSOfPO«;, TO e6afOS = 1. ground, SOil, 2. territory tlSpa, 'l e6ra (tetrah edraO = 1. seat, chair, 2. headquarters, 3. facet tl5w eM (adv.) = here tevoc;, To eenos = nation. E9viK6c;, -rj,, -6 eenik6s (ethnic) = national. H t9VIK6TI')TO eenik6tita = nationality &ll5t1Jr1 i~e m i {adv.) = If not. otheiWise &ilSI')OI'), 'l l~isi = 1. notice, information, 2. news. 01 &ll5rja&•c; 1151sis = the news tll51K6c;, -rj, -6 i~ik6s = special, specific. 0 ti61K6c; i~ik6s = specialist t16ono1w i~op l6 = notify, intorm (t1~ono!rw-a, &l~onoul6-llKO) . H te6onofi')O'l ibopiisi = notification, notice &i6oc;, TO l~os = 1. sort, kind {Tl t i6oc; = what kind of, an' 6Aa TO &(61') or 6Awv Twv t ll5wv = all kinds of), 2. article, commodities, 3. species teM.V.eo, TO i~ilio = idylle, 2. romance tf6wAo, TO l~olo = idol, 2. image teK6va, 'l ik6na (Icon) = 1. picture, image, 2. icon tiKoae ikosi = twenty tiAIKpevrjc;, -rjc;, -tc; ilikrinis = sincere, frank. H tiAIKpfvtla illkrlnia = sincerity, frankness t•prjvl'), 'l irlni (lrene) = peace. Eepi')VIK6c;, -rj, -6 irinik6s = peaceful, pacific (ElPilVlK6c; WKtav6c; = pacific ocean) tepwvtfa, 'l ironla = Irony. E•pwvtuOIJCI ironevome ... speak ironically to (tlpwvtUT-IlKO) tee; is (Anc + K prep.) = to, at. in (see also the modern equivalent at), (tlc; uyefa(v) = to your health) tea6yw isayo = 1. put in, 2. import, 3. introduce, 4. bring in (t laf]yaya), (≤ + 6yw = lead). H t1aaywyrj isayoyl = 1. introduction, admission, 2. Import (ation) &1aJJ6Aw isvalo = invade, burst in (t la-ef3aA-a) (tlc; + I36Mw (balliStic) = throw) &IOITrjpiO, TO isitlrio = ticket tfaol5oc;, 'l iso~os (episode) = 1. entrance, entry, 2. admission (t lc; + oMc; (exodus) = street) t eanp6KTopac;, o ispraktoras = 1.collector (of moneys), 2. conductor (of vehicle) tfTt ite (adv.) = either ... or, whether .. or tK ek (t~ ex before vowels) prep. 1. from (origin), 2. of (composition), 3 out of, among, 4. denotes manner, cause (tK vt ou =a new, t~ (aou = equally) tKOaTO«;, -1'), -o ekaS10S = each (one)

&KaT6(v) ekat6(n) (hecatomb) = hundred. To1c; t KOT6 = per cent (&KOT6 Tote; tKOT6 = hundred per cent). EKOTOIJIJUPIO(V) ekatomlrio(n) = million (tKOTO + llUPlO (myriad) = 10,000) tKl5fKI')OI1, 'l ek~lkisi = revenge, vengeance tK6f6w ok~i~o = issue, publish (t~-t~wo-a) (tK + ~(~w = give). 0 tKMTI')c; ek<56tis publisher &K6po1Jrj, 'l ek6roml =excursion, outing &Ktf ekl (adv.) = there tKtfvoc;, -1'), -o eklnos = that {one), he tK9tal'), 'l ek9esl 1. exhibition, 2. report, statement, 3. essay, 4. putting out, exposure (tK + ee011 (thesis) = position) &KK&VTpiK6c;, -r1, -6 ekentrik6s eccentric (tK + KtvtptK6c; = centraD &KKAI')afa, 'l ekllsia = church. EKKAI')OIOaTIK6c;, -r1, -6 eklisiastik6s = 1. ecclesiastical, 2. religious cKAtyw ekleyo (eclectic) = 1. choose, select (t~-e­ A£~-a . ea tKAey-w), 2. elect (tK + Myw = say). H tKAoyr1 ekloyi = selection, choice. 01 tKAoytc; ekloyes = election(s). EKAtKT6c;, -r1, -6 eklekt6s exceptional, select. EKA&KTIK6c;, -11, -6 eklektik6s 1. eclectic. 2. he who chooses only the best tKnal6tuw ekpe~evo 1. educate, 2. train (& Knai~euo-a , tKnOl6t UT-I1KO). H £Knai6tual') ekpe6efsi = education, training &KntiJnw ekpembo 1. emit, send out (t~-e-ntlli!J-a, ea tKne ~-tl!J- w) , 2. broadcast (tK + nt~-tnw = send). H &KnOIJnr1 ekpombi = broadcast, 2. emission tKnAI')I;I'), 'l ekplixi = surprise tKmwal'), 'l ekptosi (tK + m w011 fall) reduction, rebate, discounts. 01 tKmwatl«; ekpt6sis = sales tKpl')l;l'), 'l ekrixi = 1. explosion, 2. out break, out burst tKTOKTO<;, · 1') , -0 ektaktos 1. temporary, not regular, 2. exceptional, special, 3. ecxellent (tK + TOKTtK6c; (tactical) regular) tKTtAw ektel6 = 1. execute, 2. perform, carry out. H &KTtAtall ektelesi = 1. execution, 2. performance, 3. fulfilment tKTIIJW ektim6 = 1. esteem, value (tKTfllllO-a), 2. appraise, estimate (tK + TliJW (Timothy) = honour). H tKTiiJ'lO'l ektimisl = 1. esteem, 2. valuation, estimate tKTO<; ekt6s (adv. and prep.) = 1. except, (tKT6c; aUTT')v = except her), 2. outside, out of (tKT6c; KtvMvou = out of danger), tKT6c; av = unless tKTOTt ektote = from that time tAaariKoc;, -rj, -6 elastik6s = elastic, flexible

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

184

=

&A6nw~a. ro elatoma defect, fault &Aa..ey~-a. eMyx9-T)Ka), 2. censure, 3. control. 0 tAcvxoc; elenxos = 1. inspection, examination, 2. control (e>..evxo~ etOlTilPiwv = tickets control), 3. censure, critisism tAtu9&pia, 11 eleteeria = liberty, freedom. EA&u9tpoc;, -11. -o = free tAt<Pac;, o elefas = elephant eAu), 11 elia = olive tree tAaKac;, o elikas (Anc + K tAt~ elix (helicopter) = 1. propeller, 2. coil, spiral &AaK6m&po, TO elik6ptero = helicopter (tXLKa~ + mep6 = wing) 'EMrtvac;, o elinas (Anc + K 'EMrtv elin) = Greek. H EMrtvf~a elinii5a = Greek (f). EMrtviK6<;, ·rl, -6 = Greek. Ta EMrtVtK6 Elinika = Greek language &Ani(w elpizo = hope, expect (1')->..mo-a , txw e>..nfo&1). H &Ani~a elpli5a = hope, expectation t~I3Art~a, TO emvlima = 1. emblem, 2. badge t~~&aoc;, -11, -o emeses = indirect &pncapia, 11 embiria (empirical) = experience, practice. 'E~ntapoc;, · rt, -o embiros = experienced, skilled. E~nt:tptK6c;, -.;, -6 embirik6s = 1. empirical, empiric &~naOT&uo~aa embistevome = entrust, trust, confide (t~mmelir-llKO) . H &~naOToouvrt embistosini = confidence, trust. E~naOT&unK6c;, -.;, -6 embisteftik6s = confidential &~no~i(w embooizo = prevent, hinder, obstruct (t~n615Lo-a) . To t:~n6~ao embMio = obstracle, hindrance. t~n6pao(v), ro emb6rio(n) (emporium) = commerce, trade. E~nopaK6c;, -.;, -6 emborik6s = commercial, shaping center). To mercantile (a:~nopaK6 Ktvrpo &1Jn6ptu~a emb6revma = merchandise. 0 t~nopoc; emboros = merchant, tradesman t~np6c; embr6s (or ~npoc; bras) = forward, ahead, in front (Expr. ~6~w ~npo~ = start, set in motion, TO poA61 n6e1 ~npo~ = the clock is fast), 2. hallo(on telephone) , 3. come in

=

=

embroseen = in front of 11 emfanisi = 1. appearance, 2. presentation. From cpafvo~Ol (phenomenon) = appear tvavrfov enandion = against tvap~rt enarxi = beginning, opening tvac; enas "' one, a, an. 'Eva~ tva~ = one by one tv~aa(j)tpoiJOI en<Siaferome = be interested (tvi5aacptp9-11KO). To cv~aa(j)tpov eni5iaferon = interest, concern tvao~oc;, -11. -o en15oxos = glorious, renowned (ev + M~a (orthodox) = glory) tvtpyt:aa, I) eneryia "' 1. energy. 2. activity, effort. Evtpyw enery6 = 1. act, take steps (evl')py11o-a , exw evepyl')o-&t). Evt:PY'1TIK6c;, -.;, -6 eneryitik6s = energetic, active tv&ort, 11 enesl = injection &v9ouoaao1J6c;, o en9oosiasm6s = enthusiasm. Ev9ouoaa(o1Jal eneoosiazome become enthusiastic (eveouoL60T-llKO) tvaK6c;, o enik6s = singular (gram.) tvaoxuw enisxio = strengthen, reinforce (&v(oxuo-a, &VIO)(U9-11KO) &vvow eno6 = 1. mean (oev evvow aur6 = I don't think), 2. understand, 3. mean that) (ev + vow intend, expect (evvow va TO K6vw I intend to do it). Evvot:rTat enoite = it is understood, naturally. tvOIKia(w enikiazo let, rent, hire (evoaKfao-a, evotKt60T-llKa). EvoaKaa(traa enikiazete = "to let" (cv + o(Ko~ (ecology) = house) t:voxAw enoxl6 1. annoy, trouble, disturb (ev6xt..lloa). EvoxArtraK6c;, -.;, -6 enoxlitik6s annoying, toublesome tvoxoc;, o enoxos = guilty, culpable tvraort, 11 entasi = 1. strain, 2. intensity, 3. intensification. EvraraK6c;, -.;, -6 endatik6s = intensive, strong. H &VTOTIKrl endatikl = intensive care unit tvrauea endatea = 1. here, 2. local (in postal address) tVTI~Oc;, · 1)1 · 0 endimOS = honest (&V + 111-irl (Timothy)"' honour) tVTO~O, TO endomo (entomologist) insect t:vroc; endos (adv. and prep.) = inside, 2. within. Evr6c; oAfyou = shortly t:vrunwort endiposi 1. impression, 2. sensation. EvrunwoaaK6<;, ·1\, -6 endiposiak6s = impressive cvw en6 = 1. while, 2. although t~npoo9tv

t~
=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

185

&vwvw en6no = unite, join. H tvwo11 enosi = union &~6yw exay o = 1. take or bring out (irr. e~f]yay-a, ea &~ay-w), 2. export(£~+ ayw = lead) &~6~&.\cpoc; exaiSelfos = cousin. H &~a~tAcpll exa<Selfi = counin (f) &~aip&a'l exeresi = 1. exception, 2. exemption, 3. extraction. E~a•p&TIK6c; , -~ ,-6 exeretik6s (or &~alp&Toc; , -11, -o exeretos) = exceptional, excellent &~aKoAouBw exakoloo96 = continue (e:~aKOAOU9J10· a), (t~ + aKOAOU9W = follow) &~anaTw exapat6 = cheat, deceive (e~anem,o-a) &~apTWIJOI exart6me (v.i.) = depend (t~apT1')9·J1KO) . E~apT6Tal exartate == it depends &~aocpaAil;w exasfalizo assure, make certain of (e:~ao<paAlO·a) , (&~ + ao<paAt~w = secure) &~acpavf~w exafanizo make sidappear, (e~acpavlO· a), 2. wipe out, eliminate. E~acpavf~OIJOI exafanizome disappear (e:~acpav(OT-J1Ka) t~acpva exafna (adv.) = suddenly &~tA•~'l. 11 exelixi evolution, development &~&Mnvi~w exelinizo 1. hellenize, 2. transtorm or translate into Greek • &~&Ta~w exetazo examine, interrogate (e~ttao-a). H &~tToon exetasi examination, interrogation &~rww exiy6 explain, interpret (E~TJYJ10·a) &~~C: exis (adv.) = we; &~~C: = as follows, &IC: TO &~~C: = from now on, Ta &~~C: = the following t~o~oc;, 11 exoiSos (exodus) = 1. exit, way out, 2. going out (&~ + oM<; = street) &~opKi~w exorkizo 1. exorcise, (&~6pKto-a), 2. conjure &~ouofa, f1 exousla power, authority &~ocpAw exofl6 = pay off (t~6cp>.J1o-a) &~ox~ . 11 exoxi = 1. cou ntry (side), 2. rural spot or resort. To &~OXIK6 exoxik6 = a house in the country side (e~w + txw = have) t~oxoc;, -11, -o exoxos = eminent, excellent. H &~OXOTflTO exox6tita (or &~OXOT'lC: exox6tis) = excellence. H auTou &~OX6T'1C: = his excellence t~unvoc;, •.,, -o exipnos = intelligent, smart (£!; + unvoc; (hypnosis) = sleep) . H &~unva~a exipna15a = cleverness t~w exo (exotic)= out, outside. an' t!;w = 1. from outside, 2. by heart. M(o Kl' e~w = in one go &~CtJT&piK6c;, -~. -6 exoterik6s = 1. exterior, 2. external, 3. foreign. To &~CtJT&piK6 = 1. abroad, 2. foreign countries &~CtJTIK6c;, -~. -6 exotik6s = exotic

=

=

=

=

=

=

= =

=

=

=

&~w~\ , 11 epafi 1. touch, 2. contact &n&fyov, TO epiy on urgent. Ent1y6VTwc; epiy6ndos = urgently &n&l~~ epiiSi (conj) because, since &n&IOOl510, TO episMio 1. episode, 2. incedent, 3. scene, row tn&ITO epita (adv.) = 1. then, next, 2. after cntre•oc;, 11 epetios =anniversary (en(+ ttoc; = year) &nllp&6~w epireazo = 1. influence, 2. have (bad) effect on (&nJ1peao-a) &nf epi (prep.) = 1. towards, for (duration) (en( Mo t'fll = for two years) , 2. on (with gen.), (en( tou 9ej.iatoc; on the subject), in the time of (en( i51']1JOKpo1'1oc; = in the time of democracy), 3. on the occasion of (with dative) (tn( 1'11 &UKolp&(a = on the occasion of) cmp6Mw epivalo = inpose, inflict, dictate (tnt~aA-a, Sa em~6A-W) (en( + 136Mw (ballistics) throw) &niy&loc;, -a, -o epiyios earthly (en( + Yll (geography) = earth) &niypa~IJO epiyrama epigram (en ( + yp6~1.Jo = letter) &mypacp~ epiyrafi (epigraphy) = 1. inscription , 2. shop-sign, 3. heading, title (of book) (enl + ypacpn writting) tnf~£1~'1. 11 epiiSixi = 1. display, 2. showing off tnl6pao11, 11 epi6rasi = 1. effect, 2. influence (enl + 6p601'] (drastic) = action, activity) &nfB&OI'J, 11 epi9esi = attack (em + eto11 (thesis) :;;;; position). Em9&TIK6c;, -11. -6 epi9etik6s = aggressive, offensive

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

186 t n feao, To epieeto = 1. epithet, 2. surname tm8twp'lO'l, 'l epi9e6risi 1. inspection, 2. review (&n( + eewpw (theory} = consider} cm eu~w epi9im6 = desire, wish for (emeu~no-a} . (Expr. oac: emeu~noa 1 missed you). H cmeu~ ia epi9imia = desire tniKalpo~. -11, -o eptkeros = 1. timely, 2. well-placed (&n( + Katp6c: = time} tmKfv~uvo~, -11, -o epikln~inos dangerous (en! + K(V~UVOC: = danger} t m KOIVWvia, 11 epikinonia 1. communication, contact (&ni + KOlvwv(a =society, community} tniKpaTw eptkrat6 = prevail, predominate (&mKp6tr)o-a}, (&n( + Kpmw (democrat) = hold} cn(Aoyo~, o epiloyos = 1. epilogue, 2. conclusion (&n( + Myoc: =speech} &m~ tvw epimeno ;;; insist, persist (&ne~&lV-a, ea &m~dv-w) , (En( + ~tvw = stay}. H tmpov~ epimoni insistence, persistence t mnAo, TO epiplo piece of furniture. To t mnAa epipla = furniture tmn6Aa1o~, -a, -o eptp61eos = superficial tmppo~, 'l epiroi = influence t n fo'lc; episis (adv.) = likewise, too, also tnfoK&q,'l, 'l episkepsi = visit tmOT~J.I'l, 11 epistimi = science. EmOT'l~OVIK6~, -~ . -6 epistimonik6s = scientific t moroAr\, 11 epistoli (epistle) = letter cmorpt cpw epistrefo = 1. come back (&ntOTp&ljJ-a, ea EnlOTpeljJ-W), 2. give back (&n( + OTptcpw = turn). H tmorpocpr\ epistrofi = return (&n ( + OTpocpfl (apostrophe) = turning) tn rray~, 'l epitayl = 1. cheque, 2. order tmTtAouc; epiteloos at last (&n( + Tt;>..oc: = end) tniT'l6tc; epiti~es (adv.) = on purpose tmrpt nw epitrepo = permit (EntTpEijJ-a, ea EmTpeljJ-w} (&mTptnETE; do you permit? may 1?). EmTpt n &TOI epitrepete = is allowed t mrpon!l, 11 epitrop = 1. committee, 2. commission t mruxia, 11 epitixla = success (Eni + TU)(Tl = luck} . Emrux~c;. -~c;. -t c; epttixis = successful tmcp6vtla, 'l epifania (epiphany) surface cmxtfprn•a, TO epixlrima =argument tntXdP'lO'l, 'l epixirisi = 1. enterprise, 2. operation (mil.) tn6~tvoc;, -11. -o ep6menos = next, following. T11v cnopt v11 epomlmi on the next day. Eno~ tvwc; epomenos (adv.) = consequently t noc;, TO epos = eptC poem

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

tnoxr\, 11 epoxr = 1. epoch, era, age, 2. season, time (expr. Acpflvw &noxn = leave one's mark, cause a stir) tnwVUIJO, TO ep6nimo = surname (En( + 6vo~a (anonymous) = name t pyo(v}, TO eryo(n) (erg unit of work, energy) = 1. piece of work, thing done, 2. book, play, film. To t pya erya = operations (l>1']~60la epya = public works) . Epy6~opa1 eryazome = 1. work (EpyaOTllKa), 2. function. H t pyaoia eryasfa = 1. work, worker, workman, employment. 0 &pyOT'l<; eryatis labourer. To cpyaA&io eryalio = lool, Implement. EpyaTIK6c;, -~ . -6 eryattk6s = 1. industrious, 2. of or for workers (11 &pyOTIKfl TO~ll = working class). To cpyoor601o eryostasio = factory. To tpyaor~p10 eryastfrio = 1. workshop, 2. laboratory tpt8i~w ereelzo = irritate, excite (Ep£9lo-a) t p&uva, 'l erevna = research, investigation tpi1J.IO<;, ., erlmos = 1. deserted, desolate, lonely &PIJ'lVtuw erminevo = interpret, expound (EP~nv&uo-a) . H &PIJ11Vtla erminia = interpretation, expounding cpuep6c;, -r\, -6 eri9r6s = red (Epu9p6c: l:Taup6<; red cross) t pxoiJOI erxome (irr.) come (flp9a, ea &pew) (expr. Mou t pxETal va ... I feel a desire to ... ) t pwc;, 0 eras = love, passion. EpWTIK6c;, -~. -6 erotik6s = erotic. EpwT&UOIJOI erotevome = fall in love with (&pWT&U9-llKO) (&)pcarrciJ (e}rot6 = 1. ask, question ((E)p<.lrrno-a), 2. ask a question, 3. inquire. H ~ er6tisi = question, inquiry &OTIOT6plo(v), ro estiat6rio(n} = restaurant tmw esto =SO be it. 'Eorw KOI = even t aw eso (adv.} inside within. Eowrtpu~6c;, -r\, -6 esoterik6s (esoteric} = 1. interior, Internal, 2. intrinsic, 3. domestic (not foreign) tra1ptfa , 'l eterla =company, firm, society t rtpo- etero- = denotes other, different &Ttpoytv~c;, -~c;. -t~ eterogenis = heterogeneous &Tolpa~w etimazo = prepare (ETo!~ao-a) . ETOIIJO~OIJOI etimazome = get ready (ETOl~OOT-I1KO) . ' ETolpoc;, ·IJ, -o etimos (etymology} = ready. H &TOIIJOAoyfa ettmologia = etymology, (tTOl~o + Myoc: = speech} tro~. TO etos = year. ET~OIO<; , -a, -o etlsios 1. annual, 2. lasting one year tro1 etsi (adv.) so (tl'Ol et;>..w = so I want), this, like I want it like this) . 'ETO'l KOl £Ten this (CTO\ TO 9£;>,.w =so and so. 'ETOl Kt' aAAl~ = in any case, one way or the other)

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

187 &U· ev- or et- = denotes well, pleasant, abundant, happiness ., eveseisla (anaesthesia) = &UOI09110fa, sensitiveness. EualoBI"'TOc;, ·1"1, -o eves9itos = sensitive a:uytvt1a, 11 evyenia = 1. politeness, courtesy, 2. nobility. Euy&VIK6c;, ·r\, -6 evyenik6s (eugenic) or wvtvr\c;, -tlc;. -tc; evyenls = 1. polite, courteous, 2. noble tuliaiJ.IOvfa, 11 ev6emonla = 1. eudemonism, 2. felicity, 3. prosperity &utpytr.,c;, o everyetis benefactor &u9u1Joc;, • .,, -o ef9imos = merry, gay tu9uv.,, 11 eteini = responsibility tueuc; eteis (adv.) = immediately tupfoKw evrisko (see f3pfoKw) = find (&up.,Ka evrika = eurica) tupuc;, -tfa, -u evris = wide, broad, extended Eupwn11, 11 evr6pi = Europe. Eupwnai"K6c;, -r\, -6 evropaik6s = European &uruxfa, 11 eftixia = 1. happiness, 2. good furtune (Eu + iU)(I1 = fortune). Euruxr\c;, -r\c;, -tc; ettixis = 1. happy, 2. fortunate, 3. lucky. (EUiuxtc; ;o vto tioc; happy New Year} tucpopfa, 11 eforia = 1. euphoria, 2. fruitfluness tucpur\c;, -r\c;, -tc; efiis 1. intelligent, 2. witty. H tucpufa efiia = intelligence tuxaptorw etxarist6 ( Eucharist} = 1. thank (EUXQP(OiT)o-a), 2. please gratify. EuxapiOTitJJOI efxaristieme be pleased, enjoy oneself (£U)(apton'J9· nKa}. Eux6peoroc;, •.,, -o etxaristos = pleasant. Euxapiarwc; efxaristos (adv.) with pleasure. H wxapi<mJOJ1 etxaristisi = pleasure, satisfaction cuxr\, 11 efxi = 1. wish, prayer, 2. blessing tcpapJ.IOYr\. 11 efarmoyl = 1. fit, fitting, 2. application,carrying out. Ecpap1J6(w efarm6zo = fit, apply, put into effect (tq>ap ~oo-a) (a:)cptroc; (e}fetos (adv.) = this year. (E)cp&Ttev6c;, ·r\, -6 (e)fetin6s this year's tcptupcuo.,, 11 efevresi invention tq>'lJ.I&pflia, 11 efimeri6a (ephemeraO = newspaper tcponAeorr\c;, o efoplistis ship-owner tcpopda, 11 or ccpopfa eforla 1. tax-office, 2. board of governors (t)xatc;, To (e}xees (adv.) = yesterday txep6c;, o exer6s = enemy. Ex9p1K6c;, ·r\, -6 ex9nk6s = 1. hostile, 2. of the enemy txw exo = have (Ei)(O, ea txw} (Expr. 1\ £xt;lc;; what is the matter with yoU? n6oo t)(£l Clllt6; hem much does this cost?)

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

twc; eos (prep.) =

until, up to, as far as, (time and place}

Z, { ~axap., , 11 zaxari = sugar. To ~axaponAaordo(v) zaxaroplastio(n) = confectioner's ~tOT.,, '1 zesti = heat (Expr. KOV£1 ~EOTil = it is hot}. Z&orafvw zesteno = heat, warm, (~eOTav-a) . Z&orafvo~Ja• zestenome feel or g et hot (~tOT6911KO). Ztor6c;, · r\, -6 zest6s hot, w arm (tuy6pe,. To zevyari (Anc + K (cuyoc; zevyos} pair, couple (r\A&ea, 11 zilia (jealous) jealousy. ZI'JAtuw zilevo = 1. be jealous of (~r'JM:ljJ·a) , 2. envie (r\Aoc;, o zilos zeal ('liJia, 11 zimya = damage, loss (r\TiliJO, TO zltima = matter, problem, question, issue (Exp r. Efvm ~rli1"J ~O £6v .. = it is doubtful whether .. ) ('lTW zit6 = demand (~rli1"JO-a} , 2. ask for, seek, look for. H (r\TilOil zltisi demand (for commodity) (1\TW zito = long live, hurrah for (~rlTW is the Anc. imperative of the verb ~w = live) (ouyKAa, 11 zo6ngla = jungle (OUJ.If, TO zoomi = 1. broth, 2. juice (uyf(w ziylzo = 1.weigh (~uyto·a), 2. balance (uy6c;, ·r\, -6 ziy6s = even (Expr. ~ova ~uya = odd or even) (w zo = 1. live (e·~J1 0·a), 2. live through, experience (wypacpf(w zoyrafizo = paint, draw (~wyp6q>no·a), (~wn "" life + yp6o + q>fAo~ (bibliophile} = friend)

= =

=

=

=

=

=

=

H, 17 llY&J.16vac;, o iyem6nas (Anc + K llV&J.IWV iyem6n) = sovereign, prince. H 'lYCJ.IOVfa iyemonia (hegemony} = sovereignty

188 llvtrnc;, o ryetis =leader (from &:yw (demagogue)= lead) ~611 i6i (adv.) = already I191KI'I, 11 i9ikl = 1. ethics, morals, 2. morality. H91K6c;, -~ . -6 i9ik6s 1. ethical, moral, 2. virtuous. 'Heoc;, TO i9os "" 1. behavioural qualities, 2. character, nature, 3. air, manner. To r\911 habits, manners (Ta fl9ll Kat TO t9qJa ev6c; kaou = the habits and the customs of a people). H8ono16c;, o (or 11) i8opi6s = actor, actress (1'19oc; + n 01w = make) 11Aa::KTp1ap6c;, o ilektrism6s electricity. HAt:KTPIK6c;, ·r\, -6 electric. To I1A&KTPIK6 ilektrik6 = electricity supply. 0 11Aa::KTpoA6yoc; ilektrol6yos = electrician 11Aa::KTpoV1K6c;, -~. -6 ilektronik6s = electronic 11Aie•oc;, o ili8ios = 1. idiotic, 2. an idiot 11AIKia, 11 llikia = age {length of life) f1A•oc;, o llios (helium) = sun. HAiaK6c;, ·r\, -6 = solar. H I'JAio9a::pana::ia ilio9erapia = sunbathing ((Jk1oc; + 8epan£Ca therapy) (11)J.Itpa, 11 imera (ephemeral) = day. HIJ&p!la•oc;, -a, -o imerisios = daily. To 11fJt:poA6ylo imerol6yio 1. calendar, almanac, 2. diary 11J.1t:poJ.111Via, 11 imerominla date (lli.JEpa + 1.1r1vac; (menopause) month) f1ptpoc;, -11, -o imeros 1. tame, gentile, peaceable, 2. domisticated 111.1•· imi- denotes half l1fJ1Kpavfa, 11 imikrania = migraine (lli.JL+ KPQvio = skuiQ 11fJiacpafplo, TO imisferio = hemisphere 111J•xp6v•o(v), TO imixr6nio(n) half time (in games) (111-lf + )(P6voc; (chronology) = time) 'Hnt•poc;, 11 lpiros 1. mainland, 2. continent flpqJia, 11 iremia = calm, quiet. 'Hpqx>c;, -rJ, -o lremos = calm, quiet. ' Hpa::(Ja (adv.) lrema = calmly, quitly f1pwac;, o iroas (Anc. + K rlPWC: iros) hero. Hpw1K6c;, -~. -6 iroik6s = heroic 11auxa~w isixazo = 1. make or g row calm or quiet (llouxao-a), 2. rest, sleep, 3. be reassured. 'Hauxoc;, ·11. -o isixos = quiet, peaceful, free from worry (1.1e:fve: fJouxoc: = do not worry). H I"JJllxJO is(Xia = state of quietness and calm. (HOU)((a napaKaAci> = quiet please) l'lxoc;, o ixos = sound. H 11XW 1x6 = echo. Hx11p6c;, ~ . -6 ixir6s= loud, resonant

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

e, e ea ea = particle introducing the future and the conditional form of verbs

eaAOIJI1Y6C:, 11 9alamiy6s = yacht 96Aa(Joc;, o 9alamos room, chamber, ward eaAaaaa, 11 8alasa (thalassocrat) = sea eavaToc;, 0 9anatos (thanatophobia) = death. 0av60IIJOC:, -11, -o 9anasimos (euthanasia) = deadly 9appoc;, TO 9aros = 1. courage, boldness, 2. liberty (na(pvw TO 86ppoc; = I take the liberty) eauiJa, To eavma = miracle, marvel, wonder. 0aupa~w eavmazo = admire, wander at (80u1JOO-a). 0 eaupaap6c; eavmasm6s admiration. 00UJ.ICOIOC:, -a, -o 9avmasios = wonderful!, marvellous. eta, 11 eea (theology) = goddess (the feminine of ee:6c; = god} eta, 11 Sea (theater) = view, sight. To et apa 9eama = spectacle, show. 0 ea::aT~c; 9eatis = spectator. To etaTpo 9eatro = theatre. <;)~QTI)!!<6c;, ·r\, -6 8eatrik6s = theatrical 9tloc;, o Bios = uncle. H ea::ra eta aunt etAw 9elo = want, require, need (8£X11o-a). H etA'la'l 9e lisi = 1. will, volition, 2. will-power etpa, TO 8ema = 1. theme, subject, topic (To 8£1-10 e:fva1 = the thing is) ea::6- 9e6- = in combined word denotes of God 0t6c;, o 9e6s (theology, apotheosis) = god. 0t'i K6c;, -r\, -6 9eik6s = divine. 0a::oAoyiK6c;, -1'1, -6 eeologik6s = theological 0£0fJ!lTwp, 11 eeomltor = Mother o f God (9e:o + llllTWP mother) 0&oT6Koc;, 11 eeot6kos = bearer of God (8e:o + T6KOC: birth) 9a::panda, 11 eerapla = therapy, cure, treatment, remedy etpp6c;, -r\, -6 9erm6s (thermometer) 1. hot, warm, 2. warm, ardent. H etpfJOKpaafa 9ermokrasia temperature. H 9tppaval') 9ermansi = heating. 0 etp(Joar6T'l«; 9ermostatis thermostat. To etpp6fJ£TPO 8erm6metro = thermometer eta'l, 11 eesi (thesis) 1. position, place, situation, (6ev e:(vm oe 9£011 va... = he is not in a position to... ), 2. post, employement (tX£1 Kak(J 8£011 he has a good post), 3. seat (oou Kpm6w 8£011 = I keep a seat for you) , 4. room (available space) (EX£18£011 KOI y1a otva = there Is room for you too), 5. class (of travel) (np
=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

189

=

9&Wptfo, TO 9eorio 1. gallery (press etc), 2. theatre box 9&wpw 9eor6 1. consider, regard (9&pT)o-a), 2. theory. submit for visa. H 9cwpda 9eoria 0&Wp'lnK6c;, -~. -6 9eoritik6s theoretical. To 9&WP'li.ID 9e6rima = theorem 9~K'l, '1 9iki (thecal) box, case, receptacle 9r\Au, TO 9ili = female. 011AuK6c;, -r\, -6 9ilik6s = 1. feminine, 2. female 811pfo, TO 9irio (panther) = wild beast. 01')plw6'1<;, r\c;, -cc; 9iriMis = ferocious 9'1oaup6c;, o 9isavr6s (thesaurus) treasure elaooc;, o 9iasos = theatrical company 96puJ3oc;, o 96rivos 1. noise, row, 2. sensation, fuss eptcpw erefo (or Tptcpw trefo) (trophic) = nourish (t9pt4J-a). H Tpocp~ trophi (atrophy) food, nourishment. 0pcmJK6c;, - ~. -6 9reptik6s = nourishing ep'loKda, '1 9riskia = religion 9piaJ.IJ3oc;, o 9riamvos = triumph. 0ploJ.IJ3&uw 9riamvevo triumph (9pt61JI3&uo-a) 9p6voc;, o 9r6nos = throne euyaTtpa, '1 9iyatera = daughter 9UJ.1o, TO 91ma = victim 9UJ.If~w 9imizo = remind {SUIJLO-a) 9UJ.161Jar 9imame (or 9u1JOUIJal 9imo6me) = remember, recall (9u1Jfl9·T)Ka) 9u1Jwvw 9im6no = make or get angry (9u1JWO·a). 0 9UJ.16c; 9im6s = anger eupa, '1 9ira = door. 0 9upwp6c; 9iror6s = door keeper, hall-porter euoia, '1 9isia = sacrifice 9wpaKac;, o 96rakas (Anc + K 9wpa~ thorax) 1. thorax, 2. breast-plate

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

J61aiTcpoc;, -1'), -o i61eteros = special, particular. 0 private secretary. 161ainpoc;, 11 161a1Ttpa l61a1T£pwc; i6ieteros (adv.) 1. especially, 2. privately f6ro i6io = prefix denoting one's own, self •lS•oKTf\TI"Jc;, -Tpla, ibioktit-is, -tria (f.) 1. owner, proprietor f6roc;, -a, -o 16ios = 1. one self, (&yw o f61o<; I myself), 2. same (f6to<; f..l& ... = the same as...) 161oouyKpaoia, 11 i6iosinkrasia = idiosyncrasy, temperament 1616T'1TO, '1 i6i6tita 1. property, quality, peculiarity, 2. capacity (function) llSfwJ.Ia, TO i<Sioma = idiom rl5fwc; i<Sios (adv.) = particularly, above all Jl5JWTI')c;, o i6r6tis (idiot) = private citizen. ll5JWTIK6c;, r\, -6 i6iotik6s = private (l6lWTlK6 O)(Oll.tro private school) il5puJ.Ia, TO I<Srima institution, foundation rl5pwvw i6r6no = sweat (f6pwo-a). 0 16pwrac; i6r6tas = sweat 1cp6c;, -r\, -6 ier6s (hieroglyphics) = holy, sacred. 0 L&ptac; iereas (Anc. 1cpcuc; ierefs) = priest l&poyAucplt<6, ra 1eroylifika = hieroglyphics 18aycvqc;, o i9ayenls = native. H •9aytv&lo i9ayenia nationality (by birth) JKov6c;, -r\, -6 ikan6s = 1. capable, competent , 2. sufficient, a fair amount of .. H 1Kov6T'1To ikan6tita = competence, capability 1Kavono1w ikanopi6 = satisfy, please (lKavonofT)o-a) make). H IKOVOnOf'lO'l ikanopiisi (lKOV6<; + nOIW satisfaction fva ina (Anc.) = in order to (the ancient form of v•a va) lnnoc;, o ipos (Anc.) {hippopotamus) = horse. To mmK6 ipik6 = cavalry. To mnol5p6J.IIO, ipo6r6mio = street). 01 hippodrome {fnnoc; + <Sp61JO<: horse race. 0 mno6po1Ji&c; ipo<Sromies = hippopotamus (fnnoc; mnon6To1Joc;, ipop6tamos + noTOIJ6<: river) . 0 mn6T'lc; ip6tis knight 100- iso = prefix denoting equality, level, having the same number of parts 106~•oc;, -a, -o isaxios equal in worth or ability (lOO + 6~10<; (axiom) = worthy) •o6p19J.Ioc;, ·'1, -o isarithmos = equal in number (foo<; + apL91..16<; (arithmetic) = number) I09J.16c;, o is9m6s = isthmus io•oc;, -a, -o isios = 1. straight, 2. upright, 3. level, 4, equal (to)

= =

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

I,

I

=

lavou6proc;, o ianooarros January laTp&io, TO iatrio = consulting room, surgery, doctor's office IOTp6c;, o iatr6s (pediatrlcs) or y1aTp6c; yatr6s = doctor. H IOTPIKr\, iatriki = science of medicine. laTplt<6c;, -r\, -6 iatrik6s medical 16av1K6c;, -r\, -6 i6anik6s ideal 16ta, '1 iMa idea 16fa 16ia (adv. K) = particularly, above all

=

= =

=

=

=

=

190 fooc;, -I"J, -o isos (Isotope) = 1. equal (to), 2. the same (as). E~ ioou exisoo = equally. H IOOTI"JTa is6tita = equality Joootet:A~c;, -~c;. -tc; isoskelis = 1. balanced, 2. Isosceles (geom.) lanavoc;, o lspan6s = Spaniard (male). H lanavi6a lspani6a = Spaniard (female) 1aropia, 11 istoria history. laropJK6c;, -~. -o istorik6s = historical, historic. 0 laTOpiKO<; = historian •axup6c;, -1\, -6 isxir6s 1. strong, 2. intense, 3. loud fowc; isos (adv.) = perhaps, maybe lraAoc;, o italos = Italian (male). H ITaAf6a itali6a Italian (female) •xeuc;, o i)(9is (Anc.) = fish. To •xeuonwAdo(v), iXSiopolio(n) = fishmonger's fxvoc;, To rxnos Qchnography) = 1. trace, 2. footprint, track

=

=

=

Ka81opa, To ka9isma 1. seat, 2. manner of sitting te69o6oc;, 'I ka9o6os = 1. descent, 2. cathode K090AIKOC:, -1\, -6 ka9olik6s = 1. universal, general, 2. catholic (K69e + oAIKO<; total) K096Aou ka961oo (adv.) = (not) at all te68opa1 kaeome = 1. sit (down), be seated, 2. spend time (K68eoa1 KOl M:c:; = spend your time saying), 3. be without work (Twpa K6eOJ.lOl = now I am not working) Ka9ptnTrJc:, o ka9reptis (or Ka9ptcpTrJc; ka9rettis) mirror tea9uart:pw ka9ister6 = 1. delay, withhold, 2. be behind or late (Ka9uartpno-a). H Ka9uartprJO'r'J ka9isterisi = delay, retardation Ka9wc; ka96s (adv.) as, such as, Ka9wc; nptn£1 proper, respectable KOI ke (K' before vowels) 1. and, 2. also, too (K' eou = you too?). Km .... KOl = both ... and ... KaJvoupy•oc;, -a, -o keno6ryos (K. Kmvoupy~c:; kenooryis) = new (Anc. Ko1v6c:;, -6v ken6s = new). KmVI'lllloSI'JKil New Testament KOipOc;, o ker6s = 1. time, 2. period, 3. wheather KOfTOI keti = although Kafw keo (irr.) 1. burn, (t-Ka!IJ-a) 2. be hot. Kaf(y)OIJOI ke(y)ome = 1. be on fire (K611K·O, Sa KO· w), 2. get burned KOKo- kako- = prefix denoting bad, difficult (caco phony) KaKOKOipfa, 'I kakokeria = bad weather (KaK6<; + Ko1p6<; = weather) KOKOIJOipoc;, -11, -o kak6miros = umfortunate, poor (commiserative) (KaKo + J.lO{pa = fortune) KaKono•w kakopi6 = ill-treat (KaKono1no-a), (KoKo + no1w = make). 0 KaKono•oc: kakopi6s = a malefactor KOK6c;, -r\ (or -16), -6 kak6s (cacophony) = bad, evil, ill-natured. KaKwc; kak6s (adv.) = badly, wrongly KOKoupyoc;, o kako6ryos = 1. criminal, 2. cruel person (KaK6 + tpyo = deed) KaA69J, TO kala9i (Anc. K6Aa9oc; kala9os) = basket. KOAt:optvoc;, -11, -o kalesmenos = 1. invited, 2. a guest (see KaAw) KaAo- kalo- = prefix denoting good, well (calligraphy) KOAI"Jptpa, 'I kalimera = good-morning (KaA.I'J + JJtpa (ephemeral) = day) KOAI"JVU)(Ta, 11 kalinixta = good-night (KaA.I'J + vuxra = night) KOAI"Jantpo, 11 kahspera = good-afternoon, good evening (KaA.ft + eontpa = evening)

=

=

=

=

·n.

=

K, K Kauy6c;, o kavyas = 1. quarrel, 2. row Karwtvoc;, ·r'J, -o kaimenos = poor, unfortunate (lit. burnt) tea9apt:uouoa, 'I kaearevoosa = purified (or purifying) language Ka9ap6c;, -1\, -6 ka9ar6s = 1. clean, c lear, 2. pure unmixed, net (Ka9ap6 J.lUaA6 = lucid mind). Ka9apf~w ka9arizo (catharsis) = 1. clean, clear, 2. clean out, polish off, 3. peel. H Ka9apiOTr'JTO ka9ari6tita = cleanliness, cleanness. H tea8apfarp1a ka9aristria = charwoman. H K69apai"J kaearsi = purification, catharsis K69t: kaee = every, each, K09£ 6Mo = every other, far from it Ka9tvac; ka9Emas (Anc. Ka9£fc;, ka9is) Ka9t:pfa kaeemia, Ka9tva ka9ena every one, each one, anyone Ka9rJYr'JT·r\c;, -p1a, o ka9iyitis, -ria = professor, teacher Ka9r\KOV, TO ka9ikon duty. Ta K09r\KOVTO ka9ikonta = functions Ka9rJp£plv6c;, -1\, -6 ka9imerin6s daily, every day (K6et + nJJtpa (ephemeral) day). H K091"Jpt:plvr\ ka9imerini working day K091"Jauxa~w ka9isixazo = 1. calm, (Ka9nouxao-a) 2. become calm or quiet, 3. reassure

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

191 KOMitpy&la, 11 kalieryia = 1. cultivation, 2. culture {KC1A6 + tpyo work) KOMITtXVf'J«;, 0 kalitexnis = artist {KaAO + -rt)(VIl (technology) = art). 0 KOMIT&XVIKOC:, -~ , -6 kalitexnik6s = 1. artistic, 2. of art or of fantasy KaMov~, 11 kaloni = beauty KaMUVTIK6, Ta kalindik~ = cosmetics KaA6ycpoc;, o kal6yeros = monk (KC1A6 + ytpo~ = old man). H KaA6yp1a kal6yria = nun {KC1A6 + yp16 = old woman) KaAoKafp•, To kalokM = summer (KC1A6 + Kalp6~ = time, weather) KaAontpaof'J, 11 kaloperasi = well-being, comfort KaAopuptp, To kalorifer = 1. central heating, 2. radiator KaA6c;, -~. -6 kal6s (calligraphy) = good, fine. KaAtc: Ttxvcc; = fine arts. (Expr. -ro KaA6 = so long, y1a t o KC1A6 oou = for your own good (benefit). Ka.\6 {adv.) = 1. well, all right (tf~al KaA6 = I am all right), 2. properly (~!Aa KaA6 = speak properly). KaAwc; (Anc. adv.) = well, all right. (tXtl KO)..
=

0 KavovloJJ6c; kanonism6s = regulation(s), settlement. Kavov1K6c;, -~ . -6 kanonik6s {canomcal) = regular, ordinary, usual K6vw kano = 1. do, make, perform, {t-Ka-va) 2. have done or made, (K6vw ~n6v1o = have a bath, bathe, K6vw ~6erwa = have or give lesson, K6vw KaA6 = cure, K6vw n(ow = move back, K6vt (imp.) uno~ovf) = have patience). The third person KOV&I, tKav&, ea KOV&I has many uses: K6Vtl KaA6 Ka1p6 = it Is a nice weather, tou KOV£1 KaM = it is good for him, KOV£1 va 15w = may I see? llev K6V&I va Kanv(~&l«; = it is not proper to smoke. t:.&v K6ve• y1a otva = it is not suitable for you. t:£ ~ou K6V&I = it does not suit me. To (1510 ~ou KOV£1 = it is all the same to me), 3. behave, {K6V£1 oav -rptM6~ = he behaves like a madman, he is madly keen (on}, K6V&I -rov -rpeM6 = he pretends to be mad), 4. spend or take time {tKavt Katp6 va ~ac; yp6llJ£1 = he took a long time to write to us, tKavt XPOVIO oto e~w-rtp1K6 = he has been for years abroad, K6ve ypf)yopa = make fast, hurry up), 4. produce {tKave 15uo nm1S16 = he had two children, K6ve1 KaA6 Kpao( =he produces good wine), 5. other expressions with K6vw: a) Tl K6vete; how are you? f3) n6oo K6Vtl; how much does it cost?, 6. K6vw nw~ = pretend (K6V&I n~ 15ev IJO~ ~tpe1 = he pretends that he does not know us). KantAo, To kapelo = hat Kan&T{JVIoc:, o kapetanios = captain (of ship) Kanvf~w kapnizo = smoke (K6nv1o-a) . To KanviOJ.IC kapmisma = smoking. 0 Kanv6c; kapn6s {capnomancy) = smoke, KanoT& kapote (adv.) = sometimes, some time, once K6nou kapoo (adv.) = somewhere. K6nou, K6nou now and then K6nwc: kapos {adv.) = somewhat Kap6JJ•, TO kar~vi = ship KapayKI6~f'JC: , o karagi6zis = shadow theater (chief character of) K6ppouvo, TO karvoono = charcoal, coal Kapl516, 11 karl5ia {cardiology) = heart KaptKAa, 11 karekla = chair KapKfvoc;, o karkinos = cancer Kapn6c;;, o karp6s = fruit (Anc.) ~I'Jpof Kapnof = dried fruits and nuts Kapnou~• . TO karpo6zi = watermelon K6pra, I'J karta = postcard, greeting-card, visiting-card Kapcpwvw karf6no = nail (K6pq>wo-a). To Kapcpf karfl = nail

=

192

=

Kapxaprac;, o karxarias shark K6aravo, ro kastano chestnut Koro- kata- = prefix denoting down, against, very,

=

completely

=

Kon1 kata (prep.) 1. towards, by, in the direction of, 2. when it denotes time at about, during (KOT6 TO IJ&OT]IJ£Pt at about noon), 3. when it denotes according to {KOT6 TT) yvWIJ'l IJOU = relation according to my opinion, KaT6 TU)(ll = by chance). 4. w hen it denotes distribution = every, per (KaT' £To<; every year, KaT' 6TOIJO = per person), 5. when it denotes opposition (with gen.) = against (twvLK6c; KaT6Aoyoc; = telephone directory) t
=

= =

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

Kor6nAI'J~I'J , 11 kataplixi = amazement, astonishment KoranAI'JKTIK6c;, -~ , -6 katapliktik6s = amazing, wonderful Korapyw katary6 abolish, abrogate (KoT6pyr')O-a) (KoT6 + apyw = not being working) KoraoKtua~w kataskevazo = 1. make, manufacture (KOTOOK&uao-a), 2. construct KarooK~VWOI'J , 11 kataskinosi = camp KOTOOKOnoc;, 0 katflskopos = spy (KaTa + OKOn6<; (telescope) = aim) Kor6arooi'J, 11 katastasi = 1. situation, condition, 2. status, state of affairs, 3. list, register (KaT6 + OT60T] (stasis) attitude) KOTOaTI'J~O, ro katastima = shop, office. establishment tw (apostrophe) = turn). H Koroarpocp~ katastrofi = catastrophe, destruction, damage Kororon r~w katatopizo brief, give guidance to, direct (KOTOT6mo-a) (KOT6 + T6no<; (topography) place). Koraroni~o~o• katatoplzome = be briefed, get one's bearings (KoToToniOT-IlKO) Koracpt pvw kataferno = manage (KaT6cpep-a), (Kcrr6 + cpep(v)w (sematophore) = bring) KOTt136~w katevazo = 1. let or bring or take or carry dow n (KOTel3ao-a), 2. lower (KaT6 + l36~w (base) put) Kar&J)aivw kateveno (irr.) = come or go or get down, descent (KaTtl3nK-a) Kor&u9uvw katefelno = d irect, turn (KoTeueuv-a) (KoTa + eueeia = straight line). H KOT£U9UVOI'J kateteinsi = direction, course KOTI'JVOPW katiyor6 accuse, charge, criticize (Karny6pr')O-o). H KOTI'Jyopla katiyoria 1. accusation, 2. category KOT~cpopoc; , o katiforos 1. downward slope, declivity KOTI kfltl (pron.) = something, some, certain KOTOIKW katik6 = live, dwell (in), inhabit (KOTO(KilO·O (Kcrro + OIKW (ecology) dwell). H KOTOIKIO katikia = residence, habitation. 0 KOTOIKOC: katikos resident, Inhabitant Korom(v) kat6pi (n) = 1. afterwards, 2. behind, 3. KoT6mv an6 after Karop9wvw katore6no = succeed in, accomplish (KOT6pewo-a) Koroxoc;, o katoxos = possessor

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

193

K6Tw kato (cathode) (adv.) = 1. down, below, underneath, 2. on the ground (Expr. enavw KCrrW = approximately, avw KOTW = upside down, upset, KOTW TO x&pta = hands off, KOTW 0 n6Aei.IOC: = down with the war, KOTW TOU IJ'10tv6c; = below zero) . KaThm:poc;, - 11, -o lower, inferior. Karwr aroc;, -11, o = lowest, minimum KOUT6<;, -~ , -6 kaft6s = burning, hot. KaUOTIK6<;, ·r\, • 6 kafstik6s = caustic. KaUTI1PI6~w kaftiriazo = 1. cauterize, 2. reprobate Kacpt c;, o kafes = coffee. To Kacptvtlo kafenlo = coffee-house, cafe t
=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

= =

2. flow of traffic, 3 . activity (social, business etc). K1VI1T6c;, -r\, -6 kinitos {kinetic) = movable, mobile (aUToK(VT')TO car, automobile). To t
=

KM\ji-W)

t
t
=

=

=

=

=

=

194 Kotv6c;, -r1, -6 kin6s (cenobite) = 1. common, 2. ordinary, commonplace. H KOIVrl yvw~11 = public opinion. H KOIVrl ~t6AtKToc; common dialect (the Greek language in the Hellenistic period) K01voj3ouA1o, TO kinovo61io = parliament, KotvopouAtUTIK6c;, -11, -6 kinovooleftik6s = parliamentary KOivono•w kinopi6 = make known, give notice (of) (KOIVOnOir10·0) (KOIVO + nOIW = make) KOIV6TI1TO, 11 kin6tita community. Eupwna"iKrl KOIV6TilTO European community Ko1vwvia, 11 kinonia society, social community. KotvwvtK6c;, -r1, -6 = social, sociable KOIT6~w kitazo = 1. look at (KoiTa~-a) , 2. examine (1-1£ Koha~t o ytaTp6c; = the doctor examined me), 3. mind, see that (Ko(Ta~t va nac; = see that you go), 4. look after (va KOtT6~t tc; TO nm15( = look after the child) K6KKaAo, TO k6kalo = bone (CIJtlV£ K6KKaAO = he was thunderstruck) K6KKIKoc;, -11, -o k6kinos = red KoAaKtuw kolakevo = flatter (KoMKwo-a). H KoAaKtia kolakla flattery K6Aao11, 11 k61asi = hell KOAIK6c;, o kolik6s = colic KoMw kol6 (collo id)= 1. g lue, stick, attach, fix (K6M11o-a). 2. catch or give (malady). H K6Mo kola (collagen)= 1. glue, paste, 2. sheet of paper KoAooo6c;, o kolos6s = colossus K6Ano, TO k61po = trick, ruse K6Anoc;, o k61pos = gulf, bay KoAu~nw kolimb6 {K KoAu~pw kolimv6) = swim {KOM ~-tnrw· a) . o KoAupJ3'1T-r1c;, -p•a kolimvit-is, -ria = swimmer KO~JlT'lc;, o komitis = comet KOIJIJO, TO k6ma = 1. political party, 2. comma Kopp{m, TO komati 1. piece, bit (tva KOIJIJ6Tt ljJWIJ[ a piece of bread), 2. a little, a bit {adv.) (K6vt KOIJIJ6Tl unOIJOVf] = have a little patience) (Expr. KOIJIJ6Tta va y(v£1 = never mind about it) KO~IJtvoc;, -11, -o komenos = cut KOIJIJWTJlPIO, TO komotirio = hairdresser's K61Jnoc;, o k6mbos = knot Kopn60Ta, 11 komb6sta stewed fruit K01JijJ6c;, -r1. -6 komps6s = elegant Kovotppa, 11 konserva = tinned food KOVTo- kondo prefix denoting near, short KoVT6c;, -r1, -6 kond6s short KOVTtuw kondevo = 1. be almost finished or ready or

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

completed {K6vn:lJl·O) {KOVT£UW va TtAE:lWO'W = I have almost finished), 2. draw near, be about {to) (K6VT£lJl£ va nvty£( = he nearly got drowned). KoVT1v6c;, -r1, -6 kondin6s = 1. near-by, close, near, 2. direct (route) KontAo, 11 kopela girl, young woman K6noc;, o k6pos = 1. toil, laborious effort (llt no!..u K6no = with much effort), 2. pains, trouble (K6v£ TOV K6no va... =take the trouble to ... ). H K6nWO'Il k6posi =fatigue K6p11, 11 k6ri = 1. maiden, girl, 2. daughter, 3. pupil of eye. To KopfTOI korltsi = girl (diminutive of K6P11). To Kop1T06KI koritsaki = little girl Kop~f. TO kormi = body. 0 KOp1J6c; kormos = trunk Kopo'i~&uw koroiMvo = 1. make fun of, mock (Kop6t15£lJl-a), 2. fool. To Kop6•~o kor6i15o = laughing-stock, dupe Kopulflr1, 11 korifi = top, summit, peak K0op111JO, TO k6smima {cosmetics) = ornament, jewel KOO'IJIK6c;, - r1, -6 kosmik6s (cosmopolitan) = 1. society man or woman or event (KOOIJlKf] K(VTJO"l = social activity) K6o1Joc;, o k6smos (cosmonaut) = 1. world, 2. people {611.oc; o KOOIJO<; every body). KoaponoAinKoc;, -11, -o kosmopolitikos = cosmopolitan KoOTi~w kostizo = 1. cost (K60'Tto-a), 2. (fig.) be a grievous blow (Tou K60'TtO£ no!..u = it was a blow to him). To K60Toc; k6stos = cost, cost price KOOToupl, TO kosto6mi man's suit K6Ta, 11 k6ta (or K6na) = hen, chicken. To KOT(T)6nouAo kot6poolo = pullet, chicken Kouj3aAw kooval6 =carry, bring (Koui36Ailo-a) Kouj3tVTa, 11 kooventa = talk, conversation. Kouj3tVTI6~w kooventyazo = converse, discuss (KOUI3CVTIOO'·O) KouptpTa, 11 kooverta = blanket Kou~iva, 11 koozina = 1. kitchen, 2. style of cooking KouKAa, 11 ko6kla ;;; 1. doll, 2. beatiful girl or woman (fig) KOU1Jn6poc;, o koombaros = (f. 11 KOUIJnapa koombt~ra) = best man KOUIJni, TO koombi 1. button, 2. sw itch Kouv16~oc; , ·a kooniMos, -a ;;; brother (sister)-in-law Kouvoun•, To koono6pi = mosquito Kouvw koon6 ;:;;; move, shake, swing (KOlNrJO·O) Kounf, TO koopl = oar Koup6~w koorazo = tire, weary (Koupao-a). Koupa~o~a• koorazome = (Koup60HJKO) = become tired. KoupaoiJtvoc;, -11, -o = tired. H Koupaol'] ko6rasi = fatigue

=

=

=

=

195

=

Kouptoc;, o kooreas = barber. To Koupdo koorio barber's shop. Koupa:Uw koorevo cut hair of (Koupc\jl-o) KouTaAr, To kootali = spoon KOUTf, TO kooti = bOX KOUT6c;, -~ , -6 koot6s = stupid, silly. H KOUTO~Opo kootamara = stupidity Kouro6c;, -r1, -6 koots6s = lame Koucp6c;, -1\, -6 koof6s deaf Kpaof, TO krasl = wine KpaTw krat6 (democrat) 1. hold, keep, rule (Kp6'rrlo-o) (KpOTT)Oe IJC = hold me, Kp6TT)oe TO = keep it) , 2. book, reserve (KPOnlOTC IJOU ISUo 8eoe1c; reserve two seats for me). To Kparoc; kratos 1. the state, 2. power Kptoc;,ro kreas (pancreas) meat, flesh. 0 KptonwA'lc; kreop61is = butcher. To KptonwAtfo kreopollo = butcher's shop Kpt(J6rr, TO krevati = bed Kpt(JaroK6~opo , '1 krevatokamara bedroom Kpt~w krem6 1. hang up (Kpe!JOO-o), 2. hung (execute). Kpt~o~ar kremome = 1. be suspended (Kpe1J60T-T]Ka), 2. lean for support (on6 oeva Kpe!JOIJOl = I depend on you) Kpf~a krlma = a pity Kpivw krino = deem, consider, judge (eKplv-o) . H Kpio'l krlsi (crisis) = 1. judjement, opinion, 2. critical faculty, 3. crisis, difficult situation. Kpfor~oc;, -'1, -o krlsimos = decisive, serious (Kp(OliJTl KOT60TOOl'J = serious situation). To t<prTI\pro kritirio = criterion. H KpiTIK~ kritiki = criticism (KplTlK(J ~~~Afou = book review). 0 KpiTIK6c; knt1k6s = critic. KpoK6~trAoc;, o krok6~ilos = crocodile KpOTO«;, 0 kr6tos = loud noise. (Expr. et
=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

t
=

=

= =

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

A, A

=

Aapafvw laveno see AOIJ~6vw Aay6c;, o lay6s = hare A66r, TO la~i 1. olive-oil, 2. oil. l\a6tp6c;, -1\, -6 la~er6s = oily. l\a6tp6, Ta vegetable dish cooked with oil A69oc;, To la8os = mistake, error Aar~6c; , o lem6s = neck, throat (Expr. TOV no{pvw OTO AOl1J6 IJOU = I am responsible for his ill fortune) AaKKoc;, o lakos = 1. hole (in ground), 2. grave, 3. den AoKWVtt<6c;, -~ . -6 lakonik6s = laconic Aa~(Javw lamvano = take, receive, get (t-Aa~·a) (Expr. A01Jj36vw TT)V Tl!Jf! = I have the honour, A01Jj36vw !Jtpo~ = take part, A01Jj36Vtl xwpa = take place)

=

=

196 A6~nw lambo

= shine (e-AOI-IliJ-o). H Aa~na lamba = lamp. 1\a~npoc;, -~ . -6 lambr6s = bright, brilliant. l\a~np6 lambra (adv.) (or Aa!Jnpwc;) = admirably, brilliantly, splendidly Aa6c;, o la6s (laic) = 1. people (nation, body of citizen), 2. common people, populace. l\a'i K6<;, -~. -6 laik6s of the people, popular. H Aaoypacpfa laoyrafia = folklore. l\aoypacp1K6<;, -~. -6 folkloric A6puyyac;, o laringas (Anc + K Aapuy~ larinx) larynx, throat '-601111, 11 1aspi = mud A6anxo, TO lastixo (elastic) = 1. rubber, rubber band, 2. tyre, 3 . elastic, 4. hose AoTpt uw latrevo = adore, worship (MTptljJ-o). H AaTptla latria = adoration, worship. l\aTptuT6c;, -~ . 6 latreft6s = adored Mxavo, TO laxano cabbage. 1\oxovonwAdo, TO laxanopolio greengrocer's Aoxtfo, To laxio = 1. lottery, 2. (fig) stroke of luck At(y)w le(y)o (irr) (lecture) 1. say, tell (E:ln o, exw ntt, ea nw, imp. nee:;, neOT£ or n£1T£). 1\t yoJJa• leyome = be called (Expr. Tt A£<; (or Ttlli&) = fancy that, nou A£<; = well (resumptive), A£<; Kat = as if, A£<; vo.. could it be that, Mw vo ... I have in mind to, 6£ Mtt va ... it shows no sign of , 6t I-IOU MTt = a phrase indroducing inquiry something like the English tell me, ~£ My£Tot Is beyond description, Tl ea net aUTo; = what does that mean? No oou nw let me tell you. listen, look here, nwc:; ot Mve; = what do they call you?) Atfoc;, -o , -o lios = smooth Ad nw lipo 1. be absent or away (e-AttljJ-o), 2. be missing or lacking, 3. run out, be short (Expr. 1-10<; Adntt<; = we missed you, 1-10<; tAttljJ£ vep6 we were short of water) At iToupyw litoory6 (liturgy) function, work (AtlTOUPYllO·O). H A&ITOUpyia litooryia 1. function , functioning, 2. liturgy Atlwvw li6no = 1. melt, dissolve, 2. wear out, exhaust A&K6VI1, 11 lekani = 1. basin, 2. lavaroty-pan A&IJOVI, TO lem6ni = lemon. H At~ov6 6o lemonal5a = lemonade At~11 . 11 h~xi (Anc + K 11 At~•c; lexis) Qexicon) word . To At~IKO lexik6 = lexicon , dictionary. To Ac~1A6y1o lex1l6yio = vocabulary Atm6, To lepta (or A&cpTa letta) money A&m 6, TO lept6 minute A&mOIJCP&•a, 11 leptomena detail. 1\cmo~&p~c;. ~c;, -tc; leptomeris = detailed

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

A&m6c;, -~ . -6 lept6s (leptosome) = 1. thin, slim, lean, 2. fine, 3. delicate, fragile, 4. refined, wellmattered, 5. subtle Atpwvw ler6no = make dirty (Mpwo-o). 1\tpwVOJ.IOI ler6nome = get oneself dirty ()..epwe-'lKO) At ax11. 11 1esxi club (institution) A&uK6c;, -~. -6 lefk6s (leucocyte) = 1. white, 2. pure (fig) AwT&pla , 11 1etterya (Anc + K £A&u9tpfo elef9eria) = freedom A&cpT6, To letta (or A&m6 1epta) = money A&wcpop&io, TO leoforio = bus. H Atwcp6poc; leof6ros avenue, boulevard A~~11 . 11 lixi (Anc + K A~~·c; lixis) 1. cessation, 2.end (of an event) , 3. expiry AI10"T~<;. o listis = robber, brigand. H AI10"Td o listia = robbery A~liJI1, 11 lipsi (Anc + K MliJ•c; lipsis) 1. receipt (act), 2 reception AloK66a, 11 1iakal5a sunshining wheather Alav lian (adv.) very, too Aiyo liyo (adv.) (Anc + K oAfyov oliyon) little, M.yoAiyo little by little, Afyo noM more or less, ot Aiyo = shortly, nop6 M.yo nearly Alyoc;, -11, -o liyos (Anc + K oAfyoc; oligarchy) = 1. small in amount, 2. little, 3. Few. Aly6T&poc;, -11, -o liy6teros less, least (the comparative of )..(yoc:;) Af9oc;, o 11eos Qithograph) = stone. 1\fB•voc;, -11, -o li9inos = of stone. H A1Boypacpfa li9oyrafia = lithography AIIJclVI, TO limani (Anc + K AIIJ ~V, 0 limin) port, harbour. I\IIJ£VIK6c;, -~. -6 of port or harbour AIIJVI"J, 11 limni lake A1oVT6p1, TO liondari (Anc + K At wv, o lean) lion Alnoc;, TO Hpos (lipase) = 1. fat, grease, 2. lard. l\mop6c;, -1\, -6 lipar6s = greasy Aipa, 11 lira = sovereign, pound AIT6c;, -1\, -6 lit6s 1. frugal, 2. plain, simple. H AIT6TI1TO lit6tita = 1. flugality, 2. simplicity Aoyop16~w loyaryazo = 1.count up ()..oy6ptao-a), 2. regard AoyopiOOJ.16c;, o loyaryasm6s = 1. bill, 2. calculation, 3. account AoyiKr\, 11 loy ikl 1. logic, 2. w ay of thinking. l\oy1K6<;, -1\, -6 1oy ik6s 1. logical, 2. reasonable, 3. rational AoyiOTIKr\, 11 1oyistiki Qogistics) = accounlancy, book keeping. 0 AoyiOT-1\c;, -p1o loyist-is, -ria = 1. accountant, book-keeper, 2. purser

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

197 A6yo~ , o 16yos (dialogue, logorrhoea) = 1. word, 2. speech, 3. reason, (Expr. Myw Tlf.ltlC: = word of honour, 6~toc; M you = worthy of note, Myou x6p1v = for example, n ou Me1 o Myoc; = In a manner of speaking). To A6y1o 16ya (exists only in plural) = words, sayings AoyoTi XVrJc;, o loyotexnis = 1. man of letters, 2. writer (from Myoc; + Ttxvn = art). H Aoyon:xvio loyotexnia = literature Aomov lip6n = well, so Ao~6c; , -~ . -6 lox6s = oblique, at an angle Aou~w lo6zo (Anc + K Aouw lo6o) = wash (body, hair) (t-Xouo-a) . .1\ou~o~a• lo6zome have a bath, wash one's hair (XouO'T-llKO). To Aourp6 lootr6 = 1. bath, 2. bathroom, To Aourp6 lootra =spa, mineral springs Aoxoc;, o 16xos = company (military unit). 0 Aoxoyoc; loxay6s captain (military). 0 Aoxlac; loxias = sergeant Auyf~w liyizo = bend (Myto-a) secondary school AuKtto, TO likio (lyceum) AuKoc;, o likos wolf. To AuK6aKuAo lik6skilo german shepard (XuKoc; + OKuXoc; dog) Auvw lino (Anc + K Auw lio) = 1. untie, set free (tXuo-a), 2. solve, dissolve, terminate. H AuarJ list (Anc + K Aua1c; lisis (lysis, analysis) = 1. solution, answer 2. solving, settling, 3. termination, dissolution (of partnership) Auni'J, 11 lipi = sorrow, regret, grief. .l\un6~o1 lipame (or Aunou~t lipo6me) = regret, be sorry (for) (Xun(J911KO), (Expr. Xun61JOl noM = I am very sorry) . .1\un.,~tvoc;, ·I'J, -o lipimenos = being in sorrow, sad Auwvw li6no = see X1wvw

=

=

=

=

=

=

M, ll ~a

=

ma = 1. by (particle with ace, IJO TO 9e6 by God), 2. but (f.IO 6ev txw AE:qn6 but i have no money) ~oyo~f, TO mayazi = shop ~oyttptuw mayirevo cook, prepare food (IJayeCpelJI-a} . 0 ~6yt1poc; mayiros or ~6yttpac; mayiras, 11 J,Jaytip•ao mayirisa (f) = cook Moy1K6c;, -~. -6 = magic, magical. Maytuw mayevo = enchant, charm, bewitch (1J6yelJI-a). 0 ~6yoc; mayos, 11 JJOVIOOO mayisa (f) magician. Moy&UTIK6c;, -~, -6 mayeftik6s = enchanting, delightful JJOVIO, TO may6 = bathing-dress

=

=

=

~6yKac;,

o mangas = 1. clever fellow, 2. sharper, spir magnet. Mayvi'JT6cpwvo, TO maynit6fono = tape-recorder (From f.IOYVJiTI'JC: +
=

=

=

=

= =

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

198

~avT£uw

=

mantevo guess, divine (~6VTEljJ- a) . H mandia 1. prophecy, oracle, 2. divination ~avr~A1, To mandlli handkerchief ~6vrpa , ., mandra fence, wall ~a~•Aap1 , TO maxilari = pillow, cushion IJOpayK6c;, o marang6s carpenter ~apyap1Tap1 , TO maryaritari pearl ~6pK0 1 1l marka = brand, trade-mark ~apJJapo, To marmaro = marble JJOPIJtA6~a. 11 marmelaiSa jam, marmalade M6pT1oc;, o martios (or M6pr11c; martis) March IJOprupw martir6 (martyrdom) = 1. indicate (~opTupTJo-o) , 2. inform against, 3. give evidence, testify, 4. suffer martyrdom. 0 IJOpTuc; martts 1. 1. martyr, 2. witness. To IJOpruplo martlno martryrdom, 2. torment, 3. token IJOOKa, 11 maska = mask 1J00')(6Ail, 11 masxali armpit, arm-hole IJOOW mas6 = 1. chew (IJCOTJO-o), 2. eat IJOTOIO<;, •.,, -o mateos = vain, fruitless. MaTOIWVW mateono = 1. cancel, (IJOTOiwo-o). 2. prevent. MaTOIWVOIJOI mate6nome be canceled, be prevented (IJOTOIW6-TJKO) (11 mf}OT] IJOTOlWSr)K£ the flight was canceled) IJOTI, TO mati = eye (Expr. auy6 IJCTIO fried eggs, l36~w OTO IJCTt set one's heart on, KAtfvw TO IJCTl = pretend not to see, y to wink, K6vw OTpo~6 IJ6Tta TO IJCTto TOU K60IJOU for appearance's sake, TO IJCTlo oou Ttootpo = keep your eyes skinned). MaTJ6, 11 matia glance, look 1Joupoc;, • .,, -a mavros = 1. black, 2. dark, 3. negro. Maupl~w mavrizo 1. darken (IJOUpto-a), 2. become brown or dark, 3. vote against IJOXOipl, TO maxeri = knife IJOXfl, 11 maxi battle IJt me = 1. with (in company of), 2. with, by (means, instrument, method: IJE 15UVOIJI1 = by force, IJE aUToKiVr)TO = by car), 3. with, by, at (manner, rate, measure, price: IJE n Tp6no; = by which manner?, ).Jt TTJV wpa = by the hour, ).J£ Tl TliJ~ = at what price, IJE Tl TOXUTTJTO = at what speed). 4. in (time: IJE Mo XP6vta = in two years, iJ£ TTJ oetp6 = In turn) , 5. in regard to (oxtnK6 IJE = regarding, OU!Jcpwvo ).Jt according to, ytA.w J.J.' oUT6 I laugh at it, (15to ).Jt To 6Mo = same as the other) 1Jty6Ao- meyalcr = denotes great, large 1Jty6Aoc;, -11, -a meyalos (megalomania) (Anc + K JJtyac; meyas (megaphone) 1. great, grand, 2.

=

~avrtla

= =

=

=

=

=

= =

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

large, big, 3 . long (duration), 4. grown-up, elder. Mtytaroc;, -11, -o meyistos greatest, largest 1. (superlative of 1Jtyoc;). MtyaAwvw meyal6no enlarge, make biger (lltY6Awo-o), 2. bring up (Children), 3. grow in size, 4. grow-up 1Jty6cpwvo meyafono megaphone JJtyt9oc;, TO meye80S = size, extent IJt~tc;, o mezes = 1. bit of food as appetizer, 2. horsd 'oeuvre 1Jt9aup10, TO me8avrio = the day after tomorrow JJt9o~oc;, 11 me8ol5os = 1. method, 2. hand-book. Mt9o~IK6c;, -~. -6 = 1. methodical, 2. orderly 1Jt6w me66 get drunk (1Jt8uo-o). Mt9uaJJt voc;, -11, -a = drunk JJ£fov mion (adv.) = 1. minus, 2. less. Mt1wvw mi6no reduce, lessen, downgrade (J.J.t(wo-a). To IJ&IovtKTI')IJO m1onektima disantvantage, draw back IJ&AavxoAia, 11 melanxolla (melancholy) sadness IJ&Aaxpo•v6c;, -~ . -6 melaxrin6s 1. darkcomplexioned, 2. brunette tJtAtl meli (inpersonal verb accomraried by the J.J.t, ot, Tov, etc) care about it, mind (15£ ).Jt J.JtA.tt I don't care about it) IJtAtrw melet6 1. study (!ltMTTJo-a) , 2. contemplate, have in mind. H IJtAt T'l meleti ;;;;: 1. study, 2. plan, design (for building etc), 3. treatise tJtAI, TO meli honey f.I£AIT~6va , 11 melitzana egg-plant , anbergine tJtAAov, TO melon future. MtAAOVTIK6c;, -~. -6 melondik6s of the future 1JtA6~pOIJO , ro mel6drama = melodrama, opera IJt.\Oc;, TO melos 1. member, 2. limb IJtAw~fa , 11 meloiSia = 1. melody, 2. tune pt1JPp6vl1, 11 memvrani membrane ptv men (coni) = on the one hand ptvw meno 1. stay, remain (t-IJttv-o), 2. live, reside (nou J.JtVttt; = where do you live?) 1Jtpa, 11 mera (Anc + K I")IJtpa imera (ephemeral) = day ~J tpoc;, TO meros (polymerism) 1. part (t va J.J.tpoc; TOu ~~~Mou a part of the book), 2. place (T)ouxo IJtpoc; quite place) . Mtp1K6c;, -~ . · 6 merik6s "" 1. partial, not complete, 2. particular (not general). In the plural (J.JtptKo(, -tc;, -6) it has the meaning of some, a some certain number of, certain (IJtptKtc; cpoptc; time). H IJ&pf~a meriiSa = 1. portion, 2. ration J.~taa mesa = 1. inside, within, 2. indoors. Mtaa at = in, into,inside

=

=

=

=

=

=

= =

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

199

=

~.u:aafwva<;, 0 meseonas (Anc + K IJ&Oafwv) middle ages (From j.ttooc; (= middle) + mwv (= age). Ma:omwv1K6<;, -~ , -6 meseonik6s = medieval IJ&OOVU)(TO, TO mesimi)(ta = midnight. (From IJEOOC: (=middle) + vuxra (= night) IJ&OIUH~p•, To mesimeri = midday, noon, (From j.leooc; (= m iddle) + 1-1epa (= day) IJ&o6yc•oc;, 11 mes6yios = the Mediterranean (From IJEooc; (= m iddle) + yt'J (geography) = earth) IJ&ooAa(Jw mesolav6 = 1. intervene, mediate (IJEooM~T)o-a) , 2. come between (in space or time) 1Jlao<;, ·I"J, -o mesas (mesozoic) 1. middle, 2. medium, 3. average. H IJEOI"J mesi 1. middle (CTtTJ IJtOT) TOu op61JOU = in the middle of the street), 2. waist. To JJt oo(v) meso(n) = way, means. Ta (Jtaa = 1. means, 2. resources. Mtaw mesa (adv. with gen.) = through, via. Mtaafoc;, -a, -o meseos = in between IJ&T6 meta (metamorphosis, meta-analysis) = 1. after, 2. afterwards (adv.), 3 . with (with gen.) (1-l&"t'a "t'll.l~C: = with honour, 1J&T6. xopac; = with pleasure) 1JtTa(J6AAw metavalo change, alter (IJ&n~- ~a>-.-a, ea IJ&"t'a~<.lA-w) (IJ&"t'a + 136Mw (ballistics) throw) . H IJ&Ta(JoAr) metavoli 1. change, 2. about turn. 0 1J&Ta(JoAIO(J6<; metavolism6s metabolism IJ&TalSflSW metaOiOO 1. transmit (IJ&T-eOWO-a , ea 1J&Ta<5WO·W), 2. spread (infection etc) (JJ&"t'Q + O(OW give). H IJET6lSoo., metaoosi 1. transmission, 2.spreading (IJ&"t'cl + o6o11 dose) IJ&Ta9tTw meta9eto 1. transpose (IJ&"t'·t -e&o-a , ea IJ&"t'a9£o-w) , 2. transfer (employee) (1.1&1'0 + et"t'W (epithet) = put. H 1J&T69tOI1 metaeesi transposition, transfer (1J&T6 + e&OTJ (thesis) = position) j.ltTaAAo, TO metalo = metal. Ma:TOAAIK6<;, -~. -6 = 1. like metal, 2. mineral, 3. metallic IJ&Ta1J6pcpwo.,, q metam6rfosi = metamorphosis J.l&Tavo•wvw metani6no (Anc + K IJETavow metano6) = 1. repent (l.l&T6votwo-a), 2. change one's mind (IJ&T6 +vow (paranoic) = think). H IJ&Tavo•a metania = 1. repentance, 2. change of mind IJ&Ta~• . To metaxi (Anc. 11 J.ltra~a metaxa) = silk. Mtra~wr6c;, -~. -6 metaxot6s = silky IJ&Ta~u metaxi = between, among. Ev TW J.l&Ta~u = in the mean time H IJ&Tacpop6 metafora (metaphor) = 1. transport, 2. removal, 3. metaphor. M&Tacptpw metafero = 1. carry, transport, convrey (1-t&"t'-e-q>ep-a, ea (.lcraq>tp-w), 2. transfer, 3. move house (IJ&"t'cl + q>epw = bring). H IJ&T6cppaon metafrasi = translation (IJ&"t'6. + q>p6.0T)

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

phrase) . 0 (Jtracppaar~c; metafrastis, 11 IJ&Tacpp6arp•a metafrastria (f.) translator. M&Taq>pa~w metafrazo translate (1-l&"t'-e-q>pao-a, ea 1J&"t'Oq>p6o-w) . IJ&raxt•pf~OIJDI metaxirlzome 1. use (IJ&"t'OXEtp(OTT)K-a), 2. treat, behave to {person). Mtraxc•p•oiJtvoc;, • .,, · o metaxirismenos = 1. used, 2. worn (not new), 3. second hand IJETtxw metexo = take part in (IJ&T&fxa) (1Je:T6 + txw). H IJETOX~ metoxi share IJ&Ttwpoc;, • .,, -o meteoros (meteor) 1. in suspense, 2.not decided, 3. hanging in the air JJtTpo, ro metro 1. metre, 2. measure, 3. moderation. MtTplo<;, -a , -o metrios = 1. moderate, 2. mediocre, indiffirent Ta J.IETpa metra = 1. measurements, 2. measure, steps. MtTpw metr6 = count, measure (IJe"t'pllo-a) ptTWnO, TO metopo 1. forehead, 2. front (mil.) J.IEXPI(c;} mexri(s) = 1. as far as, up to, 2. until ((.ltXPtC: aupto = until tomorrow) IJI'I mi 1. not, 2. don't (1-lll Kanvtatec; nonsmackers) IJI')lStv mioen = 1. zero, 2. nothing, 3. nought IJ~Koc;, TO mikos 1. length, 2. longitude IJ~Ao, To milo = apple IJ~vac;, o minas (menopause) (Anc + K IJilV min (menses) = month IJ~VUIJO , TO minima = message IJ~nwc; mlpos 1. I wonder if, is there a possibility that, 2. lest IJI"'Ttpa, 11 mltera (maternal) = mother. MI1TPIK6c;, -~ . -6 mitrik6s - maternal. H IJrtTp6noAI1 mitr6poli 1. metropolis (IJI1T£pa + n6>..11 = town) , 2. capital, 3 . cathedral. MllTponoAITilC: mitropolitis metropolitan bishop IJI"JXOV~, 11 mixani (mechanic) = 1. machine, machinery, 2. engine (q>wToypaq>tKt't 1-!T)Xavt'J = camera) IJI1XOVIK6<;, o mixanik6s = 1. mechanic,engineer, 2. mechanical IJI1XOVIOJ.16<;, o mixanism6s = mechanism IJIO mia (or ~o~ia mia) = 1. one, 2. a, an (the feminine indefinite article) (Expr. (.Ita yta n6.VTa once and for all, I-IlO Kat = or j.lta nou since, seeing that, IJ(O IJ(O BK&( = now here now there) IJ(VIJO, TO or IJ&fVIJO mlyma 1. mixture, blend, 2. alloy, amalgam IJIKp6- mikrc>- = denotes small

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

eow

200 To mikr6vio = microbe (1JtKp6 + 13foc: (biog raphy) = life) 1JtKp6c;, -~ . -6 mikr6s (microphone) = 1. small, little, 2. short (duration), 3. young, younger. MtKpalvw mikreno or ~tKpuvw mlkrlno = diminish, make or become shorter or smaller (IJ(Kpuv-o) ~tKpoaK6nro, TO mikrosk6pio = microscope (1JtKp6 + OKOn6c; = target). MtKpoOKOntK6c;, -~ , -6 mikroskopik6s mim ute, microscopic ~tKp6cpwvo, To mikr6fono = microphone (1JlKp6 +
=

=

=

xwp6c; = there is hardly room for you) IJOA.ov6Tt molon6ti although 1J6A.upooc;, o m61ivC5os = lead (metal). AIJ6A.ui3C5'1 j3e:v~(Vf1 = unleaded petrol. To IJOAUJ!t, molivt = pencil ~oA.Uvw molino = infect, contaminate. H 1J6A.uvo11 m61insi = infection, contamination ~ovMa, 11 monae5a (Anc. + K IJOv6c; monas) = 1. unit, 2. monad IJOV6PXI1C:. o monarxis = monarch (IJOVO + apxtl authority). H ~ovopxio monarxia = monarchy 1Jov6xoc;, ·11, -o monaxos (or 1JOvax6c; monax6s) = 1. alone, 2. only. 0 1JOvax6c; monax6s = monk IJOVOXtK6c;, -~ . -6 monaxik6s = 1. monastic, 2. standing alone, isolated, 3. to oneself (unshared) (IJOVOXtK6 ~WIJOTIO = a room of one's own) IJOVOOT~pl, TO monastiri (or 11 IJOV~ mono = monastery 1J6Vt~oc; , ·11, -o m6nimos = permanent IJOVO· mono- prefix denoting alone, single 1J6vo m6no (adv.) = only. M6vo nou = except that, ~6vo va .. = provided that... 1JOV6ypa1JIJO, TO mon6yrama = monogram (IJOVO + YPOIJIJO = letter) ~ovoypacpfa, '1 monografia = monograph (llOVO + ypo
=

=

=

=

=

201

H 1J6vwol') m6nosi = insulation IJOpq>~, ll morphi (morphology) = 1. form, 2. face, 3. appearance, 4. aspect. H IJOpq>oAoyia morfoloyia = morphology. Mopq>wvw morf6no = 1. educate, train (f.16pq>wo-a). 2. form. Mopq>wVOIJOI morf6nome = be educated, be trained (f.lOpWOJl m6rfosi = education, culture J.IOO)(Opl, TO mosxari = veal, calf J.IOToouKAtTa , ll motosikleta = motor-bicycle JJOuA6p•, To moolari = mule J!Ouoa, ll mo6sa = muse IJOUOOK6<;, o moosakas = dish of minced meat and egg-p lant JJOuodo, TO moosio = museum JJOUOIK~, ll moosikl 1. music. 2. band. MouoiK6<;, ~. -6 moosik6s = musical J.IOUOTOKI1 TO moostaki {Anc. 0 f.IUOTO~, TOU IJUOTOKoc;) = moustache J.IOUTpo, TO mo6tro = face IJna ba = interjection expressing surprise, rejection negation or assent IJnOfVW benO = enter, go in (IJnfJ·KO, 80 IJn· W, imp. f.1ntc;, ~-tndTt) IJn aK6AJl<;, o bakalis = grocer. To 1JnaK6AIKo bakaliko = grocer's shop J!noKAapac;, o baklavas = cake of walnuts and honey 1JnoAK6vl, TO balk6ni = balcony 1Jn6AAa , ll bala ball !JnOJ!It <;, 01 bamies= lady's fingers (vegetable) 1Jn01JnaKI, TO bambaki cotton l.lnOIJnac;, o babas = papa 1Jnav6va , ll banana banana 1Jn6v1o, TO banio = 1. bath, bathe, 2. bath tub, 3. bathroom IJnaouAo, TO bao61o = trunk, chest IJnaorouv•, TO basto6ni = 1. stick, 2. club (cards) IJn aTapla , ll bataria = battery (electric) 1Jnt pl5tuw ber6evo = 1. entangle (~-tn£:p6t'IJ-a) , 2. confuse, 3. embroil, involve. Mm:pl5&UOJ.IOI berMvome = 1. get entangled (f.1ntp6tLJT·I')KO beri5eftika) , 2. get involved, 3. get confused JJnfpa, ll bfra = beer JJnA& ble = blue JJnAiKw bleko = 1. entangle (£- f.lnM:~-a), 2. get entangled or involved ~o~nA6q>a, ll bl6fa = bluff 1Jn6AI KO<;, · fl, -o b61ikos = plenty of 1Jn61Jna, ll b6mba = bomb

=

=

=

!Jnopw bor6 = can, be able (f.1n6pto-a). Mnop£1 bori = it may be, perhaps IJnOUKOAI, TO bookali = bottle l.lnOUTI, TO bo6ti = thigh J!n poc; bros (or 1Jnpoor6 brosta) = 1. in front, 2. ahead, forward(s) JJUOA6, TO mial6 = 1. brain(s), 2. mind, sense. (Expr. txtt f.1UaA6 = he (she) is wise, prudent, :xptt6~£Tat f.IUCM = brain (wisdom) is required (to cope with the situation) puya, ll miya = fly pueoc;, o m f9os = 1. myth, 2. fable. Mu81K6<;, -~. -6 mi9ik6s = 1. mythical, 2. legendary, fabulous. H pueoAoyia mi9oloyfa = mythology. To pu9Jor6pf11JO mi9ist6rima 1. novel, 2. fiction (f.lu9oc; + tot6Pllf.IC = story) JJU'iK6<;, -~. -6 miik6s muscular JJuAoc;, o mHos = mill J!Upi~w mirizo = smell (f.lupto-a). Mupfl;oiJOI mirizome = 1. get wind of, suspect (f.IUPLOTT]K-a). H J!Upwl5•6 miro6ia 1. flavour, 2. smell puorf\p•o, TO mistirio = mystery JJUOT1K6, TO mislik6 (mystic) = secret. Muor1K6<;, -~. -6 mistik6s = 1. secret, 2. discreet, 3. mystical (0 IJUOTLK6c; 6e(nvoc; = the last supper) IJUTJl, ll m iti = 1. nose, 2. tip, point, 3. beak. MUTtp6~, -r\, -6 miter6s pointed, sharp 1JWp6c;, -r\, -6 mor6s (sopho more) foolish, silly. To pwp6 mor6 = baby pwoa'i K6 , TO mosaik6 = mosaic

=

=

=

=

=

=

N,

V

va na = 1. to, (ett..w va <.paw = I want to eat). 2. in order to (yta va
=

=

=

=

202 ~6)(11 = battle}. 0 vaUTI1C: naftiS = sailor, seeman. To VOUTIK6(v) naftik6(n} = navy. NOUTIK6c;, -~ , -6 naftik6s = 1. nautical, naval, 2. maritime, seafaring man vea, Ta nea .. the news V£Kp6c;, -~ (or -6}, -6 nekr6s (necrosis) = dead (VEKPO q>UOTI = still life) . 0 V£Kp6c; nekr6s = dead person vto- neo- = prefix denoting new, young vt6nAouToc;, o ne6ploutos = newly rich (vto + nXol1toc: (plutocracy) = wealth) vtoc;, -a, -a neos (neol~hic} = 1. new, modem, 2. young vtp6, TO ner6 = water vcupo, TO nevro (neurology) = nerve (Expr. exw to vtupa ~ou = I am in irritable mood}. Ntup1K6c;, -~. -6 nevrik6s = 1. nervous, 2. highly strung, 3. irritable. H vcupwa'l nevrosi = neurosis. NtupwnK6c;, -~, -6 nevrotik6s = neurotic. H vcupoAoyla nevroloyia = neurology v£q>oc;, TO nefos = ClOUd vcq>p6c;, o nefr6s (nephrology} = kidney vtwTtpoc;, ·11, -o ne6teros = 1. newer, 2. younger Vf'JOI, TO n1sl (Anc + K 11 v~aoc; nisos) (polynisia) = Island VI10Tda, 11 nistia = 1. fasting, 2. lack of food. NI10TIK6c;, -~ (or -16), -6 nistik6s = not having eaten VfK11, 11 nlki = ViCtOry. 0 VIK'lT~<; nikitiS, I"J VIK~TpiO nikitria (f) = victor, winner. NIKW nik6 = 1. defeat, beat (viKr,o-a), 2. winn. NIKitiJOI nikieme = be defeated (vtKr'}8·11KO} NotJJPp•oc;, o noemvrios = November voe6~£1 niazi (impersonal verb) with the personal pronoun ~£. a£, tov, T11V etc = I (you, he, she, etc) care, mind (~£ ~£ vota~Et = I don't mind, I don't care) vofKI, TO mk1 (Anc + K TO cvoiKIO enikio) = rent. (E)voiKIO~w (e} nikrazo = let, rent (vofKtaa-a). EVOIKI6~£Tae enik1azete = to let vo1w8w ni68o = 1. feel (e-vtwa-a). 2. understand V01JalieK6c;, -~. -6 noma~ik6s = nomadic VOIJ I~w nomizo = think, consider (v6~ta-a} 0 v6JJoc; n6mos (autonomy} = law. NOIJIK6c;, -~ . -6 nomik6s = legal. No!JtKf) IxoXf) =school of Law. v6JJIOJ.Ia, TO (numismatic) n6misma = 1. coin, 2. currency, money vo1.16c;, o nom6s = department, prefecture vov6c;, o non6s (or vouv6c; noon6s} = godfather. H vova nona (or vouva noona) = godmother v6aoc;, 11 n6sos (nosology} = illness, malady. To

VOOOKOIJ£10 nOSOkOmiO = hospital. 0 VOOOK6JJO«; nosok6mos = male nurse. H voaoK61Ja nosok6ma = female nurse voaraAyla, 11 nostalyia = nostalgia v60TIJ.IOC:, · I"J, -o n6stimos = 1. tasty, 2. attractive, piquant v6Toc;, o n6tos = 1. south, 2. south wind. N6T1oc;, -a, -o n6tios = south, southern VOUJ.!tpo, TO no6mero = number vouc;, o no6s = 1. mind, intellect, 2. sense, wit (Expr. CStv To l36~£t o vouc: aou = you cannot imagine it, to vou aou = keep an eye open, take care). Now no6 (noetic) = 1. think (v611a-a}, 2. perceive 3. understand. To v6rwa n6ima (noimatlc} = 1. meaning, sense, point, 2. thought, 3. nod, sign VTIP6vl, TO divani = divan VTOJ.16Ta, 11 domata = tomato VT6moc;, -1a, -o d6pyos = local, native (From Ev ( = in} + t6noc; (topic, topography} = place} VTouA6na, '1 doolapa = wardrobe. To VTouA6m doolapi = cupboad VTouc; doos = 1. shower, 2. showerbath VTptnoJ.IOI drepome (irr.) = 1. be ashamed (vtp6n11KO}, 2. be shy. H VTpon~ dropl = 1. shame, 2. shyness vruvw dlno = dress (e-vtua-a}. NTUVOJ.IOI dinome = get dressed (vn)8-11KO}. NruJJtvoc;, · I"J, -o dimenos dressed vuar6~w nistazo = feel sleepy. H vuara nista = sleepiness vuq>rt, 11 mf1 (Anc + K VU!Jq>I"J nimfi (nymph) = 1. bride, 2. daughter-in-low, 3. sister-in-law. Nuq>IK6c;, ~. -6 mfik6s = bridal VUXI, TO niXi = nail vuxra, 11 nixta = night. Nuxrcpev6c;, -~. -6 nixterin6s or vuKTtplv6c; niktenn6s = of the night, nocturnal. Nuxrwvte ni)(t6ni (impersonal verb} = the night falls (VU)(TWO·£} vwpfc; nons = early

=

=

~6litpq>oc;, o ksa6erfos (K t~6li£Aq>oc; eksaiSelfos} = cousin. H ~alitpq>rt ksaMrfi (K = ~aliiAq>I"J eksac5elfi}

= cousin (f) (From £~ + a&:Aq>6c; (philadelphla) = brother) ~ova- ksana- = prefix denoting again, back

203

~av6

ksana (adv.) = again ksanayirizo = 1. return back (~avayupta­ a), 2. give back (~av6 + yup(~w turn) ~avaK6vw ksanakano = do or make again (~av6Kav-a) (~ova + K6vw) ~avaAtw ksanaleo= say again, repeat (~avae(n-a, ea ~avan-w (~ova+ Mw) ~av6pxo1Jol ksanarxome = come again or back (~ava~pe-a. ea ~avape-w) (~ova + tpxo~at = come) ~av96~, -1\, -6 ksan96s (xanthic)= blond, fair ~anAwvw ksapl6no (~6nA.wa-a) and ~anAwvoiJal ksapl6nome = lie down (~anA.w9-T)Ko) ~acpv1K6c;, -1\, -6 ksafnik6s = sudden, unexpected. ::acpv1K6 ksafnika (adv.) = suddenly ~&- kseprefix denoting out, off, completely (it comes from the ancient preposition &~) ~t~aq>w ksevato loose colour, fade (~e~aljJ-a) (~e + l36q>w paint) ~tytAw kseyel6 = 1. deceive, gull, 2. seduce (~eyeA.aa-a) (~e + yeA.w laugh) ~t6u"w kse6ips6 = quench one's thirst (~e6(1jJaa-a) (~e + ~t!J.Iw = be thirsty) ~&KIVW ksekin6 (Anc + K &KKIVW ekin6) start off, set out (~&Kivno-a) (~e + Ktvw move) ~&Koup6~w ksekoorazo rest, relieve (~eKoupaa-a). =:tKoupal;OIJOI ksekoorazome repose, rest (~&Koup60T-l')KO) (~e + KOup6~0IJOt become tired) ~tvo<; ·I'J, -o ksenos (xenophobia) 1. foreign, 2. strange, 3. somebody else's, 4. not concerned with. H ~tvoq>a~la ksenofovia ;;::; xenophobia. To ~tvoooxtio ksenodoxio = hotel (~evo + 15oxelo = receptacle). 0 ~tvoMxoc; ksenoMxos = hotel keeper ~tVTuvw ksendino = undress (~evrua-a) (~e + vruvw = dress) ~&vuxrw ksenixt6 = stay up late or all night ~avayupf~w

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

= = =

(~&VU)(tll0-0)

ksepern6 = surpass (senepaa-a) (~e + nepvw =pass) ~tp6c;, -1\, -6 kser6s (xerograph) = dry, dried. ::epafvw ksereno = dry up (~epav-a) , ~&pofVOIJOI kserenome = 1. dry up (~£p69-l')KO) , 2. die (of plants) (Expr. ~epael')K£ OTa yeA.ta he died of laughing) ~tpw ksero (irr.) = know (f)-~ep-a) ~tq>tuyw ksefevyo 1. escape (~eq>uy-a) , 2. avoid, 3. slip out (~£ +
=

=

=

=

=

= =

::exwp1ar6c;, -1\, -6 ksexorist6s 1. separate, 2. special, 3. exceptional (~e + xwp(~w separate) ~rJAwvw ksil6no 1. unmake, unstitch (~~A.wa-a), 2. take apart ~I'JIJ&pwvtl ksimer6ni (impersonal verb) = the day breaks (~n~epwa-e) (~e + n~tpa = day) ~I'JPO<;, ·1\, -6 ksir6s = dry, dried, (~T)po( Kapnor dried fruits (nuts, almonds etc) ~1v6c;, -1\, -6 ksin6s = acid, sour ~fq>o~, TO ksifos sword ~o6t:uw ksol5evo = 1. spend, consume (~6~£\jJ-a), 2. use up ~u61 , TO ksll5i vinegar ~uAo, TO ksilo (xylophone) piece of wood. Ta ~uAa ksila = firewood (Expr. ea
=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

O,o 6aorJ, 6asi = oasis 6yoooc;, •I"J, -o 6yl5oos = eighth 6yKo<;, o 6ngos (oncology) = 1. mass, bulk, great quantity, 2. volume, 3. tumour, swelling (med.) o611yw ol5iy6 1. guide, direct, lead (ol5flYilO·a), 2. instruct, show how to, 3. drive, steer (vehicle). (From oMc; (exodus)= street + ayw (pedagogue) = lead). 0 o6rJy6c; o6iy6s = 1. guide, 2. driver, 3. guide-book, 4. directory (111Ae
=

=

=

= =

=

204 o(Koc; = White house). 01Ktioc;, -a, -o ikfos ;;;: 1. familiar, intimate, 2. own, proper. 0 OIKO~£on6TI'Jc; iko6esp6tis = 1. host, 2. landlord, 3. master of house (OIKO + 6e:an6TT\c; = despot). H OIKOl5tonOIVa iko6espina ;;;: 1. hostess, 2. mistress of house. H o1Koytvt1a ikoy enia family (o1Ko + yevcx; genus) otKOVOJJia, 11 ikonomia = economy (otKo + v6~oc; (anti nomy)= low). 01KOVOJ.IIK6c;, -~. -6 ikonomik6s 1. economic. financial, 2. not expensive. 0 otKovoJJoA6yoc; ikonomol6yos ;;;: economist otK6ntl5o, TO ik6pe6o = building-plot (OlKO + m:~lo ;;;: ground) OIKOUJJtVIK6c;, -~. -6 ikoomenik6s = oecumenical. H · otKOUIJi VI'J, ikoomeni = universe, world. oivoc;, o lnos = wine. To o•v6nv&uJJa, To in6pnevma alcool (oivoc; wine + nve:u~a (pneumatic) = spirit) ot oaCS~non: ios/Sipote, o1aZi~noTt ia/Sipote (f), ot ovCS~noT£ ionoipote (n) 1. anybody, any, 2. whoever, whichever OKTW okt6 (or o)(Tw o)(t6) (octopus) eight (num). OyCS6vra oyl56nda eighty 0 KTOK6alol, ·£<;, -a eight hundred. To oKTan6l5• oktap6oi (or xran6 Zi1 )(tap6di) ;;;: octopus (oKTw + n66t (chiropodist) ;;;: foot) OKTwiJptoc; okt6vrios October oA1y- oliy- = prefix denoting little, few oA1yapxfa, 11 oliyarxia = oligarchy (oA.ty + apxfl (monarchy) ;;;: authority) oAiyoc;, -11, -o oliyos or Aiyoc;, -11. -o ;;;: 1. small in amount, (a) little, (a) few (Expr. nap' o'Aiyov = nearly, &vr6c; o'A(you = soon) oAo- olo- = prefix denoting a//, completely 6Aoc;, -11, -o 61os (holograph) all, the whole. 'OAol everybody. 'OAa 61a = everything. 0Awal516Aou 61i completely. OA6KAI'Jpoc;, · I'J, -o ol6kliros olosoi61oo whole, entire oAoKauTWIJa, TO olokaftoma = 1. holocaust. 2. thing completely burnt (From 6'Ao + Kafw = burn), 2. sacrifice oAoTaxwc; olotaxos (adv.) at full speed oAu~JntOK6c;, -~. -6 olimbiak6s = olympic. OAuJJmaKoi aywvtc; Olympic games o1J6CSa, 11 oma~a 1. group, body, 2. team OI.JaA6c;, -~ . -6 omal6s (anomalous) 1. smooth, level, even, 2. normal, usual (O)IJIAW (o)mil6 = speak (~lAilO· O). H OIJIAia omilia = 1. speech, 2. manner of speech. 0 o~HAilT~<; omilitis ::speaker

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

oi.JfXAI'J, 11 omixli fog, mist OIJOIO- omio- and OIJO· omo = prefix denoting similarity, likeness, sameness 61.1o•oc;, -a, -o 6mios (homoeopathy) = similar, alike, same. OI.IOIOV&V~<;. -~c;, -tc; omioyen is = homogeneous. 01JOt61Jopcpoc;, · Jl, -o oml6morfos uniform (6~oto + ~opq>r'J = form). H OI.Jotona91'JTIK~ omiopa9itiki homoeopahty. (0)1Jol6~w (o)miazo = resemble, look like (e-llo•ocr-o). OI.JoAoyw omoloy6 ;;;: confess (OIJOAOYilO-a). H OI.JoAoyia omoloyia = confession, admission OIJ6Vola, 11 om6nia = 1. concord, 2. harmony (between persons, people) 61Jopcpoc;, -11, -o 6morfos handsome, goodlooking. attractive (From e:u + ~opq>i) (morphology)= form, appearance). H o i.Jopq>t6 omorfya = beauty, good looks OIJOq>uA6q>tAoc;, o omofil6filos = homosexual (From o~o (homologous) = same) + q>u'Ao (phylogeny) = sex) + q>O..oc; (philosoph) friend) OI.Joq>wvla, 11 omofonia unanimity (o~o + q>wvi) (telephone) = voice) OI.Jnpt Aa, 11 ombrela :: unbrella, sunshade ov, To on = being, creature 6vttpo, To 6niro = dream. Ovt lptuoiJal onirevome =dream (ove:tpe:UT-IlKO) . Ovt lponoAw oniropol6 = 1. day-dream (ove:1pon6A.11cr-a), 2. dream of, desire 6vo1Ja, To 6noma (anonymous) name. To ovoiJaTt nwvui.Jo onomatep6nimo ;;;: Chirstian name 1. name, call and surname. Ovoi.JO~w onomazo (ov61Jocr-a), 2. nominate, appoint. Ovoi.Jaar6c;, -~. ·6 onomast6s ;;;: renowned o~u , TO oxi (oxygen) = acid o~uy6vo, TO oxiy6no ;;;: oxygen ona~6c;, o opao6s = follower, adherent 6maetv 6pis9en (adv.) ;;;: behind, backwards. H 6maet v 6pis9en ;;;: the backward gear 6nAo, TO oplo (panoply);;;: 1. weapon, 2. rifle 6noto c;, -a, -o 6pios (pron.) ;;;: whoever, whichever. Onotoal5~noTt opiosoipote, ono•a~l)noT& oplaoipote (~ . onoto6~noT& opioolpote (n) = 1. whosoever, whatsoever, 2. any... , at all, 6noTt 6pote (adv.) = whenever on6Tt op6te (adv.) 1. when (at which time), 2. in which case 6nou 6poo (adv.) = where, wherever. 'Onou va 'vm (contracted form of va e:iva1) ;;;: at any moment. Onou6~noT£ opool5ipote (adv.) :: wheresoever

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

205 omiK6c;, -" , -6 optik6s = optic, optical. 0 omiK6c; optik6s an optician onwponwA£io(v), TO oporopolio(n) = fruiterer's 6nwc; 6pos (adv.) = 1, as, like 2. in order to (conj.). 'Onwc;, 6nwc; 6pos 6pos = somehow or other, by hook or by crook, Onwall~noT£ opos~ipote (adv.) = in any case , definitely 6pa1Ja, TO 6rama (panorama) vision. H 6paOI"J 6rasi = sense of sight, vision. Opm6c;, ·" · -6 oratos = visible opyavwal'), 11 oryanosi = organization. Opyavwvw organ6no = organize (opyavwo-a). 0 opyav•a~J6c; oryanism6s = 1. organism, 2. system, constitution. To 6pyavo 6ryano = 1. instrument, 2. agent, 3. organ. OpyaVIK6c;, -~. -6 oryanik6s = organic, Instrumental opyaaiJ6c;, o oryasm6s = 1. orgasm, 2. feverish activity opy~ , 11 oryi = rage (Expr. va nap&l 11 opyf] ;;; damn it) 6py1a, TO 6ryia = 1. orgies, 2. corrupt practices. Opy16~w oryiazo = 1. run riot 6pt~l'), 11 6rexi (anorexia) = 1. appetite, 2. desire. To optKTIK6 orektik6 = appetizer op96c;, -~. -6 or96s (orthodox) = 1. right, correct. 2. strait, 3. upright, erect (ope~ ywv(a = right angle). Opewc; or96s (adv.) ;;; 1. correctly, right. H op9oypa~pia 1. orthography, 2. spelling (opeo + ypa
=

=

=

=

6pv1ea, 11 6rni9a (ornithology) = hen 6poc;, o 6ros = 1. term, 2. condition, stipulation (aveu 6pwv = unconditionally, &q>' 6pou ~w~~ = for life, ~.~too~ 6po~ average) 6poc;, TO 6ros = mountain opp6c;, o or6s = serum opo~p", 11 orofi = ceiling, roof 6po~poc;, o 6rofos = floor, storey op~pavoc;, -1\, -6 orfan6s = orphan opx"mpa, 11 orxistra = orchestra Oa!Jt\, 11 osmi = odor 6aoc;, •.,, -o 6sos = as much as, as many as, all. 'Oao(v) 6so(n) (adv.) = as much as, as long as. 'Ooo TO 15uvar6 = as... as possible, 6oo va = until, 6oo Kol va = however much it may, 6ao yta = as for, 6oov acpop6 = as regards, &q>' 6oov = in as much as, as long as 6acppi'JOI'J, 11 6sfrisi = sense of smell 6Tav 6tan = when OTI 6ti (conj.) ;;; that 6,TI 6ti (pron.) = what, whatever. OTil)~noT& oti~ipote = 1. whatsoever, 2. anything at all 6Tou 6too (pron.) With twc; or 1-1txp• = twc; 6Tou, 1-1txp•c; 6Tou ;;; until. with an6 (which becomes a~p') acp'6Tou = since oulltic; oo~is (pron.) = nobody (oul5& (= not) = et~ (= one) oulltnoT& ool5epote (adv.) never oulltT&poc;, ·I'J, -o ooMteros = 1. neutral, 2. neuter (gram.) ou~o, To o6zo spirit flavoured with aniseed OUK ook (Anc.) (adv.) = not (the ancient word ou ("" not) before a consonant becomes OUK or ouX) oupa, 11 oora = 1. tail, 2. queue oupav6c;, o ooran6s (uranium) = sky, heaven. 0 oupavo~UOTI'J<; ooranoxistls = skyscraper ouafa, 1J oosia = 1. substance, 2. essence ouTt o6te (adv. and conj.) = not even, ouT&... OUT& = neither.. nor ouTonia, 11 ootopia = utopia (ou (= not) + 16no~ ~opo graphy) = place) ouTwc; o6tos (adv.) = so, thus. OuTwc; wm& = in such a way as to oux oox = not (The word ou before certain consonants) ouxi ooxi = not ocp&fAw ofilo = owe (6q>tt1-.-a) 6cpeAoc;, TO 6felos = profit ocpeaA~6c; , o otealm6s (opthalmology) eye. 0 ocpeaA~iaTpac; ofealmiatros = eye specialist

=

=

=

=

206 6xru.1a, To 6xima = vehicle 6xe11, '1 6X9i =shore (of lake), bank (of river) 6x• 6xi = no, not 611111. 11 6psi (synopsis) = 1. appearance, look, 2. face, 3. sight (&v 6'11&1 = in view, ?..a~J36vw un' 6'111v = take into consideration, t~ 6!11twc; by sight)

=

n, rr n6yoc;, o payos = Ice. To naywT6 payot6 icecream na~6p1 , TO pazari = 1. market, 2. bargaining naeafvw pa9eno (pathology) = suffer (e-na9-a) (Expr. KaA6 va n69£t = it serves him right. Tnv tna9£~ = you got caught out). H n6811011 pa9isl = malady. To n68oc; pa9os = 1. passion, 2. animosity, 3. vice. na8'1TIK6c;, -1\, -6 pa9itik6s (pathetic) = passive. H na8oAoyfa pa9oloyia = pathology na16f, TO pe~i (pediatrlcs) = child, boy. To na166K1 pe~aki = little child. na•l5•K6c;, -1\, -6 pe~ik6s child's, of children. na16aywy6c; pe~ayoy6s = paedagogue na16&1a, 11 pe~ia = education, learning. na16.:uw peMvo = torment (naf6£1jJ-a) naf~w pezo = 1. play, 2. gamble. To na•xvfl51 pexnl6i = 1. game, sport, 2. toy, play-thing, 3. gambling. 0 nafKT'lc; pektis = 1. player, 2. gambler naipvw perno (irr.) = 1. take, 2. get, receive, 3. contain, hold (Expr. nalpvw IJnp~ = start (of motor), 6£ IJO~ na(pV£1 11 wpa = We have no time, 6£V nafpV£l an6 Myta = he does not listen to reason) naKil'o, To paketo = packet, package naAaTI, To palc~ti = palace n6A1 pall (adv.) = 1. again, once more, 2. on the other hand (Expr. n6At KaM not too bad) naA116c;, -6, -6 or naA16c; palios (Anc. + K. naAa16c; pale6s) (palaeontology) = 1. old (not new), 2. former. 0 naA16v8pwnoc; palitmeropos = rascal, scoundrel (nC1At6~+6v9pwn~=man). To naA16na16o pali6pe~o = bad boy, naughty boy naA(A)11K6pl, TO palikari = 1. brave person, 2. young man naAT6, TO palt6 = overcoat nav- pan- = prefix denoting a//, very, universal nav, TO pan (pi. TO n6VTa panda) (panamerican) = everything, the whole world

=

navayfa , 11 panayia = the virgin Marry (nav+ay(a (hagiography) = saint) n avt.UI\v•oc;, -a , -o panelinios = panhellenic. To navt.Uqv1o the whole of Greece nav&man\.,•o, TO panepislimio = university (nav+£nlanl1.1'1 =science) nav'lvup•, TO paniylri 1.patronal festival, 2.fair. nav'1VUPIK6c;, -1\, -6 paniyirik6s (panegeric) = 1. festive with rejoicing, 2. panegeric n6v9tov, TO paneeon = pantheon (nav+B£6~ (theology) god) n6v811pac;, o paneiras (Anc. + K n6v811p pan9ir) = panther (nav+9l'Jp(o = wild animal) nav1K6c;, o panik6s = panic navf, TO pani = cloth nav6pa.,a, TO pan6rama = panorama (nav+6pa1Ja =vision) navat A11voc;, 11 panselinos = full moon (nav+o&Ar'!Vl'J = moon) n6VTa panda or n6VTOT£ pandote (adv.) = always. naVTOTiv6c;, -1\, -6 pandotin6s = eternal, for ever n6VTa, TO panda = see TO nav naVTtA6vl, TO pandel6ni = trousers naVTOVVWOTilc;, o pandoyn6stis = omniscient (nav+yv<.i>oTT]~ (agnostic) = knower) naVTOKp6rwp, o pandokrator = lord of all, Almighty, pantocrator (nav+Kpatw (democrat) = hold) naVTonwA11c;, o pandop61is = grocer (nav+nw?..w (monopoly) = sell). To naVTonwA&fo pandopolio = grocer's shop naVTOu pando6 (adv.) = everywhere naVT6cpAa, ..,, pand6fia = slipper naVTpt uo.,a• pantrevome = get married (naVTptliT11Ka) n6VTwc; pandas = in any case, anyhow n6vw pano (or .:n6vw epano) (adv.) = 1. up, above, on top, 2. upstairs, navw an6 = over, more than, above n6nac;, o papas = the pope nan6c;, o or nann6c; papas = priest n6nAw.,a, ro paploma = cotton quilt nanourm, TO papo6tsi shoe. 0 nanoura~c; papootsls = shoe-maker nannouc;, 0 papo6s = grandfather nap6 para (prep.) = has many meanings (see preposition p.68) 1. than, 2. but, 3. near, beside, 4.contrary to, despite, 5. except, less (IJ{a nap6 6£Ka = ten to one, nap6 A!yo = nearly, 1.1epa nap6 j.i£pa ::::

=

=

=

=

207 every other day) n6pa noAU = very much, too much napa- para- = prefic denoting closeness of position, situation on the other side, wrongness, irregularity, alteration, etc. nap6jlaa11, 11 paravasi = infringement (napa+I360Tl = base) napayytAw parangelo = 1.order, prescribe (napa+ayye~w (angel) announce). H napayyeAfa parangelia = 1. instruction, order, 2. message (en( napayye~(a made to order, acpf]vw napayye~(a = leave a message) nap6ypacpoc.;, 11 parayrafos paragraph (napa+ ypacpw = write) nap6yw parayo = produce, yield (nap6+6yw = lead). H napaywyr\ parayoyl = production. 0 napaywyoc.; parayoy6s = producer. napaywyiKOI.;, 1\, -6 = productive nap6yovrac;, o parayondas = factor nap66t1y~a , TO paradiyma (paradigm) example (n.x. napa~e{yiJOTO<; xaptv for example) nap66t1aoc.;, o parMisos = paradise napa6txo~ar paraMxome admit (napaMxr·llKa) (napa+ MXOIJOl = accept) napa616w parai5i~o = 1.hand over (napt~wa-a, ea napai5waw), 2. teach (give lessons). napa6f6o~a• parai51i5ome ;:;: surrender (napaM8-11Ka) nap66o~oc;, ·11. -o parai5oxos = strange, odd, paradoxical nap66oa11, 11 parai5osi = 1. handing over, 2. teaching, 3. tradition (napa+i560Tl (dose) = giving). napa6oOIOK6c;, -~, -6 parai5osiak6s = traditional nap69upo, TO para8iro = window (napa+eupa = door) napaKaAw parakal6 = ask, request (someone) (napaKOAto·a) napaKaAw = please napaK6Tw parakato= further down, napan6vw parapano = 1. higher than, 2.in addition, more than, napantpa parapera = further on, napanAtupwc; paraplevros = 1. at the side, 2. next door napaKoAouew parakolooe6 = 1. follow (napaKo~ouerw-a) , 2. keep up with, 3. attend (lessons) napaAfa, 11 paralia 1. sea shore, seafront, 2. beach nap6AA11Aoc;, -11. -o paralilos = parallel (napa+aMll~oc; ::: each other) nap6Aoyoc;, -1'(, -o paraloyos unreasonable, absurd (napa +Myoc; (dialogue) = reason) nap6Aua11, 11 parlllisi = paralysis. napaAuw paralio

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

= 1. paralyse. 2. become shaky (nape~ua-a, ea napaMa-w) (napa+Mw = loosen) napa!JOV~ , 11 paramoni 1. sojourn, 2. eve napo!Jopcpwvw paramorf6no = 1. disfigure, 2. distort (nopo+JJopcpr'} (morphology) = form) napOIJU91, TO paramiei = fairy-tale (nopo+l.u)eoc; = myth) napavo~la , 11 paranomia 1.unlawful act, 2. illegality (napa+v61JOC: (autonomy) = low) nap6~t:voc;, -11. -o paraksenos = strange, peculiar (napa+~tvoc; (xenophobia) =stranger) nap6a1ro, TO parasite parasite napaaKt:ua~w paraskevazo = prepare (nopaOIKtuao-a). H napaOK£UrJ paraskevi =Friday nap6araa11, 11 parastasi = 1. representation, 2.performance (napa+OTOOTl = stasis). napiOTOVW paristano (irr.) ::: 1. represent, depict (nop(OToa-o, eo napoan')a-w), 2. pretend to be, 3. perform (role, play) nap6Taa11, 11 paratasi = prolongation, extension (in time) naparr]p11011, 11 paratirisi = 1. observation, 2.remark. napaTI1PW paratir6 = observe, notice, remark (noparr'Jp'lo-o) napacpwvia, 11 parafonia = wrong or jarring note napta, 11 parea = company, party naptAaa11, 11 parelasi parade, march-past napeAe6v, TO parele6n = the past napevoxAw parenoxlo harass, annoy

=

=

=

=

=

(napev6x~'lo-a) napt~l}yw

napt~~IYI10I1

parexiy6

=

misunderstand.

=misunderstanding

H

n6ptpyo(v), TO pareryo(n) = side-line, parergon nap11y0p16, 11 pariyorya consolation. nap11yopw pariyor6 = console (nOP'lYOP'lO·a) napKO, TO parka = park n6po6oc;, 11 paroi5os = side-street (napa+oMc; (exodus) = street). napo61K6c;, -~ , -6 paro6ik6s = transient napaiJJfa, 11 parimia = proverb napauafa, 11 paroosia = presence, attendance. napaUOIO~W paroosiazo = present, produce (napouaioo-o) napw61a, 11 parol5ia = parody nac;, n6aa, nav = all, every, everyone n6ara, 11 pasta = pastry, cake naaxa, TO pasxa = Easter naaxw pasxo = suffer (malady) naTara, 11 patata = potato

=

208

nmtpac;, o pateras (paternal), nan\p patir in Anc. and K = father. naTptK6c;, -~ . -6 patrik6s = fatherly naTpf~a . 11 patri6a = native country or place. 0 naTpiWTI1C: patri6tis = 1. patriot, 2. fellow countryman naTw pat6 1. tread on, step (n6Tr)o-a), 2. press (fell etc.). To n6TWIJO patoma = 1. floor, ground, 2. storey nauw pavo = 1. stop, cease doing (t-na~V-a), 2. dismiss. H nauo11 pafsi (menopause) = 1. cessation, 2. dismissal naxoc;, TO paxos (pachyderm) 1. thickneSS, fatness, 2. fat. naxarvw paxeno = 1. grow fat, 2. fatten (naxuv-a). naxuc;, -16, -u paxis = fat, thick. naxu~&piJO<;, ·11, ·0 paxi6ermos = pachyderm n6w pao and n11yafvw piyeno (irr.) = go (nr'JY-a, ea n6-w) (Expr. n6e1 aUT6 = it is past, it is done for, n6e1 va n£1 it means) ntl;6c;, -~ . -6 pez6s = 1. on foot, pedestrian, 2. prose. ntl;~ pezi (adv.) = on foot. ntl;O~pOIJIO peso6r6mio = pavement (ne~6c;+6p611oc; (hippodrome) =street). To ntl;tK6 pezik6 =infantry nt9afvw peeeno = die (nteav-a) nt9tp6c;, -6 peeer6s = father (mother)-in-law ntf9w pleo (pythian) = persuade (e-m:1o-a). H ntt9apxfa piearxla = discipline ndva, 11 plna = 1. hunger, 2. starvation. n&IVW pin6 = be hungry (nt(VOO·O). ntiVOOIJiVO<;, -~, -6 pinasmenos = hungry ndpa, 11 plra = experience, practice n&•pal;w plrazo = 1. tease (ne(pa~-a) , 2. annoy, vex, disturb, 3. upset, disarrange. llev ntlp6l;tl = it does not matter, it is all right ndpa!Ja, TO plrama = experiment nttpaa}J6c;, o pirasm6s temptation ntlpoTt1c;, o piratis = pirate ntfa~Jo , TO plsma = obstinacy. 0 n&IOIJOTOPI1C:· -a pismataris = obstinate ntAayoc;, TO pelayos sea-A1yalov eyeon ntA.ayoc; = Aegean sea ntA6TI1C:, o pelatis 11 n&A6Ttaa pelatisa = client, customer. H ntAoTda pelatia = clientele n&Awp•oc;, -a, -o pel6rios = huge nt~Jmoc;, ·11, -o pemptos fifth. H nt~o~m11 Thursday (lit. fifth) ntVT& pende (pentagon) = five. ntVtlVTO peninda = fifty. n&VTOKOOIO pendak6sia = five hundred ntn6vt, TO pep6ni = melon ntpa pera (adv.) = over, far, on the other side (£6<.0

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

nt pa = over here, ntpa an6 = beyond) ntpav peran (adv.) = beyond, accross (with gen.) ntpac;, TO paras end, term, conclusion ntpamtK6c;, -r\, -6 perastik6s = 1. passing by, 2. transitory. na:pamtK6 perastika = may you get well ntpao~o~tvoc;, -~. -6 perasmenos 1. past, 2. last ntp~cpavoc;, ·11. -o perlfanos = proud ntpl· pari- = prefix denoting around (periphery) ntpf peri (prep.) = 1. round, round about, approximately, 2. about, concerning ntpt~6AAw perivalo = surround (neptt (3aA.-a, ea nep1(36Aw). To ntpt~6AAov perivalon = 1. environment, surroundings, 2. entourage ntp1~6A1, TO periv61i = fruit garden ntptyp6cpw periyrafo = describe (ntpltypa~V-a) (n£pl+ yp6
=

=

=

=

=

=

= =

=

=

=

= =

=

=

=

=

209 n6oe:t m:ptmwo&l = in any case, anyhow) m:proa6T&poc;, -11, -o peris6teros = more ncpiOTaa11, 11 perlstasi = situation, circumstance, occasion ncprOTtpr, TO peristeri = pigeon, dove ncpiOTpoq>o, To peristrofo = revolver m:prn6c;, -~. -6 perit6s = needless. ne:pm6c; apl9~6c; = odd number ncprq>tpcra, 11 periferia = periphery, circumference ncpiq~ruroc; perifimos = 1. famous, 2. first-rate (ne:pl+cpru.li"J = fame) ncpvw pern6 = 1. pass, go past or through (nepaoa), 2. cross (street}, 3. excel. 4. spend time (ntpaoa wpafa = I had a good time), 5. be valid or accepted (nepv6el al!T6; = is this valid?) ncpnaTw perpat6 = walk (nepn61110·0) ntp(u)or per( ~ si last year. ncporv6c;, -~. -6 persin6s last year's n&T&rv6c;, o petin6s cock ntTpO, I"J petra (petrify) = Stone. ntTpiVOC:, -11, -0 petrinos of stone n&TptAaro, TO petreleo = oil, petroleum (nerpa+tAalo = oil) n&TatTa, 11 petseta = 1. napkin, 2. towel n&Tw pet6 1. throw away (netaC,-a), 2. fly n&uKo, To pefko pine ntq>Tw pefto fall (down or off) (e-neo-a) n11yMr, TO piyMi well n11yaivw piyeno see n6w n11v~ . 11 piyl = 1. spring, 2. source n11youvr, TO piyo6ni "" chin ni"J~W piM = jump, leap (ni'J61"Jo-a) ni"JpOUVI, TO piro6ni = fork n~na , 11 pita = pie, cake nra pya (adv.) = 1. (not) any longer, 2. at last nlclVO, TO piano = piano nr6vw piano = 1. catch, catch hold of (e-mao-a), 2. take position of (mavw on(Tt = take (rent) a house, m6vw T6no take up space or come in useful}, 3. affect (IJ' tmaoc cp6poc; = I was frighten}, 4. break out, come on (tmao& cpwTt6 = a fire broke, emaoc ppoxtl it started raining) nraaJJtvoc;, •.,, -o pyasmenos occupied, taken nr6To, To pyato plate nrt~w plezo = press, squeeze, compress (nfco-a) . H nftOf'l piesi = 1. pressure, 2. blood-pressure nr9av6c;, -r't, -6 pi9an6s = probable, likely ni911Koc;, o pi9ikos (pithecanthrope) ape

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

nrKp6c;, -r't, -6 pikr6s (pricric acid) bitter nrMq>t, TO pilafi rice dish (pilaf) nrA6Toc;·, o pil6tos= pilot nfvaKac;, o pinakas 1. table, list, 2. notice-board, 2.picture. H nrvaKi6a pinakl~a = number-plate, name-plate. H nrvaKo9~KI"J pinako9iki = picturegallery nivw pino (irr.) = drink (r')m-a, ea m-w) . To nroT6 pyot6 = drink (alcoholic) nr6 py6 = more (with noun, adjective or adverb) nina, 11 pipa ;:::; tobaco-pipe nroiva, 111 pisina = swimming-pool nrOTtuw pistevo = believe (nfOT&lJl-a}. H niOTI1 pisti = 1. believe, 2. faith. ntOT6c;, -r}, -6 pist6S faithful, loyal nrOT6Ar, TO pist61i = pistol nrOTonOiflTIK6, TO pistopiitik6 certificate n faw plso (adv.) 1. back, 2. behind nAa~. 11 plaz bathing-beach nMI plai (adv.) at the side, next door. nAa'iv6c;, -~ . -6 plainos adjoining nMKa, 11 plaka = 1. slab, paving-stone, 2. (Expr. on6w nMKa = I have fun, exe:t nMKa it is amusing) nAav~TrJc;, o planitis planet nAaOTrK6c;, -~ . -6 plastik6s = plastic. H nA6a11 plasi 1. creation, 2. moulding. 0 nA60TI1C: plastis "" creator nAaOT6c;, -~. -6 plast6s = false, forged, fictitious nA6Tavoc;, o platanos or TO nAaT6vr platani = planetree nAanfa, 11 platia = square nAaruc;, -16, -u platfs = wide,. broad. To nAchoc; platos ;:::; 1. width, breadth, 2. latitude nA&KT6c;, -~. -6 plekt6s = knitted. nAtKw pleko = knit (e-nhef,-a) n}.tvw pleno (irr.) = wash (e-nhuv-a). To nAuatiJO plisimo = washing nAtov pleon (adv.) = more. Enf nAtov in addition nAcovtKTI11JO, TO pleonektima advantage, merit nAtup6, 11 plevra or TO nAtup6 plevr6 (pleurosy) side, rib. H nAtupiTIC: plevrltis = pleurosy nAtw pleo (irr.) sail, float (e-nM:uo-a) nAJlyr'J, I) pliyi = wound, sore. nA11ywvw pliy 6no = 1. wound (nAI')ywo-a), 2. hurt, oftend nA~9o<;, TO pli9os (plethora) crowd, masses. 0 nAI"J9UVTU<6c; pli9indik6s plural. 0 nA118UOIJO<; pli9ism6s population

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

2 10 nA11v plin = 1. except, apart from, 2. minus (mathem.) nA~P'l<;, -11c;, -tc; pllris full, complete nAI1polj)op(a, 11 pliroforia = information nA11pwvw plir6no = pay (nMpwo-a) nA11ofov plision (adv.) = near. nA.,cno~w plisiazo = aproach, draw near (nXnoiao-a) ship. 0 nAoiapxoc; pliarxos = nAofo, ro plio captain (nXoto+apxfl (monarch) authority) nAour oc;, o plo6tos (plutocrat) = richness, wealth. nAoUOIO<;, -a, · 0 plo6sios rich nv&u!Ja, TO pnevma (pneumatic) = 1. breadth, 2. spirit, mind, wit 'Ayto nve:u~Ja = Holy Ghost. nvt UIJOTIK6<;, - ~ , -6 pnevmatik6s (pneumatic) = 1. mental, 2. spiritual, 3. intellectual nv&u!Jovac;, o pnevmonas (pneumonia) = lung. H nvtu!Jovia pnevmonia = pneumonia nvtw pneo (pneumatic) = blow (t-nve:uo-a). H nvon pnoi = 1. breath, breathing, 2. inspiration nvfyw pniyo = 1. drown (t-nvt~-a) , 2. suffocate, 3. strangle n6lS1, TO pMi (chiropodist) =foot, leg. Mt TO n 6lS1a = on foot. To nol5"Amo po6ilato bicycle. To nol560ij)Oipo = football game (no6t+ocpalpa = sphere) nor.,a.,, 11 piisi = poetry. 0 n0111~c; piitis, 11 no1"Tp1a piitria = poet. To nof'11JO plima poem. nontTIK6c;, r\, -6 piitik6s = poetic no1v", 11 pinl = penalty, punishment no16c;, -a, -o pi6s =who? which? nOIOTI1TO, 11 pi6tita = quality no1w pi6 (Anc.+K) = make, do (e:-noCno-a) war. noAtiJW n6At 1JO<;, o p61emos (polemic) polem6 = fight {nOM~JilO-a). noAt iJIK6c;, -r\, -6 polemik6s = polemic, of war noA1K6<;, o polik6s = polar n6A11, 1'1 p61i (n6A1c; p61is (acropolis) in Anc. and K) = c ity, town. 0 noAintc; politis = citizen, civilian. H noA1Ttfa politia 1. state, 2. attitude, line of conduct. H noAITIKrl politikl = politics. 0 noAITIKO<; politik6s = politician. 0 noAITIOIJO<; polit1sm6s = civilization, culture noUanAaOIOOIJ6c;, o polaplasiasm6s = multiplication n6Aoc; o p61os = pole noAu- poll- prefix denotintg much, many, very noAuyaiJfa , '1 poliyamla = polygamy noAUyAwoooc;, -11, -o pollylosos = polyglot arm-chair (noXu + 9p6voc; noAu9p6va, '1 poli8r6na = throne)

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

noAuKaTOIKfa, 11 polikatikia = building of many flats (noXu+KOTOlKia =dwelling) noAunAoKoc;, -11, -o pollplokos = complicated noAuc; p6hs, noM~ poli, noAu poli (irr.) = 1. much, many, great, 2. long (time). noAU poll (adv.) = much, very, long noAuTt Ac•a, 11 politeha = luxury. noAuTtA~c;. -ri, -tc; politelis luxurious (noXu+TtXttoc; = perfect, complete) noAUTt l(Vtfo , ro politexnio = polytechnic noAuTIIJO<;, -'1, -o polltimos = precious, valuable (noM+TliJll = value) nov11p6c;, -r\, -6 ponir6s cunning n6voc;, 0 p6nos pain. novw pono feel pain, hurt (n6ve:o-a). 0 nov6oovroc; pon66ondos = toothache. 0 novoKtcpaAoc; ponoketalos = headache novriKI, TO pondiki = mouse, rat nop91Jdo, To por9mlo = ferry n6pra, 11 p6rta = door, gate noproK6AJ, To portokali = orange. H nopToKaA6l5a portokaiMa = orange juice nopTolj)OAI, TO portof61i = wallet n6ooc;, .,, -o p6sos = how much, how many. H noo6TrJTO pos6tita = quantity noTOIJI, TO potami or o n oTa1J6c; potam6s (hippopotamus) river n6rt p6te = when? noTt pole = 1. never (after neg.), 2. ever noT6, TO pot6 (potage) = drink, beverage nou po6 = where? nou poo = that nouecvo pooeena 1. nowhere (after neg.), 2. anywhere nouK61JIOO, To pookamiso shirt nouAi, TO poolf = bird nouAIJOV, TO po61man = motor-coach nouAw pool6 (nwAw pol6 (monopoly) in Anc. and K) = sell (nOUAI10·0) noupo, TO po6ro = cigar np6y1JO, TO prayma (pragmatic) = 1. thing, 2. matter, affair. npayiJOTIK6c;, ·r\, -6 praymatik6s = real, actual. H npayJ.IOTIK6TrJTO praymatik6tita = reality np6KTopac;, o praktoras = agent. To npaKTOpd o praktorio = agency np6~11 . 11 praksi = 1. act, deed, praxis 2. practical experience. npaKTIKO<;, ·r\, -6 praktik6s 1. practical , 2. without professional training. Ta npaKTJK6 praklika = proceedings, minutes

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

211 np6o1voc;, · I'J, -o prasinos = green npaT~piO, TO pratirio = shop. npaT~PIO Ptv~fvi'Jc; = petrol station npt n&l prepi = it is necessary or fitting, must, should npt opda, 11 presvia = embassy. 0 npt.aPI'Jc; presvis or o np&ap&uT~c; presveftis = ambassador np1v prin (adv.) =before np lo~a , TO prisma = prism npo pro (prep.) = before, in front of, npo naVT6c; = above all, especially npoaare•o, TO proastio = suburb (npo+ 6aru = city) n p6pa, 11 pr6va = 1. trying out, 2. rehearsal, 3. fitting of clothes n p6paTo, ro pr6vato = sheep np6J3AI'J~a, To pr6vlima problem np6ypa~~a . TO pr6yrama = programme npo~f~w pro6hSo 1. betray (np66wo-a). H npo~wora pro6osia betrayal, treason. 0 npo~6TI'Jc; proMtis traitor. np6&~poc; , o pr6e6ros = president, chairman npo&li5onou,J proi6opi6 1. warn, 2. notify in advance (npO&l60nO(JlO·O). H npo&IOOnOii'JOI'J proi6opiisi warning npotpxoiJol proerxome (irr.) originate (npoi'JA9-a, ea npoeA9-w) (npo-tepxo~at come) npoi'JVOUIJOI proiyo6me =precede, come before or first (npOJ1Yr'J9·JlKO). npoi'JyOu~&voc;, ·I'J, · 0 proiyo6menos = preceding, previous, last, n poi'JyOuiJt vwc; proiyoomenos (adv.) previously, before np69&0il, 11 pr69esi ... 1. intention, 2. preposition (npo+ 9eoJ1 = thesis) n poiKa, 11 prika = dowry npoi6v, TO proi6n = product npoKaAw prokal6 = 1. provoke, cause (npoK6A&o-a), 2. challenge (npo+ KaAW = call). H np6KAI'JOI'J pr6klisi = 1. provocation, 2. challenge npoK6vw prok<'mo = 1. catch up with (np6Kav-a), 2. act in time, 3. have enough time np6K&ITOI pr6kite = it is a matter or a question of (with v•a or va) (np6K&lTal va cpuye:t: he is supposed to go, nepi T(voc; np6K&tTat; what is about, np6t<&lTal y1a TO cpfAo oou: it is about your friend) npoK~PU~Il. 11 prokirixi = proclamation n poKUIJaia , 11 prokimea = quay npoAo1Jp6vw prolamvano or npoAapaivw prolaveno (irr.) = 1. be or act in time (np6Aoj3-a), 2. have enough time for, 3. catch up with, 4. anticipate

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

forestall. (npo+Aa~J36vw = take). H np6AiliJ.II'l pr61ipsi 1. prevention, 2. superstition. npoAqmiK6c;, -~, -6 = 1. preventive, 2. superstitious np6Aoyoc;, o pr61oyos = prologue (npo+ Myoc; = speech) npo1J~9&m , 11 promi9ia = 1. supply, provision, 2. commision (percentage) np6vo1a, 11 pr6nia 1. foresight, precaution, 2. providence npo~tva:lo, TO proxenio = consulate. 0 np6~tvoc; pr6xenos = consul np6o~oc;, 11 pr6o6os = progress, progression (npo+oMc; (exodus) =street), npoo~&UTIK6c;, -~ , -6 proo6eftik6s progressive npoopi~w proorlzo intend, destine (npowpllo-o) (npo+op(~w (horizon) fix). 0 npoopiOIJ6c; proorism6s = 1. destination, 2. appointed end np6n&pol (adv.) = the year before last (npo+nepot = last year) npoc; pros (prep.) 1. to, towards (direction, relation with ace.) . (npoc; ee:ooaAo, TO proskefalo = pillow, cushion (npoc; + KecpaM = head)

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

212 np6oKA110'1, '1 pr6sklisl = Invitation. npooKaAw proskal6 =invite (npooK6Aeo-a) (npoc;+KOAW = call) np6oKonoc;, o pr6skopos = scout npoo6v, TO pros6n = 1. qualification, 2. advantage np6oo"''1· '1 pr6sopsi - facade npoo6"'1 pros6psi =towel npoonaew prospa96 = try, attempt (npoon69rto-a). H npocma9tra prospa9ia = effort, attempt npoaroTI'Ic;, o prostatis (prostate) = protector. H npoaraoia prostasla = protection. npoaraTtUW prostatevo = protect (npo0'1'6Ttuo-a) np6arr~o. TO pr6stimo = fine np6olj)aToc;, -11, -o pr6sfatos = recent, fresh npoolj)tpw prosfero = offer, give, present (npooe
=

npo<prjTI1<;, 0 profitis = prophet. npOij)I1TIK6c;, -~ , -6 profitik6s = prophetic npocpTaivw profteno or npolj)9avw profeano = 1. catch up with (np6
=

=

=

213

=

nup, To pir (pyrograph) = fire. H nupKa'i a pirkaya outbreak of fire. 0 nup&T6c; piret6s ( pyretic) = fever. 0 nupooj3tcn11c; pirosvestis =fireman. nupoj3oAw pirovol6 = shoot at, fire (nupoi36Xno-a) nuT~OIJO, 11 pitzama = pyzamas nwAw polo (Anc.+K) (monopoly) nouAw pool6 in modern Greek = sell (nwXno-a). H nwA11011 p61isi = sale. 0 nWAI"JTrlc; politis, '1 nwMTpla polltria (~ = 1. seller, salesman nwc; p6s = how? nwc; pos = that

pouKtTa, '1 rooketa ;;::: rocket pouTivo, '1 rootina routine pouxo, To ro6xo ;;::: cloth, garment p6
=

P,p papw ravo = 1. sew, 2. stitch (e-patiJ-a). 0 pO
=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

Z,o l:aj3j3aTo, To savato = Saturday. To l:oj3oToKuplaKo savatokiriako = week-end aay6v1, To say6ni = chin, jaw aaK6KI, To sakaki = jacket aaKf, To saki = sack. 0 o6Koc; sakos = kitbag, sack. H oat
=

=

=

=

= = =

=

214 oacp~c;. -~c;.

-tc; safis =

explicit, clear oaxA6c;, -~ . -6 saxlos = silly, insipid optAToc;, • .,, -o sveltos = q uick, nimble opqvw or opuvw svino (asbestos) = 1. extinguish, put out, quench (to~ ua-a) , 2. erase oyoup6c;, -1\, -6 syoor6s =curly, curly-haired otpo~ar sevome = respect, revere (oti360H)Ka). 0 otj3ao~6c; sevasm6s (To otpac; sevas In K) respect, reverence (Expr. TO o£13n J.IOU = my respects). Itj3acrr6c;, -1\, -6 sevast6s = respected, respectable otrpa, 11 sire~ (series) 1. row, line, series, 2. turn, 3. sequence (Expr. t!vat n Otlp6 oac; it is your turn) otrpl\va, 11 sirina 1. siren, charmer, 2. motor-horn otro~6c;, o sism6s (seismic) earthquake. IttOJ!onae~c;. -1\c;, -tc; sismopa9is = stricken by earthquake (otlOJ..loc;+nae~c; (psycopath) sufferer) otA~Vf1 , 11 selini (selenium) = moon otAI6a, 11 seli6a = page atJJv6c;, -1\, -6 semn6s = modest, unassuming atvr6vr, TO send6ni = sheet atvrout
=

=

=

=

=

=

day) o~payya , 11 siranga = tunnel oty6 siya = 1. quietly, gently, 2. slow, gradually, carefylly o fyJJa, TO siyma = the letter I , o, c; olyoupoc;, ·I'J, -o siyooros = certain, sure, secure. Ifyoupa siyoora (adv.) = for certain, certainly

ol6tpo, To si6ero (siderite) = iron. It6tpwvw sil5er6no = iron (o16tpwo-a). 0 ot6f1p66pOIJOC: si6ir66romos = railway (cnl5'1po+l5p6J..lOC: (aerodrome) =street) otp6nt, TO sir6pi = syrup om]pt, TO sitari = wheat. ItTaptvto 'IJWJ.If = bread of wheat otwnr], 11 siopi = silence. Itwnw see ownalvw oK6~w or a1<6w skao 1. burst (e-oKao-a) , 2. crack, chap, 3. exasparate, 4. be choked (the imp. oK6ot means shut up) ot<6Kt, To skaki = chess o1<6Aa, 11 skala =staircase, ladder. To otTOIJOI skeftome = think, reflect (oKe
=

=

=

215 aKopni~w skorpizo = scatter, disperse (aK6pmo-a) a t
=

=

=

=

=

=

= =

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

oray6va, 11 stay6na = drop or661o, To sta~1o (stadium) = 1. stage, phase, 2. stadium. H orai5•oi5po1Jfo sta~io~romia = career (crrMlo+ ~p 6~oc: (aerodrome) = street) ara9tp6 c;, -~. -6 staeer6s = stable, steady ara91J6<;, o sta9m6s = 1. station, 2. halt, 3. landmark (in history, career, etc.). I T081Jtuw staemevo = park, halt, stop. H ar681JtUO'I'J staemefsi parking, stopping (Anayopeu&TOl T) OT681J&UOI'J parking is stationprohibited). 0 ara81JOPX'l<; staemarxis master (oT091J6c:+ apxfl (monarchy) = authority) O'TOJ.IOTw stamat6 1. stop, cease activity (crra1J611')o-a}, 2. break off ar6oi'J, 1J stasi (stasis, static) 11.stop, sloping-place, 2. suspension, 3. attitude, behaviour, 4. revolt, mutiny. ITaTIK6c;, -~ . -6 statik6s = static OTOTIOTIKI\, 11 statistiki = statistics oraup6c;, o stavr6s = cross. 0 oraupocp6poc; stavrof6ros = crusader (OTaup6c; + cp£pw (semaphore) = bear). To araup6At~o stavr61ekso = cross-words (OTaup6c; + M~ll (lexicon) = word) aracpfi5a, 11 stafi~a = raisin oracpuA1, To stafili = grapes art y.,, 11 steyi = roof artyv6c;, -1\, -6 steyn6s = dry. ITtyvwvw steyn6no = dry, get dry (crreyvwo-a) ortKOIJOI stekome = stand up, stand still, stop (crr6811KO) artAcxoc;, To stelexos = 1. stem, stalk. To arcAt x11 = cadres art Mw stelo or artAvw stelno send (e-crrea.>..-a) art iJIJO, TO stemma crown artv6c;, -~ . -6 sten6s 1. narrow, 2. tight-fitting, 3. close (friend etc.). H artvoypacpia stenoyrafia = shorthand (crrev6c;+ypacpf) (graphic) = writing). H artvoxwp•a stenox6rya ~ 1. worry, vexation , 2. difficulty (OTevo+xwpo<; space). I Ttvoxwpw stenoxor6 worry, upset, depress (otevoxwpno-a). Invoxwpi'JJ.!i voc;, · I'J, -o stenoxorimenos = upset, hard up, worried artpt 6c;, -r1, -6 stereos (stereotype) = firm, solid, strong . In:pe6 EM6c: Central Greece. Irtptwvw stere6no = make firm, fix, strengthen. ITtpt6Tunoc;, · I'J , -o stere6tipos = stereotype artp16, 11 sterya land artpw ster6 = deprive (atep11o -a). ITtpouiJal stero6me 1. lack, go short of {attp~8-llKO) , 2. live in want

= = =

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

216 CTT~Ooc;, TO sti9os (stethoscope) = chest, breast, bosom. Ta CTT~81a stl9ia = breasts. To CTTfl900K6mo sti9osk6pio stethoscope CTT~A11 , 11 stili = 1. pillar, upright slab, 2. column, 3. electric battery CTTIYJ!rl, 'l stiymi = 1. moment, 2. dot. ITIYJJIOfoc;, -a, -o stiymieos = momentary, instantaneous CTTtcpa~a. TO stifMo meat stewed with onions CTTfxoc;, o stixos (stich) line, verse CTToa, 11 stoa (stoic) = arcade, passage, portico. ITw'iK6<;, -~ . -6 stoik6s = stoical CTTotxdo, TO stixlo = 1. element, 2. piece of evidence (Expr. TO OTOlXtfa oou your documents of identification). ITOIXtW~fl<;, · fl<;, · £<; stixi6<Sis elementary, basic, essential CTTOIXflJ!O, TO stlxima bet, wager CTTOIXf~w stixizo = cost (crrof)(T)o-a) (n6oo OTOIXI~et ; how much does it cost?) CTToA~ , 'l stoli = uniform CTToAI~w stollzo adorn, decorate CTT6JJO, TO st6ma (stomatology) = mouth. To CTTOJJIO st6mio orifice CTTOJJOXI, TO stomaxi (o CTTOJJaxoc; st6maxos in Anc. and K) stomach CTTOPYrl. 11 story! = affection CTT6xoc;, o st6xos = target, objective CTTpapoc;, -r1. -6 strav6s (strabismus) = 1. twisted, crooked, 2.faulty CTTpaT6<;, o strat6s (strategic) arm. 0 CTTpaTICilTI1<; strati6tis = soldier. ITpOTIWTIK6<;, -~ . -6 stratiotik6s = CTTparrwoc; stratiy6s = general military. 0 (crrpm6c; + 6yw (demagogue) = lead). ITpOTI1YIK6<;, -~ . -6 stratiyik6s = strategic. H CTTpOTflYIK~ stratiyiki strategies. To CTTPOTrlYI1JJO stratiy ima = stratagem. To orpar6n.:~o stratope<So = military camp CTTpaT6ocpatpa, 11 strat6sfera = stratosphere orp£1~• . TO stri<Si = oyster orptJJJJO, ro strema = quarter of an acre orptcpw strefo = tu rn, face about (t-crrpt4J-a). H orpocp~ (apostrophe) 1. turning, turn, 2. change of direction CTTpfpw strive = 1. twist (&-crrp14J-a), 2. turn to a side street CTTpoyyuA6c;, -r1, -6 stro ngil6s = round, circular CTTpwvw str6no = 1. spread, lay (t-crrpwo-a), 2. 1. layer, stratum, cover, pave. To orpwJ!a str6ma 2. mattress. oruA6, TO stil6 = fountain-pen

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

= =

=

=

=

=

CTTuAoc;, o stilos = pillar, column ouyy.:vt1c;, -!le;, -tc; singenls = related (ouv+yt voc; = genus). 01 ouyy.:vdc; = relatives. H ouyyt v.:1a singenia relationship, affinity ouyvWJJI1, 11 siyn6mi = pardon ouyypacpt ac;, o sinyrafeas author, writer. Iuyyp6cpw siny rafo = write (book etc.) (ouvt ypa4J-a , ea ouyyp611J-w) (ouv+ yp6q>w (graph) = write) . To oliyypOJ!JJO slnyrama = treatise, textbook (ouv+yp6~ f.la (grammatical) letter) ouyKtKPIJJt voc;, - 11. -o sinkekrimenos = concrete, precise ouyK.:vrpwvw slnkendr6no gather together, center). concentrate (ouyKt VTpwo-a) (ouv+Kt VTpo H ouyKtvrpwo11 sinkendrosi = 1. gathering, meeting. 2. party ouyK1vw singin6 = move,touch (ouyK(vf)o-a) (ouv+Ktvw = move). IuyKIVOUJJOI singino6me= be moved, touched (ouyKtvfl9-l"fKa). H ouyKfVI10l"J singinisi = emotion ouyKo1vwvra singinonla = 1. communications, 2. public transport ouyKont1, '1 singopi (syncope) heart-fuilure ouyKpaTw si ngrat6 1. hold, retain (ouyKp6TI"fo-a), 2. restrain (o uv+ Kpmw (democrat) hold). IuyKpaTOUJJOI singrato6me control oneself (ouyKpan')e-l"fKa) ouyKpfvw singrino = compare (ouvtKptv-a , ea ouyKp(v-w) (ouv+Kp(vw = judge). H ouyKp1011 slngrisi • comparison ouyKp6nwa, TO singr6tima = group ouvxafpw sinxero (irr.) = congratulate (ouyx6P-11Ka). To ouvxap11T~p1a sinxaritlria = congratulations ouvxpovoc;, ·11. -o slnxronos 1. synchronous, simultaneous, 2. contemporary ouvxwpw sinxor6 = forgive, pardon (ouyxwpl"fo-a). (Expr. ~e ouvxwpefTe = excuse me) OU~I1TW sizit6 = discuss (ou~T'JT'lo-a) (ouv + ~l"fTW = ask). H ou~rlT11011 sizltisi = discussion (Expr. o(m ou~flT'lOI"f = there is no question about it) ou~uy6c;, o slziyos = husband. H ou~uyoc; wife oUKO, TO slko (sycophant) fig OUKWTI, TO sik6ti = liver ouAAaPt1. 11 silavl = syllable ouAAaAflT~plo, TO silalitirio = demonstration ouAAaJ!p6vw silamvano (irr.) arrest, catch , seize (ouv&Aa~-a. ea ouh6~-w) (ouv+ Aa~~6vw = take). H ouAAfliJI'l sllipsl = capture

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

217

ouMtyw sih~yo = collect (ouvtA£~-a. ea ouM~·w) (auv+Myw = tell). H ouMoy~ siloyi = collection. 0 ouMoyoc; siloyos = association. IuMoytK6c;, -~ ,-6 siloyik6s = collective, joint ouMoyf~OIJOI siloyizome (syllogism) = think. consider (auMoyfOT-llKO) ouMunouiJOI silipo6me condole with (ouMnm'I911KO). To ouMunqT~pta silipitiria condolences (ouv+}..unll sorrow, grief) ouiJPaivtt sinveni (3rd person of ou~-taafvw) it happens, it occurs OUIJPOMw sinvalo contribute (ouvtl3aA-0, ea OU1-ii36.A·W) (ouv+ ~6.Mw (ballistics) = throw OUIJP6Aato, TO sinv61eo = contract. 0 OUIJPoAatoypacpoc; sinvoleoyrafos = notary ouiJPoAo, ro sinvolo = symbol. emblem. Iu1JpoAf~w sinvolizo = symbolize (ou1-1~6Ato-a) OUIJI30UA£UW sinvooiEWO = advise. H OUIJI30UA~ sinvooli = advice. 0 ouiJpouAoc; sinvoolos :;: adviser, counsellor, councillor. To OUIJPouAto sinvo61io :;: council, board aUIJIJaxoc;, o simaxos :;: an allly. H OUIJIJaxra simaxia = alliance OUIJIJ&Ttxw simetexo :;: 1. take part. 2. have share (aUIJIJ&Tefx-a). H OUIJIJ&TOX~ simetoxi = participation OUIJIJ&Tpfa simetria symmetry, proportion. IUIJIJtTptK6<;, -~ . -6 simetrik6s = symmetrical, proportional OUIJIJOpfa simoria = gang OUIJIJOpcpwvoiJOI simorf6nome = conform. comply (OUIJIJOPep8-I')Ka). H ouiJntptcpopa simberifora = behaviour OUIJnAI1pwvw simblir6no 1. complete, finish off, 2. fill (post etc.) , 3.fill in (form). Iu1JnA~pw1Ja simbliroma = complement, supplement. Iu1JnAI'}PWIJOTtK6<; simbliromatik6s :;: complementary OU1Jn6ato, TO simb6sio :;: symposium, banquet

=

=

=

=

=

= =

=

=

=

auiJmWIJO, To slmptoma = symptom aUIJmWOI'}, 11 simptosi :;: coincidence OUIJcptp&l simferi (3rd person of OUIJq>epw) it pays, it is to one's advantage. To OUIJcptpo(v) sinfero(n) = interest, advantage OUIJcpopo, 11 sinfora = calamity ou~o~cpwvfa , 11 sinfonla 1. symphony, 2. agreement (ouv + q>wvr; == voice). Iu~o~cpwvw sinfon6 1. agree, 2. match, correspond (au~-tq>WVr)o-a) . Iu1Jcpwvoc;, -11, -o simfonos in accord, in agreement. Iu1Jcpwvwc; sinf6nos or ouiJcpwva sinfona = accordingly, in accordance with ouv sin = with, plus. See prepositions p .68 auv- sin- = prefix denoting together, with, completely auvaytpJ.16<;, o sinayerm6s = alarm ouvaywy~, 11 sinayoyi = synagogue auvaywvtor~c;, o sinayonistis = 1. brother-in-arms, 2. competitor, rival (ouv+aywvt6<; (Philadelphia) = brother) ouv6May1Ja, TO sintllayma = 1. exchange, 2. foreign currency ouvavaorpocpf1, 11 sinanastrofi company, relations ouvaVTw sinand6 meet, encounter (ouv6VT1lo-a) ouvauAfa, 11 sinavlia = concert O'UVclXI, TO sinaxi cold in the head ouv~tw sinl5eo unite, join, connect 0 ouv6&0IJO<; sinoesmos = 1. bond, tie, 2. league, union, 3. ligament ouv~IKaTo, TO sinoikato syndicate ouv~paiJ~, 11 sinoroml = subscription. 0 ouv6po1Jf'IT-fl<;, -p1a sinoromitis subscriber OUV6po1JO, TO sin(5romo syndrome ouvt6pto, To sineorio :;: co111gress (auv+topa (tetrahedron)= seat). Iuvtl5pt6~w sineoriazo = be in session, meet. 0 ouvt~poc; sine~ros = member of congress ouv&flS11011, 11 sinll5isl = 1. concience, 2. cousciousness. Iuvttl5'1T6<;, -~, -6 sini<5it6s == deliberate, conscious ouvtw6f10I1, 11 sinen6isi = 1. exchange of views, 2. understanding each other, agreement. Iuvtwoou~o~a• sineno6me = 1.exchaing views, 2. reach an understanding (ouvtwot'IB-IlKO) ouvtVT£U~11. 11 sinendefksi = interview ouvtntla, 11 slnepia = 1. consequence, 2. 1. consistency. Iuvtn~c;, -tic;, -tc; sinepis

=

=

=

=

=

=

= =

=

=

=

=

2 18 consistent, true to one's word, 2. punctual. Iuvenwc; sinep6s (adv.) consequently ouv.:pya ~o~a1 sineryazome collaborate, work work) . together (ouvepyaOT-IlKa) (ouv+epy6~o~at H ouv tpyaola sineryasia (synergy) = collaboration. 0 auvtpy6T-I')c;, -pta sineryatis collaborator auv.:pytla, TO sineryio 1. repair shop or party, 2. work shop auvtTatpoc;, o sineteros partner, associate auv~yopoc;, o siniyoros advocate, councel auv'l9f~w sini9izo = 1. get used to, 2. accustom, 3. be In the habit of. H ouv~9tta sini6ia = habit, custom. I uvr\811c;, -11c;, -tc; sini6is = usual, customary, ordinary. Iuvr\9wc; sinl9os = usually auv8t:a11, 11 sfn9esi = composition , synthesis (ouv+6ean = thesis). 0 ouv8t TI1c; sineetis= composer. Iuv9mK6t;, efl, eO sin9etik6s = synthetic. I uveeroc;, -11, -o sin9etos = compound, composite auv811~a , TO sin9ima = signal, pass-word auvtorw sinist6 or ouorr\vw sistfno (irr) = 1. recommend, advise (ouve0f11o-a, ea ouO'Tl)o-w), 2. introduce (person), 3 . form, set up (committee etc.). H auorao11 slstasi = 1. recommendation, 2. formation, setting up, 3. composition, consistency. 0 1 ouor6attc; sistasis = references OUWt:q»O, TO sinefo =cloud ouvo~tu w sino~evo = accompany, escort (ouv6~euo­ a) (ouv+oM~ (exodus) = street). 0 ouvoMc; sinol56s = escort. H at:poouvoMc; aerosinol56s = air-hostess auvoooc;, 11 sinol5os = 1. synod, 2. assembly auvoiKfa, 11 sinikfa = quarter (ouv+OlK(a = house) auvoAo, TO sinolo = total (ouv+6A.o = all) auvot.uAfa, 11 sinomilla = conversation (ouv+o1.11Aia = talking) aUVOIIJ11, 'l sinopsi = 1. synopsis, 2. summary. IuvomtKOt;, -r1. -6 sinoptik6s synoptic allvopo, To sinoro = boundary ouvrayf1, 11 sindayf = 1. prescription, 2. recipe allvray~a , TO sindayma = 1.constitution, 2. regiment (milit.) a1Jvra~11. 11 sindaxi (syndax) 1. construction (ouv+TO~Tl = order), 2. pension, 3.editorial staff OUVTI1PW sindir6 = 1. conserve, maintain, 2. support (ouvtt')pno-a) aUvro~oc;. -11. -o sindomos = 1. brief, short, 2. concise. Iuvro~a sindoma (adv.) = quickly, soon. H ouvro~fa slndomia = 1. brevity, 2. saving oftime or space

=

=

=

=

=

= =

=

=

ouvrovfl;w sindonlzo (syntonize) = co-ordinate (OUVT6VtO·Q). 0 OUVTOVIO~OC, Sindonism6s = CO· ordination allvrpocpoc;, o sindrofos = 1. comrade, companion, 2. partner. H ouvrpocp16 sindroM = 1. company, companionship, 2. party OUVWVU~O, TO sin6nimo Synonym allptyya, 11 siringa = syringe O"Up~a, TO sirma = wire oupT6pt, TO sirtari = drawer ouoKt ur\, 11 siskevl = apparatus aUOTOOil, 11 sistasi = see OUVlOTW aUOT'l~a, TO sistima = system, method. Iuor'l~OTtKoc;. -r\, -6 sistimatik6s = systematic OUOTflVW SiStlno = see OUVlOTW ou:xvoc;, -r\, -6 sixn6s = frequent. I u:xva sixna (adv.) = frequently, often acpafpa, 'l sfera = 1. sphere, 2. ball, 3. bullet ocp6A~a , TO sfalma = fault, wrong act, error ocpr\va, 11 sflna = wedge acpiyyw sfingo = 1. tighten, clench (e-mp1~-a), 2. squeeze, clasp. I cptxrcSc;, -r\, -6 sfixt6s = tight, firm, hard ocpo~p6c;, -r\, -6 sfo~r6s = violent, strong, intense ocpouyy6p1, TO sfoongari = sponge ocppayf~a . 11 sfrayi~a =stamp, seal ocpupi~w sfirfzo = whistle O)(t~fa, 11 sxeoia = raft O)(t~IO, TO SXel5iO (SChedule) = 1. design, plan, draft, schedule, 2. project. Ixt~ta~w sxel5iazo = 1. design, plan, 2. intend (OXEIS(ao-a) oxtMv sxeMn (adv.) =almost, nearly oxtail, 11 sxesl relation, connexion. I Xt TtKoc;, ·r\, 6 sxetik6s = relevant, relative. IXertK-wc; or -6 sxetik6s, -a regarding, with reference to O)(r\~0, TO SXima (scheme) = 1. shape, form, 2. diagram, scheme. IX'l~OTI~w sximatizo = form (oxm.tcmo-a) oxl~w sxizo or aKI~w sklzo (schism) 1. tear (eOXlo-a), 2. split, cleave. To oxfo~a sxisma = schism CJXOIVl, TO SXini = rope oxoAtfo, TO sxolio :;;; school. H oxo Ar\ sxoll = school (of university, painting, etc.). I xoAJKoc;, ·r\, -0 sxolik6s =of school OWJ!pOKO, TO s6vrako = pant owl;w s6zo or owv w s6no 1. save,rescue, 2. preserve (e-owo-a). To owofl31o sosivio = life-jacket (oW\w+l31oc; = life). 0 owT~ poc; sotiras = saviour, rescuer

=

=

=

=

=

219 ow~o~a, TO s6ma (chromosome, somatic) body, corps. 0 OWIJOToq~oAaKac; somatofilakas = bodyguard ownafvw sopeno = stop talking, be silent (ownao-a) owarcSc;, -~. -6 sost6s = correct, right. IwOT6 sosta (adv.) exactly, correctly owcptp, o safer = driver, chauffeur

=

T,T Tap6vl, To tavani = ceiling Ta(3tpva, 11 taverna = tavern, eating-house T6(3AI, To tavli backgammon T6l5t ta6e such-and-such Ta~w tazo = promise (t-Ta~-a) TOivla, 11 tenia = 1. band, strip, ribbon, 2. film (cinema) Ta1p16~w teryazo = match, assort (ttptao-a) TaAtvro, To talendo = talent TOIJtfo, TO tamio = 1. cash-desk, booking office, 2. accounts department, treasury. 0 TaiJiac; tam ias cashier, treasurer. To TaiJitu~plo tamieftirio savings bank Ta~f, TO taxi taxi. To Ta~fJJtrpo taximetro taximeter Ta~fl51, or ra~&fl51 taxl6i travel, journey. Ta~ll5tuw taxi6ewo travel (Ta~(6euo-a) TO~Il . 11 taxi (syntax) 1. order (tideness), sequence, calm state, 2. class (school) (Expr. nPWTTlC: <6~&wc; first class, very good). Evr6~e1 enda)(i all right, everything in order, agreed. TOKTIK6c;, -~. -6 taktlk6s (tactical) = 1. regular, 2. orderly. TOKTIKO taktika regularly. H TOKTIK~ taktiki 1. tactics, (adv.) policy, 2. method TantlvcSc;, -~, -6 tapin6s = humble Tap6Toa, 11 taratsa = flat roof Tapax~. 11 taraxl disturbance, upset TOO'l, 11 tasi 1. tension, 2. tendency, inclination Taopoc;, o tavros (Mlkotaur) = bull TOUTOTI1TO, 11 taft6tita = identity {6&A.\(O TOlJT6Tl1\0C: = identity card) Tacpoc;, 0 tafos (epitaph) = tom b, grave Taxa taxa (adv.) = supposedly, as if TOXU<;, -16, -o taxis (tachycardia) = quick, fast, rapid. H TOXUTI1Ta taxitita =. 1. speed, rapidity, 2. gear of motor. H Taxtra taxla = express train. To raxul5po~o~tfo taxi6romlo = 1. post,mail, 2. post-

=

=

= =

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

office.

o

Taxul5p6JJoc; taxi<5r6mos = postman (aerodrome) = street). Taxul5po1JIKwc; taxi<5romik6s (adv.) = by post Ttlxoc;, To t ixos = wall (of city, castle, etc.) Tt KVO, TO tekno = Child TtAtfa, 11 tolia = full-stop. 'Avw TtAefa = semicolon TtAt1oc;, -a, -o tellos = perfect, complete. TtAtfwc; telios (adv.) = completely, perfectly. H n :Ae16T11Ta teli6tita = perfection. TtAtiOIJOV~<; -r\c;, -tc; teliomanls =perfectionist (<&A&Lo+~avfa = mania) TtAtT~ , 11 teletl = ceremony, rite TtAoc;, TO telos = end (Expr. &m
=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

220 TI1At6pao.,, 11 tile6rasi = television TI1Atn69tla, 11 tilepa9ia = telepathy TllAtmKolvwvra, 11 tilep ikinonia =telecommunication TI1AtaK6mo, TO tilesk6pio = telescope TllAtcpwv.,~a, TO tilef6nima = telephone-call TllAtcpwvo, TO tilefon6 = telephone. 0 TI'JAtcpwvi'JT· ~c;. -p1a tilefonit-is, -ria = telephone-operator Ti ti = what? Tlyp1c;, 11 t iyris = tiger Tl~~. 11 timi (Timothy) = 1. honour, 2. price, 3. value. TIIJW tim6= honour (TLIJTlO-o). T11JI1TIK6c;, -~. -6 timitik6s = honorary. Ti1.noc;, -a, -o timios = 1. honest, 2. precious. 0 TI~OKOT6Aoyoc; timokataloyos = price-list (Ttl-lfl+KOT6Aoyoc:; = catalogue) Tt~wpw timor6 = punish (Tt1JWPJ10-o). H Tl~wpfa timoria = punishment TIV6~w tinazo = 1. shake, 2. hurl (Tfva~-a) , 3. flick, 4. blow up TlnoTa t lpota or TinoT£ t lpote = 1. nothing (after neg.), 2. anything, any TIC; tis = who (Anc.) TiTAoc;, o titles = title T~~IJa, To tmima = 1. portion, section, segment, 2. department. AOTUVOIJIK6 TIJ~~a astinomic6 tmima= police-station Totothoc;, -11, -o tio6tos = such Toixoc;, o tixos = wall TOKoc;, o t6kos = interest T6A1Jil, 11 t61mi = 1. boldness, effrontery. ToA~w tolm6 = dare (TOAIJTlO·O). TOAIJI1P6c;, -~, -6 tolmir6s = daring, bold TOIJOTa, 11 tomata or VTOIJOTa domata tomato TOIJtac;, o tomeas = sector TO~~. 11 tomi (atom) = cut, incision T61Joc;, o t6mos volume, tome T6voc;, o t6nos (monotonous) = 1. tone, 2. force, vigour, 3. accent. Tovwvw ton6no = liven up, invigorate (T6vwo-o). Tovf~w tonizo = 1. accent, 2. stress (r6vto-o) To~tK6c;, -1], -6 toxik6s = 1. toxic, 2. poisonous. To~1Ko~av~c; toxikomanis = drug-addict (TO~IK6<; + 1JOV(O ;;;;;; mania) T6~o, TO t6xo = 1. bow, 2. arch Tonoc;, o t6pos (topography, utopia) = 1. place, site, peace of ground, 2. room (space). TomK6c;, -~ . -6 topik6s (topic) = local. H Tono9tola topo9esia = site, spot, situation (T6noc:;+9£011 = thesis). To Tonlo topio = landscape. Tono9£TW topo9et6 = 1. place,

=

=

put, post, 2. invest (Tono9£Tllo-o) T6ooc;, -11, -o t6sos = 1. so much, so many, 2. of such size or quantity T6T£ t6te 1. then, 2. in that case TouaAtTa, 11 tooaleta 1. toilet, 2. dressing-room, 3. lavatory ToupAo, TO to6vlo = brick TouMxtorov toolaxiston (adv.) = at least TouvaVTfov toonandion = on the contrary ToupKia, 11 toorkia = Turkey. ToupK-oc;, -6Aa
=

=

=

=

=

221 Tpixa, 11 trixa = hair, bristle (Expr. nape -rplxa = almost) Tpo~6~w tromazo = frighten, become frightened. 0 Tp6~o<; tr6mos (tremor) = 1. terror, fright, 2. trembling. Tpo~oKpaTfa tromokratia = terrorism. 0 Tpo~oKpOTil<; tromokratis = terrorist. Tpo~tpcSc;, -~. 6 = frightful, terrible Tp6na1o, TO tr6peo = trophy Tp6noc;, o tr6pos (tropical) = way, manner, method. Mt Tp6no = discreetly, ~t K69t Tpono = at any costs. TpomK6 c;, -~ . -6 tropik6s = tropical Tpocp~ . 11 trofi (atrophy) == food, nourishment. To Tp6cp1pa tr6fima = food, provisions Tpox6 c;, o trox6s = wheel. 0 Tpoxov6poc; troxon6mos == traffic policeman. Tpoxafoc;, -a, -o troxeos = wheeled. H Tpoxafa troxea = traffic police. Tpoxafo OTUXIlJ.IO = traffic (car) accident rpunw trip6 = 1. pierce, 2. make a hole (Tpunna-a). H Tpuna tripa = hole (Expr. K6vw IJlO wuna aTO vep6 = achieve nothing) rpucptp6 c;, -~. -6 trifer6s = tender, affectionate. H Tpucptp6TI1TO trifer6tita = affection, tenderness Tpw(y) w tr6(y)o (irr.) = eat (e-q>ay-a, ea w ~uXo = get a beating, Tp<.i>w 10v K601-10 = move heaven and earth, tp<.i>w TO K£q>6At IJOU = bring disaster on oneself, Tov Tp<.i>tt 11 I-IUTn TOU = he is asking for trouble). Tpwyopa1 tr6yome = be eaten (<pay<.i>9llKO) (Expr. TpwyovTOt oav aKuAia = they ar at each other's throat, q>ayw91"JK£ va = he is madly keen to) T061, TO tsai = tea TOaKi~w tsakizo = smash, break (TOaKto-a). Toa Ki~OIJO I tsaklzome = make great efforts (TaaK(aTllKO) T06vra, 11 tsanda = 1. handbag, 2. brief-case, 3. shaping-bag TOtKOUpl, TO lseko6ri = axe Tot n.,, 11 tsepi = pocket To1y6po, To tsiyaro = cigarette To1yy6 v-ac;, -a tsinganos = gipsy Toeyyouv-11<;. -a tsingo6nis = stingy Tmptvro, To tsimento = cement TOipnw tsimb6 = 1. prick, pinch, nip (TaiiJnna-a), 2. have a bite of food Tomoupa, 11 tsipo6ra gilthead (fish) TooupaAI, To tsoovali = sack, sackful TuAiyw tiliyo = wrap up, coil, wind, twist (tuXt~-a) run oc;, 0 tipos (type) = 1. type, model, 2. form, kind, 3. mark, imprint, 4. character, 5. the press. Tum K6<;, -

=

r\, -6

tipik6s = 1. typical, 2. formal, conventional. Tun wvw tip6no = print, imprint (tunwo-a). H Tunonofi'}Oil tipoplisi = standardization Tupavvoc;, o tiranos = tyrant. H Tupavvia tirania = 1.tyranny, 2. torment, harassment Tupi, TO tiri = cheese. H TupomTa tir6pita = cheesepie TucpA6<;, -~ . -6 tifl6s blind Tucpoc;, 0 tlfos typhus ruxafvw tixeno = happen (to be) (e·'TUX·O). TuxaiVtl vo = it happens to rux11. 11 tixi = 1. fortune, chance, 2. fate, 3. luck. Tuxtp6<;, -~ . -6 tixer6s = lucky,fortunate. Tuxaioc;, a , -o tixeos = fortuitous (Expr. ~ev dvat •uxaioc; 6v9pwnoc; = he is no ordinary man). Tuxarwc; tixeos (adv.) = by chance. Tuxo~ewKT-11<;, -p1a tixol5i6kt- is, ria = adventurer (TUXll+~t<.i>KTll~ = persecutor) Twpa t6ra 1. now, at present, 2. at once. Twp1v6c;, -~. -6 torin6s = present, existing1now

=

=

=

Y, u uy&fa, 11 iyia (hygiene) = health. Yylr\<;, -~c;. -t<; iyils = enjoying good health, healthy, sound. H uy11:1v~ iyiini = hygiene uyp6c;, -r\, -6 iyr6s (hygrometer) = 1. liquid, 2. moist, damp. H uypaofa iyrasla humidity, moisture u~po- il5ro- = prefix pertaining to or connected with water. From TO U~Wp i<5or = water u6pau.l.IK6<;, o i5ravlik6s (hydraulic) = plumber u~poy6vo , TO il5roy6no hydrogen u~pooroTIK6c;, -~ ,-6 i~rostatik6s hydrostatic uA11, 11 ili = matter, substance, material (npwTtc; uXec; = raw material). YAIK6<;, -r\, -6 ilik6s = material. To uA1K6 ilik6 1. stuff, material, 2. ingredient UIJVO<;, o imnos = hymn una18poc;, 11 ipeeros = open-air, outdoor unaKouw ipako6o obey (un6~
=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

222 untp- iper- = prefix denoting over, very much, excessive, beyond measure untpaonfl;w iperaspizo = defend {um:paomo-a) untpP6AAw ipervalo = 1. exaggerate {um:pef3aA.-a, ea um:pf36A-A.w) {um:p+f36Mw {ballistics) = shoot). H untppoAr\ ipervoli (hyperbola) = exaggeration, excess. YntppoAJK6c;, -r\, -6 ipervolik6s = excessive, exaggerated untptxw iperexo = excel, exceed {um:pnx·a, ea un£pex-w) (un£p+exw = have). H untpoxr\ iperoxl = supperiority untpr\cpavoc;, -11. -o iperlfanos = proud untpoxoc;, -11. -o iperoxos = excellent, supperb. Yntpoxa iperoxa (adv.) = excellently, superbly untpTOOI1, 11 ipertasi = hypertension (unep+TOOTJ = tension) untpTpocpfa, 11 ipertrofia = hypertrophy uneueuvoc;, -11. -o ipef9inos = responsible un11p£Tw ipiret6 = serve (unTJptrrJo-a). H un11ptofa ipiresia = service, duty, function. 0 un11ptT11c;, 11 un11ptrp1a = servant onvoc;, o ipnos (hypnosis) = sleep. YnvwTfl;w ipnotizo = hypnotize. H unvwo11 lpnosi = hypnosis un6 ip6 (prep.) = 1. below, beneath, under (with ace.), 2. by {with gen.) uno- ipo- = prefix denoting under, below, a lower degree unoppux•o, To ipovrixio = submarine un6yt1oc;, -a, -o ip6yios = underground {uno+ vTJ (geography} = earth}. To un6ytlo ip6yio = basement, cellar unoypacpw ipoyrafo = sign {uneypaljJ-a, exw unoyp61jJ·tl) (un6 {= under) +yp6cpw {autograph) write). H unoypacprj ipoyrafi = signature uno~txo~a• ipoMxome = receive, greet (uno~exr­ TJKa). H uno~oxrj ipoOoxi = reception, welcome un68to11, 11 ip6eesi = 1. hypothesis, 2. supposition, 3. case, affair, matter (uno(= under)+9eOTJ = thesis). Yno8£TIK6c;, -r\, -6 ipoeetik6s = 1. supposed, hypothetical, 2. fictitious unoKaTOOTI1~a. TO ipokatastima = branch office or shop (uno(-under)+Kat6crrru..la = shop, office) un6Koo~oc;, o ip6kosmos = underworld (uno(= under) +K60'I..IO<; (Cosmopolitan) = world) unoKpiTr\c;, o ipokritis (f. unoKpfTpla ipokritria) = hypocrite. H unoKploia ipokrisia = hypocrisy unoAoyfl;w ipoloyizo = 1. estimate, reckon (unoMylo· a), 2. take into account, attach importance to

un6Aomoc;, -11, -o ip61ipos = remam1ng, rest. To un6Aomo ip61ipo = remainder, balance unoptvw ipomeno = endure (un£1..1£V-a, ea uno1..1ev-w) (un6 (= under)+ l..levw = stay. H unopovr\ ipomoni = patience un6vo1a, rt ip6nia = suspicion unomtuopal ipoptevome suspect {unomt U'r· TJKa). H uno"'ia ipopsia= suspicion. 'Ynomoc;, ·rt, -o ipoptos = suspect, suspicious unOOTr}pf~w ipostirizo = 1. support, back (unoan'jpl~·a), 2. maintain, assert un6oxo~a1 ip6sxome promise (unooxeS·nKa). H un60)(tOI1 ip6sxesi promise unoTpocpfa, 11 ipotroffa = scholarship, bursary unoupy6c;, o ipoory6s = minister. To unoupydo ipooryio = ministry unocptpw ipofero = 1. suffer, feel pain (uneq>tp-a, unocpep-w). 2. bear, go through, ·endure (uno( = under) +cpepw = bear) unoxptwvw ipoxre6no = oblige (uno)(pewo-a). H unoxptwo11 ipoxreosi = obligation unoxwpw ipoxor6 = 1. retreat, give way (unoxwpTJO· a), 2. subside, abate (uno (= under) + xwpw = advance) umtpa istera (adv.) = 1. afterwards, then, later on, 2. furthermore uOTtp6ypacpo, TO ister6yrafo = postscript ucpaopa, TO ifasma = ClOth, material ucpoc;, TO ifos = 1. Style, 2. air, tone u"'1Aov, TO ipsilon = the letter Y, u u"'oc;, TO ipsos height. Y"'rtA6c;, ·r\, -6 ipsil6s high, tall.

=

=

=

ea

=

=

=

cpayr}T6, TO fayit6 = meal, dish, food to eat cpayf, TO fayi (or cpai tal) = food to eat cpafvo~al fenome (phenomenon) (irr.) = 1.seem,2. appear, be visible, 3. be evident, look (cp6V-TJKa). To cpa1v6~tvo fen6meno = phenomenon cpaKtAAoc;, o fakelos = 1. envelope, 2. file, dossier cpavap1, TO fanari = lamp torch, lantem. To cpavap1a fanaria = traffic lights.
=

223 cpavra~o~a1 fantazome

=

imagine, suppose, think (cpavr60T-I1KO). «SSOVTOOTIK6<;, -11, -6 fantastik6s = 1. imaginary, 2. fantastic. H cpavraola fandasia 1. imagination, 2. phantasy cpavrao~a. TO fandasma (phantasy) ghost cpap~uc;, -16, -u far~ is wide, broad cpap~aKo, TO farmako (pharmacology) drug, medicine. To cpap~aKdo(v) farmakio(n) = chemist's cpapoc;, o faros light house cpaoapfa, 11 fasaria = fuss, disturbance cp6011, 11 fasi phase cpao6A1, TO fas61i = haricot, bean. H cpaoo.Aa6a fasoiMa bean soup «SSeppouaploc;, o fevrooarios = February cpeyyap1, TO fengari = moon cptyyw fango = shine (t-
=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

frightful, 2. terrific, amazing. «SSoJltpa fovera (adv.) = terribly cp6voc;, o f6nos = murder cpopa, 11 fora = 1. time (occasion) (6MI1 <pop6 = some other time, K69e q>op6 = every time), 2. way, direction cp6ptpa, TO f6rema dress cp6poc;, o f6ros = tax cpopTwvw fort6no = 1. load (with), 2. take on cargo (
=

=

=

=

=

=


cpTU6p•. To ftiari = shovel, spade cpTIJvw ftino = spit (on) (&-
=

=

=

224 cpuA~ , 11 fili (phylarch) = race, tribe. uA&TtK6c;, -~. -6 filetik6s (phyletic) = racial cpuAAo, TO filo (chrorophyll) = leaf cpUOI'J, 11 fisi (physical) = nature. CSluatK6c;, -~. -6 fisik6s = 1. natural, 2. physical. Cl>uatK6 fisika (adv.) = naturally. uato.\oytK6c;, -l't, -6 fisioloyik6s = physiological !pUT6, TO fit6 = plant. CSIUTIK6<;, -~, -6 fitik6s = vegetable cpwA16, 11 folia = nest cpwv6l;w fonazo = 1. shout, 2. call out, summon. H cpwv~ foni (telephone) = voice. To cpwv~ev fonien = vowel cpwc;, TO fos (phosphorus) = light cpwroypacpia, 11 fotoyrafia = photograph. 0 cpwroyp6cpoc; fotoyratos = photographer

x,x xai'l5euw xaiMvo = caress, pat (X6i6eljJ-a) Xatp&rfl;w xeretizo = 1. greet, 2. salute. To XOip&TJO~OTO xeretismata = greetings, salutation xafpw xero or xofpoiJOI xerome (irr.) = be glad (X6PT)Ka, ea xap-w). The imperative xofp&T& xerete is used as a greeting on arrival or departure. Xofpw noAu is equivalent to how do you do xoAi, TO xali = carpet , rug xaAK6c;, o xalk6s (chalcography) = copper xoAvw xaln6 or xoAw xal6 = 1. spoil (x6Xao-a.), 2. put out of order, wear out, 3. break off (agreement), 4. spend money or change banknote (Expr. xaX6et o K601JO<; ;:::: there is a great to do, 6& XOAOO£ 0 K601JO<; = the situation is not so serious) x6~w xamo (camomile) = to or on the ground. To xa~6~11Ao xam6milo or To xa~o~~A• xamomlli = camomile (X6j.iW+IJfJA.o = apple). 0 xa~a1Atwv xameleon = chameleon (X61Jw+Atwv = lion). To xa~6yeAo xam6y elo = smile (X6~-tw+yell.to = laughter). Xo~11A6c;, -:~, -6 xamil6s = low xavw xano = 1. lose (e-xao-a), 2. miss. (Expr. 10 exaoe or 16xaoe • he got confused or embarrassed) . X6VOIJOI x
health, joy) ;:::: greeting). XapouiJ&voc;, · I'J, -o xaro6menos = merry, happy xopoKT~poc;, o xaraktiras = character. XapaKTI'JpiOTtK6c;, -~. -6 xaraktiristik6s = characteristic x6pfl, f'l xari (x6pu~ xaris (charismatic) in Anc. and K} = 1. grace, charm, attractiveness, 2. favour, service (Expr. xaptc; oe otva = thanks to you, napaoefv~.tmoc; xapw = for example) xopfl;w xarizo = make a present of (X6pT)o-a). To XOPIOIJO xarisma (charismatic) = gift x6PTI1C:, o xartis (chart) = map. To xopTI xarti = paper. To xopTt6 xartya = playing cards. To xopT6vt xart6ni = cardboard. X6pTtvoc;, · I'J , -o xartinos = of paper XOPTOV6~10~0 , TO xarton6misma = paper money, banknote (xapt(+v6~-ttOj.IO (numismatic) = currency) xaTfpl, TO xatiri = favour, service X&iAt, TO Xili = lip X&l~wvac;, o Xim6nas winter xc•p6r&poc;, ·I'J, -o xir6teros = worse xe•poupy6c;, o xiro6ryos ;:::: surgeon xtpt, TO xeri (Chiropractor) = 1. hand, 2. arm, 3. handle XI'J~&ia, '1 ximia = chemistry. XI'J~IK6c;, -l't, -6 ximik6s = chemical x~pa, '1 xira = widow. 0 x~poc; xiros = widower X9i c;, TO xSes (adv.) = yesterday. X8&atv6c;, ·rt, -6 xeesin6s = yesterday's XfAto xilia (kilogram) = a thousand. H X1At6l5o Xilia6a = chiliad. To x•A•aptKo xiliariko = thousand-drachma note. To XIAI61J&Tpo Xili6metro = kilometer x•6vt, TO xi6ni = snow. Xtovfl;&t xionizi =it snows xA1ap6c;, -~. -6 Xliar6s = tepid xAw~6c;, -~ , -6 xlom6s = pale, pallid xotptv6c;, -~. -6 xirin6s of pork xovrp6c;, -~ . -6 xondr6s or xovl5p6c; xonor6s (hypohondriac) = 1. thick, fat, 2. unrefined, rude dance. Xopeuw xop6c;, o xo r6s (choreography) xorevo = dance (x6peljJ·a). 0 xopeur~c; xorettlis, 11 xop&uTpiO xoreftria = dancer. H xopoypacpfa xoroyrafia = choreography (xop6c;+yp6cpw = write) x6pTO, TO XOrtO or TO XOPTOpl XOrtari "' grass. To x6pTO x6rta = green vegetables xopw6fo, I'J xorooia = choir, chorus xpetal;oiJOI xriazome = need, require (XPtt60T-T)Ka) XP~~a, To xrlma = money xpl'to•~oc;, ·I'J, ·O xrisimos ;:::: useful. Xpi'JOI~onou;, xrisimopi6 use (XPnOt!Jono(T)o-a) (XPrlOlJ.lO<;+notw

=

=

=

=

225 = make). Xp110IJ.I&uw x risimevo = be of use, serve (XPllO(tJ&uo-o). H XP~OI1 xrlsi use, usage XPfOJJO, TO xrisma Chrism Xptor6c;, xrist6s = Christ. Xptortav6c;, -~ = Christian. Ta Xptorouy&vva x risto6yena Christmas (XPtOT6c;+y£wa (genesis) = childbirth) xp6voc;, 0 xr6nos (synchronous) = 1. time, 2. year (Expr. TOU )(p6VOU = next year, n6oo )(pOVWV &(OQl how old are you) . Ta xp6vta xr6nia (exists only in plural) the years (Expr. XP6vto noMa = many happy returns) . H xpovoAoyfa xronoloyia = 1. date, 2. chronology XPU06<;, 0 xriS6S (Chrysanthemun) Or TO XPUOCcpl xrisafi = gold. Xpuo6c;, -~ . -6 xris6s = golden XPWJ.Io, TO xr6ma (chromatic) 1. colour, 2. paint. XpWJ.IOTtor6c;, -~. -6 x romatist6s coloured xpworw xrost6 =1. owe (XPWOT-llOO), 2. be in debt, 3. be obliged xran6i5t, TO )(tapC>lii or TO oKTan6i5t oktapC>lii = octopus xrt vt, TO )(l.eni = comb. XTtvf~w )(l.enizo comb, (xrevto-o). XTtvf~OJ.IOI )(l.enizome = dress one's hair xrtc;, To xtes or xetc; xees = yesterday xrf~w xtizo or KTf~w ktizo build (t-X(K)Tto-o). To xrfpto )(l.irio or KTfp1o ktirio = building xrunw xtip6 or KTunw ktip6 = 1. hit, strike (Xrunnoo), 2. beat, attac k, 3. knock against something, hurt oneself (Expr. xrunnoe:~ ; did you hurt yourself?) xuvw xino = pour out, shed, spill (t-x uo-o) XWJ.IO, TO x6ma = 1. soil, earth, 2. ground xwv&uw xonevo = digest (XwvtljJ-o) xwpf~w xorlzo 1. separate, part, divide, 2. divorce (xwpto-o). Xwptor6c;, -~. -6 xorist6s = separate, apart. Xwp1or6 xorista (adv.) = separately XWPO<;, 0 X6ros (Chorog raphic) = 1. place, area, 2. space, room . H xwpa X6ra 1. land, 2. country. To xwp16 xory6 village. To xwp6cp1 xorafi field. 0 xwp1K6c;, -~ = villager, countryman. Xwpw xor6 = 1. fit or go into, 2. find room enough (Xwpw in Anc. advance) xwpfc; xoris (adv.) 1. without, 2. not counting (Xwp(~ 6Mo = without fail)

=

=

=

=

= =

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

ljJap1, To psari = fish. t&laptuw psarevo = fish. 0 111apac; psaras = fishmonger, fisherman 111axvw psaxno search (for) (e-ljJo~-o) ljJtJ.~a , To psema or To 111tui5oc; psevi5os (pseudo-) lie. o 111tliTI1<; pseftis, 11 llltUl'pa pseftra = liar. t<UTIK6c;, - rJ, -o pseftikos = false, sham, artificial. To 'i't Ui5WVUJ.IO psevi56nimo = pseudonym 11111A6c;, -~ psil6s = tall, high ~~~~vw psino = bake, roast (t-I!Jno-o). "-'11T6c;, -~. -6 psit6s baked, grilled. To 'i'I"JT6 psit6 = roast or grilled meat ljl~cpoc;, 11 pslfos = vote. "-'11cpf~w psifizo = vote (for) (I!Jflq>to-o) Ill• psi the letter lV, ljJ III•AO, TO psila small change (money) ljluyt io, TO psiyio = 1. refrigerator, 2. radiator (of motor). H ljiU~I'J psixi refrigeration ljlux~. '1 psixi (psychiatrist) = soul. t&IUXtK6<;, -~, -6 psychic. ~&~uxoAoyiK6c;, -~ . -6 pslxik6s psychological. H ljluxoAoyfa psixoloy ia psychology, 0 ljluxfaTpoc; psixfatros psychiatrist. 0 ljluxona9~c; psixopa9ls = psychopath. H ljluxav6Auoi'J psixanalisi psyco-analysis ljluxoc;, To pslxos cold. ~&~uxp6c;, -~ . -6 psixr6s = cold. ~&~uxpa•J.Ioc;, ·I'J, -o psixremos = cold-blooded, cool, composed (IJJuxo+o(tJo(anaemia) blood) ljiWJ.Ii, TO psomi bread ljlwvf~w psonizo = 1. buy, 2. do shopping (ljJwvto-o). Ta ljlwvta ps6nia purchases, shopping

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

n, w wKt av6c;, o okean6s = ocean wJ.~tya , To omeya the letter w WJ.IO<;, o 6mos = shoulder WJ.16c;, -~ . -6 om6s 1. raw, 2. hard, wpa, '1 6ra (horoscope) = 1. hour, 2. time (Expr. IJ& TllV WpO = by the hour, IJ& 'Tt~ Wp&<; = for hours, dv01 OTllV WpO TOU he iS punctual, Tll<; wpa COOked to order, a la minute). To wpoA6y1o orol6yio or TO poA61 rol6i = watch, clock. To wpoOK6mo orosk6pio = horoscope

n.

=

=

=

wpaioc;, -a , -o oreos

ljJaAfi5t, TO psali6i = scissors ljJOAJJ6c;, o psalm6s psalm. t&laAAw psalo = chant (e-lJJOA-o)

= =

=

=

beautiful!, handsome. npafa area (adv.) = beautifully, good, very well we; os or t wc; eos (prep.) = until, up to, as far as. (E)wc; &00> = until. 'nanou 6spoo = until, by the time we; os (adv.) as, like, such as

=

226

ware 6ste = so, accordingly, consequently. Oun11c; ware = in such a way as to wcpcAw ofel6

=

benefit, do good to (ocpeA.11o-a) . = benefit, profit (Oq>&Af)9·11KO). H wcptAc1a ofelia benefit, profit wxp6c;, -11. -6 oxr6s pale, palid ncpcAOU~OI Ofelo6me

=

=